Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Contents
1 Overview 1
1.1 Chess opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1.1 Aims of the opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1.2 Opening repertoires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.3 Opening nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.4 Classification of chess openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1.5 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.1.6 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.1.7 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2 e4 Openings 10
2.1 King’s Pawn Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.1 Details about the move and the game plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.2 Popular continuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.3 Uncommon continuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1.4 Rare continuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1.5 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.6 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2 Open Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.1 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.2 Defenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.3 Examples of Open Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.4 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.5 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.6 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.3 Semi-Open Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3.1 Popular defenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3.2 List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3.3 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
i
ii CONTENTS
3.7.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.7.3 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.7.4 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.8 Giuoco Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.8.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.8.2 Variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.8.3 ECO codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.8.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.9 Evans Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.9.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.9.2 General remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.9.3 Bishop retreats after accepting the gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.9.4 References in Popular Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.9.5 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.9.6 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.9.7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.9.8 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.10 Italian Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.10.1 4...Bxd4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.10.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.10.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.11 Irish Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.11.1 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.11.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.11.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.11.4 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.12 Jerome Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.12.1 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.12.2 Illustrative game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.12.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.12.4 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.13 Blackburne Shilling Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.13.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.13.2 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.13.3 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.13.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.13.5 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.14 Scotch Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.14.1 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.14.2 Main variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.14.3 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
iv CONTENTS
3.14.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.14.5 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.14.6 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.15 Ponziani Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.15.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.15.2 Introduction and overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.15.3 Variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.15.4 Illustrative games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.15.5 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.15.6 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.15.7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.15.8 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.16 Inverted Hungarian Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.16.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.16.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.16.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.17 Konstantinopolsky Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.17.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.17.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.17.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.17.4 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.18 Three Knights Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.18.1 Black’s third move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.18.2 Reversed knight position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.18.3 Example game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.18.4 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.18.5 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.19 Four Knights Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.19.1 Variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.19.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.19.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.19.4 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.19.5 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.20 Halloween Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.20.1 5...Ng6 retreat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.20.2 5...Nc6 retreat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.20.3 Halloween Gambit with colors reversed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.20.4 Illustrative games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.20.5 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.20.6 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.21 Philidor Defence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
CONTENTS v
3.21.1 Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.21.2 Lines starting 3.d4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.21.3 Line starting 3.Bc4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.21.4 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.21.5 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.21.6 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.21.7 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.22 Elephant Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.22.1 Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.22.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.22.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.22.4 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.23 Damiano Defence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.23.1 3.d4 and 3.Bc4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.23.2 3.Nxe5! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.23.3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.23.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.23.5 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.24 Greco Defence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.24.1 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.24.2 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.24.3 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.24.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.25 Gunderam Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.25.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.25.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.25.3 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.26 Latvian Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.26.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.26.2 White’s third move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.26.3 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.26.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.26.5 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.27 Rousseau Gambit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.27.1 White responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.27.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.27.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.27.4 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.28 Petrov’s Defence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.28.1 White’s third move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.28.2 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
vi CONTENTS
3.28.3 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.28.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.28.5 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.28.6 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
6 d4 Openings 142
6.1 Queen’s Pawn Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.1.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.1.2 Continuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.1.3 Other continuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.1.4 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.1.5 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.2 Closed Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.2.1 Specific openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.2.2 List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.2.3 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.2.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.3 Semi-Closed Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.3.1 Important openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.3.2 Uncommon openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.3.3 List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.3.4 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.3.5 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
12 Traps 274
12.1 Fool’s mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
12.1.1 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
12.1.2 Similar traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
12.1.3 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.1.4 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.1.5 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.2 Scholar’s mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.2.1 Avoiding Scholar’s Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.2.2 Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.2.3 Name in other languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
12.2.4 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
12.2.5 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
12.3 Elephant Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
12.3.1 The trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
12.3.2 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
12.3.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
12.4 Halosar Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
12.4.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
12.4.2 Main variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
12.4.3 Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
12.4.4 Fourth-move alternatives for Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
12.4.5 Third-move alternatives for Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
12.4.6 Related gambit ideas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
12.4.7 See also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
12.4.8 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
12.4.9 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
12.4.10 External links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
12.5 Kieninger Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
12.5.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
12.5.2 Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
12.5.3 Strategic and tactical themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
12.5.4 Adler variation 3...Ng4 4.Nf3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
12.5.5 Rubinstein variation 3...Ng4 4.Bf4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
12.5.6 Alekhine variation 3...Ng4 4.e4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
12.5.7 Fajarowicz variation 3...Ne4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
CONTENTS xxv
Overview
A chess opening is the group of initial moves of a chess 1. Development: One of the main aims of the open-
game. Recognized sequences of initial moves are re- ing is to mobilize the pieces on useful squares where
ferred to as openings by White, or defenses by Black, they will have impact on the game. To this end,
but opening is also used as the general term. There knights are usually developed to f3, c3, f6 and c6
are many dozens of different openings, and hundreds of (or sometimes e2, d2, e7 or d7), and both play-
named variants. The Oxford Companion to Chess lists ers’ king and queen pawns are moved so the bishops
1,327 named openings and variants.[1] These vary widely can be developed (alternatively, the bishops may be
in character from quiet positional play to wild tactical fianchettoed with a maneuver such as g3 and Bg2).
play. In addition to referring to specific move sequences, Rapid mobilization is the key. The queen, and to a
the opening is the first phase of a chess game, the other lesser extent the rooks, are not usually played to a
phases being the middlegame and the endgame. central position until later in the game, when many
A sequence of opening moves that is considered stan- minor pieces and pawns are no longer present.
dard (often catalogued in a reference work such as the 2. Control of the center: At the start of the game, it
Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings) is referred to as “the
is not clear on which part of the board the pieces
book moves”, or simply “book”. These reference works will be needed. However, control of the central
often present these move sequences in simple algebraic squares allows pieces to be moved to any part of the
notation, opening trees, or theory tables. When a game board relatively easily, and can also have a cramp-
begins to deviate from known opening theory, the players ing effect on the opponent. The classical view is
are said to be “out of book”. In some opening lines, the that central control is best effected by placing pawns
moves considered best for both sides have been worked there, ideally establishing pawns on d4 and e4 (or
out for twenty to twenty-five moves or more. Some anal- d5 and e5 for Black). However, the hypermodern
ysis goes to thirty or thirty-five moves, as in the classical school showed that it was not always necessary or
King’s Indian Defense and in the Sveshnikov and Najdorf even desirable to occupy the center in this way,
variations of the Sicilian Defense.[2] Professional chess and that too broad a pawn front could be attacked
players spend years studying openings, and continue do- and destroyed, leaving its architect vulnerable; an
ing so throughout their careers, as opening theory contin- impressive-looking pawn center is worth little un-
ues to evolve. Players at the club level also study openings less it can be maintained. The hypermoderns instead
but the importance of the opening phase is smaller there advocated controlling the center from a distance
since games are rarely decided in the opening. The study with pieces, breaking down one’s opponent’s cen-
of openings can become unbalanced if it is to the exclu- ter, and only taking over the center oneself later in
sion of tactical training and middlegame and endgame the game. This leads to openings such as Alekhine’s
strategy.[3] Defense – in a line like 1.e4 Nf6 2.e5 Nd5 3.d4
A new sequence of moves in the opening is referred to d6 4.c4 Nb6 5.f4 (the Four Pawns Attack), White
as a theoretical novelty. When kept secret until used in a has a formidable pawn center for the moment, but
competitive game it is often known as a prepared varia- Black hopes to undermine it later in the game, leav-
tion, a powerful weapon in top-class competition.[4] ing White’s position exposed.
1
2 CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW
3. King safety: The king is somewhat exposed in the bishops to blunt this advantage) and counterattack against
middle of the board. Measures must be taken to re- the weakened pawns on White’s queenside; both players
duce his vulnerability. It is therefore common for accept different combinations of advantages and disad-
both players either to castle in the opening (simulta- vantages. This idea was a doctrine of the Soviet school of
neously developing one of the rooks) or to otherwise chess.
bring the king to the side of the board via artificial A third objective, which is complementary to the previous
castling. ones and has been common since the 19th century, is to
4. Prevention of pawn weakness: Most openings lure the opponent into positions with which the player is
strive to avoid the creation of pawn weaknesses such more familiar and comfortable than the opponent. This
as isolated, doubled and backward pawns, pawn is- is usually done by transpositions, in which a game that
lands, etc. Some openings sacrifice endgame con- apparently starts with one opening can reach a position
siderations for a quick attack on the opponent’s po- that is normally produced by a different opening.[6][7]
sition. Some unbalanced openings for Black, in par-
ticular, make use of this idea, such as the Dutch and
the Sicilian. Other openings, such as the Alekhine 1.1.2 Opening repertoires
and the Benoni, invite the opponent to overextend
and form pawn weaknesses. Specific openings ac- The Perenyi Attack, which arises from the opening
cept pawn weaknesses in exchange for compensa- moves 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 a6
tion in the form of dynamic play. (See Pawn struc- 6.Be3 e6 7.g4 e5 8.Nf5 g6 9.g5 gxf5 10.exf5 d5 11.Qf3
ture.) d4. Played several times between grandmasters, but Lars
Bo Hansen does not recommend this to amateurs.
5. Piece coordination: As the players mobilize their
pieces, they both seek to ensure that they are work-
Most players realize after a while that they play certain
ing harmoniously towards the control of key squares.
types of positions better than others, and that the amount
6. Create positions in which the player is more of theory they can learn is limited. Therefore, most play-
comfortable than the opponent: Transposition is ers specialize in certain openings where they know the
one common way of doing this.[6][7] theory and which lead to positions which they favor. The
set of openings a player has specialized in is called an
Apart from these ideas, other strategies used in the opening repertoire. The main elements a player needs to
middlegame may also be carried out in the opening. consider in a repertoire are:
These include preparing pawn breaks to create counter-
play, creating weaknesses in the opponent’s pawn struc- • As White, whether to open with 1.e4, 1.d4, 1.c4, or
ture, seizing control of key squares, making favourable 1.Nf3
exchanges of minor pieces (e.g. gaining the bishop pair),
• As Black, a defense against any of these openings
or gaining a space advantage, whether in the centre or on
the flanks.
A very narrow repertoire allows for deeper specialization
but also makes a player less flexible to vary against differ-
Top-level objectives ent opponents. In addition, opponents may find it easier
to prepare against a player with a narrow repertoire.[9]
At higher levels of competition, for many years the main The main openings in a repertoire are usually reasonably
objectives of opening play were to obtain the better po- sound, that is, they should lead to playable positions even
sition when playing as White and to equalize when play- against optimal counterplay. Unsound gambits are some-
ing as Black. The idea behind this is that playing first times used as surprise weapons, but are unreliable for a
gives White a slight initial advantage; for example, White stable repertoire. Repertoires often change as a player
will be the first to attack if the game opens symmetrically develops, and a player’s advancement may be stifled if
(Black mirrors White’s moves).[5] the opening repertoire does not evolve. Some openings
Since about the 1950s another objective has gradually be- which are effective against amateur players are less ef-
come more dominant. According to IM Jeremy Silman, fective at the master level. For example, Black obtains
the purpose of the opening is to create dynamic imbal- active play in return for a pawn in the Benko Gambit; am-
ances between the two sides, which will determine the ateur players may have trouble defending against Black’s
character of the middlegame and the strategic plans cho- activity, while masters are more skilled at defending and
sen by both sides.[8] For example, in the main line of the making use of the extra pawn. Some openings which are
Winawer Variation of the French Defense (1.e4 e6 2.d4 played between grandmasters are so complex and theoret-
d5 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e5 c5 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.bxc3), White will try ical that amateur players will have trouble understanding
to use his bishop pair and space advantage to mount an them. An example is the Perenyi Attack of the Sicilian
attack on Black’s kingside, while Black will seek simpli- Defense (see diagram) which yields an immensely com-
fying exchanges (in particular, trading off one of White’s plicated and tactical position that even strong players have
1.1. CHESS OPENING 3
difficulty handling, and that is beyond the comprehension phant, and Hedgehog.
of most amateurs.[3] Many terms are used for the opening as well. In addi-
tion to Opening, common terms include Game, Defense,
Gambit, and Variation; less common terms are System,
1.1.3 Opening nomenclature Attack, Counterattack, Countergambit, Reversed, and In-
verted. To make matters more confusing, these terms are
Major changes in the rules of chess in the late fifteenth used very inconsistently. Consider some of the openings
century increased the speed of the game, consequently named for nationalities: Scotch Game, English Opening,
emphasizing the importance of opening study. Thus, French Defense, and Russian Game—the Scotch Game
early chess books, such as the 1497 text of Luis Ramirez and the English Opening are both White openings (White
de Lucena, present opening analysis, as does Pedro Dami- chooses to play), the French is indeed a defense but so is
ano (1512), and Ruy López de Segura (1561). Ruy the Russian Game. Although these do not have precise
Lopez’s disagreement with Damiano regarding the merits definitions, here are some general observations about how
of 2...Nc6 led to 3.Bb5 (after 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6) being they are used.
named for him as the Ruy Lopez or Spanish Opening.[10]
Opening theory was studied more scientifically from the
1840s on, and many opening variations were discovered Game Used only for some of the oldest openings, for
and named in this period and later. Opening nomen- example Scotch Game, Vienna Game, and Four
clature developed haphazardly, and most names are his- Knights Game.
torical accidents not based on systematic principles. In
the early 1930s the nascent FIDE embarked on a project Opening Along with Variation, this is the most com-
to standardize opening nomenclature, culminating in the mon term.
publication of a short booklet in 1933, but this had little
impact.[11] Variation Usually used to describe a line within a more
general opening, for example the Exchange Varia-
The oldest openings tend to be named for geographic tion of the Queen’s Gambit Declined.
places and people. Many openings are named after na-
tionalities, for example Indian, English, Spanish, French, Defense Always refers to an opening chosen by Black,
Dutch, Scotch, Russian, Italian, Scandinavian, and Sicil- such as Two Knights Defense or King’s Indian De-
ian. Cities are also used, such as Vienna, Berlin, and fense, unless, of course, it has 'reversed' in front of
Wilkes-Barre. The Catalan System is named after the it, which makes it an opening for White. The term
Catalonia region of Spain. “defense” does not imply passivity; many defenses
For a more comprehensive list, see List of chess openings are quite aggressive (such as the King’s Indian De-
named after places. fence).
Attack Sometimes used to describe an aggressive or fenses beginning with 1...c6 and 1...e6, often followed by
provocative variation such as the Albin–Chatard At- the center thrust 2...d5, are also popular. Defenses with
tack (or Chatard–Alekhine Attack), the Fried Liver an early ...d6 coupled with a kingside fianchetto are also
Attack in the Two Knights Defense, and the Grob commonly played.
Attack. In other cases it refers to a defensive sys-
The most important scheme of classifying chess openings
tem by Black when adopted by White, as in King’s for serious players is by ECO code, a series of 500 open-
Indian Attack. In still other cases the name seems ing codes assigned by the Encyclopaedia of Chess Open-
to be used ironically, as with the fairly inoffensive
ings. Although these codes are invaluable for the serious
Durkin’s Attack (also called the Durkin Opening).
study of the chess opening, they are not very practical for
Reversed, Inverted A Black opening played by White, a broad survey of the chess opening as the codes obscure
or more rarely a White opening played by Black. common structural features between related openings.
Examples include Sicilian Reversed (from the En- A simple descriptive categorization of the chess opening
glish Opening), and the Inverted Hungarian. The is King’s Pawn Openings, Queen’s Pawn Openings, and
Reti, King’s Indian Attack and Sicilian Reversed Others. Since these categories are still individually very
(from the English), and other “Black played by large, it is common to divide each of them further. One
White with an extra tempo,” often start with 1.Nf3 reasonable way to group the openings is:
or 1.c4.[12]
• Double King Pawn, Symmetric or Open Games
A small minority of openings are prefixed with “Anti- (1.e4 e5)[13]
". These are openings intended to avoid a particular line
otherwise available to one’s opponent, for example the • Single King Pawn or Semi-Open Games (1.e4 other)
Anti-Marshall (against the Marshall (Counter) Attack in
the Ruy Lopez) and the Anti-Meran Gambit (against the • Double Queen Pawn or Closed Games (1.d4 d5)
Meran Variation of the Semi-Slav Defense).
• Single Queen Pawn or Semi-Closed Games (1.d4
other)
1.1.4 Classification of chess openings
• Flank openings (including 1.c4, 1.Nf3, 1.f4, and
others)
For a list of openings as classified by the Encyclopaedia
of Chess Openings, see List of chess openings. • Unusual first moves for White
The beginning chess position offers White twenty pos- The Indian systems (1.d4 Nf6) are the most important[14]
sible first moves. Of these, 1.e4, 1.d4, 1.Nf3, and 1.c4 of the Semi-Closed Games, and warrant separate treat-
are by far the most popular as these moves do the most ment.
to promote rapid development and control of the center.
A few other opening moves are considered reasonable
but less consistent with opening principles than the four Open games: 1.e4 e5
most popular moves. The Dunst Opening, 1.Nc3, devel-
ops a knight to a good square, but is somewhat inflexi- Open Game
ble because it blocks White’s c-pawn; also, after 1...d5 Ruy Lopez: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bb5
the knight is liable to be driven to an inferior square by Italian Game: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4
...d4. (Note that after 1.Nf3 the analogous 1...e5? loses a Giuoco Piano: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Bc5
pawn.) Bird’s Opening, 1.f4, addresses center control but Two Knights Defense: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Nf6
not development and weakens the king position slightly. Scotch Game: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4
The Sokolsky Opening 1.b4 and the King’s and Queen’s Petrov’s Defense: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nf6
fianchettos: Larsen’s Opening 1.b3 and 1.g3 aid develop- King’s Gambit: 1.e4 e5 2.f4
ment a bit, but they only address center control peripher- Vienna Game: 1.e4 e5 2.Nc3
ally and are slower than the more popular openings. The Bishop’s Opening: 1.e4 e5 2.Bc4
eleven remaining possibilities are rarely played at the top Main article: Open Game
levels of chess. Of these, the best are merely slow such
as 1.c3, 1.d3, and 1.e3. Worse possibilities either ignore
White starts by playing 1.e4 (moving his king pawn two
the center and development such as 1.a3, weaken White’s spaces). This is the most popular opening move and it has
position (for instance, 1.f3 and 1.g4), or place the knights
many strengths—it immediately works on controlling the
on poor squares (1.Na3 and 1.Nh3). center, and it frees two pieces (the queen and a bishop).
Black has twenty possible responses to White’s opening The oldest openings in chess follow 1.e4. Bobby Fischer
move. Many of these are mirror images of the most pop- rated 1.e4 as “Best by test.” On the downside, 1.e4 places
ular first moves for White, but with one less tempo. De- a pawn on an undefended square and weakens d4 and f4;
1.1. CHESS OPENING 5
the Hungarian master Gyula Breyer melodramatically de- Semi-open games: 1.e4, Black plays other than 1...e5
clared that “After 1.e4 White’s game is in its last throes.”
If Black mirrors White’s move and replies with 1...e5, the Sicilian Defense
result is an open game. French Defense
Caro–Kann Defense
The most popular second move for White is 2.Nf3 attack-
Alekhine’s Defense
ing Black’s king pawn, preparing for a kingside castle, and
Pirc Defense
anticipating the advance of the queen pawn to d4. Black’s
Modern Defense
most common reply is 2...Nc6, which usually leads to the
Scandinavian Defense
Ruy Lopez (3.Bb5), Scotch Game (3.d4), or Italian Game
Nimzowitsch Defense
(3.Bc4). If Black instead maintains symmetry and coun-
Main article: Semi-Open Game
terattacks White’s center with 2...Nf6 then the Petrov’s
Defense results. The Philidor Defense (2...d6) is not pop-
ular in modern chess because it allows White an easy In the semi-open games White plays 1.e4 and Black
space advantage while Black’s position remains cramped breaks symmetry immediately by replying with a move
and passive, although solid. Other responses to 2.Nf3 are other than 1...e5. The most popular Black defense to
not seen in master play. 1.e4 is the Sicilian (1...c5), but the French (1...e6, nor-
mally followed by 2.d4 d5) and the Caro–Kann (1...c6,
The most popular alternatives to 2.Nf3 are the Vienna
normally followed by 2.d4 d5) are also very popular.
Game (2.Nc3), the Bishop’s Opening (2.Bc4), and the
The Pirc and the Modern are closely related open-
King’s Gambit (2.f4). These openings have some similar-
ings that are also often seen, while the Alekhine and
ities with each other, in particular the Bishop’s Opening
the Scandinavian have made occasional appearances in
frequently transposes to variations of the Vienna Game.
World Chess Championship games.
The King’s Gambit was extremely popular in the 19th
century. White sacrifices a pawn for quick development The Sicilian and French Defenses lead to unbalanced po-
and to pull a black pawn out of the center. The Vienna sitions that can offer exciting play with both sides hav-
Game also frequently features attacks on the Black center ing chances to win. The Caro–Kann Defense is solid
by means of a f2–f4 pawn advance. as Black intends to use his c-pawn to support his center
(1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5). Alekhine’s, the Pirc and the Modern
In the Center Game (2.d4) White immediately opens the
are hypermodern openings in which Black tempts White
center but if the pawn is to be recovered after 2...exd4,
to build a large center with the goal of attacking it with
White must contend with a slightly premature queen de-
pieces.
velopment after 3.Qxd4. An alternative is to sacrifice one
or two pawns, for example in the Danish Gambit. Other semi-open games have been studied but are less
common; see Semi-Open Game for details.
Many other variations after 1.e4 e5 have been studied;
see Open Game for details.
• 1.e4 c5 Sicilian Defense
• 1.e4 e5 Double King’s Pawn Opening or Open • 1.e4 e6 French Defense
Game
• 1.e4 c6 Caro–Kann Defense
• 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bb5 Ruy Lopez
• 1.e4 d5 Scandinavian Defense (also known as the
• 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 Scotch Game Center Counter defense)
• 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Italian Game • 1.e4 d6 2.d4 Nf6 3.Nc3 g6 Pirc Defense
• 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Nc3 Nf6 Four Knights Game • 1.e4 Nf6 Alekhine’s Defense
Main article: Closed Game • 1.d4 d5 2.e3 Nf6 3.Bd3 c5 4.c3 Nc6 5.f4 (a typical
move sequence) Stonewall Attack
The openings classified as closed games begin 1.d4 d5. • 1.d4 d5 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.e3 Colle System
The move 1.d4 offers the same benefits to development
and center control as does 1.e4, but unlike with King
Pawn openings where the e4-pawn is undefended af- Indian Defense Systems: 1.d4 Nf6
ter the first move, the d4-pawn is protected by White’s
queen. This slight difference has a tremendous effect on Indian Defence
the opening. For instance, whereas the King’s Gambit Nimzo-Indian Defence: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4
is rarely played today at the highest levels of chess, the King’s Indian Defense: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 Bg7
Queen’s Gambit remains a popular weapon at all levels Grünfeld Defense: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5
of play. Also, compared with the King Pawn openings, Queen’s Indian Defense: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6
transpositions among variations are more common and Modern Benoni: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6
critical in the closed games. Budapest Gambit: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5
Old Indian Defense: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 d6
The most important closed openings are in the Queen’s Main article: Indian Defense
Gambit family (White plays 2.c4). The Queen’s Gam-
bit is somewhat misnamed, since White can always re-
gain the offered pawn if desired. In the Queen’s Gambit The Indian systems are asymmetrical defenses to 1.d4
Accepted, Black plays ...dxc4, giving up the center for that employ hypermodern chess strategy. Fianchettos are
free development and the chance to try to give White an common in many of these openings. As with the closed
isolated queen pawn with a subsequent ...c5 and ...cxd5. games, transpositions are important and many of the In-
White will get active pieces and possibilities for the at- dian defenses can be reached by several different move
tack. Black has two popular ways to decline the pawn, the orders. Although Indian defenses were championed in
Slav (2...c6) and the Queen’s Gambit Declined (2...e6). the 1920s by players in the hypermodern school, they
Both of these moves lead to an immense forest of vari- were not fully accepted until Soviet players showed in
ations that can require a great deal of opening study to the late 1940s that these systems are sound for Black.
play well. Among the many possibilities in the Queen’s Since then, Indian defenses have been the most popular
Gambit Declined are the Orthodox Defense, Lasker’s De- Black replies to 1.d4 because they offer an unbalanced
fense, the Cambridge Springs Defense, the Tartakower game with chances for both sides. The usual White sec-
Variation, and the Tarrasch and Semi-Tarrasch Defenses. ond move is 2.c4, grabbing a larger share of the center
Black replies to the Queen’s Gambit other than 2...dxc4, and allowing the move Nc3, to prepare for moving the
2...c6, and 2...e6 are uncommon. e-pawn to e4 without blocking the c-pawn. Black’s most
popular replies are:
The Colle System and Stonewall Attack are classified as
Queen’s Pawn Games because White plays d4 but not c4.
• 2...e6, freeing the king’s bishop and leading into the
They are also examples of Systems, rather than specific
Nimzo-Indian Defence, Queen’s Indian Defence,
opening variations. White develops aiming for a par-
Bogo–Indian Defence, Modern Benoni, or regular
ticular formation without great concern over how Black
lines of the Queen’s Gambit Declined,
chooses to defend. Both systems are popular with club
players because they are easy to learn, but are rarely used • 2...g6, preparing a fianchetto of the king’s bishop
by professionals because a well-prepared opponent play- and entering the King’s Indian Defense or Grünfeld
ing Black can equalize fairly easily. The Stonewall is Defense, and
characterized by the White pawn formation on c3, d4, e3,
and f4, and can be achieved by several move orders and • 2...c5 3.d5 e6, the Modern Benoni, with an imme-
against many different Black setups. The position in the diate counterpunch in the center.
diagram and the move sequence given below are typical.
Advocated by Nimzowitsch as early as 1913, the Nimzo-
Other closed openings have been studied but are less com-
Indian Defence was the first of the Indian systems to gain
mon; see Closed Game for details.
full acceptance. It remains one of the most popular and
well-respected defenses to 1.d4 and White often adopts
• 1.d4 d5 Double Queen’s Pawn Opening or Closed move orders designed to avoid it. Black attacks the center
Game with pieces and is prepared to trade a bishop for a knight
to weaken White’s queenside with doubled pawns.
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 Queen’s Gambit
The King’s Indian Defense is aggressive, somewhat risky,
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 dxc4 Queen’s Gambit Accepted (QGA) and generally indicates that Black will not be satisfied
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 Queen’s Gambit Declined (QGD) with a draw. Although it was played occasionally as early
as the late 19th century, the King’s Indian was consid-
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 c6 Slav Defense ered inferior until the 1940s, when it was taken up by
1.1. CHESS OPENING 7
Bronstein, Boleslavsky, and Reshevsky. Despite being • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 Bg7 King’s Indian Defense
Fischer's favored defense to 1.d4, its popularity faded in (KID)
the mid-1970s. Kasparov's successes with the defense re-
stored the King’s Indian to prominence in the 1980s.
Other Black responses to 1.d4
Ernst Grünfeld debuted the Grünfeld Defense in 1922.
Distinguished by the move 3...d5, Grünfeld intended it as Dutch Defense
an improvement to the King’s Indian which was not con- Benoni Defense
sidered entirely satisfactory at that time. The Grünfeld Main article: Semi-Closed Game
has been adopted by World Champions Smyslov, Fischer,
and Kasparov.
Of the defenses to 1.d4 other than 1...d5 and 1...Nf6, the
The Queen’s Indian Defense is considered solid, safe, most important are the Dutch Defense and the Benoni
and perhaps somewhat drawish. Black often chooses the Defense. The Dutch, an aggressive defense adopted for a
Queen’s Indian when White avoids the Nimzo-Indian by time by World Champions Alekhine and Botvinnik, and
playing 3.Nf3 instead of 3.Nc3. Black constructs a sound played by both Botvinnik and challenger David Bronstein
position that makes no positional concessions, although in their 1951 world championship match, is still played
sometimes it is difficult for Black to obtain good winning occasionally at the top level by Short and others. Another
chances. Karpov is a leading expert in this opening. fairly common opening is the Benoni Defense, which may
The Modern Benoni is a risky attempt by Black to unbal- become very wild if it develops into the Modern Benoni,
ance the position and gain active piece play at the cost of though other variations are more solid.
allowing White a pawn wedge at d5 and a central major- Several other uncommon semi-closed openings have been
ity. Tal popularized the defense in the 1960s by winning named and studied, see Semi-Closed Game for details.
several brilliant games with it, and Fischer occasionally
adopted it, with good results, including a win in his 1972
world championship match against Boris Spassky. Of- • 1.d4 c5 Benoni Defense
ten Black adopts a slightly different move order, playing • 1.d4 f5 Dutch Defense
2...e6 before 3...c5 in order to avoid the sharpest lines for
White.
The Benko Gambit is often played by strong players, and Flank openings (including English, Réti, Bird’s, and
is very popular at lower levels. Black plays to open lines White fianchettos)
on the queenside where White will be subject to consider-
able pressure. If White accepts the gambit, Black’s com- Réti Opening
pensation is positional rather than tactical, and his initia- King’s Indian Attack
tive can last even after many piece exchanges and well English Opening
into the endgame. White often chooses instead either to Bird’s Opening
decline the gambit pawn or return it. Main article: Flank opening
The most important Indian Defenses are listed below, but If White opens with 1.Nf3, the game often becomes one
many others have been studied and played; see Indian De- of the d4 openings (closed games or semi-closed games)
fense for details. by a different move order (this is called transposition),
but unique openings such as the Réti and King’s Indian
Attack are also common. The Réti itself is characterized
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 2.d5 e6 Modern Benoni
by White playing 1.Nf3, fianchettoing one or both bish-
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 b5 Benko Gambit (or Volga ops, and not playing an early d4 (which would generally
Gambit) transpose into one of the 1.d4 openings).
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4 Nimzo-Indian Defence The King’s Indian Attack (KIA) is a system of develop-
ment that White may use in reply to almost any Black
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 Queen’s Indian Defense opening moves. The characteristic KIA setup is 1.Nf3,
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.g3 Catalan Opening 2.g3, 3.Bg2, 4.0-0, 5.d3, 6.Nbd2, and 7.e4, although
these moves may be played in many different orders. In
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 Grünfeld Defense fact, the KIA is probably most often reached after 1.e4
8 CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW
Larsen’s Opening (1.b3) and the Sokolsky Opening • Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings
(1.b4) are occasionally seen in grandmaster play. Benko
• Chess opening theory table
used 1.g3 to defeat both Fischer and Tal in the 1962
Candidates Tournament in Curaçao. • Middlegame
With Bird’s Opening (1.f4) White tries to get a strong grip • Endgame
on the e5-square. The opening can resemble a Dutch De-
fense in reverse after 1.f4 d5, or Black may try to disrupt • Checkmates in the opening
White by playing 1...e5!? (From’s Gambit).
[15] Larry Evans wrote of the King’s Indian Attack, “White’s This is an advanced, technical work in five vol-
resilient setup is truly magical. It throws both players on umes published by Chess Informant of Bel-
their own resources and eliminates the need of memoriz- grade. http://www.sahovski.com/ It analyzes
ing long-winded columns of analysis.” Larry Evans, The openings used in tournament play and archived
Chess Opening for You, R.H.M. Press, 1975, p. 38. ISBN in Chess Informant since 1966. Instead of us-
0-89058-020-0.
ing the traditional names for the openings and
descriptive text to evaluate positions, Informa-
Bibliography tor has developed a unique coding system that
is language independent so that it can be read
by chess players around the world without re-
• Collins, Sam (2005). “Understanding the Chess
quiring translation. Called the “ECO”, these
Openings”. Gambit Publications. ISBN 1-904600-
volumes are the most comprehensive reference
28-X.
for professional and serious tournament play-
• De Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings: ers.
MCO-14. Random House Puzzles & Games. ISBN
0-8129-3084-3. • Scheerer, Christoph (2008). The Greatest Ever
Chess Opening Ideas. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-
1-85744-561-9.
Nick de Firmian is a three-time U.S. Chess
Champion. Often called “MCO-14” or sim- • Seirawan, Yasser (2003). “Winning Chess Open-
ply “MCO”, this is the 14th edition of the ings”. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-349-7. An
work that has been the standard English lan- elementary/introductory book.
guage reference on chess openings for a cen-
tury. This book is not suitable for beginners, • van der Sterren, Paul, Fundamental Chess Openings,
but it is a valuable reference for club and tour- Gambit, 2009, ISBN 978-1-906454-13-5
nament players.
• Ward, Chris (1999). “The Queen’s Gambit Ac-
cepted”. Batsford. ISBN 0-7134-8467-5.
• Stefan Djuric, Dimitri Komarov, & Claudio Panta-
leoni, Chess Opening Essentials (4 volumes) • Watson, John (2006). “Mastering the Chess Open-
ings, vol 1”. Gambit. ISBN 978-1-904600-60-2.
• Kasparov, Garry; Raymond Keene (1994) [1989].
Batsford Chess Openings 2. Henry Holt. ISBN 0- Three chapters of general opening principles;
8050-3409-9. open and semi-open games.
Garry Kasparov is the former World Chess • Watson, John (2007). “Mastering the Chess Open-
Champion from 1985 to 2000 and Raymond ings, vol 2”. Gambit. ISBN 978-1-904600-69-
Keene is a former British chess champion. This 5.:Closed games and Indian defenses.
book is often called “BCO 2” and is intended
as a reference for club and tournament players. • Watson, John (2008). “Mastering the Chess Open-
ings, vol 3”. Gambit. ISBN 978-1-904600-98-5.
e4 Openings
2.1 King’s Pawn Game Latvian Gambit and unusual moves after 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3),
and C50 (includes the Hungarian Defence, the Giuoco
The King’s Pawn Game is any chess opening starting Pianissimo, and unusual moves after 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6
with the move: 3.Bc4).
1. e4
2.1.2 Popular continuations
[1]
It is among the most popular opening moves in chess.
The Black responses which are given one or more chap-
ters in the Encyclopedia of Chess Openings (ECO) are
2.1.1 Details about the move and the game given below, ranked in order of popularity according to
plan ChessBase.
White opens with the most popular of the twenty possible • 1... c5, the Sicilian Defence, is in modern practice
opening moves. Although effective in winning for White the most common continuation. The Sicilian De-
(54.25%), it is not quite as successful as the four next fence allows Black to fight for the center by prepar-
most common openings for White: 1.d4 (55.95%), 1.Nf3 ing to meet a d2–d4 advance with ...c5xd4. The Si-
(55.8%), 1.c4 (56.3%), and 1.g3 (55.8%).[2] Since nearly cilian is among the sharpest and most analyzed open-
all openings beginning 1.e4 have names of their own, the ings in chess, and it has eighty chapters, B20–B99,
term “King’s Pawn Game”, unlike Queen’s Pawn Game, set aside for it in ECO.
is rarely used to describe the opening of the game.
• 1... e5 leads to the classical Open Games, which in-
Advancing the king’s pawn two squares is highly useful cludes openings like the Ruy Lopez, King’s Gambit,
because it occupies a center square, attacks the center Italian Game, Scotch Game and Petrov’s Defence.
square d5, and allows the development of White’s king’s Also in this opening, Black is ready to meet a d2–d4
bishop and queen. Chess legend Bobby Fischer said that advance with e5xd4. These openings are covered in
the King’s Pawn Game is “Best by test”, and proclaimed chapters C20–C99 in ECO.
that “With 1.e4! I win”.[3]
King’s Pawn Games are further classified by whether • 1... e6 is the French Defence, covered in chapters
Black responds with 1...e5 or not. Openings beginning C00–C19 in ECO. Black’s restrained response al-
with 1.e4 e5 are called Double King’s Pawn Games (or lows White to play 2.d4. This gives White a spatial
Openings), Symmetrical King’s Pawn Games (or Open- advantage, with two pawns in the center to Black’s
ings), or Open Games – these terms are equivalent. one (after the usual 2... d5). One or the other
Openings where Black responds to 1.e4 with a move other player will usually resolve the center tension, either
than 1...e5 are called Asymmetrical King’s Pawn Games by Black playing ...dxe4 or White advancing with
or Semi-Open Games. e5. In the latter case, Black typically works to un-
dermine White’s pawn center with ...c5 and/or ...f6.
The Encyclopedia of Chess Openings (ECO) classifies all
King’s Pawn Games into volumes B or C: volume C if the • 1... c6 is the Caro-Kann Defence, covered in chap-
game starts with 1.e4 e6 (the French Defence) or 1.e4 e5; ters B10–B19 in ECO. Like the French, this is also
volume B if Black answers 1.e4 with any other move. The considered to be a solid reply, but Black will often
rare instances where the opening does not fall into a more need to surrender control over the center (e.g., after
specific category than “King’s Pawn Game” are included 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 Black usually plays 3...dxe4). On the
in codes B00 (includes the Nimzowitsch Defence and un- other hand, the light-squared bishop will usually not
usual moves after 1.e4), C20 (includes Alapin’s Open- wind up trapped behind its own pawns, as is com-
ing and unusual moves after 1.e4 e5), C40 (includes the mon in the French.
10
2.1. KING’S PAWN GAME 11
• 1... d6 is usually played with the intention of playing • 1... g5 is the Borg Defence (“Grob” backwards) or
the Pirc Defence (1.e4 d6 2.d4 Nf6 3.Nc3 g6, ECO Basman Defence, often played by IM Michael Bas-
code B07-B09), a hypermodern defence in which man. The move weakens the kingside severely, but
Black allows White to construct a dominant cen- according to Modern Chess Openings (MCO), Black
ter, with the intention of subverting it later. It can is only somewhat worse.[5]
also lead to the Modern Defence, Pribyl System or
Philidor Defence.
2.1.4 Rare continuations
• 1... g6 is the Modern Defence. This can lead to
a related opening called the Pirc Defence (1.e4 d6 The remaining replies to 1.e4 are very rare, and have
2.d4 Nf6 3.Nc3 g6). These openings allow White not received significant and serious attention by mas-
to build up a pawn center with 2.d4, but Black will ters. MCO does not cover them, considering them so bad
develop the king’s bishop to g7 and strike back at as not to merit discussion.[6] These openings sometimes
the center. These openings are covered in chapters lead to wild and exciting games, and are occasionally em-
B06–B09 in ECO. ployed by weaker players to get better trained opponents
“out-of-book”. Some have exotic names, they are listed
• 1... Nf6 is the Alekhine Defence, which invites below along with instances where they have been used by
White to attack the knight with 2.e5. Black is often strong players.
forced to spend time moving the knight several times
as it is chased around the board, all the while allow- Fred Defence after 2.exf5 Nf6
ing White to build up a broad pawn center. Black
counts on the pawns becoming overextended so that
• 1... a5, the Corn Stalk Defence. United States
he can later undermine them. The Alekhine is cov-
chess player Preston Ware played the Corn Stalk
ered in chapters B02–B05 of ECO.
in eleven recorded tournament games from 1880 to
• 1... d5, the Scandinavian Defence or Center 1882, winning four and losing seven.
Counter Defence, is a direct strike at the pawn at • 1... Na6, called the Lemming Defence in Un-
e4, forcing the situation in the center. After 2.exd5 orthodox Chess Openings, develops the knight to
Qxd5 3.Nc3, however, White gains time by attack- an inferior square. The line has been suggested
ing Black’s prematurely developed queen. Alterna- against some older computers, hoping for 2.Bxa6
tively, Black can play 2...Nf6 (the Marshall Gam- bxa6, when Black has the bishop pair and a quick
bit), when White chooses between 3.d4 Nxd5 4.c4 fianchetto as compensation for the doubled pawns.
with a spatial advantage, or 3.c4, when Black usu- However, Black has no justification for playing
ally offers a gambit with either 3...c6 or 3...e6. The 1...Na6 if White avoids this line.
Scandinavian is covered in chapter B01 in ECO.
• 1... f5 is called the Duras Gambit in Unorthodox
Chess Openings, and is also known as the Fred De-
2.1.3 Uncommon continuations fence. This is a pawn sacrifice which gives Black a
lead in development after 2.exf5 Nf6, but without
Apart from these eight responses, all other replies from much compensation for the sacrificed pawn. The
Black are covered together in ECO chapter B00 (“Un- line was played three times in an exhibition match
common King’s Pawn Opening”). A few of these are not between Ossip Bernstein and Oldřich Duras.
entirely obscure, and have received extensive analysis.
• 1... f6 is known as the Barnes Defence after Thomas
Wilson Barnes. This move is clearly inferior, taking
• 1... Nc6 is the Nimzowitsch Defence. After 2.d4, away the f6-square from the knight and weakening
there are two distinctive main lines: 2...e5, favored Black’s kingside, although Barnes managed to defeat
by British grandmaster Tony Miles, and 2...d5, in- Paul Morphy with this defence in 1858.[7][8]
troduced and often played by the influential Latvian-
Danish player and writer Aron Nimzowitsch (1886– • 1... h5, the Goldsmith Defence or Pickering De-
1935). fence. All this move does is waste a tempo weaken-
ing the kingside.[9]
• 1... b6 is Owen’s Defence, preparing to develop
Black’s bishop to b7 to put pressure on White’s cen- • 1... h6, called the Carr Defence in Unorthodox
ter. Chess Openings. This defence has also been used
by Michael Basman, and is likely to transpose to the
• 1... a6 is the St. George Defence. Black prepares Borg Defence (after 2.d4 g5).
to advance on the queenside with 2...b5, but allows
• 1... Nh6, the Adams Defence or Wild Bull
White to occupy the center with 2.d4. The opening
Defence.[9]
gained some attention after Miles used it to defeat
Anatoly Karpov in 1980.[4] • 1... b5 simply loses a pawn to 2.Bxb5.
12 CHAPTER 2. E4 OPENINGS
2.1.5 See also White has moved the king’s pawn forward two squares
and Black replies in kind, the result being an Open Game.
• Open Game Other responses to 1.e4 are termed Semi-Open Games, or
Single King’s Pawn Games.
• Semi-Open Game
The term Open Game can also refer to any chess posi-
• List of chess openings tion where ranks, files and diagonals are open, and usually
favor tactical gameplay. Bishops are generally stronger
than knights on an open board due to their ability to cover
2.1.6 Notes longer distances.
2.2 Open Game The most popular alternatives to 2.Nf3 are 2.f4 (the
King’s Gambit), 2.Nc3 (the Vienna Game), and 2.Bc4
(the Bishop’s Opening). These three openings have some
An Open Game (or Double King’s Pawn Opening) is similarities; some of the quieter lines in the Vienna and
a chess opening which begins with the following moves: Bishop’s Opening can transpose to positional variations of
the King’s Gambit Declined, when White plays f2–f4 be-
1. e4 e5 fore playing Nf3. The King’s Gambit was popular in the
2.2. OPEN GAME 13
nineteenth century with grandmaster and amateur alike. • 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 d5!? Elephant Gambit
White offers a pawn for speedy development, as well as
to attack Black’s central outpost. The Vienna Game also • 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 d6 Philidor Defence
frequently features attacks on the Black center by means
of f2–f4. • 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 f5 Latvian Gambit
Philidor Defense after 2...d6
• 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 f6 Damiano Defense
In the Center Game (2.d4), White immediately opens • 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nf6 Petrov’s Defence
the center, though if the pawn is to be recovered after
2...exd4, White must prematurely develop his queen. An • 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Qf6 Greco Defense
alternative is to sacrifice one or two pawns by offering
the Danish Gambit (3.c3). The early development of • 1.e4 e5 2.Qf3?! Napoleon Opening
the queen in the Wayward Queen Attack (2.Qh5) or the
Napoleon Opening (2.Qf3) looks amateurish, though the • 1.e4 e5 2.f4 King’s Gambit
Wayward Queen Attack has been played in a grandmaster
tournament by no less a player than Hikaru Nakamura. • 1.e4 e5 2.Qh5!? Parham Attack
The Portuguese Opening (2.Bb5), Alapin’s Opening
(2.Ne2), Konstantinopolsky Opening (2.Nf3 Nc6 3.g3),
and Inverted Hungarian Opening (2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Be2) are 2.2.4 See also
offbeat tries for White, though none promise any advan-
tage in the face of correct play. • Chess opening
2.3.2 List
• 1.e4 a5 Corn Stalk Defence
• 1.e4 a6 St. George Defence
• 1.e4 Na6 Lemming Defense
• 1.e4 b6 Owen’s Defence
• 1.e4 c5 Sicilian Defence
• 1.e4 c6 Caro-Kann Defence
• 1.e4 Nc6 Nimzowitsch Defence
• 1.e4 d5 Scandinavian Defence
• 1.e4 d6 2.d4 f5 Balogh Defence
Chapter 3
The King’s Knight Opening is a chess opening consist- A number of less popular continuations are possible.
ing of the moves: These openings are generally considered to be less sound
than those mentioned above.
1. e4 e5
2. Nf3 • 2...Qe7 (the Gunderam Defense)
The opening is likely to continue into one of a number • 2...Qf6 (the Greco Defence)
of other named openings, depending mainly on Black’s
• 2...f6 (the Damiano Defence)
second move.
• 2...d5 (the Elephant Gambit)
3.1.1 Main line: 2...Nc6 • 2...f5 (the Latvian Gambit)
Most games (more than 80%) continue with 2...Nc6.
These openings are all categorized in the ECO under code
Some moves from here include: C40.
15
16 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
The Ruy Lopez is named after 16th-century Spanish than 3...a6 are older and generally simpler, but the Mor-
bishop Ruy López de Segura. It is one of the most pop- phy Defence lines are more commonly played.
ular openings, with such a vast number of variations that
in the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO) all codes
from C60 to C99 are assigned to them. 3.2.3 Morphy Defence: 3...a6
Morphy Defence 3...a6
3.2.1 History
By far the most commonly played Black third move is
The opening is named after the 16th-century Spanish the Morphy Defence, 3...a6, which “puts the question”
bishop Ruy López de Segura, who made a systematic to the white bishop. The main point to 3...a6 is that af-
study of this and other openings in the 150-page book ter the common retreat 4.Ba4, Black will have the possi-
on chess Libro del Ajedrez, written in 1561. Although bility of breaking the eventual pin on his queen’s knight
it bears his name, this particular opening was included by playing ...b5. White must take some care not to fall
in the Göttingen manuscript, which dates from c. 1490. into the Noah’s Ark Trap, in which Black traps White’s
However, popular use of the Ruy Lopez opening did not king bishop on the b3-square with a ...a6, ...b5, and ...c4
develop until the mid-19th century, when Carl Jaenisch, pawn advance on the queenside. Ercole del Rio, in his
a Russian theoretician, “rediscovered” its potential. The 1750 treatise Sopra il giuoco degli Scacchi, Osservazioni
opening remains the most commonly used amongst the pratiche dell'anonimo Modenese (On the game of Chess,
open games in master play; it has been adopted by al- practical Observations by an anonymous Modenese), was
most all players during their careers, many of whom have the first author to mention 3...a6.[5] However, the move
played it with both colours. Due to the difficulty for Black became popular after it was played by Paul Morphy, and
to achieve equality,[1] a common nickname for the open- it is named for him. Steinitz did not approve of the move;
ing is “The Spanish Torture”. in 1889, he wrote, “on principle this ought to be disad-
In a Chess Notes feature article, Edward Winter provided vantageous as it drives the bishop where it wants to go”.
a collection of historical analytical articles (1840s–1930s) Steinitz' opinion did not prevail, however; today, 3...a6 is
focused on the Berlin Defence.[2] played in over 65 percent of all games beginning with the
Ruy Lopez.[6]
At the most basic level, White’s third move attacks the After 3...a6, the most commonly played line is the Closed
knight which defends the e5-pawn from the attack by the Defence, which goes 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 Be7, discussed in
f3 knight. White’s apparent threat to win Black’s e-pawn the two following sections. Alternatives to the Closed De-
with 4.Bxc6 dxc6 5.Nxe5 is illusory—Black can respond fence described in this section are:
with 5...Qd4, forking the knight and e4-pawn, which will
win back the material with a good position. White’s
• 4.Bxc6 (Exchange Variation)
3.Bb5 is still a good move; it develops a piece, prepares
castling, and sets up a potential pin against Black’s king. • 4.Ba4
However, since White’s third move carries no immediate
threat, Black can respond in a wide variety of ways. • 4...b5 5.Bb3 Na5 (Norwegian Variation)
Traditionally, White’s objective in playing the Ruy Lopez • 4...b5 5.Bb3 Bc5 (Graz Defence)
is to spoil Black’s pawn structure; either way Black recap- • 4...b5 5.Bb3 Bb7 (Caro Variation)
tures following the exchange on c6 will have negative fea-
• 4...Bc5 (Classical Defence Deferred)
tures for him, though he thereby gains the bishop pair.[3]
White does not always exchange bishop for knight on c6, • 4...d6 (Steinitz Defence Deferred)
however, but usually in the various forms of the Exchange • 4...f5 (Schliemann Defence Deferred)
Variation (ECO C68–C69).
• 4...Nge7 (Cozio Defence Deferred)
The theory of the Ruy Lopez is the most extensively de-
• 4...Be7 5.Qe2 Nf6 (Worrall Attack)
veloped of all open games, with some lines having been
analysed well beyond move thirty. At nearly every move • 4...Be7 5.0-0 Nf6 (Closed Defence)
there are many reasonable alternatives, and most have • 4...Nf6 5.0-0 b5 6.Bb3 Bb7 (Arkhangelsk De-
been deeply explored. It is convenient to divide the pos- fence)
sibilities into two groups based on whether or not Black
responds with (3...a6), which is named the Morphy De- • 4...Nf6 5.0-0 b5 6.Bb3 Bc5 (Modern
fence after Paul Morphy, although he was not the origina- Archangel Defence)
tor of the line.[4] The variations with Black moves other • 4...Nf6 5.0-0 Bc5 (Møller Defence)
3.2. RUY LOPEZ 17
• 4...Nf6 5.0-0 d6 (Russian Defence) Norwegian Defence: 4.Ba4 b5 5.Bb3 Na5 The Nor-
• 4...Nf6 5.0-0 Nxe4 (Open Defence) wegian Variation (also called the Taimanov or Wing
Variation) (ECO C70), 3...a6 4.Ba4 b5 5.Bb3 Na5 aims
• 4...Nf6 5.0-0 Be7 (Closed Defence) to eliminate the white bishop but is generally consid-
• 4...Nf6 5.d4 (Mackenzie Variation) ered too time-consuming for Black. The usual continua-
tion is 6.0-0 d6 7.d4 Nxb3, but the speculative sacrifice
• 4...Nf6 5.Qe2 (Wormald Attack) 6.Bxf7+?! Kxf7 7.Nxe5+, which drives the black king
• 4...Nf6 5.d3 (Anderssen Variation) out, has been played. However, with accurate play, Black
is supposed to be able to consolidate his extra piece.
This defence has been known since the 1880s and was
Exchange Variation: 4.Bxc6 Exchange Variation
reintroduced in 1901 by Carl Schlechter. In the 1950s,
after 4...dxc6
Mark Taimanov played it with some success, though it
Main article: Ruy Lopez, Exchange Variation
remained a sideline, as it has to this day. The Nor-
wegian connection was first introduced by Svein Johan-
In the Exchange Variation, 4.Bxc6, (ECO C68–C69) nessen who played the line from 1957 and later strength-
White damages Black’s pawn structure, giving him a ened when Simen Agdestein and some other Norwegian
ready-made long-term plan of playing d4 ...exd4 Qxd4, players adopted the variation. In 1995 Jonathan Tisdall
followed by exchanging all the pieces and winning the published the article “Ruy Lopez. The Norwegian Varia-
pure pawn ending. Black gains good compensation, how- tion” in New in Chess Yearbook 37.
ever, in the form of the bishop pair, and the variation is
not considered White’s most ambitious, though former
world champions Emanuel Lasker and Bobby Fischer em- Variations combining 3...a6 and ...Bc5 Møller
ployed it with success. Defence 5...Bc5
After 4.Bxc6, Black almost always responds 4...dxc6, al-
though 4...bxc6 is playable. It is not usually played due The Graz Defence, Classical Defence Deferred, and
to the reply 5.d4 exd4 6.Qxd4 and White is in control of Møller Defence combine 3...a6 with the active move
the centre. After 4...dxc6, the obvious 5.Nxe5? is weak, ...Bc5. For a century it was believed that it was safer for
since 5...Qd4! 6.Nf3 Qxe4+ 7.Qe2 Qxe2+ leaves White Black to place the bishop on e7, but it is much more ac-
with no compensation for Black’s bishop pair. There are tive on c5. White can gain time after playing d4 as the
two principal lines after 4.Bxc6 dxc6. In the late 19th and black bishop will have to move, but this does not always
early 20th centuries, Lasker had great success with 5.d4 seem to be as important as was once thought.[8]
exd4 6.Qxd4 Qxd4 7.Nxd4. Since then, better defences The Møller Defence, 3...a6 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 Bc5
for Black have been developed, and this line is consid- was already an old line in 1903 when Dane Jørgen
ered to slightly favour Black. Jon Jacobs wrote in the Møller (1873–1944) analysed it in Tidsskrift för Schack.
July 2005 Chess Life (p. 21): “A database search (lim- Alexander Alekhine played this for Black in the early por-
ited to games longer than 20 moves, both players FIDE tion of his career; despite his advocacy, it never achieved
2300+) reveals the position after 7.Nxd4 was reached 20 great popularity, and even he eventually came to consider
times from 1985–2002. White’s results were abysmal: it dubious.
+0−7=13.” Max Euwe gives the pure pawn ending in this
position as a win for White.[7] The Graz Defence, 3...a6 4.Ba4 b5 5.Bb3 Bc5, was
analysed by Alois Fink (b. 1910) in Österreichische
The flexible 5.0-0 is sometimes called the Barendregt Schachzeitung in 1956 and in Wiener Schach Nachrichten
Variation, but it was Fischer who developed it into a se- in 1979, although it did not become popular until the
rious weapon in the 1960s. Unlike 5.d4, it forces Black 1990s.
to defend his e-pawn, which he usually does with 5...f6,
5...Bg4, 5...Qd6 (the sharpest line, preparing queenside
castling), 5...Qe7, 5...Qf6 or 5...Bd6. A rare but playable Steinitz Defence Deferred: 4.Ba4 d6 Steinitz
move is 5...Be6 (or 5...Be7), the idea being that if White Defence Deferred 4...d6
plays 6.Nxe5, Black plays 6... Qd4, forking the knight
and the e4-pawn. The move ...Qd4, regaining the pawn In the Steinitz Defence Deferred (also called the Mod-
at e4, is usually impossible in these variations once White ern Steinitz Defence or the Neo-Steinitz Defence)
has castled, due to the open e-file. (ECO C71–C76), Black interpolates 3...a6 4.Ba4 before
White may also delay the exchange for a move or two: playing 4...d6, which was frequently played by Alexander
4.Ba4 Nf6 5.Bxc6 or 5.0-0 Be7 6.Bxc6 (the Delayed Ex- Alekhine, José Raúl Capablanca and Paul Keres. The
change Deferred), for example; at first glance this seems possibility of breaking the pin with a timely ...b5 gives
a waste of time, but Black having played ...Nf6 rules out Black more latitude than in the Old Steinitz Defence; in
defending the pawn with ...f6, and the bishop already be- particular, in the Old Steinitz, White can practically force
ing on e7 means that ...Bd6 would be a loss of tempo. Black to give up his strongpoint at e5, but in the Steinitz
18 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
Deferred, Black is able to maintain his centre. Most plau- 3...a6 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 d6, Black waits until White castles
sible White moves are playable here, including 5.c3, 5.c4, before playing ...d6. This can enable Black to avoid some
5.Bxc6, 5.d4, and 5.0-0. The sharp Siesta Variation lines in the Steinitz Defence Deferred in which White cas-
arises after 5.c3 f5, while a manoeuvring game results tles queenside although the position of the knight on f6
from the calmer 5.c3 Bd7 6.d4. The game is also sharp also precludes Black from supporting the centre with f7–
after 5.Bxc6+ bxc6 6.d4 (ECO C73) or 5.0-0 Bg4 6.h3 h5 f6. These nuances seem to have little importance today,
(ECO C72). The older lines starting with 5.c4 and 5.d4 as neither the Steinitz Defence Deferred nor the Russian
are not regarded as testing for Black, though the latter of- Defence have been popular for many years.
fers a tricky gambit. There are six ECO classifications
Chigorin played the Russian Defence in the 1890s, and
for the Modern Steinitz. White’s responses 5.d4, 5.Nc3, later it was adopted by Rubinstein and Alekhine. The last
and 5.c4 are included in C71, while 5.0-0 is C72. The
significant use of the Russian Defence was in the 1950s
delayed exchange 5.Bxc6+ bxc6 6.d4 is C73. C74–C76 when it was played by some Russian masters.
all begin with 5.c3. C74 covers 5...Nf6, but primarily
focuses on 5...f5 6.exf5 Bxf5 with 7.d4 or 7.0-0. C75’s
main continuation is 5...Bd7 6.d4 Nge7, the Rubinstein Open Defence: 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 Nxe4 Open Defence
Variation. C76 is characterised by the Black kingside after 8...Be6
fianchetto 5...Bd7 6.d4 g6.
In the Open Defence, 3...a6 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 Nxe4,
Schliemann Defence Deferred: 4.Ba4 f5 The Black tries to make use of the time White will take to
Schliemann Defence Deferred, 3...a6 4.Ba4 f5, is rarely regain the pawn to gain a foothold in the centre, with
seen, with practically its only top-level appearance be- play usually continuing 6.d4 b5 7.Bb3 d5 8.dxe5 Be6.
ing in the 1974 Candidates Final, when Viktor Korchnoi Here 8.Nxe5, once adopted by Fischer, is much less of-
adopted it versus Anatoly Karpov. It is considered infe- ten seen, and Black should equalise after the accurate
rior to the regular Schliemann, since White can answer 8...Nxe5 9.dxe5 c6, which avoids prematurely commit-
effectively with 5.d4! exd4 6.e5. ting the light-squared bishop and solidly defends d5, often
a problem in the Open. The Riga Variation, 6...exd4, is
considered inferior; the main line runs 7.Re1 d5 8.Nxd4
Arkhangelsk Defence: 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 b5 6.Bb3 Bb7 Bd6! 9.Nxc6 Bxh2+! 10.Kh1! (10.Kxh2 Qh4+ 11.Kg1
Arkhangelsk Defence 6...Bb7 Qxf2+ draws by perpetual check.) Qh4 11.Rxe4+!
dxe4 12.Qd8+! Qxd8 13.Nxd8+ Kxd8 14.Kxh2 Be6
The Arkhangelsk Defence (or Archangel Defence) (14...f5?? 15.Bg5#!) and now the endgame is considered
(ECO C78) was invented by Soviet theoreticians in the to favour White after 15.Be3 or Nd2 (but not 15.Nc3 c5!,
city of Arkhangelsk. The variation begins 3...a6 4.Ba4 playing to trap the bishop).
Nf6 5.0-0 b5 6.Bb3 Bb7. This line often leads to sharp White has a variety of options at move nine, including
positions in which Black wagers that the fianchettoed 9.c3, 9.Be3, 9.Qe2 and 9.Nbd2.
bishop’s influence on the centre and kingside will offset
The classical line starts with 9.c3 when Black may choose
Black’s delay in castling. White has several options, in-
from 9...Na5, 9...Be7 (the main line), and the aggressive
cluding attempting to build an ideal pawn centre with c3
9...Bc5.
and d4, defending the e-pawn with Re1 or simply devel-
oping. The Arkhangelsk Defence is tactically justified After 9.c3 Bc5 10.Nbd2 0-0 11.Bc2, Black must meet the
by Black’s ability to meet 7.Ng5 with 7...d5 8.exd5 Nd4! attack on e4, with the following possibilities from which
(not 8...Nxd5, when White gets the advantage with 9.Qh5 to choose: 11...f5, 11...Bf5, both of which aim to main-
g6 10.Qf3). tain the strongpoint on e4, or the forcing line 11...Nxf2,
introduced by the English amateur Vernon Dilworth.
Mackenzie Variation 4. Ba4 Nf6 5.d4 The Macken- Today, 9.Be3 Be7 10.c3 is often used to transpose into
zie Variation 5.d4, is a sharp line followed normally by the main line, 9.c3, while obviating the option of the Dil-
5...exd4 6.O-O and 6...Be7 instead of 6...Nxe4 because worth.
black will surely lose his knight. 7.Re1 follows, then An old continuation is 11...f5, when after 12.Nb3 Ba7
black plays 7...b5. Some players prefer the simple 8.Bb3,
13.Nfd4 Nxd4 14.Nxd4 Bxd4 White can gain some ad-
while others go for the sharp 8.e5. vantage with Bogoljubov’s 15.Qxd4. Instead, the very
sharp La Grande Variante continues 15.cxd4 f4 16.f3
Ng3 17.hxg3 fxg3 18.Qd3 Bf5 19.Qxf5 Rxf5 20.Bxf5
Russian Defence: 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 d6 Russian Qh4 21.Bh3 Qxd4+ 22.Kh1 Qxe5, with unclear conse-
Defence 5...d6 quences. Perhaps the most famous game in this variation
is Smyslov–Reshevsky, 1945 USSR–USA Radio Match.
The Russian Defence (ECO C79) can be considered a An analysis of the line had just been published in a Rus-
delayed Steinitz Defence Deferred. With the move order sian chess magazine, and Smyslov was able to follow it
3.2. RUY LOPEZ 19
to quickly obtain a winning position. Reshevsky had not Also quite fashionable is 6. d3[9] with Peter Svidler ded-
seen the analysis and he struggled in vain to solve the po- icating an entire video series to it.[10]
sition over the board with his chess clock running. The
Dilworth Variation (or Attack), 11...Nxf2 12.Rxf2 f6
13.exf6 Bxf2+ 14.Kxf2 Qxf6 has scored well for Black, Delayed Exchange Variation Deferred: 6.Bxc6 The
with many traps for the ill-prepared White player. The Delayed Exchange Variation Deferred (or Exchange
main line leads to unbalanced endgames which are diffi- Variation Doubly Deferred) (ECO C85), 6.Bxc6, loses
cult to play for both sides, though with a strong drawing a tempo compared to the Exchange Variation, though in
tendency. Yusupov is one of the few grandmasters to of- compensation, the black knight on f6 and bishop on e7
ten adopt the Dilworth. are awkwardly placed. The knight on f6 prevents Black
In the Howell Attack (ECO C81), 9.Qe2, White aims for from supporting the e-pawn with f7–f6, and the bishop is
play against d5 after Rd1. The game usually continues somewhat passively posted on e7.
9...Be7 10.Rd1 followed by 10...Nc5 or 10...0-0. Keres
played this line several times in the late 1940s, and it is
sometimes named after him. Centre Attack: 6.d4 The Centre Attack (or Centre
Variation) (ECO C84), 6.d4, leads to sharp play. Black
Karpov’s move, 9.Nbd2, limits Black’s options. In can hold the balance, but it is easy to make a misstep.
the 1978 Karpov–Korchnoi World Chess Championship
match, following 9.Nbd2 Nc5 10.c3 d4 (10...Be7 is an
old move that remains popular) Karpov introduced the Worrall Attack: 6.Qe2 Worrall Attack 6.Qe2
surprising 11.Ng5!?, a move suggested by his trainer, Igor
Zaitsev. If Black takes the knight with 11...Qxg5 White
regains the material with 12.Qf3. This variation played In the Worrall Attack (ECO C86), White substitutes
a decisive role in a later World Championship match, 6.Qe2 for 6.Re1. The idea is that the queen will support
Kasparov–Anand 1995, when Anand was unable to suc- the e-pawn leaving the rook free to move to d1 to sup-
cessfully defend as Black. port the advance of the d-pawn, although there isn't al-
ways time for this. Play normally continues 6...b5 7.Bb3
followed by 7...0-0 8.c3 and 8...d5 or 8...d6.
Closed Defence 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 Be7: alternatives to
Paul Keres played the line several times. More recently,
Main line
Sergei Tiviakov has played it, as has Nigel Short, who
played it twice in his 1992 match against Anatoly Karpov
Closed Defence after 5...Be7
and won both games.
• 6.Re1 b5 7.Bb3
Trajković Variation: 6.Re1 b5 7.Bb3 Bb7 Trajković
• 7...Bb7 (Trajković Variation) Variation 6...b5 7.Bb3 Bb7
• 7...0-0 8.c3 d5 (Marshall Attack)
20 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
An alternative to 7...d6 is 7...Bb7. This is known as the Improvements to Black’s play were found (Marshall
Trajković Variation. Black may sacrifice a pawn with played 11...Nf6!? originally, but later discovered
8.c3 d5 9.exd5 Nxd5 10.Nxe5 Nxe5 11.Rxe5 Nf4. 11...c6!) and the Marshall Attack was adopted by top
players including Boris Spassky, John Nunn and more
recently Michael Adams. In the Classical World Chess
7...0-0 After 6.Re1 b5 7.Bb3, Black often plays 7...0-0. Championship 2004, challenger Peter Leko used the
Here White can play 8.c3, but he has other moves. Al- Marshall to win an important game against World Cham-
ternatives are 8.a4, 8.h3, 8.d4, and 8.d3, which are often pion Vladimir Kramnik. Currently, Armenian Grand-
called “anti-Marshall” moves. White can also play 8.Nc3 master Levon Aronian is one of the main advocates for
with the idea of playing 9.Nd5 later. the Marshall Attack.[16]
In the case White does play 8.c3, Black can and often
does play 8...d6, which is just the main line in another
Main line: 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 Be7 6.Re1 b5 7.Bb3 d6
order. But he can also play 8...d5 for the Marshall Attack.
8.c3 0-0
Pilnik Variation: 9.d3 The Pilnik Variation, named the centre with 10.d3 the opening is classified ECO code
for Herman Pilnik, is also known as the Teichmann C94. The more common continuation, 10.d4, is ECO
Variation from the game Teichmann–Schlechter, Carls- C95. The main line continues 10.d4 Nbd7 11.Nbd2 Bb7
bad 1911. White plays 9.d3 intending to later advance 12.Bc2 Re8 13.Nf1 Bf8. Black is threatening to win the
to d4 under favourable circumstances. Although d2–d3– e4-pawn via ...exd4 uncovering an attack on the pawn,
d4 appears to lose a tempo compared to d2–d4, White so White plays 14.Ng3. Black generally plays 14...g6 to
may be able to omit h3 regaining the tempo, especially if stop White’s knight from going to f5. White then usu-
Black plays ...Bb7. ally tries to attack the Black queenside via 15.a4. Black
seeks counterplay in the centre via 15...c5. White can
attack either the kingside or the queenside. This forces
Yates Variation and Bogoljubow Variation: 9.d4 resolution of the centre via 16.d5. Black can exploit the
White usually plays 9.h3 instead of 9.d4 (the Yates Vari- weak squares on the queenside via 16...c4. White will try
ation) because after 9.d4 Bg4 (the Bogoljobow Varia- to attack on the kingside via 17.Bg5, moving his forces
tion), the pin of the white king knight is troublesome. to the kingside. Black will kick the bishop with 17...h6.
The variation takes its name from the game Capablanca– The logical retreat is 18.Be3, which is met by 18...Nc5.
Bogoljubow, London 1922. White plays 19.Qd2, forcing 19...h5. The point of this
manoeuver was to weaken Black’s kingside.
Chigorin Variation: 9.h3 Na5 Chigorin Variation
after 11.d4 Qc7
Zaitsev Variation: 9.h3 Bb7 Zaitsev Variation
9...Bb7
The Chigorin Variation was refined by Mikhail Chig-
orin around the turn of the 20th century and became
The Zaitsev Variation (also called the Flohr–Zaitsev
the primary Black defence to the Ruy Lopez for more
Variation) was advocated by Igor Zaitsev, who was one
than fifty years. With 9...Na5 Black chases the white
of Karpov’s trainers for many years. A Karpov favourite,
bishop from the a2–g8 diagonal and frees the c-pawn for
the Zaitsev remains one of the most important variations
queenside expansion. After 10.Bc2 c5 11.d4 the classical
of the Ruy Lopez. With 9...Bb7 Black prepares to put
Black follow up is 11...Qc7, reinforcing e5 and placing
more pressure on e4 after 10.d4 Re8 11.Nbd2 Bf8 when
the queen on the c-file which may later become open after
play can become very sharp and tactical. One drawback
...cxd4. Other Black moves in this position are 11...Bb7
of this line is that White can force Black to choose a dif-
and 11...Nd7; the latter was adopted by Keres a few times
ferent defence or allow a draw by repetition of position
in the 1960s. The Chigorin Variation has declined in pop-
with 11.Ng5 Rf8 12.Nf3.
ularity because Black must spend some time bringing his
offside knight on a5 back into the game.
The Chigorin is divided into four ECO classifications. In Karpov Variation: 9.h3 Nd7 Karpov tried 9...Nd7
C96, Black or White deviate after 10.Bc2, and do not several times in the 1990 World Championship match,
reach the classical main line position 10...c5 11.d4 Qc7. but Kasparov achieved a significant advantage against it
In C97, White proceeds from the diagram with 12.a4, in the 18th game. It is solid but slightly passive. Con-
12.d5, 12.b4, or the main line 12.Nbd2 when Black re- fusingly 9...Nd7 is also called the Chigorin Variation so
sponds with ...Be6, ...Rd8, ...Re8, ...Bb7 or ...Bd7. The there are two variations of the Ruy Lopez with that name,
C98 classification covers 12.Nbd2 Nc6, while C99 covers but 9...Na5 is the move more commonly associated with
12.Nbd2 cxd4 13.cxd4. Chigorin. This defense is also known as the Keres Varia-
tion, after Paul Keres.
9...h6 gives White enough time to complete the Nbd2– Bird’s Defence: 3...Nd4
f1–g3 manoeuver, and the pawn move can also weaken
Black’s kingside. The Zaitsev can be considered to be an Bird’s Defence (ECO C61), 3...Nd4, is an uncommon
improved Smyslov in which Black tries to save a tempo variation in modern praxis. With careful play White is
by omitting ...h6. held to gain an advantage.
Kasparov played the Smyslov Variation in a loss to the
This defence was published in 1843 in Paul Rudolf von
Deep Blue chess computer in Game 2 of their 1997 Bilguer's Handbuch des Schachspiels and explored by
match. Svetozar Gligorić has been the most prolific C93
Henry Bird in the late 19th century. Bird played it as
player.[18] Black at least 25 times, scoring +9 =3 −13 (nine wins,
three draws, thirteen losses).[20] Bird’s Defence was later
used a few times in tournament play by Siegbert Tarrasch,
Smyslov Variation: 9.h3 Qd7 9...Qd7 is another vari- Boris Spassky, and Alexander Khalifman. Although it
ation by Smyslov. is still sometimes seen as a surprise weapon, no strong
master since Bird has adopted it regularly.[21] The World
3.2.4 Black defences other than 3...a6 Champion Magnus Carlsen played it as black in the 2014
Chess Olympiad against Ivan Šarić and lost.[22]
Of the variations in this section, the Berlin and Schlie-
mann Defences are the most popular today, followed by
Steinitz Defence: 3...d6
the Classical Defence.[19]
The Steinitz Defence (also called the Old Steinitz
• 3...Nge7 (Cozio Defence) Defence) (ECO C62), 3...d6, is solid but passive and
• 3...g6 (Smyslov Defence) cramped. Although the favourite of the first world
champion Wilhelm Steinitz, and often played by world
• 3...Nd4 (Bird’s Defence) champions and expert defensive players Emanuel Lasker,
José Capablanca, and occasionally by Vasily Smyslov, it
• 3...d6 (Steinitz Defence)
largely fell into disuse after World War I, as its inherent
• 3...f5!? (Schliemann Defence) passivity spurred a search for more active means of de-
fending the Spanish. White can force Black to concede
• 3...Bc5 (Classical or Cordel Defence) the strongpoint at e5 (see Tarrasch Trap), a significant
but not fatal concession.
• 3...Nf6 (Berlin Defence)
The deferred variant of this defence (3...a6 4.Ba4 d6) of-
and other less-common third moves for Black. fers Black a freer position and is more popular.
The Cozio Defence (part of ECO C60), 3...Nge7, is dis- The Schliemann 's Defence or Schliemann–Jaenisch
tinctly old-fashioned, and the least popular of the de- Gambit (ECO C63), 3...f5!?, is a sharp line in which
fences at Black’s third move. Although Bent Larsen used Black plays for a kingside attack, frequently sacrificing
it occasionally with success, it remains one of the least one or two pawns. Considered by many to be some-
explored variations of the Ruy Lopez. what dubious, it is occasionally used in top-level play as
a surprise weapon. This variation was originated by Carl
Jaenisch in 1847 and is sometimes named after him. Al-
Smyslov Defence: 3...g6
though later named for German lawyer Adolf Karl Wil-
helm Schliemann (1817–72), the line Schliemann actu-
The Smyslov Defence, Fianchetto Defence, Barnes
ally played in the 1860s was a gambit variation of the
Defence, or Pillsbury Defence (part of ECO C60),
Cordel Defence (3...Bc5 4.c3 f5). The most common re-
3...g6, is a quiet positional system played occasionally by
sponses for White to 3...f5!? are 4.d3 or 4.Nc3, with play
Vasily Smyslov and Boris Spassky, becoming popular in
after 4.Nc3 fxe4 5.Nxe4 going 5...d5, with great com-
the 1980s when it was shown that 4.c3 a6! gives Black a
plications to follow, or 5...Nf6, which generally leads to
good game.
quieter play.
It was later discovered that 4.d4 exd4 5.Bg5 gives White
the advantage, and as such the variation is rarely played
today. An interesting gambit line 4.d4 exd4 5.c3 has also Classical Defence: 3...Bc5
been recommended by Alexander Khalifman, although
some of the resulting positions have yet to be extensively The Classical Defence or Cordel Defence (ECO C64),
tested. 3...Bc5, is possibly the oldest defence to the Ruy Lopez,
3.2. RUY LOPEZ 23
and has been played occasionally by former world cham- which this line was employed ended in draws. An alter-
pion Boris Spassky and Boris Gulko. White’s most com- native for Black, though seldom seen since the 1890s, is
mon reply is 4.c3, when Black may choose to play 4...f5, 6...bxc6 7.dxe5 Nb7, although White keeps an advantage
the Cordel Gambit, leading to sharp play, after which despite Black’s two bishops, as it is difficult for him to
5.d4 is considered the strongest reply. More solid for gain active counterplay.
Black is instead, 4...Nf6, when 5.0-0 0-0 6.d4 Bb6 leads White’s move 4.Nc3 transposes to the Four Knights
to the Benelux Variation. White’s principal alternative Game, Spanish Variation.
to 4.c3 is 4.0-0, when Black can transpose to the Classi-
cal Berlin with 4...Nf6 or play 4...Nd4 which isn't so bad Another possible try for White is 4.d3. This is “Steinitz’s
for Black. move, with which he scored many spectacular successes
during his long reign as World Champion”.[25] The main
An alternative for White is the fork trick 4. Nxe5. Few replies for Black are 4...d6 and 4...Bc5. In both cases,
games have been played with this line, but there is no clear White commonly plays 5. c3. An uncommon and dubi-
refutation for Black. The name derives from White’s play ous reply is 4...Ne7, which tries to set up the Mortimer
if Black captures the knight: 4...Nxe5 5. d4. Trap.
The Berlin is assigned ECO codes C65–67. Code C65
Berlin Defence: 3...Nf6 covers alternatives to 4.0-0 as well as 4.0-0 Bc5. Code
C66 covers 4.0-0 d6, while C67 is 4.0-0 Nxe4.
Berlin Defence 3...Nf6
Other
The Berlin Defence, 3...Nf6, has long had a reputation
for solidity and drawishness and is sometimes called “the Less-common third moves for Black:
Berlin Wall".[23] The Berlin Defence was played in the
late 19th century and early 20th century by Emanuel
• 3...Bb4 (Alapin Defence)
Lasker and others, who typically answered 4.0-0 with
4...d6 in the style of the Steinitz Variation. This approach • 3...Qf6
ultimately fell out of favour, as had the old form of the
Steinitz, due to its passivity, and the entire variation be- • 3...f6 (Nuremberg Defence)
came rare. Arthur Bisguier played the Berlin for decades,
but always chose the variation 4.0-0 Nxe4. Then in 2000, • 3...Qe7 (Vinogradov Variation)
Vladimir Kramnik used the line as a drawing weapon
• 3...Na5 (Pollock’s Defence)
against Garry Kasparov in Classical World Chess Cham-
pionship 2000, following which the Berlin has experi- • 3...g5 (Brentano Defence)
enced a remarkable renaissance: even players with a dy-
namic style such as Alexei Shirov, Veselin Topalov, and • 3...Bd6
Kasparov himself have tried it, and Magnus Carlsen and
Viswanathan Anand both used it (Carlsen extensively so) • 3...b6? (Rotary Defence or Albany Defence)
during the 2013 World Chess Championship and 2014
• 3...d5? (Sawyer’s Gambit or Spanish Countergam-
World Chess Championship.
bit)
Open Berlin Defence, l'Hermet (Queenswap) Variation
after 8...Kxd8 • 3...Be7 (Lucena Defence)
[3] Lane, Gary (2006). The Ruy Lopez Explained. Batsford. [19] New in Chess Base
ISBN 0-7134-8978-2.
[20] Bird Defence games played by Bird. ChessGames.com.
[4] Morphy played 3...a6 in the second (a draw) and fourth Retrieved on 2009-01-29.
(a win for Morphy) games of his 1858 match with Adolf
Anderssen. Philip W. Sergeant, Morphy’s Games of [21] Shaw, John, Starting Out: The Ruy Lopez, p. 36
Chess, Dover, 1957, pp. 106–08, 110–12. ISBN 0-
486-20386-7. The move had been played much earlier, [22] Ivan Saric vs Magnus Carlsen, Chess Olympiad 2014
however. Charles Henry Stanley played 3...a6 twice in
[23] Emmett, Ryan (2008-08-09). “The Berlin Wall Grows
his 1845 match, held in Morphy’s hometown of New
Higher In Sochi”. Chess.com. Retrieved 2009-03-22.
Orleans, against Eugène Rousseau for the United States
Chess Championship. Stanley lost both games, although [24] Seirawan 2003, p. 52
he won the match. Andy Soltis and Gene McCormick,
“The Morphy Defense”, Chess Life, August 1984, pp. [25] Horowitz and Reinfeld 1954, p. 59
26–27. Howard Staunton also mentioned 3...a6 in his
Chess-Player’s Handbook, first published in 1847. Howard
Staunton, The Chess-Player’s Handbook (2nd ed. 1848), Bibliography
Henry C. Bohn, pp. 147, 149.
• Müller, Karsten; Lamprecht, Frank (2007). Secrets
[5] Harry Golombek, Chess: A History, G.P. Putnam’s Sons,
of Pawn Endings. Gambit Publications. ISBN 978-
1976, pp. 117–18.
1-904600-88-6.
[6] As of 2016-11-23, Chess-DB.com reports that 243757
out of 355830 games in its database beginning with the • Barden, Leonard (1963). The Ruy Lopez • Winning
Ruy Lopez, continued with 3...a6, i.e. a percentage of ap- Chess with 1 P-K4. Pergamon Press. ISBN 0-08-
prox. 68.5%. Similarly, 365Chess.com reports a 69.3% 009997-1.
percentage (100540 out of 145061 games) and Chess-
Base.com (requires free registration) reports a 74.3% per- • This article includes text from David Wheeler’s A
centage (63183 out of 85022 games). Beginner’s Garden of Chess Openings, originally
under the GNU Free Documentation License.
[7] Müller & Lamprecht, pp. 147–48
[14] “Frere vs Marshall, New York, 1917”. chessgames.com. • Kasparov, Garry; Keene, Raymond (1994) [1989].
Retrieved 2009-06-01. Batsford Chess Openings 2. Henry Holt. ISBN 0-
8050-3409-9.
[15] Winter, E.G. “The Marshall Gambit”. Retrieved 2009-
06-01. • Nunn, John (1999). Nunn’s Chess Openings. Every-
man Chess. ISBN 1-85744-221-0.
[16] Nandanan, Hari Hara (2 October 2011). “Carlsen stops
Ivanchuk, Anand held”. The Times of India. Bennett, • Seirawan, Yasser (2003). Winning Chess Openings.
Coleman & Co. Ltd. Retrieved 29 May 2015. Anand Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-349-7.
carefully employed the anti-Marshall against Aronian, an
acknowledged expert in the Marshall. The Indian waited • Shaw, John (2003). Starting Out: The Ruy Lopez.
for things to unfold rather than forcing the pace in his Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-321-7.
characteristic way but after waiting for sometime on move
21 he deviated from the known track. Though he seemed • Tseitlin, Mikhail (1991). Winning with the Schlie-
to have got something out of the opening, the World mann. Maxwell Macmillan Chess. ISBN 1-85744-
champion did not have anything special.
017-X.
[17] Barden (1963), pp. 15–16
• Lalic, Bogdan (2003). The Marshall Attack. Every-
[18] Online Chess Database and Community man Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-244-1.
3.3. RUY LOPEZ, EXCHANGE VARIATION 25
• Lane, Gary (2006). The Ruy Lopez Explained. Bats- • ECO code C68 covers 4...bxc6 and 4...dxc6, with
ford. ISBN 0-7134-8978-2. White’s response of 5.d4 or 5.Nc3 to either cap-
ture. After 4...dxc6 White should not capture with
• Marin, Mihail (2007). A Spanish Opening Repertoire 5.Nxe5 as 5...Qd4 forks the knight and pawn, thus
for Black. Quality Chess. ISBN 91-976005-0-4. regaining the material, leading to positions where
White has forfeited his structural advantage—the
• Wall, Bill (1986). 500 Ruy Lopez Miniatures.
compensation for ceding the two bishops. Black
Chessco. ISBN 978-0-931462-56-6.
has a variety of playable responses to the pop-
• Flear, Glen (2000). Open Ruy Lopez. Everyman ular 4...dxc6 5.0-0 (the Barendregt Variation,
Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-261-8. which Bobby Fischer played with success). White
now threatens 6.Nxe5 because the sequence 6...Qd4
• Pavlovic, Milos (2009). Fighting The Ruy Lopez. 7.Nf3 Qxe4 to regain the pawn, now fails to 8.Re1
Globe Pequot. ISBN 1-85744-590-2. pinning and winning the queen. ECO code C68 ex-
amines these responses to 5.0-0: 5...Qf6, 5...Qe7,
• Cox, John (2008). The Berlin Wall. Quality Chess. 5...Bd6, 5...Qd6, or 5...Bg4 (all directly defending
ISBN 978-91-85779-02-4. the e5-pawn, except 5...Bg4 which indirectly de-
• de Firmian, Nick (2000). Batsford’s Modern Chess fends by pinning the knight). The moves 5...Be6,
Openings. Batsford. ISBN 978-0-7134-8656-8. 5...Be7, and 5...Ne7 are less common moves which
have never achieved popularity. The idea behind
these moves is that if White plays to win a pawn
3.2.8 External links with 6.Nxe5, 6...Qd4 7.Nf3 Qxe4 is again playable,
as the Black minor piece on e6 or e7 blocks the e-
• Opening Report. Marshall Counterattack: 1.e4 e5 file.
2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bb5 a6 4.Ba4 Nf6 5.0-0 Be7 6.Re1 b5
• ECO code C69 treats the variations arising from the
7.Bb3 0-0 8.c3 d5 (6074 games)
continuation 4...dxc6 5.0-0 f6.
• Ruy Lopez analysis video
There are two ECO classifications for the Exchange Vari- A move that was popular amongst masters during Fis-
ation. cher’s reign and is still popular today is 5...f6. White’s
26 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
most active and modern approach to this defense is 6.d4, If White can exchange all pieces, he has a big advantage
after which Black has two options: 6...Bg4 and 6...exd4. in the endgame, due to the pawn structure. Max Euwe
The move 6...Bg4 can be met also by two options: 7.dxe5 gave the pure pawn ending (without pieces—see diagram)
and 7.c3. On 7.dxe5 Qxd1 8.Rxd1 fxe5, White cannot resulting after the exchange of White’s d-pawn for Black’s
take the e5-pawn with the knight because the knight is e-pawn as a win for White, and the winning procedure is
pinned by the bishop. Multiple trades have occurred, detailed in (Müller & Lamprecht 2007:147–49).
however, bringing the position closer to an endgame,
which is beneficial for White since he has the better pawn
structure. 3.3.4 References
The second move against 5...f6 6.d4 is 6...exd4. White Notes
should play 7.Qxd4 (Fischer chose the more obscure
7.Nxd4 in two Exchange Variation games in his 1992
[1] ECO 2nd edition considers 8.b3, 8.c4, 8.Be3, 8.Nbd2,
match with Boris Spassky), offering a trade of queens
8.Rd1, 8.Re1, and 8.e5, with all lines leading to balanced
which Black should take or else he is clearly worse. After positions.
7...Qxd4 8.Nxd4 c5 9.Nb3 (9.Ne2 is another line; how-
ever Fischer often preferred 9.Nb3) and White will de-
Bibliography
velop freely by developing their bishop to e3, their b1
knight to c3 or d2 depending on the position and bringing
one of their rooks to d1, usually the rook on f1. • de Firmian, Nick (1999), Modern Chess Openings:
MCO-14, Random House Puzzles & Games, ISBN
0-8129-3084-3
5...Qd6
• Müller, Karsten; Lamprecht, Frank (2007), Secrets
of Pawn Endings, Gambit Publications, ISBN 978-
This is often called the Bronstein Variation. White’s pop-
1-904600-88-6
ular choices are 6.Na3 and 6.d3. After 6.d4 exd4 7.Nxd4,
this move permits 7...Bd7 followed by ...0-0-0. Other • Shaw, John (2003), Starting Out: The Ruy Lopez,
ways for White to proceed include 6.a4 or 6.c3. Everyman Chess, ISBN 1-85744-321-7
• Taulbut, Shaun (1996), Understanding the Spanish,
5...Bd6 Batsford, ISBN 978-0-7134-7633-0
The move 6...Bg4 is the better move in this line. White 2. Nf3 Nc6
has a couple of possible moves, but the best line is 3. Bc4
7.dxe5 Bxf3 8.Qxf3 Bxe5. Numerous trades have oc-
curred, so White is satisfied. After 9.Nd2 Ne7 10.Nc4 The Italian Game is one of the oldest recorded chess
Ng6 11.Nxe5 Nxe5 12.Qg3 (Salazar–Smith, Groningen openings; it occurs in the Göttingen manuscript and was
1976/77), White had the upper hand (Gipslis). developed by players such as Damiano and Polerio in the
16th century, and later by Greco in 1620, who gave the
game its main line. It has been extensively analyzed for
3.3.3 Endgame more than 300 years. The term Italian Game is some-
times used interchangeably with Giuoco Piano, though
Max Euwe, 1940 that term also refers particularly to play after 3...Bc5. The
White wins with either side to move Italian is regarded as an Open Game, or Double King’s
Pawn game.
3.4. ITALIAN GAME 27
The more aggressive Two Knights Defense; again, this • List of chess openings named after places
is more in the nature of a counterattack, and some
(e.g. Chigorin) have proposed it be renamed so.
3.4.4 References
The Two Knights Defence contains the knife-edged
Traxler/Wilkes-Barre Variation, the aggressive Fegatello • D. Bronstein: 200 Open Games (1973). Reprint
(or Fried Liver) Attack, and the complex Max Lange At- Dover Publications, 1991, ISBN 0-486-26857-8
tack.
• Burgess, Graham (2000), The Mammoth Book of
Chess (2nd ed.), Carroll & Graf, ISBN 978-0-7867-
3...Be7 0725-6
• Y. Estrin: The Two Knights Defence (1983) ISBN
The Hungarian Defence, a solid, drawish game which is 0-7134-3991-2
often chosen in tournament play to avoid the complexities
and risks of the other lines. • T. Harding and G. S. Botterill: The Italian Game
(1977), Batsford, ISBN 0-7134-3261-6
• D. Levy, K. O'Donnell: Oxford Encyclopaedia of
3.4.2 Uncommon Black third moves Chess Games Vol I (1485-1866) (1981) ISBN 0-19-
217571-8
3...d6
• A. Matanović: Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings Vol
C ( 1981) ISBN 0-7134-2697-7
The Semi-Italian Opening, a solid positional line; this
was popular in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, but • V. Zagororovsky: Romantic Chess Openings (1982)
hardly seen now. ISBN 0-7134-3623-9
28 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
3.4.5 Further reading (6.Bd5!? is also possible) Bxd8 7.Nc3 Nf6. White can
also close the center with 5.d5 Nb8, followed by Bd3 and
• Colins, Sam (2005), Understanding the Chess Open- expansion on the queenside with c4, resulting in positions
ings, Gambit Publications, ISBN 1-904600-28-X resembling those from the Old Indian Defense. Finally,
with 5.Nc3 White can retain tension in the center and ob-
tain active piece play.
3.4.6 External links
Harding and Botterill, in their 1977 book on the Italian
Game, conclude that, “The Hungarian Defence can only
3.5 Hungarian Defense be played for a draw. White should have an edge in most
lines.”[3]
The Hungarian Defense is a chess opening that begins
with the moves:
3.5.3 See also
1. e4 e5 • List of chess openings
2. Nf3 Nc6
• List of chess openings named after places
3. Bc4 Be7
The Hungarian Defense is a line in the Italian Game typ- 3.5.4 Notes
ically chosen as a quiet response to the aggressive 3.Bc4.
[1] Harding & Botterill (1977), p. 130.
The opening is seldom seen in modern play.
The variation takes its name from a correspondence [2] Harding & Botterill (1977), pp. 130-31.
game between Paris and Pest, Hungary played from [3] Harding & Botterill (1977), p. 134.
1843–45, but was first analyzed by Cozio in the 18th
century.[1] It has been played on occasion by some
grandmasters with strong defensive-positional styles, in- 3.5.5 References
cluding Reshevsky, Hort, and former World Champions
Petrosian and Smyslov. • T. D. Harding and G. S. Botterill (1977). The Italian
With the move 3...Be7, Black avoids the complexities of Game. Batsford. ISBN 0-7134-3261-6.
the Giuoco Piano (3...Bc5), Evans Gambit (3...Bc5 4.b4), • Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox-
and Two Knights Defense (3...Nf6). White has an advan- ford Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN
tage in space and freer development, so Black must be 0-19-280049-3.
prepared to defend a cramped position.
• De Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings:
MCO-14. Random House Puzzles & Games. ISBN
3.5.1 4.d4 exd4 0-8129-3084-3.
as Black by many aggressive players including Mikhail main lines all are thought to lead to drawn or equal posi-
Chigorin and Paul Keres, and World Champions Mikhail tions, e.g. after 6.Kxf2 Nxe4+ 7.Kg1, or even 7.Ke3.
Tal and Boris Spassky. In modern grandmaster play, White’s best try for an advantage is probably 5.Bxf7+
3.Bc4 is far less common than 3.Bb5 and the more solid Ke7 6.Bb3 (although 6.Bd5 was the move recommended
3...Bc5 is the usual reply, so the Two Knights Defense is by Lawrence Trent in his recent Fritztrainer DVD),[6] as
infrequently seen. It remains popular with amateur play- this poses Black the most problems. No grandmasters
ers. The theory of this opening has been explored exten- have regularly adopted the Wilkes-Barre as Black, but
sively in correspondence chess by players such as Hans Alexander Beliavsky and Alexei Shirov have played it oc-
Berliner and Yakov Estrin.
casionally even in top competition. No clear refutation is
known.
3.6.1 Main variations
4...d5 (the main line) After 4... d5 White has little
4.Ng5 option but to play 5. exd5, since both the bishop and e4
pawn are attacked. Then Black usually plays 5... Na5 but
German master Siegbert Tarrasch called 4.Ng5 a “duf- there are other options:
fer’s move” (ein richtiger Stümperzug) and Soviet open-
ing theorist Vasily Panov called it “primitive”, but this at-
tack on f7 practically wins a pawn by force. Despite Tar- • The recapture 5...Nxd5?! is extremely risky. Albert
rasch’s criticism, 4.Ng5 has remained a popular choice Pinkus tried to bolster this move with analysis in
for White and it has been played by World Champions 1943 and 1944 issues of Chess Review, but White
Wilhelm Steinitz, Bobby Fischer, Anatoly Karpov, Garry gets a strong attack with either the safe Lolli Vari-
Kasparov, and Viswanathan Anand. ation 6.d4! or the sacrificial Fried Liver (or Fe-
gatello) Attack 6.Nxf7!? Kxf7 7.Qf3+ Ke6 8.Nc3.
These variations are usually considered too difficult
4...Nxe4 4...Nxe4?! is considered unsound but must for Black to defend over the board, but they are
be handled carefully. 5.Nxe4 d5 poses no problems for sometimes used in correspondence play. Lawrence
Black. If 5.Nxf7? Qh4! 6.g3 (6.0-0 Bc5!) Qh3 7.Nxh8 Trent describes 5...Nxd5 as “a well-known bad
Qg2 8.Rf1 Nd4 9.Qh5+ g6 10.Nxg6 hxg6 11.Qxg6+ Kd8 move” (or words to that effect).[6]
[3]
and Black has dangerous threats. Correct is 5.Bxf7+!
Ke7 6.d4! (6.d3 is also good) and now: • The Fritz Variation 5...Nd4 and Ulvestad’s Vari-
ation 5...b5 are related as they share a common
subvariation. American master Olav Ulvestad in-
1. 6...d5 7.Nc3! (best, discovered by Soviet player
troduced 5...b5 in a 1941 article in Chess Review.
Lopukhin; White has a clear advantage) Nxc3
White has only one good reply: 6.Bf1!, protecting
8.bxc3 Qd6 (8...Bf5 9.Qf3±; 8...e4 9.f3!) 9.a4!
[4][3] g2 so White can answer 6...Qxd5? with 7.Nc3. Both
Kd8 10.Bg8! Ke8 11.Bxh7± (Estrin).
6.Bxb5 Qxd5 7.Bxc6 Qxc6 and 6.dxc6 bxc4 7.Nc3
2. 6...h6 7.Nxe4 Kxf7 and now 8.dxe5 Qe8 9.f4 d6 are weak. Black’s best response is to transpose to the
10.0-0 (±) Kg8 11.Nbc3 dxe5 12. f5 Qf7 13.Nd5 Fritz Variation with 6...Nd4, making another advan-
Bd7 14.f6 g6 15.Ne7+! and White has excellent tage of 6.Bf1 apparent—the bishop is not attacked
chances (Estrin).[4][3] as it would be if White had played 6.Be2. Ger-
man master Alexander Fritz (1857–1932) suggested
5...Nd4 to Carl Schlechter, who wrote about the idea
4...Bc5 (Traxler Variation or Wilkes-Barre Varia- in a 1904 issue of Deutsche Schachzeitung. In 1907
tion) This bold move ignores White’s attack on f7 and Fritz himself wrote an article about his move in the
leads to wild play. Czech problemist Karel Traxler played Swedish journal Tidskrift för Schack. White’s best
it against Reinisch in Hostouň in 1896. Some decades reply is 6.c3, when the game often continues 6...b5
later, several Pennsylvania chess amateurs, (mainly K. 7.Bf1 Nxd5 8.Ne4 or 8.h4.
Williams) analyzed the variation and decided to name it
after their hometown Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, so to- Main line of Two Knights Defense, after 10...Bd6
day 4...Bc5 is known as both the Traxler Variation and (in
the U.S.A. and the United Kingdom[5] only) the Wilkes-
Barre Variation. After 5...Na5, Paul Morphy would play to hold the gambit
pawn with 6.d3. The Morphy Variation (or Kieseritzky
White can play 5.d4, 5.Nxf7, or 5.Bxf7+. After 5.d4 d5!, Attack) has not been popular, since it has long been
White’s best is to go into an equal endgame after 6.dxc5 known that Black obtains good chances for the pawn with
dxc4 7.Qxd8+. Other sixth moves have scored very badly 6...h6 7.Nf3 e4 8.Qe2 Nxc4 9.dxc4 Bc5. (Bronstein once
for White. tried the piece sacrifice 8.dxe4!? with success, but its
5.Nxf7 is very complicated after 5...Bxf2+. The current soundness is doubtful.[2][7] )
30 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
The attempt to defend the pawn with 4.Nc3 does not work
well since Black can take the pawn anyway and use a fork 3.6.3 References
trick to regain the piece, 4.Nc3?! Nxe4! 5.Nxe4 d5. The
[1] Y.Estrin (1983). The Two Knight’s Defence. Batsford.
try 5.Bxf7+? does not help, as Black has the bishop pair
ISBN 0-7134-3991-2.
and a better position after 5...Kxf7 6.Nxe4 d5. Instead,
4.Nc3 is usually played with the intent to gambit the e- [2] Bronstein, David (1991) [1973]. 200 Open Games.
pawn with the Boden–Kieseritzky Gambit, 4.Nc3 Nxe4 Dover. pp. 60–61. ISBN 0-486-26857-8.
5.0-0. This gambit is not commonly seen in tournament
[3] Harding & Botterill (1977), p. 66
play as it is not well regarded by opening theory, but it
can offer White good practical chances, especially in blitz [4] Estrin (1971), p. 67
chess.
[5] Elburg, John (2002). “New in Chess Year book issue 65”.
Chessbook Reviews. Chess Books. Retrieved 2010-04-30.
4.d3 [6] http://chessbase-shop.com/en/products/two_knight%
E2%80%98s_defence
The quiet move 4.d3 transposes into the Giuoco Pianis-
simo if Black responds 4...Bc5, but there are also inde- [7] Bronstein–Rojahn, Moscow Olympiad 1956 at
chessgames.com
pendent variations after 4...Be7 or 4...h6. White tries to
avoid the tactical battles that are common in other lines [8] Chess Openings Viewer, C59: Club Aranjuez de Ajedrez
of the Two Knights and to enter a more positional game.
The resulting positions take on some characteristics of [9] http://www.365chess.com/opening.php?m=9&n=2569&
ms=e4.e5.Nf3.Nc6.Bc4.Nf6.d3.d5&ns=3.5.5.6.80.412.
the Ruy Lopez if White plays c3 and retreats the bishop
249.2569
to c2 via Bc4–b3–c2. This move became popular in the
1980s and has been used by John Nunn and others. Black
can confound White’s attempt to avoid tactical play with Bibliography
4...d5!?. This move is rarely played as opening theory
does not approve, but Jan Piński suggests that it is bet- • de Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings:
ter than is commonly believed. In practice after 5. exd5 MCO-14. Random House Puzzles & Games. ISBN
White still has strong winning chances.[9] 0-8129-3084-3.
3.7. FRIED LIVER ATTACK 31
• Estrin, Yakov (1971). The Two Knights’ Defence This is the Two Knights Defense where White has cho-
(English ed.). Chess Ltd. sen the offensive line 4.Ng5, but Black’s last move is
risky (other Black choices include 5...Na5, 5...b5, and
• Harding, Tim; Botterill, G. S. (1977). The Italian 5...Nd4). White can now get an advantage with 6.d4 (the
Game. B. T. Batsford Ltd. ISBN 0-7134-3261-6. Lolli Attack). However, The Fried Liver Attack involves
a knight sacrifice on f7, defined by the moves:
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The
Oxford Companion To Chess. Oxford University.
ISBN 0-19-280049-3. 6. Nxf7 Kxf7
• New in Chess Yearbook 55. New in Chess. 2000. The Fried Liver Attack has been known for many cen-
ISBN 90-5691-069-8. turies, the earliest known example being a game [1] played
by Giulio Cesare Polerio before 1606.[2]
• Pinski, Jan (2003). The Two Knights Defence.
Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-283-0. The opening is classified as code C57 in the
Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO) .
• Unzicker, Wolfgang (1975). Knaurs Neues
Schachbuch für Anfänger und Fortgeschrittene.
Droemer Knaur. ISBN 3-426-02242-7. 3.7.1 Considerations
Position after 8.Nc3
3.6.4 Further reading
Play usually continues 7.Qf3+ Ke6 8.Nc3 (see diagram).
• Beliavsky, Alexander; Mikhalchishin, Adrian Black will play 8...Nb4 or 8...Ne7 and follow up with
(1999). The Two Knights Defense. Batsford. ISBN ...c6, bolstering his pinned knight on d5. If Black plays
978-0-7134-8441-0. 8...Nb4, White can force the b4 knight to abandon pro-
tection of the d5 knight with 9.a3?! Nxc2+ 10.Kd1 Nxa1
• Tait, Jonathan (2004). The Two Knights Defence. 11.Nxd5, sacrificing a rook, but current analysis suggests
Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1857442830. that the alternatives 9.Qe4, 9.Bb3 and 9.O-O are stronger.
White has a strong attack, but it has not been proven yet
to be decisive.
3.6.5 External links
Because defence is harder to play than attack in this vari-
• Harding, Tim (March 2001). The Kibitzer: Two ation when given short time limits, the Fried Liver is
Knights Defense, Part 1 (PDF). Chesscafe.com. dangerous for Black in over-the-board play, if using a
short time control. It is also especially effective against
• Harding, Tim (April 2001). The Kibitzer: Two weaker players who may not be able to find the cor-
Knights Defense, Part 2 (PDF). Chesscafe.com. rect defences. Sometimes Black invites White to play
the Fried Liver Attack in correspondence chess or in
• Harding, Tim (May 2001). The Kibitzer: Two over-the-board games with longer time limits (or no time
Knights Defense, Part 3 (PDF). Chesscafe.com. limit), as the relaxed pace affords Black a better oppor-
tunity to refute the White sacrifice.
Greco encouraged an attack on White’s a1- 11.Ne5+ Ke6! 12.Qxb4 c5!?) 8. Nbxd2 d5 9. exd5
rook with 8.0-0, allowing 8...Nxc3!? (9.bxc3 Nxd5 10. Qb3 Nce7 (10...Na5 is an alternative, invit-
Bxc3? 10.Qb3. Now if Black takes the rook ing a repetition of moves after 11.Qa4+ Nc6 [threaten-
with 10...Bxa1, White wins the black queen ing 12...Nb6] 12.Qb3 Na5) 11. 0-0 0-0 12. Rfe1 c6. In
with 11.Bxf7+ Kf8 12.Bg5 Ne7 13.Re1. This this position White has more freedom, but his isolated d-
trap is now well-known, and Black can avoid pawn can be a weakness. Note: 7.Nd2 is also a viable
it by playing 10...d5, or earlier, 8...Bxc3.) Af- choice of move for White, although this still only offers
ter 8...Nxc3 9.bxc3, best for Black is 9...d5! approximate equality. It has not been a popular choice
10.cxb4 dxc4 11.Re1+ Ne7 12.Qa4+! Bd7 among human players, but it seems to be recommended
13.b5 0-0 14.Qxc4 Ng6! by computer engines.[9]
8. 0-0 Bxc3! 9. d5 With 4.d3, White plays the Giuoco Pianissimo (Italian:
“Very Quiet Game”). White aims for a slow buildup de-
ferring d2–d4 until it can be prepared. By avoiding an
9.bxc3 and 9.Qc2 are both fine alternatives.
immediate confrontation in the center White prevents the
early release of tension through exchanges and enters a
9... Bf6 positional maneuvering game. If White plays c2–c3, the
position can take some characteristics of the Ruy Lopez
9...Ne5 is also interesting; a possible continua- if his bishop retreats to c2 via Bc4–b3–c2. The game can
tion is 10.bxc3 Nxc4 11.Qd4 f5 12.Qxc4 d6. also retain an Italian flavour after c3 if White plays a4 and
b4, staking out space on the queenside. Despite its slow,
10. Re1 Ne7 11. Rxe4 d6 12. Bg5 Bxg5 13. Nxg5 h6!? drawish reputation, this variation became more popular
after being taken up by John Nunn in the 1980s. The
13...0-0 14.Nxh7! is considered to lead to a common move orders are 4.c3 Nf6 5.d3, and the trans-
draw with best play, although Black has many position via the Bishop’s Opening: 2.Bc4 Nf6 3.d3 Nc6
opportunities to go wrong. 4.Nf3 Bc5 5.c3.
14. Bb5+
3.8.3 ECO codes
After 14.Qe2 hxg5 15.Re1 Be6! 16.dxe6 Codes from the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings are:
(White also can try 16.Qd2 c6! 17.dxe6 f6
18.Bd3 d5 19.Rg4 Qc7 20.h3 0-0-0 21.b4,
• C50 Italian Game, includes Giuoco Piano lines other
attacking) 16...f6 17.Re3 c6 18.Rh3 Rxh3
than 4.c3 and 4.b4
19.gxh3 g6 it is doubtful that White has com-
pensation for the sacrificed pawn, according • C51 Evans Gambit
to Grandmaster Larry Kaufman; 14.Qh5 0-0
15.Rae1 Ng6! also favors Black. • C52 Evans Gambit, with 4...Bxb4 5.c3 Ba5
[3] Kasparov vs Lautier, Linares (1994) gambit in a friendly game against Bobby Fischer, in just
17 moves.[1] )
[4] Kramnik vs Radjabov, Linares (2004)
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings has two codes for
[5] Anand vs Hammer, Arctic Securities Chess Stars (2010) the Evans Gambit, C51 and C52.
[6] Carlsen vs Nakamura, London (2011)
• C51: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Bc5 4.b4
[7] The Steinitz-Sveshnikov Attack
• C52: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Bc5 4.b4 Bxb4 5.c3
[8] Giuoco Piano - A nice piece sacrifice Ba5
[9] World Computer Chess Championship 2011
3.9.1 History
Bibliography
The gambit is named after the Welsh sea Captain William
• Gufeld, Eduard; Stetsko, Oleg (1996), The Giuoco Davies Evans, the first player known to have employed
Piano, Batsford, ISBN 978-0-7134-7802-0 it. The first game with the opening is considered to
be Evans–McDonnell, London 1827, although in that
• Harding, Tim; Botterill, G. S. (1977). The Italian game a slightly different move order was tried (1.e4 e5
Game. B. T. Batsford Ltd. ISBN 0-7134-3261-6. 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Bc5 4.0-0 d6 and only now 5.b4). In
1832, the first analysis of the gambit was published in the
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox-
Second Series of Progressive Lessons (1832) by William
ford Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN
Lewis.[2] The gambit became very popular shortly after
0-19-280049-3.
that, being employed a number of times in the series of
• Kaufman, Larry (2004). The Chess Advantage in games between McDonnell and Louis de la Bourdonnais
Black and White. McKay Chess Library. ISBN 0- in 1834. Players such as Adolf Anderssen, Paul Morphy
8129-3571-3. and Mikhail Chigorin subsequently took it up. Eventually
however, the second World Chess Champion Emanuel
• Pinski, Jan (2005), Italian Game and Evans Gambit, Lasker dealt a heavy blow to the opening with a mod-
Everyman Chess, ISBN 978-1-85744-373-8 ern defensive idea: returning the pawn under favorable
circumstances. The opening was out of favour for much
of the 20th century, although John Nunn and Jan Tim-
3.9 Evans Gambit man played some games with it in the late 1970s and
early 1980s, and in the 1990s Garry Kasparov used it in a
few of his games (notably a famous 25-move win against
The Evans Gambit is a chess opening characterised by Viswanathan Anand in Riga, 1995), which prompted a
the moves: brief revival of interest in it.[3]
The famous Evergreen game opened with the Evans
1. e4 e5
Gambit.
2. Nf3 Nc6
3. Bc4 Bc5
3.9.2 General remarks
4. b4
Accepted
The Evans Gambit is an aggressive line of the Giuoco Pi-
ano, which normally continues with the positional moves The most obvious and most usual way for Black to meet
4.c3 or 4.d3. White offers a pawn to divert the Black the gambit is to accept it with 4...Bxb4, after which White
Bishop on c5. If Black accepts, White can follow up with plays 5.c3 and Black usually follows up with 5...Ba5
c3 and d4, ripping open the center, while also opening (5...Be7 and, less often 5...Bc5 and 5...Bd6, the Stone
diagonals to play Ba3 or Qb3 at some point, preventing Ware Variation, are also played). White usually follows
Black from castling kingside and threatening the f7-pawn up with 6.d4. Emanuel Lasker's line is 4...Bxb4 5.c3 Ba5
respectively. If Black declines, the b4 pawn stakes out 6.d4 d6 7.0-0 Bb6 8.dxe5 dxe5 9.Qxd8+ Nxd8 10.Nxe5
space on the queenside, and White can follow up with a4 Be6. This variation takes the sting out of White’s attack
later in the game, potentially gaining a tempo by threat- by returning the gambit pawn and exchanging queens,
ening to trap Black’s dark-square Bishop. According to and according to Fine, the resulting simplified position “is
Reuben Fine, the Evans Gambit poses a challenge for psychologically depressing for the gambit player” whose
Black since the usual defenses (play ...d6 and/or give back intent is usually an aggressive attack. Chigorin did a lot
the gambit pawn) are more difficult to pull off than with of analysis on the alternative 9.Qb3 Qf6 10.Bg5 Qg6
other gambits. (Interestingly, Fine was beaten by this 11.Bd5 Nge7 12.Bxe7 Kxe7 13.Bxc6 Qxc6 14.Nxe5
3.9. EVANS GAMBIT 35
Declined 5...Bd6
Alternatively the gambit can be declined with 4...Bb6, This is called the Stone–Ware Defense after Henry
when 5.a4 a6 is the normal continuation. But due to the Nathan Stone and Preston Ware. The move reinforces
loss of tempo involved, most commentators consider de- the e5-pawn and has been played by several grandmas-
clining the Evans Gambit to be weaker than accepting it, ters such as Andrei Volokitin, Alexander Grischuk and
then giving up the pawn at a later stage. Also, Black can Loek van Wely.
play the rare Countergambit Variation (4...d5), but this is
thought to be rather dubious.
However, in the book My System, Aron Nimzowitsch 5...Bf8
states that by declining the gambit Black has not lost a
tempo, since the move b4 was, in the sense of develop- This is called the Mayet Defense and is played very
ment, unproductive, “as is every pawn move, if it does rarely.
not bear a logical connection with the centre. For sup-
pose after 4...Bb6 5.b5 (to make a virtue of necessity and
attempt something of a demobilizing effect with the ill- 3.9.4 References in Popular Culture
moved b-pawn move), 5...Nd4 and now if 6.Nxe5, then
6...Qg5 with a strong attack.”[4] In The West Wing episode “Hartsfield’s Landing,” Pres-
ident Bartlet references the Evans Gambit while playing
chess with Toby Ziegler.
3.9.3 Bishop retreats after accepting the BARTLET: Taiwan’s not gonna be our topic. Ah, the
gambit Evans Gambit!
TOBY: There’s no such thing as the Evans Gambit.
After 4.b4 Bxb4 5.c3, the Bishop must move or be cap-
BARTLET: A variation of the Giuoco Piano opening,
tured. The common retreats are listed here, with the good
named after a British sea captain, W.D. Evans, who in-
and bad sides of each:
vented it in 1820 - don't tell me chess moves.
TOBY: I moved my pawn.
3.9.6 Notes 1. e4 e5
• Fine, Reuben (1990). Ideas Behind the Chess Open- 3.10.1 4...Bxd4
ings. Random House. ISBN 0-8129-1756-1.
After 4... Bxd4 5. Nxd4 Nxd4, George Koltanowski
• Rohde, Michael (1997). The Great Evans Gambit favoured 6.0-0, which transposes to the related gambit
Debate. Thinkers’ Press. ISBN 0-938650-75-0. line 4.0-0 Nf6 5.d4 following 6...Nf6, when 7.f4 and
7.Bg5 are the main possibilities for White. However,
• Yvinec, Jean-Marc (2012). Mon Gambit Evans.
6...d6!? is an independent alternative for Black.
auto-édition. ISBN 979-10-91279-00-0.
White can also deviate with 6.Be3, which was dubbed the
Miami Variation by Jude Acers and George Laven, and
3.9.8 External links which probably suffices for dynamic equality.
The other alternative 6.f4?! is considered dubious due to
• Evans Gambit video and analysis 6...d5.
• Overview of Evans Gambit
• Opening Report: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Bc5 4.b4 • List of chess openings named after places
d5 (33 games)
theory that the King is a strong piece”) 7.Qf5+ Kd6 8.d4 • Gary Lane. “Opening Lanes #158 - A Game of
(or 8.f4 Qf6 9.fxe5+ Qxe5) Bxd4 9.Na3 c6 10.c3 Qf6 Shadows” (PDF). chesscafe.com. Archived from
11.cxd4 Qxf5 12.exf5 Nf7 13.Bf4+ Ke7, again with a the original on June 12, 2012.
large advantage.[5] A bad line for Black after 6.Qh5+ is
6... Kf6?? 7. Qf5+ Ke7 8. Qxe5+ Kf7 9. Qxc5, regain- • Gary Lane. “Opening Lanes #159 - Trash or Trea-
ing both pieces and winning two pawns.[6] sure?" (PDF). chesscafe.com. Archived from the
original on May 10, 2012.
3.12.2 Illustrative game • Opening Report: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Bc5
4.Bxf7+ (3 games)
N.N. vs. Blackburne
Position after 12.Kh1
3.13 Blackburne Shilling Gambit
[7]
N.N. versus Blackburne, England 1880
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. Bc4 Bc5 4. Bxf7+? Kxf7 5. The Blackburne Shilling Gambit is the name face-
Nxe5+ Nxe5 6. Qh5+ g6 Seirawan and Minev observe tiously given to a dubious chess opening, derived from
that after 6...Kf8 7.Qxe5 d6 or 6...Ng6 7.Qxc5 d6 White an offshoot of the Italian Game, that begins:
has insufficient compensation for the sacrificed piece, but
Blackburne likes to attack.[8] 7. Qxe5 d6? Blackburne
1. e4 e5
remarks, “Not to be outdone in generosity.”,[2] however
after 7...Qe7! White cannot safely take the rook. 8. 2. Nf3 Nc6
Qxh8 Qh4 9. 0-0 Nf6 10. c3? Better is 10.Qd8![8] 3. Bc4 Nd4?!
10... Ng4 11. h3 Bxf2+ 12. Kh1 (see diagram) 12...
Bf5! 13. Qxa8 Qxh3+! 14. gxh3 Bxe4#. Having ac-
cepted White’s sacrifice of two minor pieces, Blackburne It is also sometimes referred to as the Kostić Gambit af-
responded by returning the knight, then sacrificing both ter the Serbian grandmaster Borislav Kostić, who played
rooks and his queen to deliver checkmate with his three it in the early 20th century.[1]
remaining minor pieces.
3.13.1 History
3.12.3 References
Wilhelm Steinitz made the first known mention of this
[1] Rick Kennedy,The Life of Alonzo Wheeler Jerome, blog line, noting it in 1895 in the Addenda to his Modern Chess
post, July 27 2009 Instructor, Part II.[2] The earliest game with the open-
ing on chessgames.com, Dunlop–Hicks, New Zealand
[2] Joseph Henry Blackburne, Mr. Blackburne’s Games at Championship, dates from 1911.[3] Another early game,
Chess, selected, annotated and arranged by himself mentioned by Bill Wall, is Muhlock–Kostić, Cologne,
[3] E. Freeborough and Rev. C. E. Ranken, Chess Openings,
1912.[1][4]
Ancient and Modern, Third Edition, Kegan Paul, Trench,
Trübner and Co., London, 1896, p. 85.
3.13.2 Analysis
[4] J. du Mont, 200 Miniature Games of Chess, David McKay,
1965, p. 147. Black’s third move is, objectively speaking, a weak, time-
wasting move. Steinitz recommended 4.0-0 or 4.Nxd4
[5] Freeborough and Ranken, p. 86.
in response.[2] International Master Jeremy Silman writes
[6] Larry Evans, Chess Catechism, 1970, ISBN 0-671-20491- that White has an advantage after 4.0-0, 4.c3, or 4.Nc3.
2 He recommends as best 4.Nxd4! exd4 5.c3 d5 6.exd5
Qe7+ 7.Kf1 +/=, when 5...Bc5? loses a pawn to 6.Bxf7+!
[7] N.N.–Blackburne, England 1880 Kxf7 7.Qh5+.[5]
The only virtue of 3...Nd4 is that it sets a trap that has
[8] Yasser Seirawan and Nikolay Minev, Take My Rooks, In-
ensnared many players. After the natural 4.Nxe5!?, Black
ternational Chess Enterprises, 1991, p. 66. ISBN 1-
879479-01-X. wins material with 4...Qg5! Now the obvious 5.Nxf7??
loses to 5...Qxg2 6.Rf1 Qxe4+ 7.Be2 Nf3#, a smothered
mate. This trap is what gives the line its name; the great
3.12.4 External links English master Joseph Henry Blackburne reputedly used
it to win shillings from amateurs.[1] However, Wall has
• Rick Kennedy. “Jerome Gambit theory and prac- questioned this, stating that there are no recorded games
tice”. of Blackburne with the opening.[1]
3.14. SCOTCH GAME 39
The opening is not a true gambit, since White cannot 3.14 Scotch Game
take the pawn on e5 without losing material. However,
after 4.Nxe5 Qg5, White can maintain a playable game The Scotch Game, or Scotch Opening, is a chess open-
with 5.Bxf7+! Steinitz wrote that this move, “followed ing that begins with the moves:
by castling, is now White’s best chance and in some mea-
sure a promising one, considering that he has two Pawns
1. e4 e5
and the attack for the piece”.[2] After 5...Ke7? (5...Kd8!?
6.0-0 [6.Ng4? Nh6!−+] +/=) 6.0-0 Qxe5 7.Bxg8 (7.Bc4 2. Nf3 Nc6
is also possible) Rxg8 8.c3 Nc6 (8...Ne6 9.d4! Qxe4? 3. d4
10.d5 Nf4?? 11.Re1 pins Black’s queen against his king
and wins; Silman analyzes 9...Qf6 10.f4 when "[w]ith Ercole del Rio, in his 1750 treatise Sopra il giuoco degli
two pawns and an attack for the sacrificed piece, White’s Scacchi, Osservazioni pratiche d’anonimo Autore Mode-
compensation isn’t in doubt”.[5] ) 9.d4, White’s two extra nese (“On the game of Chess, practical Observations by
pawns, strong center, and lead in development, combined an anonymous Modenese Author”), was the first author
with Black’s awkwardly placed king, give White strong to mention what is now called the Scotch Game.[1] The
compensation for the sacrificed knight. G. Chandler– opening received its name from a correspondence match
NN, Stockbridge 1983, concluded 9...Qa5? (9...Qf6 in 1824 between Edinburgh and London. Popular in the
10.e5 Qf7 may be best) 10.d5 Ne5? 11.Qh5! Nf7? 19th century, by 1900 the Scotch had lost favour among
(11...d6 12.Bg5+ Kd7 13.Qxh7 also wins for White) top players because it was thought to release the cen-
12.d6+! 1–0 (in light of 13.Qxa5). tral tension too early and allow Black to equalise with-
Graham Burgess writes that 3...Nd4 is also known as the out difficulty. More recently, grandmasters Garry Kas-
“Oh my God!" trap, as for full effect, Black is supposed parov and Jan Timman helped to re-popularize the Scotch
to make this exclamation, pretending to have accidentally when they used it as a surprise weapon to avoid the well-
blundered the e-pawn. Burgess condemns this behavior analysed Ruy Lopez.
as unethical, and notes that the trap, if avoided, leaves
White with a large advantage.[6]
3.14.1 Analysis
White aims to dominate the centre by exchanging his d-
3.13.3 See also pawn for Black’s e-pawn. Black usually plays 3...exd4,
as he has no good way to maintain his pawn on e5 (this
• List of chess openings same position can be reached by transposition from the
Centre Game 1.e4 e5 2.d4 exd4 3.Nf3 Nc6). After 3...d6,
• List of chess openings named after people White is better after 4.dxe5 dxe5 5.Qxd8+ Kxd8 6.Bc4,
or he may simply play 4.Bb5, when 4...exd4 5.Nxd4 Bd7
transposes to the Steinitz Defense in the Ruy Lopez.
3.13.4 References 3...Nxd4 is possible, though rarely played today by strong
players. It was popular in the 19th century, and receives
[1] Bill Wall (2005), The Blackburne Shilling Gambit five columns of analysis in Freeborough and Ranken’s
opening manual Chess Openings Ancient and Modern (3rd
[2] Wilhelm Steinitz, The Modern Chess Instructor, Edition ed. 1896 p. 53). It is often described today as a strate-
Olms Zürich, 1990 (reprint), p. 63 of Part II. ISBN 3- gic error, since after 4.Nxd4 exd4 5.Qxd4 (5.Bc4 is the
283-00111-1. Napoleon Gambit) White’s queen stands on a central
square, and is not developed too early since it cannot be
[3] Dunlop–Hicks, New Zealand Championship 1911. chased away very effectively (5...c5? is a seriously weak-
ening move that blocks Black’s king’s bishop). Nonethe-
[4] Muhlock–Kostić, Köln 1912 less, the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (volume 3, 3rd
edition 1997, p. 251 n.28, referring to p. 252 line 1)
[5] Jeremy Silman (2004), Two Wild Black Systems
concludes that Black equalises with 5...Ne7 6.Bc4 Nc6
7.Qd5 Qf6 8.0-0 Ne5 9.Be2 c6 10.Qb3 Ng6 11.f4 Bc5+
[6] Graham Burgess, The Mammoth Book of Chess, Carroll &
12.Kh1 d6. Similarly, Harald Keilhack concludes in
Graf, 1997, pp. 122–23. ISBN 0-7867-0725-9.
Knight on the Left: 1.Nc3 (p. 21) that although ...Nxd4
is a “non-line” these days, if Black continues perfectly it
is not clear that White gets even a small advantage. Keil-
3.13.5 External links hack analyses 5.Qxd4 d6 6.Nc3 Nf6 7.Bc4 Be7 8.0-0 0-0
9.Bg5 c6 10.a4 Qa5 11.Bh4 and now after 11...Qe5 or
• Opening Report: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Nd4 11...Be6, “White has at most this indescribable nothing-
(635 games) ness which is the advantage of the first move.” (Id. p. 25)
40 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings also concludes that Schmidt Variation: 4...Nf6 After 4...Nf6 White has
Black equalises after the alternative 4.Nxe5 Ne6 5.Bc4 5.Nxc6 (the Mieses Variation) or 5.Nc3 (the Scotch
Nf6 6.Nc3 Be7 7.0-0 0-0 8.Be3 d6 8.Nd3 Nxe4 10.Nxe4 Four Knights Game). After 5.Nc3 almost always played
d5 (p. 251 n.28). is 5...Bb4 6.Nxc6 bxc6 7.Bd3 d5 8.exd5 cxd5 9.0-0 0-
After the usual 3...exd4, White can respond with the main 0 10.Bg5 c6. After 5.Nxc6 bxc6 6.e5 Qe7 7.Qe2 Nd5
line 4.Nxd4 or can play a gambit by offering Black one or 8.c4 is also very common. Where these main lines end,
two pawns in exchange for rapid development. the first real opening decisions are made, which are too
specific for this survey.
After 4...Bc5 White has 5.Nxc6, 5.Be3, or 5.Nb3. After Göring Gambit (4.c3)
5.Nxc6 play almost always continues 5...Qf6 (Black does
not lose a piece on c6 because he is threatening mate with The Göring Gambit is a relative of the Danish Gambit
6...Qxf2) 6.Qd2 dxc6 7.Nc3. On 5.Be3 play almost al- that starts with 4.c3. White sacrifices one or two pawns
ways continues 5...Qf6 6.c3 Nge7 7.Bc4 (as proposed by in return for a lead in development, and typically fol-
IM Gary Lane in Winning with the Scotch) {many seventh lows up by putting pressure on f7 with Bc4, Qb3 and
move alternatives for white are possible here. 7.g3 for sometimes Ng5, while Nc3-d5 is another common mo-
example} 0-0 {7...Ne5 is more often played than castles tif. The Oxford Companion to Chess notes that the gambit
after 7.Bc4. Play usually continues 8.Be2 Qg6 (although was first played at high levels by Howard Staunton in the
8...d5 is also possible) 9.0-0 Here, black has the option 1840s, and the earliest game with it was probably played
of taking the unprotected pawn on e4 but it is considered in 1843.[3] The first game with the gambit accepted may
“poisoned"}[2] 8.0-0 Bb6 where the position is roughly be Meek vs Morphy, New York 1857.[4] Carl Theodor
equal. On 5.Nb3 play almost always continues 5...Bb6 Göring introduced it into master play in 1872, but while
6.a4 a6 7.Nc3. Another plan for White is to play 6.Nc3, Göring’s name is most often associated with the one-
followed by (in some order) Qe2, Be3, h4 and castling pawn gambit (5.Nxc3) Göring invariably used the double-
long. pawn gambit with 5.Bc4. The gambit has been played
3.14. SCOTCH GAME 41
by Ljubomir Ljubojević, David Bronstein, Frank Mar- master Mark Morss recommend 7...Bxc3+, in order to
shall, and Jonathan Penrose. In casual games Alexander meet 8.Qxc3 with 8...Qf6! when White loses too much
Alekhine often transposed to it via the move order 1.e4 e5 time with the queen. Thus White often continues 8.bxc3
2.d4 exd4 3.c3 dxc3 4.Nxc3, when ...Nc6 for Black and when 8...Qe7 9.0-0 Nf6 can be met by 10.e5 (transposing
Nf3 for White often followed. In general, the opening back to lines arising from 7.0-0 Bxc3 8.bxc3 Nf6 9.e5,
is unpopular at master level but is more popular at club though these are insufficient for White) or the relatively
level. It is recommended to study the Göring Gambit in unexplored 10.Bg5. Other deviations for White include
connection with the Danish. 7.Ng5 and 6.Bg5.[12]
Black’s main alternative is 5...d6 which usually leads
to complications and approximately equal chances after
4...d5 Black can equalise by transposing to the Danish
6.Bc4 Nf6 7.Qb3 Qd7 8.Ng5 Ne5 9.Bb5 c6 10.f4, or
declined with 4...d5, when the critical line runs 5.exd5
7.Ng5 Ne5 8.Bb3 h6 9.f4. 5...Bc5 is also playable, trans-
Qxd5 6.cxd4 Bg4 7.Be2 Bb4+ 8.Nc3 Bxf3 9.Bxf3 Qc4
posing to the Scotch Gambit after 6.Bc4 but cutting out
(or 6...Bb4+ 7.Nc3 Bg4 8.Be2 Bxf3 9.Bxf3 Qc4, lead-
the Bxf7+ possibility. 5...Nf6 6.Bc4 can transpose back
ing to the same position), often referred to as the Capa-
to 5...d6 lines after 6...d6, or Black can attempt to trans-
blanca Variation in view of the strength of Black’s con-
pose to 5...Bb4 lines with 6...Bb4 but this allows 7.e5 d5
cept in the game Marshall-Capablanca, Lake Hopatcong
8.exf6 dxc4 9.Qxd8+ Nxd8 10.fxg7 Rg8 11.Bh6.
1926.[5] This line (which can also arise from the Chigorin
Defense to the Queen’s Gambit),[6] forcing White to ei-
ther exchange queens or forgo the right to castle with Double-pawn gambit: 4...dxc3 5.Bc4 Alternatively
the risky 10.Be3, deters many players from employing White can transpose into the Danish by offering a sec-
this gambit. Equal endgames result after either 10.Qb3 ond pawn with 5.Bc4 cxb2 6.Bxb2, an approach which
Qxb3 11.axb3 Nge7 or 10.Bxc6+ bxc6 11.Qe2+ Qxe2+ John Emms considers far more dangerous for Black. If
12.Kxe2 Ne7. If Black avoids steering for Capablanca’s Black does not accept the second pawn with 5...cxb2,
ending, e.g. with 6...Nf6 or 7...0-0-0 in the above lines, then White can avoid Black’s most critical response to
then White obtains good piece play in return for the iso- 5.Nxc3 (5...Bb4 6.Bc4 d6). For instance, after 5...d6,
lated d-pawn. White can deviate with 6...Bg4 7.Nc3, White’s best is 6.Nxc3, transposing back to the 5.Nxc3
with the idea of meeting 7...Bb4 with 8.a3 (or 6...Bb4+ d6 line. 5...Nf6 6.Nxc3 transposes to the 5.Nxc3 Nf6
7.Nc3 Bg4 8.a3)[7] or the rare 5.Bd3,[8] neither of which line, 5...Bb4 is well met by 6.0-0 or 6.bxc3 (transposing to
promise an advantage but which avoid those endings. the Scotch Gambit), 5...Bc5 also transposes to the Scotch
Gambit while 5...Be7?! (which is well met by 6.Qd5)
transposes to the Hungarian Defense.
Other ways of declining Black can also decline with
4...Nf6, transposing to a line of the Ponziani Opening. Thus Black’s most critical response is to take the second
The continuation 5.e5 Ne4 was endorsed by Danger- pawn with 5...cxb2 6.Bxb2. Unlike in the Danish proper,
ous Weapons, 1.e4 e5 (Everyman Chess, 2008) but Tim having committed the queen’s knight to c6 Black can-
Harding considers 5...Nd5 a better try for equality,[9] not safely meet 6.Bxb2 with 6...d5.[13] Instead, play of-
when White can continue 6.Bb5 a6 7.Ba4 Nb6 8.Bb3, ten continues 6...d6 7.0-0 Be6 8.Bxe6 fxe6 9.Qb3 Qd7
6.Qb3, 6.Bc4 or 6.cxd4. Another possibility is 4...Nge7 or 7.Qb3 Qd7 8.Bc3 Nh6. 6...Bb4+ is the main alter-
intending 5...d5, when the critical continuation is 5.Bc4 native for Black, whereupon an approach with queenside
d5 6.exd5 Nxd5 7.0-0. According to IM John Watson castling is considered dangerous for Black, e.g. 7.Nc3
Black may be able to equalise with 7...Be7.[10] However, Nf6 8.Qc2 d6 9.0-0-0.
declining with 4...d3 allows White some advantage after
5.Bxd3 d6 6.Bf4 Be7 7.h3 Nf6 8.Nbd2 Bd7 9.Qc2 ac-
cording to Batsford Chess Openings 2. 3.14.3 See also
• List of chess openings
One-pawn gambit: 4...dxc3 5.Nxc3 If Black accepts
• List of chess openings named after places
the gambit with 4...dxc3, White can commit to sacrific-
ing only one pawn with 5.Nxc3. Black’s most critical
response is generally considered to be 5...Bb4,[11] when 3.14.4 References
White does not get enough compensation after 6.Bc4 d6
7.0-0 Bxc3 8.bxc3 Nf6!, when 9.Ba3 Bg4 is insufficient Notes
and 9.e5 Nxe5 10.Nxe5 dxe5 11.Qb3 (11.Qxd8+ Kxd8
12.Bxf7 Ke7 is also good for Black) 11...Qe7 12.Ba3
[1] Harry Golombek, Chess: A History, G.P. Putnam’s Sons,
c5 does not give enough compensation for two pawns.
1976, pp. 117-18.
White can deviate with 7.Qb3, when the old main line
runs 7...Qe7 8.0-0 Bxc3, and here 9.Qxc3 gives White [2] Chess Openings from Swedish Chess TV-program “Chess
good compensation. Thus both John Watson and USCF TV” - Episode 336
42 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
[4] Meek-Morphy, New York 1857. ChessGames.com. Re- The Ponziani Opening is a chess opening that begins
trieved on 2011-04-15. with the moves:
[5] Marshall-Capablanca, Lake Hopatcong 1926.
ChessGames.com. Retrieved on 2010-09-09. 1. e4 e5
in his 1866 manual.[6] In their treatise Chess Open- gain a tempo. On the positive side, the move 3.c3 creates
ings Ancient and Modern (1889, 1896), E. Freebor- a second diagonal for the white queen.[29]
ough and the Reverend C.E. Ranken called it “Staunton’s As early as 1904, Marshall wrote that, “There is no point
Opening”.[7][8] In an appendix to later editions of in White’s third move unless Black plays badly. ... White
Staunton’s work, R.F. Green, editor of the British Chess practically surrenders the privilege of the first move.”[30]
Magazine, also called it “Staunton’s Opening”, directing More recently, Graham Burgess called the Ponziani “a
those seeking a definition of “Ponziani’s Game” to the relic from a bygone age, popular neither at top level nor
former name.[9] Green referred to 3...f5 as “Ponziani’s at club level”.[31] Bruce Pandolfini has said,
Counter Gambit”.[10] Chess historian H. J. R. Murray
in his celebrated 1913 work A History of Chess called
the opening simply the “Staunton”,[11] explaining that Curiously, every great teacher of openings
he was using “the ordinary names of the Openings as who investigated the Ponziani has concluded
used by English players of the present day”.[12] James that it leads to interesting play and deserves to
Mason in his treatise The Art of Chess (Fourth Edition be played more often. Yet it has never cap-
c. 1910?) referred to the opening as the “Ponziani– tured the fancy of chessplayers in general, and
Staunton Attack”.[13] The famous German Handbuch des it remains to be seen whether the Ponziani is an
Schachspiels, which went through eight editions between opening of the past or of the future.[32]
1843 and 1916, called it the “Englisches Springerspiel”
(English Knight’s Game).[14] The Reverend E.E. Cun- In Chess Master Vs. Chess Amateur, Max Euwe and Wal-
nington in The Modern Chess Primer (Thirteenth Edition ter Meiden wrote,
1933) referred to it as the “Ponziani Opening (sometimes
called Staunton’s)".[15] What should one do with this opening? It
is no opening for beginners, because tactics
Wilhelm Steinitz, the first World Champion, in his 1895
predominate in the play. There are no simple
treatise The Modern Chess Instructor (Part II), called the
strategic principles to govern the general lines
opening the “Ponziani Opening”,[16] as did his successor,
in this opening.[29]
Emanuel Lasker, in Lasker’s Manual of Chess.[17] Simi-
larly, Frank Marshall in Chess Openings,[18] the authors
of Modern Chess Openings (Second Edition 1913),[19] 3.15.3 Variations
and Siegbert Tarrasch in The Game of Chess (1931,
English translation 1938)[20] called it “Ponziani’s Open- After 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.c3 the main continuations are:
ing”. William Cook in The Chess Players’ Compendium
(Fifth Edition 1910) called it “Ponziani’s Game”,[21]
• 3...Nf6, the Jaenisch Variation is considered
while Francis Joseph Lee and Gossip in The Com-
Black’s safest course and probably a deterrent
plete Chess – Guide (1903) called it “Ponziani’s Knight’s
to possible Ponziani adopters because positions
Game”.[22] Contemporary authors likewise call it the
arise ranging from the highly chaotic to dull
“Ponziani Opening”,[23][24] “Ponziani’s Opening”,[25] or
passiveness.[33] White continues 4.d4, consistent
simply the “Ponziani”.[26]
with 3.c3.[33]
• 4...Nxe4 often continues 5.d5 Ne7 (5...Nb8
3.15.2 Introduction and overview is also playable; Black even may invest a
knight with 5...Bc5 6.dxc6 Bxf2+ 7.Ke2 Bb6
Ponziani
8.Qd5 Nf2 9.Rg1 O-O 10.cxb7 Bxb7 11.Qxb7
1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.c3
Qf6 12.Na3 e4 13.Nc4 Rab8 14.Qd5 exf3+
15.gxf3 Rfe8+ 16.Kd2 Ne4+ 17.fxe4 Bxg1=
The Ponziani is rarely played today except as a surprise [34]
) 6.Nxe5 Ng6, (not 6...d6?? when 7.Bb5+!
weapon, because Black has the pleasant choice between wins material)[35] and now either 7.Qd4 Qf6
equalizing easily and attempting to obtain an advantage 8.Qxe4 Qxe5, a relatively new try 7.Qf3[nb 1]
with sharper play.[27] White’s third move prepares to or 7.Nxg6 hxg6 8.Qe2 Qe7 9.Bf4 d6 10.Na3
build a powerful pawn center with 4.d4, a logical objec- Rh5 11.0-0-0 Rf5 leads to equality according
tive also seen in the more popular Ruy Lopez and Giuoco to MCO-15.[37]
Piano. However, 3.c3 is somewhat premature because • 4...exd4, Black can also play this move lead-
the move: (1) takes away the most natural square for ing to a position that can arise in the Göring
White’s queen knight,[28] (2) temporarily creates a hole Gambit,[33] meeting 5.e5 with either 5...Nd5
on d3, and (3) develops a pawn rather than a piece leav- or 5...Ne4, leading to more double-edged play
ing White behind in development[29] and not well placed than after 4...Nxe4.
to meet a counterattack in the center. Moreover, unlike
in the Giuoco Piano, where White’s d4 advance attacks • 3...d5, is an aggressive response, striking back in the
Black’s king’s bishop on c5, in the Ponziani d4 will not center. Usually in Kings Pawn openings an early
44 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
...d5 by Black would lose a tempo after exd5 Qxd5 3.15.4 Illustrative games
when White plays Nc3 attacking the black queen.[29]
Here however, White is deprived of the move Nc3 Here is a quiet draw typical of the 3...Nf6 line:
as the c3-square is occupied by a pawn.[29]
V. Medvedev (2365) versus Charles Milgram
• 4.Bb5 is considered inferior to 4.Qa4[23] but
(2375), ICCF 1991[42]
the game becomes sharp with chances for both
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. c3 Nf6 4. d4 Nxe4
sides, although Black may emerge with advan-
5. d5 Ne7 6. Nxe5 Ng6 7. Qd4 Qf6 8. Qxe4
tage after 4...dxe4! 5.Nxe5 Qg5! 6. Qa4
[38] Qxe5 9. Qxe5+ Nxe5 10. Nd2 d6 11. Nc4
Qxg2 7. Rf1 Bh3.
Nxc4 12. Bxc4 Be7 13. 0-0 0-0 14. Re1 Bf6
• 4.Qa4, White indirectly threatens the e5-pawn 15. Be3 Bd7 ½–½
by pinning the knight.[2] Black has to choose
either to defend the e5-pawn with 4...f6, or
While this game was agreed drawn there are good win-
4...Qd6, or be prepared to sacrifice a pawn
ning chances for White in this type of endgame.[43]
with either 4...Bd7, or 4...Nf6.
• 4...Bd7, the Caro Variation, an uncon- The variation 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.c3 Nge7 has been at-
vincing variation according to Euwe[29] tributed to Reti due to him having tried it against Tar-
after 5.exd5 Nd4 6.Qd1 Nxf3 7.Qxf3 takower and lost. Recent analysis gives White the edge,
Black has gambited a pawn with an un- i.e. 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.c3 Nge7 4.Bc4 (immediately
clear position.[23] targeting f7) d5 5.exd5 Nxd5 and now either 6.0-0 or
6.Qb3 lead to a White advantage.[44] Also playable for
• 4...Qd6, protecting e5 without weak-
White is 4. Bb5 which transposes to a line of the Cozio
ening the pawn structure.[38] Batsford
Defense to the Ruy Lopez.[45]
Chess Openings 2 gives the move an
exclamation mark[26] but does not men- Chigorin vs. Gossip, 1889
tion the reply 5.d4, the main move in the Position after 12...Ke7?
later Nunn’s Chess Openings.[23]
• 4...Nf6, the Leonhardt Variation. Here are two games illustrating the wild tactical play that
White can now gain material with often develops in the 3...d5 4.Qa4 f6 5.Bb5 Ne7 line:
5.Nxe5, with theory giving 5...Bd6
6.Nxc6 bxc6 7.d3 0-0 8.Be2 Re8 • Mikhail Chigorin versus George H.D. Gossip, New
with a position in which Black has York 1889:[46]
compensation for the pawn.[23] 1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. c3 d5 3...Nf6 is the safest
• 4...f6, the Steinitz Variation, protecting response if Black is not well versed in the ensuing
the central e5-pawn is considered solid complications—as Gossip proves not to be.[47] 4.
and best but unnatural because it deprives Qa4 f6 5. Bb5 Ne7 6. exd5 Qxd5 7. 0-0 7.d4! is
the black knight of f6.[29] The line can the main line today.[48] 7... Bd7? 7...e4! 8.Ne1 Bf5
continue 5.Bb5 Nge7 6.exd5 Qxd5 with 9.f3 leads to equality.[49] 8. d4 e4 9. Nfd2 Ng6?
either 7.d4 Bd7 or 7.0-0 Bd7 and an equal 9...f5! or 9...0-0-0 was better.[49] 10. Bc4 Qa5 11.
[23]
position. Qb3 f5? 11...0-0-0! was the best chance.[49] 12.
• 3...f5, the Ponziani Countergambit is an aggres- Bf7+ Ke7? 12...Kd8 is forced.[49] 13. Nc4! Setting
sive Black response originally suggested by the 18th- up a problem-like finish.[50] 13... Qa6 14. Bg5+!
century Italian writer, Ponziani.[33] In 1951, Boris Kxf7 15. Nd6# 1–0 Black’s king cannot escape the
Spassky chose this countergambit against Yakov double check.
Estrin.[39] The countergambit is considered better • S. Kaouras versus R. Vorlop, e-mail 2003:
for White after 4.d4 fxe4 5.Nxe5 Qf6 6.Ng4 Qg6 1. e4 Nc6 2. Nf3 e5 3. c3 d5 4. Qa4 f6 5.
7.Bf4[26] or 5...Nf6 6.Bg5.[23] Bb5 Nge7 6. exd5 Qxd5 7. d4 7.0–0 is consid-
• 3...Nge7, the unusual Kmoch Variation was advo- ered the main line, e.g. 7...Bd7 8.d4 a6!? (8...exd4
cated by Hans Kmoch. According to Reuben Fine, 9.cxd4 Ne5 10.Bxd7+ Qxd7 is equal) 9.c4 Qf7
citing analysis by Kmoch, Black equalizes after 4.d4 10.d5 Nb8 11.Bxd7+ Nxd7 12.Nc3 Nf5 13.b4 gave
exd4 5.Bc4 d5 6.exd5 Nxd5 7.0-0 Be7 8.Nxd4 Nxd4 White the advantage in S. Hassan–B. Amin, Cairo
9.cxd4 Be6.[40] 2003. 7... e4 Alternatives are the old move, 7...Bd7,
and 7...Bg4, which is currently popular at the inter-
• 3...d6, reinforces the e5=pawn and hopes to show national level. 8. c4 Qd7 9. Nfd2 Qxd4 10. 0–0
that c3 was unnecessary. However, it is considered Bd7 11. Nc3 a6 12. Nb3 Qe5 13. c5 f5 14. g3
passive and does not present white with any prob- Ng6 15. Rd1 Be7 16. Bc4 Nd4 Now White ap-
lems. After 4. Bc4, black’s most common responses pears to be in deep trouble. 17. Qxd7+! The best
are 4...g6, 4...Be6, and 4...Bg4.[41] practical choice, which inspires White to play very
3.15. PONZIANI OPENING 45
aggressively. 17... Kxd7 18. Be3 Nh4 If 18...Kc8, [5] G. H. D. Gossip and S. Lipschütz, The Chess Player’s
19.Bxd4 traps Black’s queen. 19. gxh4 Kc8 20. Manual, David McKay, 1902, p. 237.
Bxd4 White has three pieces for the queen and the
[6] N. Marache, Marache’s Manual of Chess, Dick & Fitzger-
initiative; Black’s pieces are uncoordinated. 20... ald, 1866, p. 78.
Qf4 21. Be6+ Kb8 22. Ne2 Qf3 23. Ng3 Bxh4
24. Be3 g6 24...f4? 25.Nd2 traps the queen. 25. [7] E. Freeborough and C.E. Ranken, Chess Openings Ancient
Rd7 Bf6 26. c6 b5 27. Rd5 Re8 28. Nc5 Bg7 29. and Modern, First Edition, Trübner and Co., 1889, p. 43.
Rad1! White creates a mating net by threatening [8] E. Freeborough and C.E. Ranken, Chess Openings Ancient
Rd8+. 29... Ka7 30. Rd7 Be5 31. Bxf5 gxf5 32. and Modern, Third Edition, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner
Nb7+ Qxe3 33. fxe3 Having regained the queen, and Co., 1896, p. 45.
White has a winning material advantage. 33... f4
34. exf4 Bxf4 35. Nd6 Bxd6 36. R1xd6 Kb6 37. [9] Howard Staunton, The Chess-Player’s Handbook, George
Rd1 Re6 38. Re1 e3 39. Rxh7 Rae8 40. Rg7 Bell & Sons, 1890, pp. 534, 537. In his own treatise
Chess, Green only used the term “Staunton’s Opening”.
Kxc6 41. Re2 Re5 42. Nf1 Kd5 43. Kg2 c5 44.
R.F. Green, Chess, George Bell & Sons, 1908 (reprint of
Rg3 Kd4 45. h4 c4 46. Rexe3 Rxe3 47. Nxe3
1889 1st ed.), p. 56.
Kd3 48. Kh3 Kd2 49. Nd5 Kc1 50. Rg2 Re5 51.
Nf4 b4 52. h5 Kb1 53. h6 Re8 54. Kg4 Rh8 55. [10] Staunton 1890, p. 534.
Kg5 c3 56. bxc3 bxc3 57. Rh2 c2 58. Nd3 1–0
[11] H. J. R. Murray, A History of Chess, Oxford University
Notes based on those by International Master Gary
Press, 1913, p. 784. ISBN 0-19-827403-3.
Lane.[2]
[12] Murray, p. 784 n. 10.
• List of chess openings [14] Paul Rudolf von Bilguer, Tassilo von Heydebrand und der
Lasa, and Carl Schlechter, Handbuch des Schachspiels,
• List of chess openings named after people Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1916, p. 581.
[1] Hikaru Nakamura vs. Julio J Becerra-Rivero, US Cham- [22] F. J. Lee and G. H. D. Gossip, The Complete Chess –
pionship 2007ChessGames.com Guide, John Grant, Edinburgh, 1903, p. 55.
[26] Garry Kasparov; Raymond Keene (1989). Batsford Chess [49] Efim Bogolyubov, Mikhail Chigorin: Selected Games,
Openings 2. London: B.T. Batsford Ltd. p. 367. ISBN Caissa Books (Publishing) Ltd, 1987, p. 39. ISBN 0-
0713460997. 7134-5719-8.
[27] Emms 2000, p. 81. [50] Irving Chernev, 1000 Best Short Games of Chess, Fireside;
Rei Sub edition, 1955, p. 139. ISBN 978-0-671-53801-
[28] Tarrasch, p. 299. 9.
[33] Tim Harding (September 2010). “Ponziani Open- The Inverted Hungarian Opening or Tayler Opening
ing: Other Critical Lines” (PDF). The Kibitzer. is an uncommon chess opening that starts with the moves:
ChessCafe.com. Retrieved 2012-10-04.
1.e4 e5
[34] Jeroen Bosch, A Dangerous Piece Sacrifice, New In Chess
2.Nf3 Nc6
Yearbook 112 (2014), p. 121, ISBN 978-90-5691-510-0
3.Be2
[35] Taylor 2010, p. 12.
It is so named because the position of White’s bishop
[36] Taylor 2010, p. 15.
on e2 resembles that of Black’s bishop on e7 in the
[37] MCO-15, p. 136. Hungarian Defense.
[38] Tim Harding (August 2010). “Can the Ponzi Fly Again?"
(PDF). The Kibitzer. ChessCafe.com. Retrieved 2012- 3.16.1 Description
10-04.
The Inverted Hungarian is even rarer than the already
[39] “Yakov Estrin vs Boris Spassky, Riga 1951 ·
very uncommon Hungarian Defense, although it is per-
Ponziani Opening: Ponziani Countergambit (C44)".
ChessGames.com. Retrieved 2012-10-05. fectly playable for White. It may appeal to White players
who wish to avoid extensively analyzed double king pawn
[40] Reuben Fine, Practical Chess Openings, David McKay, openings such as the Ruy Lopez, and to those who favor
1948, p. 141. defensive positional maneuvering battles as also often re-
sult from the Hungarian Defense. With the advantage of
[41] Taylor 2010, p. 250.
the first move, White has greater latitude to play moves
[42] “Valery Vladimirovich Medvedev vs Charles Milgram, that are not objectively the strongest without incurring
1991 · Ponziani Opening: Jaenisch Counterattack (C44)". disadvantage.
ChessGames.com. Retrieved 2012-10-04.
Since White’s third move 3.Be2 makes no threats, there
[43] Taylor 2010, p. 13. are many satisfactory replies for Black. If White plays
a setup resembling the Black side of the Hanham Vari-
[44] Taylor 2010, p. 276. ation of the Philidor Defense (3...Nf6 4.d3 d5 5.Nbd2),
[45] Taylor 2010, p. 274.
the opening is sometimes called the Inverted Hanham
Opening.
[46] “Mikhail Chigorin vs George Hatfeild Gossip, New York
1889 · Ponziani Opening: Steinitz Variation (C44)".
ChessGames.com. Retrieved 2012-10-04. 3.16.2 See also
[47] Kaufman, p. 343. • List of chess openings
[48] de Firmian, p. 136. • List of chess openings named after places
3.18. THREE KNIGHTS OPENING 47
3.16.3 References In the Three Knights Game, Black chooses to break sym-
metry in order to avoid the main lines of what is of-
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox- ten considered the drawish Four Knights Game after the
ford Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN usual 3...Nf6.
0-19-280049-3.
The relevant ECO code is C46.
The opening is fairly popular with beginners who strictly One reason White may choose the Four Knights (3.Nc3)
adhere to the opening principle: “Develop knights before move order over the Scotch (3.d4), besides fearing that
bishops.” It was one of the workhorses in the family of the after 3.d4 exd4 4.Nxd4 Black may choose 4...Bc5 or
Open Game, at even the highest levels, until World War 4...Qh4, is that White may want to play the Belgrade
I. Thereafter it fell by the wayside, along with a number Gambit (1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.d4 exd4
of open games. In this period ambitious players explored 5.Nd5!?). It is not possible to reach the Belgrade from
the Ruy Lopez, believing it a better attempt for White to the Scotch. However, the Belgrade is a distant second in
exploit the advantage of the first move. In the 1990s, this popularity to 5.Nxd4.
opening saw a renaissance, and is now seen in the praxis
of players from beginner to grandmaster.
4.Bc4
The Four Knights usually leads to quiet positional play,
though there are some sharp variations. The ECO codes A further possibility is 4.Bc4, the Italian Four Knights
for the Four Knights Game are C49 (Symmetrical Vari- Game, or Prussian Four Knights Game, popular in the
ation, 4.Bb5 Bb4), C48 (4.Bb5 without 4...Bb4), C47 1880s, though this line is regarded as inferior according to
(4.d4 and others). Pinski, and an outright mistake by IM Larry D. Evans.[1]
Black can preserve the symmetry by 4...Bc5, leading to
the quiet Giuoco Pianissimo. A better move order for
3.19.1 Variations White that leads to this position is via the Giuoco Piano
by 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bc4 Bc5 4.Nc3 Nf6. The line
4.Bb5 is a favorite among younger players due to its simple and
easy development, but has also been used successfully by
Spanish Variation Nigel Short against Antoaneta Stefanova.[2]
The problem with playing for this position via the Four
White’s most common move is 4.Bb5, the Spanish Vari-
Knights Game is that after 4.Bc4, the pseudo-sacrifice
ation. This variation can also be reached from the Ruy of a knight with 4...Nxe4!, the center fork trick. Then
Lopez, Berlin Defence. After 4.Bb5, Black has three ma- 5.Bxf7+?, though superficially attractive, relinquishes the
jor alternatives. bishop pair and central control to Black. After 5...Kxf7
The first of these is 4...Bb4, the Symmetrical Variation. 6.Nxe4 d5 7.Neg5+ Kg8, Black is already threaten-
Black can play more aggressively by 4...Nd4, the ing 8...e4, and after 8.d3 h6 9.Nh3 Bg4, Black has a
Rubinstein Variation. White cannot win a pawn with very powerful position, with an unopposed light-squared
5.Nxe5, since Black regains the pawn with the advan- bishop, a strong duo of pawns in the centre, and a safe
tage of the bishop pair after 5...Qe7 6.Nf3 (6.f4 Nxb5 king, while White needs to work out how to get the dis-
7.Nxb5 d6) Nxb5 7.Nxb5 Qxe4+ 8.Qe2 Qxe2+ 9.Kxe2 placed knight on h3 into play; often it will need to be
Nd5! 10.c4 a6! White most often plays 5.Ba4, when played back to g1.
Black usually continues in gambit fashion with 5...Bc5!? Rather than 5.Bxf7+?, a better chance for White to play
6.Nxe5 0-0 7.Nd3 Bb6 8.e5 Ne8 followed by ...d6. An- for equality is 5.Nxe4, even though 5...d5 regains the
other line, which discourages many ambitious Black play- piece with a good game, e.g., 6.Bd3 (6.Bxd5? Qxd5
ers from playing the Rubinstein, is 5.Nxd4 exd4 6.e5 dxc3 7.Nc3 Qd8 Estrin; 6.Bb5?! dxe4 7.Nxe5 Qg5! Collijn's
3.19. FOUR KNIGHTS GAME 49
4.a3 Bibliography
The quiet waiting move 4.a3 (called the Gunsberg Varia-
tion) is a specialty of Polish Grandmaster Paweł Blehm. • Raymond Keene, Garry Kasparov (1994) [1989].
Batsford Chess Openings (2nd ed.). B.T. Batsford
Ltd. ISBN 0-8050-3409-9.
4.Nxe5
• Jan Pinski (2003). The Four Knights. Everyman
A dubious gambit is 4.Nxe5?!, the so-called Halloween Chess. ISBN 1-85744-311-X.
Gambit. After 4...Nxe5 5.d4, White tries to seize the
center with his pawns and drive the black knights back • Harding, T. D.; Botterill, G. S. (1977). “Two
to their home squares. Grandmaster Larry Kaufman says Knights: Other Lines”. The Italian Game. B. T.
that this line is refuted by 5...Nc6 6.d5 Bb4! 7.dxc6 Nxe4 Batsford Limited. pp. 119–27. ISBN 0-7134-
8.Qd4 Qe7, which he attributes to Jan Pinski.[7] Accord- 3261-6.
ing to Max Euwe's opening series volume 11, Black has
a decisive advantage after 5...Ng6 6.e5 Ng8 7.Bc4 d5
8.Bxd5 c6.[8] 3.19.4 Further reading
The Halloween Gambit (also known as the Müller– After 5...Nc6 6.d5 Ne5 7.f4 Ng6 8.e5 Ng8 9.d6
Schulze Gambit or Leipzig Gambit) is an aggressive
chess opening gambit in which White sacrifices a knight After 6...Ne5, White chases again with 7.f4. Then after
early on for a single pawn. The opening is an offshoot of 7...Ng6 the game usually continues 8.e5 Ng8 9.d6, com-
the normally staid Four Knights Game and is defined by pleting the most commonly seen sequence in the Gambit
the moves: (see diagram). In this position White is on the attack,
and his attack will generally persevere (with tactics such
as Nb5 after a pawn trade at d6).
1. e4 e5
2. Nf3 Nc6
Pinski’s 6...Bb4
3. Nc3 Nf6
4. Nxe5 After 5...Nc6 6.d5 Bb4
The theoretician Oskar Cordel reported in 1888 that GM Larry Kaufman wrote in 2004 that the Müller–
Leipzig club players used the opening to dangerous ef- Schulze Gambit is refuted by 4...Nxe5 5.d4 Nc6 6.d5
fect, but he did not believe it was sound. Their name for Bb4! 7.dxc6 Nxe4 8.Qd4 Qe7, which he attributes
it, Gambit Müller und Schulze, was not after any play- to the Polish IM Jan Pinski.[3][4] In 2003 Pinski ana-
ers by those names, but rather a jocular German equiva- lyzed 9.Qxg7 Nxc3 10.Be3 Nd5+ 11.c3 Rf8 12.cxb4
lent of "Smith and Jones", or, "Tom, Dick, and Harry". Nxe3 13.fxe3 Qxb4+, concluding “Black is very close
The modern name “Halloween Gambit” was given by the to winning”.[5] After the alternative 9.Be3 0-0 10.Bd3
German player Steffen Jakob, who explained that “Many Nxc3 11.bxc3 Ba5 12.0-0 Bb6 13.Qf4 Bxe3 14.fxe3
players are shocked, the way they would be frightened dxc6, Black had a superior pawn structure in Gaillard–
by a Halloween mask, when they are mentally prepared Platel, France 2003 (0–1,30). Black can also play
for a boring Four Knight’s, and then they are faced with 9...f5. The game Sigfusson (2288)–Bellin (2381),
Nxe5”.[1] Reykjavik 2009, continued 10.cxd7+ Bxd7 11.Be2 Bc5
12.Bh5+ Kd8! 13.Qd3 (13.Qd5 Bxe3 14.fxe3 Nxc3
White’s objective is to seize the center with pawns and 15.bxc3 Qh4+ 16.g3 Qxh5 17.Rd1 Qe8 18.Qxb7 Qxe3+
drive back Black’s knights. After 4... Nxe5, White usu- 19.Kf1 Qe4−+) 13...Bxe3 14.Qxe3 Nxc3 15.Qxe7+
ally plays 5. d4 (5.f4 does nothing for his development), Kxe7 16.bxc3 Bc6 when Black had the better endgame
after which Black can retreat the attacked knight to either and won in 52 moves.[6]
g6 or c6.
Position after 5...Ng6 6.e5 Ng8 7.Bc4 A similar gambit can be tried by Black: after 4.g3, Black
can play 4...Nxe4!? This line is arguably sounder than
its White counterpart because White’s 4.g3 has weak-
When Black retreats 5...Ng6, White chases the f6-knight
ened his f3-square. Moreover, White cannot play the line
with 6.e5. Then after 6...Ng8 7.Bc4, former world cham-
recommended by Kaufman with colors reversed, because
pion Max Euwe recommended 7...d5 8.Bxd5 c6, con-
5.Nxe4 d5 6.Nc3 d4 7.Bb5? dxc3 8.Nxe5? Qd5 9.Qe2?
tending in volume 11 of his opening series that Black has
loses to 9...Qxh1+. However, with the pawn on g3, Nh4
a decisive advantage.[1]
is possible and it should be easier to castle.[4]
Instead of holding on to the extra piece with the usual
6...Ng8, a more logical continuation according to Eric
Schiller is 6...Bb4, giving Black the better game after 3.20.4 Illustrative games
7.exf6 Qxf6 with a lead in development and pressure in
the center.[2] The following speed chess games show what can befall an
unprepared player of the black pieces:
• Brause–N.N., Internet Chess Club 1997 • Steffen Jakob (© 1996–97). “The Halloween-
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. Nc3 Nf6 4. Nxe5 Nxe5 Attack in the Four Knight Game”. Jakob.at. Re-
5. d4 Nc6 6. d5 Nb8 7. e5 Ng8 8. d6 Nc6 9. trieved 2013-08-03. Check date values in: |date=
Nb5 cxd6 10. exd6 Bxd6? (10...Qf6) 11. Qxd6 (help)
Qe7+ 12. Be3 Qxd6 13. Nxd6+ Kf8 14. Bc4 Ne5
• David Zimbeck (2005-02-01). “The Halloween!".
15. Bb3 Ne7 16. 0-0-0 f6 17. f4 Ng4 18. Rhe1
Zimbeckchess.com. Retrieved 2013-08-01.
(threatening 19.Bc5 and 20.Nxc8 Rxc8 21.Rxd7) 1–
0 • “The Halloween Gambit is Scarier Than You Think”
Compulsion to Move (blog), theory and examples
The next game, played in a Halloween Gambit thematic • Chess Opening Explorer Chessgames.com
tournament, won the prize for the most spectacular game
won by White (annotations from chessville.com): • Opening Report: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Nc3 Nf6
4.Nxe5 (60 games)
• Torrecillas (2389)–Keiser (1932), Email 2003 • “Halloween Gambit” video and explanation,
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. Nc3 Nf6 4. Nxe5 Nxe5 TheChessWebsite.com
5. d4 Ng6 6. e5 Ng8 7. Bc4 Bb4 8. Qf3 f6 9.
0-0 Bxc3 10. bxc3 d5 11. exd6e.p. cxd6 12. Ba3
N8e7 13. Rfe1 Qc7 14. Bb3 Kd8 15. c4 Bd7 3.21 Philidor Defence
16. Rad1 Qc6 17. Qc3 a5 18. d5 Qc7 19. c5 b5
20. Qd2 b4 21. cxd6 Qxd6 22. Bb2 a4 23. Bc4 The Philidor Defence is a chess opening characterised
Ke8 24. a3 Ne5 25. Ba2 b3 26. cxb3 axb3 27. by the moves:
Bxb3 Kf7 28. f4 N5g6 29. Re6 Qxf4 30. Qe2
Qb8 31. Ba2 Qa7+ 32. Kh1 Kf8 33. d6 Ng8 34. 1. e4 e5
Qc4 Nh6 35. Bxf6! gxf6 (35...Bxe6 36.Qxe6 gxf6 2. Nf3 d6
37.Qxf6+ Nf7 38.d7 mates shortly) 36. Rxf6+
Ke8 (36...Kg7 37.Qc3) 37. Rxg6 hxg6 38. Qc3 The opening is named after the famous 18th-century
Rh7 39. Qf6 Ba4 40. Qxg6+ Nf7 41. Rf1 Bc2 player François-André Danican Philidor, who advocated
(41...Bc6 42.Bxf7+ Qxf7 [42...Rxf7 43.Qg8+ Kd7 it as an alternative to the common 2...Nc6. His original
44.Rxf7+] 43.Rxf7 Rxf7 44.Qg8+ Kd7 [44...Rf8 idea was to challenge White’s centre by the pawn thrust
45.Qe6+ Kd8 46.Qe7+ Kc8 47.Qc7#] 45.Qxf7+ f7–f5.
Kxd6 46.h4+−) 42. Qxc2 1–0
Today, the Philidor is known as a solid but passive choice
for Black, and is seldom seen in top-level play except as
3.20.5 References an alternative to the heavily analysed openings that can
ensue after the normal 2...Nc6.
[1] Krabbé, Tim (2005-11-16). “A Breeze in the Sleepy 4- The ECO code for Philidor Defence is C41.
Knights Game”. Xs4all.nl. Retrieved 2013-05-09.
[2] Schiller, Eric (1998). “Four Knights • Halloween Gam- 3.21.1 Use
bit”. Unorthodox Chess Openings. Cardoza Publishing.
pp. 160–63. ISBN 0-940685-73-6. The Philidor occurred in one of the most famous games
[3] Larry Kaufman, The Chess Advantage in Black and White,
ever played, the “Opera Box game” played in 1858
Random House Puzzles & Games, 2004, p. 328. ISBN between the American chess master Paul Morphy and
0-8129-3571-3. two strong amateurs, the German noble Duke Karl of
Brunswick and the French aristocrat Count Isouard. The
[4] “UON13 Halloween Edition – Critical lines in the Hal- game continued 3.d4 Bg4, a deviation from modern stan-
loween” (PDF). Chessville.com. Retrieved 2013-05-09. dard lines.
[5] Jan Pinski, The Four Knights, Gloucester Publishers, As of 2004, there are no top players who employ the
2003, p. 181. ISBN 1-85744-311-X. Philidor with any regularity, although Étienne Bacrot and
Liviu-Dieter Nisipeanu have occasionally experimented
[6] Andrew Martin, "Your Chess Questions Answered by An- with it. Its popularity in master play has increased slightly
drew Martin", Chess.com, 03/09/2009 over the last twenty years, however.[1]
The most common Black response is 3...exd4 which re- In recent years, Black has experimented with other move
lieves the central tension, although it gives up the centre. orders in an attempt to reach the Hanham Variation while
After 4. Nxd4 Nf6 5. Nc3, Black normally continues avoiding 3...Nf6 4.dxe5! and 3...Nd7 4.Bc4!
...Be7 and ...0-0 (the Antoshin Variation) and achieves a
strong defensive position.
• One such line is 1. e4 d6 2. d4 Nf6 3. Nc3 Nbd7
In this line Black can also fianchetto his bishop to g7, al- intending 4.Nf3 e5. However, White can deviate
though this is uncommon. Bent Larsen tried this in a few with 4.f4!?[7][8] or even 4.g4!?[9]
games, including a draw against Mikhail Tal in 1969.
Instead of 4.Nxd4, White can also play 4. Qxd4, as Paul • Another try is 1. e4 d6 2. d4 Nf6 3. Nc3 e5
Morphy favoured, intending 4... Nc6 5. Bb5 Bd7 6. which transposes to the Hanham after 4.Nf3 Nbd7,
Bxc6 Bxc6 7. Nc3 Nf6 8. Bg5 followed by 0-0-0. This but White can instead try to gain a small advantage
line was played in many 19th-century games. with 4. dxe5 (Kaufman opines that 4.Nge2 is “also
promising”) 4... dxe5 5. Qxd8+ Kxd8 6. Bc4.[8]
After 4.dxe5, Bauer concludes that “White stands a
Hanham Variation trifle better” but that “provided he plays accurately,
Black doesn't have much to fear following 6.Bc4,
Black’s aim in the Hanham Variation is a strongpoint by choosing any of the three valid replies, 6...Ke8,
defence of e5. 6...Bb4, or 6...Be6. Then 7.Bxe6 fxe6 his position
remains a hard nut to crack.”[10]
The other main option for Black is to maintain the central
tension and adopt a setup with ...Nd7, ...Be7, and ...c6.
This plan is named the Hanham Variation (after the Philidor’s original intention: 3...f5
American chess master James Moore Hanham) and was
favoured by Aron Nimzowitsch. A common line is: 3... Philidor’s original intent 3...f5!?
Nf6 4. Nc3 Nbd7 5. Bc4 Be7 6. 0-0 (6.Ng5 is an inter-
esting alternative: after 6...0-0 7.Bxf7+ Rxf7 8.Ne6 Qe8 A more aggressive approach for Black after 3.d4 is
9.Nxc7 Qd8 10.Nxa8, White is material up, but Black 3...f5!? (see diagram), now called the Philidor Counter
can develop a strong initiative after, for example, 10...b5 Gambit, a move which Philidor himself recommended.
11.Nxb5 Qa5+) 6... 0-0 7. a4 (to prevent ...b5) 7... c6 According to Philidor, the move 3...f5 can also be played
(see diagram). after 3.Bc4, which can lead to unique positions such as
Grandmaster Larry Kaufman, in his book The Chess Ad- 3.Bc4 f5 4.d3 c6, possibly followed by f5–f4, b7–b5,
vantage in Black and White, notes that the Hanham Vari- a7–a5, and even g7–g5 and h7–h5, when all Black pawns
ation aims to maintain Black’s pawn on e5, analogously to have moved before any piece.[11]
closed lines of the Ruy Lopez, and opines that “it would In the 19th century, 3...f5 was also played by Paul Mor-
be quite popular and on a par with the major defenses to phy. The move can lead to more open positions than the
1.e4, except for the annoying detail that Black can't actu- other lines, but is often considered dubious.[12][13] Oth-
ally reach the Hanham position by force.”[2] ers maintain that 3...f5 is a valid idea. Grandmaster Tony
As an alternative to 4.Nc3 in response to Black’s 3...Nf6, Kosten treats the move with respect in his monograph on
according to both Kaufman and Grandmaster Christian the opening.[14] The move was also played by David Bron-
Bauer, White retains some advantage with: 4. dxe5! stein and by Teimour Radjabov.
Nxe4 5. Qd5! Nc5 6. Bg5 Be7 7. exd6 Qxd6 8. The main alternatives after 3.d4 f5 are:
Nc3.[3][4]
Inferior is 3...Bg4?!, in light of 4. dxe5 Bxf3 (Black can- [11] François André Philidor, Analyse du jeu des Échecs, 1749.
not recapture since 4...dxe5? 5. Qxd8+ Kxd8 6. Nxe5
wins a clean pawn; however, Black can gambit a pawn [12] Kaufman 2004, p. 22.
with 4...Nd7?!, known as the Duke of Brunswick Gam-
[13] Bauer 2006, pp. 22-32.
bit) 5. Qxf3 dxe5 6. Bc4 giving White the advantage
of the bishop pair in an open position as well as a large [14] Tony Kosten, Winning with the Philidor, Batsford Chess,
development advantage. Further, Black cannot block the 1992.
attack on the f7-pawn with the “natural” 6...Nf6? be-
cause White wins a pawn with 7.Qb3. This was played [15] Further recent analysis on this line can be found here.
in the famous “Opera Box game”, when Paul Morphy as
White declined to take the b7-pawn but retained a strong [16] “Shirov vs Azmaiparashvili, Plovdiv, 2003”. chess-
initiative after 7...Qe7 8.Nc3. games.com. Retrieved 2016-09-07.
After 3...Nf6 4.Nc3 Nbd7, White may play the gambit [18] “Shirov vs Klinova, Gibraltar, 2006”. chessgames.com.
5.g4?!, intending to sacrifice a pawn while opening the g- Retrieved 2016-09-07.
file for his rook with great pressures along the file. Black
usually accepts this gambit, with a typical line being Bibliography
5...Nxg4 6.Rg1 Nf6 7.Bc4 h6 8.Be3 c6. This variation
was popularized by the eponymous Latvian grandmaster
• Christian Bauer, The Philidor Files, Everyman
Alexei Shirov, who played it against the Philidor defense
Chess, 2006. ISBN 1-85744-436-1.
on several occasions.[16][17][18]
• Larry Kaufman, The Chess Advantage in Black and
3.21.3 Line starting 3.Bc4 White, McKay Chess Library, 2004. ISBN 0-8129-
3571-3.
An alternative approach for White is to play 3.Bc4, and
either delay d2–d4, or forgo it altogether and instead play
d2–d3. The move 3.Bc4 is also White’s route to an at- 3.21.6 Further reading
tempted Légal Trap. The continuation 3...Nc6 brings
about the Semi-Italian Opening. • Barsky, Vladimir (2010). The Modern Philidor De-
fence. Chess Stars. ISBN 978-954-8782-77-7.
3.exd5
3.22.2 See also
Black’s responses to 3.exd5 include 3...e4 and 3...Bd6
(the Elephant Gambit proper). 3...Qxd5 saves the pawn, • List of chess openings
but leaves White with a big lead in development after
4.Nc3.
3.22.3 References
3...e4 4.Qe2 Nf6 A typical line might continue 3...e4 [1] The game continuation can be found here: Tal–Lutikov,
Tallinn 1964.
4.Qe2 Nf6 5.d3 Qxd5 6.Nbd2 Be7 7.dxe4 Qe6 and White
remains a pawn ahead, although Black’s development is
somewhat smoother. Bibliography
Alternatively, after 4...Nf6:
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld. “Queen’s Pawn
Counter Gambit.” Oxford Companion to Chess. Ox-
• 5.d3 Be7 6.dxe4 0-0 7.Nc3 Re8 8.Bd2 Bb4 9.0-0-0, ford: Oxford University Press, 1992. 329.
with advantage for White (Nick de Firmian).
• Burgess, Graham. The Mammoth Book of Chess.
• 5.Nc3 Be7 6.Nxe4: London: Constable and Robinson, 2000.
• 6...Nxd5 7.d3 0-0 8.Qd1 Bg4 9.Be2 f5 10.Ng3 • de Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings
Nc6 11.c3 with slight advantage for White, (14th ed.). New York: David McKay Company Inc.
as in Salomonsson–H. Sorenson, Malmo 1982 pp. 150–51.
(de Firmian).
• 6...0-0 7.Nxf6+ Bxf6 8.d4 Re8 9.Be3, with
distinct superiority for White (de Firmian).
3.22.4 External links
• Harding, Tim (August 1997). The Kibitzer: We're
3...e4 4.Qe2 f5 3...e4 4.Qe2, Black plays 4...f5 5.d3 Going On An Elephant Hunt at ChessCafe.com
Nf6 6.dxe4 fxe4 7.Nc3 Bb4 8.Qb5+ c6 9.Qxb4 exf3 with • The Elephant Gambit (Over 100 games) at Chess-
10.Bg5 cxd5 11.0-0-0 Nc6 as in Tal–Lutikov, Tallinn games.com
1964 (see de Firmian) with advantage for White.[1]
Elephant Gambit proper: 3.exd5 Bd6 • Opening Report: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 d5 (1850 games)
1. e4 e5
3.Nxe5
2. Nf3 f6?
After 3.Nxe5:
The defence is one of the oldest chess openings, with
• Black plays 3...Bd6 4.d4 dxe4 5.Bc4 Bxe5 6.Qh5 games dating back to the 16th century.
Qf6 7.dxe5, which is thought to be slightly better The ECO code for the Damiano Defence is C40 (King’s
for White. Knight Opening).
3.23. DAMIANO DEFENCE 55
3.23.1 3.d4 and 3.Bc4 master Pedro Damiano (1480–1544), who condemned
it as weak. In 1847, Howard Staunton wrote of 2...f6,
Black’s 2...f6? is a weak move that exposes Black’s king, “This move occurs in the old work of Damiano, who gives
weakens Black’s kingside and takes away his knight’s best some ingenious variations on it. Lopez, and later authors,
square. The moves 3.d4 and 3.Bc4 are strong replies; have hence entitled it 'Damiano’s Gambit'.”[6] Staunton’s
I.A. Horowitz wrote (substituting algebraic notation for contemporary George Walker instead, more logically, re-
his descriptive notation), “Simple and potent is 3.Bc4 d6 served the term “Damiano Gambit” for the knight sacri-
4.d4 Nc6 5.c3, after which Black chokes to death.”[1] fice played by White on the third move: 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3
f6 3.Nxe5.[7] Staunton referred to 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6, a
highly respected move then and now, as “Damiano’s de-
3.23.2 3.Nxe5! fence to the K. Kt.'s opening”.[8]
The Damiano Defence is never seen today in top-level
Position after 8...h5.
play. The greatest player to play the Damiano in seri-
ous master competition was Mikhail Chigorin. As noted
Most forceful, however, is the knight sacrifice 3.Nxe5![2] above, he played the 3...Qe7 line in a game against Em-
Taking the knight with 3...fxe5? exposes Black to manuel Schiffers at Saint Petersburg 1897. Chigorin lost
a deadly attack after 4.Qh5+ Ke7 (4...g6 loses to his queen on move 10 (see diagram), but Schiffers played
5.Qxe5+, forking king and rook) 5.Qxe5+ Kf7 6.Bc4+ so weakly that Chigorin later missed a brilliant forced
d5! (6...Kg6?? 7.Qf5+ is devastating and leads to mate mate and only escaped when Schiffers agreed to a draw in
shortly after) 7.Bxd5+ Kg6 8.h4 (8.d4? Bd6!) h5 (dia- a winning position.[9] Robert McGregor played the Dami-
gram; 8...h6 is similar, except Black can't play 9...Bxb7 ano in a 1964 simultaneous exhibition against Bobby Fis-
because of 10. Qf5#) 9.Bxb7! Bd6 (9...Bxb7 10.Qf5+ cher, essaying 3...Qe7 4.Nf3 d5 5.d3 dxe4 6.dxe4 Qxe4+
Kh6 11.d4+ g5 12.Qf7! mates quickly) 10.Qa5!, when 7.Be2 Bf5, and drew, although Fischer did not play the
Black’s best is 10...Nc6 11.Bxc6 Rb8, and now White best moves.[10]
will be ahead by several pawns. Bruce Pandolfini notes
that Black’s opening is thus sometimes described as “the
five pawns gambit".[3] Alternatively, White can continue 3.23.4 References
developing his pieces, remaining four pawns up. In either
case, White has a clearly winning position.
[1] I.A. Horowitz, Chess Openings: Theory and Practice, Si-
Since taking the knight is fatal, after 3.Nxe5 Black should mon and Schuster, 1964, p. 227 n. 31.
instead play 3...Qe7![4] (other Black third moves, such as
3...d5, lead to 4. Qh5+! g6 5. Nxg6!). After 4.Nf3 [2] Understanding the Chess Openings, Sam Collins, 2005, p.
(4.Qh5+? g6 5.Nxg6 Qxe4+ 6.Be2 Qxg6 leaves Black 28.
ahead a piece for a pawn) [4] Qxe4+ 5.Be2, Black has
regained the pawn but has lost time and weakened his [3] Bruce Pandolfini, Chess Openings: Traps and Zaps, Simon
kingside, and will lose more time when White chases the & Schuster, 1989, p. 92. ISBN 0-671-65690-2.
queen with Nc3, or 0-0, Re1, and a move by the bishop on
e2. Nick de Firmian in Modern Chess Openings analyzes [4] Pandolfini 1989, p. 91.
instead 4...d5 5.d3 dxe4 6.dxe4, when White had a small
advantage in Schiffers–Chigorin, St. Petersburg 1897.[5] [5] Modern Chess Openings, 15th Edition, Random House
The fact that Black can only regain the pawn with 3...Qe7! Puzzles & Games, 2008, p. 156. ISBN 978-0-8129-
3682-7.
shows that 2...f6? did not really defend the e-pawn at all.
Indeed, even a relatively useless move like 2...a6?! is less
[6] Howard Staunton, The Chess-Player’s Handbook, Henry
risky than 2...f6?. After 2...a6?! 3.Nxe5, Black could
C. Bohn, 1847, p. 60.
still regain the pawn with 3...Qe7 4.d4 d6, when he would
have done so without weakening his kingside or depriving
[7] Walker wrote of the knight sacrifice, “This constitutes
the king’s knight of its best square.
the Damiano Gambit.” George Walker, The Art of Chess-
Play: A New Treatise on the Game of Chess (4th ed. 1846),
Sherwood, Gilbert, & Piper, p. 236.
3.23.3 History
[8] Staunton, p. 64.
Position after 10.Ne5!, White wins Black’s queen. If the
Knight is captured, 11. Bh5 pins the queen to the king,
[9] “The Richter riddle”. OPEN CHESS DIARY (scroll down
while 10...Qf5 leads to 11. Bg4 and the queen is trapped
to No. 222). Retrieved 2006-03-20.
(11...Qxe5 12. Qxd7#).
[10] Bobby Fischer and Damiano’s Defense.
Ironically, the opening is named after the Portuguese Chessstuff.blogspot.com. Retrieved on 2009-04-02.
56 CHAPTER 3. E4 OPENINGS – KING’S KNIGHT OPENINGS
• “Defeating Damiano’s Defense”. The Kenilwor- Morphy vs. McConnell, New Orleans 1849:[2]
thian. 2010-07-28. Retrieved 2012-07-20. A com-
prehensive list of material available online about 1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Qf6 3. Nc3 c6 4. d4 exd4
Damiano’s Defense. 5. e5 Qg6 6. Bd3
6.Qxd4! gives White a big lead in
development.
3.24 Greco Defence 6... Qxg2 7. Rg1 Qh3 8. Rg3 Qh5 9. Rg5
Qh3 10. Bf1 Qe6 11. Nxd4 (see diagram)
The Greco Defence (or McConnell Defense), named ... and Morphy was better.
after Gioachino Greco (c. 1600 – c. 1634), is a chess
opening beginning with the moves:
Busch game
1. e4 e5
Paulsen vs. Busch, Düsseldorf 1863:[3]
2. Nf3 Qf6
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Qf6 3. Bc4 Nh6
The opening is categorized as ECO code C40. Making some sense, since Black is
able to respond ...Qxh6 if White
were to play d4 followed by Bxh6.
3.24.1 Discussion
4. 0-0 Bc5 5. Nc3 c6 6. d4! Bxd4 7. Nxd4
exd4 8. e5 Qg6 9. Qxd4
Of the several plausible ways Black has to defend his e-
pawn, 2...Qf6 is considered one of the weaker choices, And again, White is ahead in devel-
since the queen is developed prematurely and can be- opment.
come a target for attack. Also, the black knight on g8
is deprived of its most natural square. There is, however,
no obvious refutation of this opening; White’s advantage 3.24.3 See also
consists mainly of being able to develop more smoothly.
• List of chess openings
Although it is a popular opening choice by novice play-
ers, it has also been used by players who, according to • List of chess openings named after people
International Master Gary Lane, “should know better”.
3.24.4 References
3.24.2 Examples [1] Opening Lanes Gary Lane, Chesscafe.com, 2001, last
question on the page.
Greco line
[2] Benjamin, Joel; Schiller, Eric (1987). “Greco Defence”.
Unorthodox Openings. Macmillan Publishing Company.
Greco himself illustrated the following amusing line pp. 91–92. ISBN 0-02-016590-0.
against this defense in 1620:
[3] Schiller, Eric (1998). “McConnell Defense”. Unorthodox
Chess Openings. Cardoza Publishing. p. 287. ISBN 0-
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Qf6?! 3. Bc4 Qg6 4. 0-0 940685-73-6.
Qxe4 5. Bxf7+ Ke7
5...Kxf7?? 6.Ng5+ wins the black
queen. 3.25 Gunderam Defense
6. Re1 Qf4 7. Rxe5+ Kxf7
The Gunderam Defense[1][2] is a rarely played chess
7...Kd8 8.Re8# opening starting with the moves:
Morphy vs. McConnell, 1849 It is named after the chess player Gerhard
Position after 11.Nxd4 Gunderam.[3][4] The Gunderam Defense is catego-
rized under the ECO code C40.
3.26. LATVIAN GAMBIT 57
Nxa1 15.Bd3 Qd6 16.Re1+ Kd7 17.Qf7+ Be7 18.Re6 sacrifice with either 6.Nc3!? or 6.Nd2!?, but Black seems
winning.[14] to have adequate resources against both.[26]
White can decline the gambit and to wait to capture the 3.27.4 External links
f-pawn.
• Tim McGrew (2002-07-01). “Giuoco Fortis-
Gambit Accepted: 4.exf5 simo: The Rousseau Gambit Part 1” (PDF).
Chesscafe.com.
White still has a good game after the inferior 4.exf5, but
the position is less clear. Black usually plays 4...e4, which • Tim McGrew (2002-07-30). “Giuoco Fortis-
White may meet by 5.Nd4! Nf6 (5...Nxd4? leads to trou- simo: The Rousseau Gambit Part 2” (PDF).
ble after 6.Qh5+) 6.Nxc6. Chesscafe.com.
3.28 Petrov’s Defence the Four Knights Game. With move 3...Bb4 (or some
others), Black can enter the Petrov’s Three Knights
The Petrov Defence (also called Petrov’s Defence, Game proper.
Petroff’s Defence, Russian Game and Russian De-
fence) is a chess opening characterised by the following 3.Bc4
moves:
3.Bc4 is the Italian Variation of Petrov’s Defense. With
1. e4 e5 move 3...Nc6, it transposes to the Two Knights Defence.
2. Nf3 Nf6
Boden–Kieseritzky Gambit Another possibility is
Though this symmetrical response has a long history, 3.Bc4 Nxe4 4.Nc3, the Boden–Kieseritzky Gambit. It
it was first popularised by Alexander Petrov, a Russian is not considered wholly sound, since Black has several
chess player of the mid-19th century. In recognition of viable options. He can accept the gambit with 4...Nxc3
the early investigations by the Russian masters Petrov and 5.dxc3 f6, although he must play carefully after 6.0-0
Carl Jaenisch, this opening is called the Russian Game in (for example 6...Bc5?? 7.Nxe5! is disastrous; 6...d6 and
some countries. 6...Nc6 are good). Another, more aggressive try is 6.Nh4,
The Petrov has a reputation of being dull and uninspired. where White goes for a quick assault on Black’s king, but
However, it offers attacking opportunities for both sides, Black can maintain a small advantage if he plays cau-
and a few lines are quite sharp. Often a trade occurs and tiously via 6...g6 7.f4 Qe7 8.f5 Qg7 9.Qg4 Kd8. Another
Black, after gaining a tempo, has a well-placed knight. possibility is returning the gambit pawn with 4...Nxc3
Pillsbury’s game in 1895[1] against Emanuel Lasker tes- 5.dxc3 c6 6.Nxe5 d5, which equalises. A third possibil-
tifies to this. The Black counterattack in the centre also ity is transposing to the Italian Four Knights Game with
avoids the Ruy Lopez, Giuoco Piano (and other lines of 4...Nc6, and if 5.Nxe4, d5. If 5.Bxf7+?, Kxf7 6.Nxe4
the Italian Game), and the Scotch Game. Grandmasters d5 gives Black the bishop pair and control of the center.
Anatoly Karpov, Artur Yusupov, Vasily Smyslov, Frank If 5.0-0, Black plays 5...Nxc3 6.dxc3 and now Black
Marshall, Vladimir Kramnik, and Harry Pillsbury have can play 6...Qe7!, after which Bobby Fischer wrote that
frequently played the Petrov as Black. “White has no compensation for the Pawn”,[3] or 6...f6
transposing to the main line of the Boden–Kieseritzky.
The ECO codes for Petrov’s Defence are C43 (for 3.d4) Black also has lines beginning 6...Be7 and 6...h6.
and C42 (for all other lines).[2]
3.Nxe5
3.28.1 White’s third move
After 3.Nxe5, Black should not continue to copy White’s
White has four main choices for his third move: moves and try to restore the material balance immedi-
ately with 3...Nxe4? because after 4.Qe2 White will ei-
• 3.Nc3, which may transpose to the Four Knights ther win material (4...Nf6?? 5.Nc6+ wins Black’s queen,
Game or the Three Knights Game and after 4...d5 5.d3 Qe7 6.dxe4 Qxe5 7.exd5 Black loses
a pawn), or obtain a superior position (4...Qe7 5.Qxe4 d6
• 3.Bc4, which may lead to the Boden–Kieseritzky 6.d4 f6 7.Nc3 dxe5 8.Nd5 Qd6 9.Bf4 Nd7 10.0-0-0 and
Gambit or transpose to the Two Knights Defence White has a big advantage). Black usually plays 3...d6 (al-
though 3...Qe7 is also possible). White now must retreat
• 3.Nxe5, the Classical variation the knight, or sacrifice it.
• 3.d4, the Steinitz Variation After 3.Nxe5 d6
Lasker's 5.Qe2 Qe7 6.d3. This is generally only good 3.28.4 References
enough for a draw, which Black should be satisfied with.
Another possibility, explored by Keres, is 5.c4, known as • “Petrov Defense (C42)". Chess openings. Chess-
the Kauffmann Attack. games.com. Retrieved 2007-04-26.
A completely different approach is to meet 4...Nxe4 • ICC free vids with the Petroff, Najditsch–Kramnik
with 5.Nc3 Nxc3 6.dxc3, with rapid development and (Dortmund 2008) here Kramnik was defeated with
queenside castling. For instance, White can plan a quick a novelty in a 5.Nc3 line
Be3, Qd2, and 0-0-0, and play for a kingside attack, trust-
ing that his doubled c-pawns will help protect his king, • ICC free vids with the Petroff, Karjakin–Jakovenko
and that his initiative and attacking potential will offset (Aerosvit 2008)
the long term disadvantage of having doubled pawns. In
• ICC free vids with the Petroff, Anand–Kramnik
the 5.Nc3 line, Black must avoid 5...Bf5?? 6.Qe2! which
(Corus 2008)
wins a piece due to the pin (if 6...Qe7 7.Nd5, forcing
7...Qd7 because of the threat to the c7 pawn. Then 8. d3 • ICC free vids with the Petroff, Ivanchuk–Kramnik
wins the piece). Viswanathan Anand resigned after only (Tal Memorial 2007)
six moves after falling for this against Alonso Zapata at
Biel in 1988.[4] • ICC free vids with the Petroff, Anand–Kramnik
(Mexico 2007)
The Cochrane Gambit, 4.Nxf7, is labeled “speculative
but entertaining” by Nick de Firmian. In Modern Chess
Openings–14 he evaluates the position in Veselin Topalov 3.28.5 Further reading
vs. Vladimir Kramnik, Linares 1999, as offering chances
for both sides after 4...Kxf7 5.Nc3 c5!? 6.Bc4+ Be6 • Raetsky, Alexander; Chetverik, Maxim (2005).
7.Bxe6+ Kxe6 8.d4 Kf7 9.dxc5 Nc6.[5] “Petroff Defence”. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-
85744-378-0.
3.d4 • Kotronias, Vassilios; Tzermiadianos, Andreas
(2005). Beating The Petroff. Batsford. ISBN
Wilhelm Steinitz favoured 3.d4. Black can capture ei- 978-0-7134-8919-4.
ther white pawn. After 3...exd4 4.e5 (4.Bc4 transposes
into the Urusov Gambit) Ne4 (4...Qe7?! 5.Be2 is bet-
ter for White) 5.Qxd4 d5 6.exd6 Nxd6 7.Nc3 Nc6 8.Qf4 3.28.6 External links
the game is approximately equal. After the other cap-
ture, 3...Nxe4, 4.Bd3 d5 (4...Nc6!? 5.Bxe4 d5, intend- • Petrov’s Defence Video and explanation
ing 6.Bd3 e4, is also possible) 5.Nxe5, either 5...Nd7
• Petrov’s defence (C42) – 365Chess.com ECO
or 5...Bd6 gives roughly equal chances. Also possible is
Games
3...d6, transposing into the Philidor Defence.
• The Cochrane Gambit – C42
3.28.2 See also
• List of chess openings
• List of chess openings named after people
3.28.3 Notes
[1] Lasker vs Pillsbury, 1895, 0–1 http://www.chessgames.
com/perl/chessgame?gid=1109091
[2] • “ECO Code by Chess Informant”.
www.chessinformant.rs. Chess Informant.
Retrieved 29 January 2015.
[3] Bobby Fischer, My 60 Memorable Games, Faber and
Faber, 1972, pp. 280–81. ISBN 0-571-09987-4.
[4] “Alonso Zapata vs Viswanathan Anand”. Chess-
Games.com. Retrieved 13 June 2011.
[5] De Firmian, Nick (1999), Modern Chess Openings (14th
ed.), Random House, ISBN 0-8129-3084-3
Chapter 4
1. e4 c5
The earliest recorded notes on the Sicilian Defence date
back to the late 16th century by the Italian chess players
The Sicilian is the most popular and best-scoring response Giulio Polerio and Gioachino Greco.[7][8]
to White’s first move 1.e4. 1.d4 is a statistically more suc-
cessful opening for white due to the high success rate of
the Sicilian defence against 1.e4.[1] New In Chess stated 4.1.1 General concepts
in its 2000 Yearbook that of the games in its database,
White scored 56.1% in 296,200 games beginning 1.d4, By advancing the c-pawn two squares, Black asserts con-
but 54.1% in 349,855 games beginning 1.e4, mainly due trol over the d4-square and begins the fight for the centre
to the Sicilian, which held White to a 52.3% score in of the board. The move resembles 1…e5, the next
145,996 games.[2] most common response to 1.e4, in that respect. Unlike
17% of all games between grandmasters, and 25% of the 1...e5, however, 1...c5 breaks the symmetry of the po-
games in the Chess Informant database, begin with the sition, which strongly influences both players’ future ac-
Sicilian.[3] Almost one quarter of all games use the Sicil- tions. White, having pushed a kingside pawn, tends to
ian Defence.[4] hold the initiative on that side of the board. Moreover,
1...c5 does little for Black’s development, unlike moves
Grandmaster John Nunn attributes the Sicilian Defence’s such as 1...e5, 1...g6, or 1...Nc6, which either develop a
popularity to “its combative nature; in many lines Black minor piece or prepare to do so. In many variations of the
is playing not just for equality, but for the advantage. Sicilian, Black makes a number of further pawn moves
The drawback is that White often obtains an early ini- in the opening (for example, ...d6, ...e6, ...a6, and ...b5).
tiative, so Black has to take care not to fall victim to a Consequently, White often obtains a substantial lead in
quick attack.”[5] Grandmaster Jonathan Rowson consid- development and dangerous attacking chances.
ered why the Sicilian is the most successful response to
1.e4, even though 1...c5 develops no pieces, and the pawn Meanwhile, advancing a queenside pawn has given Black
on c5 controls only d4 and b4. Rowson writes: a spatial advantage there and provides a basis for fu-
ture operations on that flank. Often, Black’s c5-pawn
is traded for White’s d4-pawn in the early stages of the
To my mind there is quite a straightfor- game, granting Black a central pawn majority. The pawn
ward explanation. In order to profit from the trade also opens the c-file for Black, who can place a rook
initiative granted by the first move, White or queen on that file to aid their queenside counterplay.
has to make use of his opportunity to do
something before Black has an equal number
of opportunities of his own. However, to do 4.1.2 History
this, he has to make 'contact' with the black
position. The first point of contact usually The Sicilian Defence was analysed by Giulio Polerio in
comes in the form of a pawn exchange, which his 1594 manuscript on chess,[9] though he did not use
leads to the opening of the position. … So the term “Sicilian Defence”.[10] It was later the subject of
the thought behind 1...c5 is this: ″OK, I'll let analyses by leading players of the day Alessandro Salvio
you open the position, and develop your pieces (1604), Don Pietro Carrera (c. 1617), and Gioachino
aggressively, but at a price – you have to give Greco (1623), and later Comte Carlo Francesco Cozio (c.
62
4.1. SICILIAN DEFENCE 63
1740). The great French player and theoretician André ... [It] is too defensive. There are too many holes cre-
Danican Philidor opined of the Sicilian in 1777, “This ated in the Pawn line. Command of the field, especially
way of opening the game ... is absolutely defensive, and in the centre, is too readily given over to the invading
very far from being the best ... but it is a very good one to force.”[22] Siegbert Tarrasch wrote that 1...c5 “is certainly
try the strength of an adversary with whose skill you are not strictly correct, for it does nothing toward develop-
unacquainted.”[11] ment and merely attempts to render difficult the build-
In 1813, the English master Jacob Henry Sarratt effec- ing up of a centre by the first player. ... [T]he Sicilian
tively standardised his English translation of the name Defence is excellent for a strong player who is prepared
to take risks to force a win against an inferior opponent.
of this opening as “the Sicilian Defence”, referring to
an old Italian manuscript that used the phrase, “il gioco Against best play, however, it is bound to fail.”[23] The
Sicilian was not seen even once in the 75 games played at
siciliano” (“The Sicilian Game”).[12] The Sicilian was
fairly popular for much of the nineteenth century; Louis- the great St. Petersburg 1914 tournament.[24]
Charles Mahé de La Bourdonnais, Adolf Anderssen, Nonetheless, some leading players, such as Emanuel
Howard Staunton, Louis Paulsen, and Carl Jaenisch all Lasker (World Champion from 1894 to 1921), Frank
played it with some consistency. In the ninth edition of Marshall, Savielly Tartakower, and Aron Nimzowitsch,
Modern Chess Openings, Walter Korn noted that the Si- and later Max Euwe (World Champion from 1935 to
cilian “received three of its earliest practical tests, and a 1937) played the Sicilian.[25] Even Capablanca[26][27] and
big boost in popularity, in the 1834 MacDonnell [sic]–La Tarrasch,[28] despite their critical comments, occasionally
Bourdonnais match, 1843 Staunton–St. Amant match, played the opening. It was played six times (out of 110
and the 1851 London Tournament.”[13] Staunton wrote games) at New York 1924.[29] The following year, the
of the Sicilian, “In the opinion of Jaenisch and the Ger- authors of Modern Chess Openings (4th edition) wrote,
man 'Handbuch', with which I coincide, this is the best “The Sicilian has claims to be considered as the best of
possible reply to 1.P-K4, [1.e4 in algebraic notation] 'as it the irregular defences to 1.P-K4 at Black’s disposal, and
renders the formation of a centre impracticable for White has been practised with satisfactory results by the lead-
and prevents every attack.' "[14] ing players of the day.”[upper-alpha 3] In this period Black’s
The opening fell out of favour in the later part of the nine- approach was usually slow and positional, and the all-out
teenth century, when some of the world’s leading play- attacks by White that became [30] common after World War
ers rejected it.[upper-alpha 1]
Paul Morphy, the world’s best II had not yet been developed.
player in the late 1850s, decried “that pernicious fond- The fortunes of the Sicilian were further revived in the
ness for the Sicilian Defense ... extending from about 1940s and 1950s by players such as Isaac Boleslavsky,
1843 to some time after 1851”.[15] Wilhelm Steinitz, the Alexander Kotov, and Miguel Najdorf. Reuben Fine, one
first World Champion, also disliked the Sicilian and re- of the world’s leading players during this time period,
jected it in favour of 1...e5.[upper-alpha 2][16] The death of wrote of the Sicilian in 1948, “Black gives up control
the opening’s two greatest proponents, Staunton and An- of the centre, neglects his development, and often sub-
derssen, in 1874 and 1879 respectively, also contributed mits to horribly cramped positions. How can it be good?
to its decline. It has been said that “these losses almost Yet, the brilliant wins by White are matched by equally
dealt a knockout blow to the Sicilian because it took a brilliant wins by Black; time and again the Black struc-
long time to find such important figures to carry the Si- ture has been able to take everything and come back for
cilian’s standard.”[17] George H. D. Gossip, in The Chess more.”[upper-alpha 4] Later, Bent Larsen, Ljubomir Ljuboje-
Player’s Manual, first published in 1874, wrote, “Of late vić, Lev Polugaevsky, Leonid Stein, Mark Taimanov, and
years ... discoveries have been made which have the ef- Mikhail Tal all made extensive contributions to the theory
fect of considerably strengthening White’s attack, and the and practice of the defence. Through the efforts of world
'Sicilian' is now considered by most modern authorities to champions Bobby Fischer and Garry Kasparov, the Sicil-
be a comparatively weak mode of play.”[18] Freeborough ian Defence became recognised as the defence that of-
and Ranken, in their treatise Chess Openings: Ancient and fered Black the most winning chances against 1.e4. Both
Modern (1889, 1896), wrote that the Sicilian “had at one players favoured sharp, aggressive play and employed the
time the reputation of being the best reply to 1.P-K4, but Sicilian almost exclusively throughout their careers, bur-
this has not been confirmed by popular practice. Several nishing the defence’s present reputation. Today, most
eminent players have, however, held to the opinion that it leading grandmasters include the Sicilian in their open-
is quite trustworthy.”[19][20] ing repertoire. In 1990, the authors of Modern Chess
Openings (13th edition) noted that “in the twentieth cen-
The Sicilian continued to be shunned by most leading
players at the start of the twentieth century, as 1...e5 tury the Sicilian has become the most played and most
analysed opening at both the club and master levels.”[31]
held centre stage. Capablanca, World Champion from
1921 to 1927, famously denounced it as an opening where In 1965, in the tenth edition of that book, grandmaster
Larry Evans observed that, “The Sicilian is Black’s most
“Black’s game is full of holes”.[21] Similarly, James Ma-
son wrote, “Fairly tried and found wanting, the Sicilian dynamic, asymmetrical reply to 1.P-K4. It produces the
psychological and tension factors which denote the best
has now scarcely any standing as a first-class defence.
64 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
in modern play and gives notice of a fierce fight on the space in the centre; the immediate 5...e5?! however is
very first move.”[32] met by 6.Bb5+!, when Black must either play 6...Bd7
or 6...Nbd7. The former allows White to exchange off
Black’s light-squared bishop, after which the d5-square
4.1.3 Open Sicilian: 2.Nf3 and 3.d4 becomes very weak; but the latter allows 7.Nf5, when
Black can only save the d-pawn by playing the awkward
Over 75% of games beginning with 1.e4 c5 continue 7...a6 8.Bxd7+ Qxd7. In both cases, White’s game is
with 2.Nf3, when there are three main options for Black: preferable.
2...d6, 2...Nc6, and 2...e6. Lines where White then plays
Thus, by playing 5...a6, Black deprives White of the
3.d4 are collectively known as the Open Sicilian, and re-
check on b5, so that ...e5 might be possible next move.
sult in extremely complex positions. White has a lead in
In general, 5...a6 also prevents White’s knights from us-
development and extra kingside space, which White can
ing the b5-square, and helps Black create queenside play
use to begin a kingside attack. This is counterbalanced
by preparing the ...b5 pawn push. This plan of 5...a6
by Black’s central pawn majority, created by the trade of
followed by ...e5 represents Black’s traditional approach
White’s d-pawn for Black’s c-pawn, and the open c-file,
in the Najdorf Variation. Later, Garry Kasparov also
which Black uses to generate queenside counterplay.
adopted the 5...a6 move order, but with the idea of play-
ing ...e6 rather than ...e5. Kasparov’s point is that the
2...d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 immediate 5...e6 (the Scheveningen Variation, discussed
below) allows 6.g4, which is White’s most dangerous line
Position after 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 against the Scheveningen. By playing 5...a6 first, Black
5.Nc3 temporarily prevents White’s g4 thrust and waits to see
what White plays instead. Often, play will eventually
transpose to the Scheveningen Variation.
Black’s most common move after 2.Nf3 is 2...d6. This
prepares ...Nf6 to attack the e-pawn without letting Currently, White’s most popular weapon against the Naj-
White push it to e5. The game usually continues 3.d4 dorf is 6.Be3. This is called the English Attack, because it
cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3. Sometimes played is 3...Nf6 was popularised by English grandmasters Murray Chan-
4.Nc3 cxd4 5.Nxd4 giving the same result. Black can dler, John Nunn and Nigel Short in the 1980s. White’s
then choose between four major variations: in order of idea is to play f3, Qd2, g4 and 0-0-0 in some order.
decreasing popularity, these are the Najdorf (5...a6), Black can respond with 6...e6, 6...e5 or 6...Ng4; to pre-
Dragon (5...g6), Classical (5...Nc6), and Scheveningen vent ...Ng4, White sometimes starts with 6.f3 instead, but
(5...e6). The Venice Attack (5...e5 6.Bb5+) and Kupre- this allows 6...Qb6! A related attacking idea for White
ichik Variation (5...Bd7) are rarely played. 5...e5 is of- is 6.Be3 e6 7.g4, known as the Hungarian Attack or
ten considered something of an error on Black’s part and Perenyi Attack.
5...Bd7 can transpose to one of the more common varia- Formerly, 6.Bg5 e6 7.f4 was the main line of the Naj-
tions, such as the Classical or Dragon, but there are also dorf, when White threatens to attack the pinned knight
a number of independent lines. with 8.e5. Black can simply break the pin with 7...Be7,
There are a few ways for either side to deviate from when White usually plays 8.Qf3 and 9.0-0-0. Some of
the moves given above. After 3...cxd4, White occasion- Black’s alternatives are 7...Qb6, the Poisoned Pawn Vari-
ally plays 4.Qxd4, the Chekhover Variation, intending to ation popularized by Fischer, and 7...b5, the Polugaevsky
meet 4...Nc6 with 5.Bb5 Bd7 6.Bxc6, when White hopes Variation, which has the tactical point 8.e5 dxe5 9.fxe5
that their lead in development compensates for Black’s Qc7! 10.exf6 Qe5+ winning the bishop in return for the
bishop pair. Black can avoid this line by playing 3...Nf6, knight.
when 4.Nc3 cxd4 5.Nxd4 returns to main lines. How- White has other choices on the sixth move. 6.Be2 pre-
ever, White has the option of 4.dxc5!?, when Black can pares to castle kingside and is a quieter alternative com-
play either 4...Nxe4 or 4...Qa5+. Another unusual side- pared to 6.Be3 and 6.Bg5. Efim Geller was an early
line is 3...cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.f3!?, the Prins Variation, proponent of this move, after which Black can stay in
which tries to maintain the option of c4 with a Maróczy “pure” Najdorf territory with 6...e5 or transpose to the
Bind formation. Scheveningen with 6...e6. Other possibilities for White
include 6.f4, 6.Bc4 (the Fischer–Sozin Attack), 6.g3, and
6.h3, (the Adams Attack, named after Weaver Adams),
Najdorf Variation: 5...a6 Najdorf Variation: 1.e4
which was used several times by Bobby Fischer.
c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 a6
Main article: Sicilian Defence, Najdorf Variation
Dragon Variation: 5...g6 Dragon Variation: 1.e4 c5
The Najdorf Variation is Black’s most popular sys- 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 g6
tem in the Sicilian Defence. Najdorf’s intention with Main article: Sicilian Defence, Dragon Variation
5...a6 was to prepare ...e5 on the next move to gain
4.1. SICILIAN DEFENCE 65
In the Dragon Variation, Black fianchettoes a Bishop 7.Nf3 usually continues ...h6 8.O-O Be7 9.Re1; 7.Nb3
on the h8–a1 diagonal. It was named by Fyodor Dus- is the dynamic and not very good Boleslavsky Variation
Chotimirsky in 1901, who noticed a resemblance be- (ECO code B59). Other moves include 6.Be3, 6.f3, and
tween Black’s kingside pawn structure (pawns on d6, 6.g3.
e7, f7, g6 and h7) and the stars of the Draco constel-
lation.[33] White’s most dangerous try against the Dragon
is the Yugoslav Attack, characterised by 6.Be3 Bg7 7.f3 Scheveningen Variation: 5...e6 Scheveningen Vari-
0-0 8.Qd2 Nc6, when both 9.0-0-0 and 9.Bc4 may be ation: 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 e6
played. This variation leads to extremely sharp play and Main article: Sicilian Defence, Scheveningen Variation
is ferociously complicated, since the players castle on
opposite wings and the game becomes a race between In the Scheveningen Variation, Black is content with a
White’s kingside attack and Black’s queenside counter- “small centre” (pawns on d6 and e6, rather than e5) and
attack. White’s main alternatives to the Yugoslav Attack prepares to castle kingside. In view of this, Paul Keres
are 6.Be2, the Classical Variation, and 6.f4, the Levenfish
introduced 6.g4, the Keres Attack, in 1943. White in-
Attack. tends to drive away the black knight with g5. If Black
prevents this with 6...h6, which is the most common an-
swer, White has gained kingside space and discouraged
Classical Variation: 5...Nc6 Classical Variation: Black from castling in that area, and may later play Bg2.
1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 Nc6 If the complications after 6.g4 are not to White’s taste, a
major alternative is 6.Be2, a typical line being 6...a6 (this
This variation can arise from two different move orders: position can be reached from the Najdorf via 5...a6 6.Be2
1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 Nc6, e6) 7.0-0 Be7 8.f4 0-0. 6.Be3 and 6.f4 are also common.
or 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 While theory indicates that Black can hold the balance in
d6. Black simply brings their knight to its most natural the Keres Attack, players today often prefer to avoid it
square, and defers, for the moment, the development of by playing 5...a6 first, an idea popularized by Kasparov.
their king’s bishop. However, if White is determined to play the g4 thrust,
White’s most common reply is 6.Bg5, the Richter– they can prepare it by responding to 5...a6 with 6.h3 (as
Rauzer Attack (ECO codes B60 et seq). The move Fischer sometimes played) or 6.Rg1.
6.Bg5 was Kurt Richter's invention, threatening to dou-
ble Black’s pawns after Bxf6 and forestalling the Dragon
by rendering 6...g6 unplayable. After 6...e6, Vsevolod 2...Nc6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4
Rauzer introduced the modern plan of Qd2 and 0-0-0 in
the 1930s. White’s pressure on the d6-pawn often com- Position after 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4
pels Black to respond to Bxf6 with ...gxf6, rather than
recapturing with a piece (e.g. the queen on d8) that also 2...Nc6 is a natural developing move, and also prepares
has to defend the d-pawn. This weakens their kingside ...Nf6 (like 2...d6, Black stops White from replying e5).
pawn structure, in return for which Black gains the two After 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4, Black’s most common move is
bishops, plus a central pawn majority, though these assets 4...Nf6. Other important moves are 4...e6 (transposing to
are difficult to exploit. the Taimanov Variation), 4...g6 (the Accelerated Dragon)
Another variation is 6.Bc4, called “Sozin” (ECO code and 4...e5 (the Kalashnikov Variation). Less common
B57). It brings the bishop to an aggressive square. Black choices include 4...Qc7, which may later transpose to the
usually plays 6...e6 to limit the range of White’s bishop, Taimanov Variation, 4...Qb6, the Grivas Variation, and
but White can eventually put pressure on the e6-pawn by 4...d6.
pushing their f-pawn to f5. White can either castle king- After 4...Nf6, White usually replies 5.Nc3. Black can
side with 7.Bb3 a6 8.0-0 (the Fischer–Sozin Attack, play 5...d6, transposing to the Classical Variation; 5...e5,
named after Bobby Fischer and Russian master Veniamin the Sveshnikov Variation; or 5...e6, transposing to the
Sozin, who originated it in the 1930s), or queenside with Four Knights Variation.
7.Be3 Be7 (or 7...a6) 8.Qe2 and 9.0-0-0 (the Velimirović
Attack). Instead of 6...e6, Black can also try Benko’s
move 6...Qb6, which forces White to make a decision Sveshnikov Variation: 4...Nf6 5.Nc3 e5 Sveshnikov
over the d4-knight. This typically leads into more posi- Variation: 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6
tional lines than the razor-sharp, highly theoretical Sozin 5.Nc3 e5
and Velimirovic variations.
6.Be2 is the “classical” line (ECO code B58). Black The Sveshnikov Variation was pioneered by Evgeny
can choose among 6...e5; 6...e6, transposing to the Sveshnikov and Gennadi Timoshchenko in the 1970s.
Scheveningen Variation; and 6...g6, transposing to the Before their efforts, the variation was called the Lasker–
Classical Variation of the Dragon. With move ...e5, Pelikan Variation. Emanuel Lasker played it once in his
66 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
world championship match against Carl Schlechter, and 8...b5 was Sveshnikov’s innovation, control-
Jorge Pelikan played it a few times in the 1950s, but ling c4 and threatening ...b4 forking White’s
Sveshnikov’s treatment of the variation was the key to its knights. Previously, Black played 8...Be6 (the
revitalization. The move 5...e5 seems anti-positional as Bird Variation), which allowed the a3-knight to
it leaves black with a backwards d-pawn and a weakness return to life with 9.Nc4. The entire variation
on d5. Also, black would have to accept the doubled f- up to 8...b5 is referred to as the Chelyabinsk
pawns in the main line of the opening. The opening was Variation. It can also be reached from the al-
popularised when Sveshnikov saw its dynamic potential ternate move order 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 e6 3.d4 cxd4
for Black in the 1970s and 80s. Today, it is extremely 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 Nc6 6.Ndb5 d6 7.Bf4 e5
popular among grandmasters and amateurs alike. Though 8.Bg5 a6 9.Na3 b5, which is one move longer.
some lines still give Black trouble, it has been established (That alternative move order gives White other
as a first-rate defence. The main line after 5...e5 runs as alternatives, including 6.Nxc6 bxc6 7.e5 Nd5
follows: 8.Ne4, intending c4, and the gambit 6.Be2 Bb4
6. Ndb5 7.0-0!?, allowing ...Bxc3 8.bxc3 Nxe4.) The
move numbers in the following discussion are
based on the move order given in bold.
The theoretically critical move, threatening
Nd6+. All other moves are considered to allow
Chelyabinsk Variation: 6.Ndb5 d6 7.Bg5 a6 8.Na3 b5
Black easy equality. 6.Nxc6 is usually met by
6...bxc6, when Black’s extra pawn in the cen-
tre gives good play; alternatively, even 6...dxc6 The Sveshnikov Variation has become very popular
7.Qxd8+ Kxd8 is sufficient for equality.[34] in master level chess. Black’s ...e5 push seems anti-
6.Nb3 and 6.Nf3 can be well met by 6...Bb4, positional: it has made the d6-pawn backward and the d5-
threatening to win White’s pawn on e4.[35] square weak. However, in return, Black gets a foothold
6.Nf5 allows 6...d5! 7.exd5 Bxf5 8.dxc6 bxc6 in the centre and gains time on White’s knight, which has
9.Qf3 Qd7.[36] 6.Nde2 can be met by either been driven to the edge of the board on a3. Top play-
6...Bc5 or 6...Bb4.[37] ers who have used this variation include Vladimir Kram-
nik, Veselin Topalov, Teimour Radjabov, Boris Gelfand,
Michael Adams and Alexander Khalifman, among many
6...d6
others.
In the diagrammed position after 8...b5, White usually
Black does not allow 7.Nd6+ Bxd6 8.Qxd6,
parries the threat of ...b4 by playing 9.Bxf6 or 9.Nd5.
when White’s pair of bishops give them the ad-
After 9.Bxf6, 9...Qxf6?! 10.Nd5 Qd8 fails to 11.c4
vantage.
b4 (11...bxc4 12.Nxc4 is good for White, who threat-
ens 13.Qa4) 12.Qa4 Bd7 13.Nb5! axb5 14.Qxa8 Qxa8
7. Bg5 15.Nc7+ Kd8 16.Nxa8 and the knight escapes via b6.
Thus 9...gxf6 is forced, and White continues 10.Nd5.
White gets ready to eliminate the knight on f6, White’s powerful knight on d5 and Black’s shattered king-
further weakening Black’s control over the d5- side pawn structure are compensated by Black’s bishop
square. A less common alternative is 7.Nd5 pair and White’s offside knight on a3. Also, Black has the
Nxd5 8.exd5 Nb8 (or 8...Ne7), when White plan of playing 10...f5, followed by ...fxe4 and ...f5 with
will try to exploit their queenside pawn major- the second f-pawn, which would give them good control
ity, while Black will seek counterplay on the of the centre. An alternative plan is to play 10...Bg7 fol-
kingside. lowed by ...Ne7 to immediately trade off White’s power-
ful knight; this line is known as the Novosibirsk Variation.
7...a6 Instead of 9.Bxf6, White can also play 9.Nd5, which usu-
ally leads to quieter play. White decides not to double
Black’s f-pawns and the game often continues 9...Be7
Black forces White’s knight back to a3. 10.Bxf6 Bxf6 11.c3. This allows White to maintain their
knight on d5 by trading off Black’s knight on f6, and pre-
8. Na3 pares to bring the knight on a3 back into play with the
manoeuvre Na3–c2–e3. Another line is 10.Nxe7 Nxe7!
(fighting for control of d5 and not fearing the doubled
The immediate 8.Bxf6 forces 8...gxf6, when pawns) 11.Bxf6 gxf6. However, a recent development
after 9.Na3, Black can transpose into the main in the Sveshnikov has been 11.c4 (instead of c3), which
line with 9...b5 or deviate with 9...f5!? often leads to positions where white is pressing for the
win at no risk. A quick draw is possible after 9.Nd5
8...b5! Qa5+!? 10.Bd2 (in order to prevent 10...Nxe4) 10...Qd8
4.1. SICILIAN DEFENCE 67
11.Bg5 Qa5+ etc. In order to avoid this, White can play the knight in favour of playing ...Be7–g5 or a quick ...f5.
11.Nxf6+ or 11.c4. On the other hand, White has the option of 6.c4, which
solidifies their grip on d5 and clamps down on ...b5, but
leaves the d4-square slightly weak.
Accelerated Dragon: 4...g6 Accelerated Dragon:
1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 g6
Main article: Sicilian Defence, Accelerated Dragon 2...e6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4
pawn from advancing. The main Kan move is 5...Qc7, 4.1.4 2.Nf3 without 3.d4: White’s third
although 5...Nc6 transposing into a Taimanov or 5...d6 move alternatives
transposing into a Scheveningen can occur. An alterna-
tive idea is the immediate 5...b5 to create pressure from White can play 2.Nf3 without intending to follow up with
the queenside with the idea of playing ...b4 attacking the 3.d4. The systems given below are usually classified along
c3-knight, or Bb7 to build pressure along the long white- with White’s second move alternatives as Anti-Sicilians.
squared diagonal. White generally answers with 6. Bd3,
supporting the e4 pawn.
The most popular fifth move for White is 5.Bd3, when af-
2...d6 without 3.d4
ter 5...Bc5 6.Nb3 Black can either retreat 6...Be7 where
7.Qg4 makes Black’s kingside problematic, or 6...Ba7.
Also possible is 5.c4 to create a Maróczy bind setup. Canal-Sokolsky Attack: 3.Bb5+ Moscow Variation
or the Canal–Sokolsky Attack: 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.Bb5+
Four Knights Variation: 4...Nf6 5.Nc3 Nc6 Four After 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6, White’s most important alterna-
Knights Variation: 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 e6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 tive to 3.d4 is 3.Bb5+, known as the Moscow Variation
Nf6 5.Nc3 Nc6 or the Canal–Sokolsky Attack. Grandmasters some-
times choose this variation when they wish to avoid the-
The Four Knights Variation is mainly used as a way of ory; for instance, it was played by Garry Kasparov in the
getting into the main line Sveshnikov Variation, reached online game Kasparov–The World. Experts in this line
after 6.Ndb5 d6 7.Bf4 e5 8.Bg5 a6 9.Na3 b5. The point include GMs Sergei Rublevsky and Tomáš Oral. Black
of this move order is to avoid lines such as the Rossolimo can block the check with 3...Bd7, 3...Nc6 or 3...Nd7.
Variation (1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bb5), or 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 The position after 3...Nc6 can also be reached via the
Nc6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 e5 6.Ndb5 d6 7.Nd5, Rossolimo Variation after 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Bb5 d6.
which are possible in the standard Sveshnikov move or- Most common is 3...Bd7, when after 4.Bxd7+ Qxd7,
der. On the other hand, in the Four Knights move order, White can either play 5.0-0 followed by c3 and d4, or
White acquires the extra option of 6.Nxc6 bxc6 7.e5 Nd5 5.c4 in the style of the Maróczy Bind.
8.Ne4, so White is not obliged to enter the Sveshnikov. The World Team Variation of the Canal–Sokolsky At-
If Black is not aiming for the Sveshnikov, the main alter- tack continues with 5.c4 Nc6 6.Nc3 Nf6 7.0-0 g6 8.d4
native is to play 6...Bb4 in reply to 6.Ndb5. Then 7.a3 cxd4 9.Nxd4 Bg7 10.Nde2 Qe6, forking White’s pawns
Bxc3+ 8.Nxc3 d5 9.exd5 exd5 leads to a position where on e4 and c4. This move was suggested by Irina Krush,
Black has given up the two bishops but has active pieces and played in the Kasparov–The World, 1999 online
and the possibility of playing ...d5–d4. game. Kasparov noted its novelty.[39]
Others 3.Nc3 is a common transpositional device for possibly ...d5. However, after 3.c3 or 3.c4 it is unclear
White, who can play 4.d4 or 4.Bb5 next move depend- how 2...a6 has improved Black’s position.
ing on Black’s response. Black sometimes plays 3...e5 to
avoid both moves; then 4.Bc4 is considered White’s best
move. 3.c3 transposes to lines of the Alapin Variation 2...Nf6: Nimzovich-Rubinstein Variation
after 3...Nf6 or 3...d5.
2...Nf6 is the Nimzowitsch Variation. It bears some
similarity to Alekhine’s Defence.[41] White’s strongest re-
2...e6 without 3.d4 ply is to chase the knight by 3.e5 Nd5 4.Nc3 and now (a)
4...Nxc3 5.dxc3, when 5...b6?, as Nimzowitsch played
[42]
White sometimes plays 3.Nc3 as a waiting move, though and recommended, loses to 6.e6! f6 7.Ne5! or (b)
it has little independent significance. With 3.d3, White 4...e6 (the main line) 5.Nxd5 exd5 6.d4 Nc6 7.dxc5 Bxc5
[43]
plans to develop in King’s Indian Attack style with g3 8.Qxd5 Qb6 (8...d6 9.exd6 Qb6 is also played) 9.Bc4!
and Bg2; this line was used by Fischer to crush Oscar Bxf2+ 10.Ke2 0-0 11.Rf1 Bc5 12.Ng5 Nd4+ 13.Kd1
[44]
Panno in a famous game (Fischer–Panno, Buenos Aires with sharp play favoring White.
1970). 3.c3 will transpose to lines of the Alapin Varia-
tion after 3...Nf6, or the French Defence after 3...d5 4.e5 Others
Nc6 5.d4, though 4...d4 is stronger, as after 5.cxd4 cxd4
6.Qa4+ Nc6 7.Bb5 Bd7 8.Bxc6 Bxc6 9.Qxd4 Bxf3 is a Other moves include:
strong pawn sacrifice, giving Black excellent compensa-
tion. 3.b3, intending Bb2, is a rare independent try, oc- • 2...b6 is the Katalymov Variation, after the
casionally essayed by Heikki Westerinen in the 1970s. Kazakh/Russian master Boris Katalymov. It is gen-
erally considered better for White, though it has fre-
3.Bd3 quently been played by the French GM Christian
Bauer. Other GMs, including Gata Kamsky, have
In Foxy Openings Vol. 30, IM Danny Kopec suggests the occasionally used it as a surprise weapon.
move 3.Bd3 against any of Black’s common responses, in- • 2...Qc7 is the Quinteros Variation. It will fre-
tending to follow up with c3 and Bc2. This line is known quently transpose into a standard line such as the
as "The Kopec System.”[40] Taimanov Variation or Paulsen Variation, or else
White can play 3.c3 in the style of the Alapin Varia-
tion, where Black’s queen may not be so well placed
4.1.5 2.Nf3: Black’s second move alterna- on c7.
tives
After 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3, Black has some less commonly 4.1.6 Closed Sicilian
played options apart from 2...d6, 2...Nc6 and 2...e6.
Closed Sicilian (Main line): 1.e4 c5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.g3 g6
4.Bg2 Bg7 5.d3 d6
2...g6: Hyper-Accelerated Dragon
2.Nc3 is White’s second most common move responding
1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 g6 3.d4 Bg7 4.c4 cxd4
to 1.e4 c5. Black’s options are similar to those for 2.Nf3,
the most common being ...Nc6, along with ...e6 and ...d6,
After 2...g6, White commonly plays 3.d4. Other moves and less commonly ...a6 and ...g6. In all cases, White can
are 3.c3 and 3.c4. Most common here is 3...cxd4 but then play 3.Nf3, as if White had played 2.Nf3 then 3.Nc3
3...Bg7 is also played. In case of 3...cxd4 White may play (e.g. 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.Nc3, B30).
4.Nxd4. Then 4...Nc6 may be played for a 2...Nc6 line.
For the most part, other moves are the Closed Sicilian.
The other main move for Black is 4...Bg7. This will have
Possible moves are 3.g3 and 3.f4 in general, also 3.Nge2,
either 5.c4 or 5.Nc3. For either 3.c3 or 3.c4, then Black
and less commonly 3.d3 and 3.Bc4. Some lines may
may play 3...Bg7. Then 4.d4 with 3.c4 transposes to the
transpose to the Open Sicilian, but there are many that
3.d4 line. Or 4.d4 with 3.c3 transposes to an Alapin (or
do not.
Accelerated Dragon) line.
Also of some interest is 3.Bb5 to ...Nc6.
2...a6: O'Kelly Variation A typical line is 2...Nc6 3.g3 (ECO code B24). Also
2...Nc6 3.f4 is the Closed Sicilian, Grand Prix Attack
2...a6 is the O'Kelly Variation. The idea is that 3.d4 (part of B23).
runs into 3...cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 e5 when 6.Nb5 is White can also keep their options open with 3.Nge2.
prevented, and Black will equalize by playing 6...Bb4 and Andrew Soltis has dubbed that the "Chameleon System”,
70 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
since White maintains the option of playing a Closed Si- the Grand Prix Attack nowadays by playing 2.Nc3 first
cilian with 4.g3 or transposing to a standard Open Sicilian before continuing 3.f4. The modern main line runs 2.Nc3
with 4.d4 cxd4 5.Nxd4. Two drawbacks are that (a) the Nc6 3.f4 g6 4.Nf3 Bg7. Here White can play the posi-
Closed Sicilian lines with an early Nge2 are not very chal- tional 5.Bb5, threatening to double Black’s pawns with
lenging for Black, and (b) if Black plays 2...Nc6 3.Nge2 Bxc6, or the more aggressive 5.Bc4, aiming for a king-
g6, 4.d4 reaches an Accelerated Dragon where White has side attack.
lost the option of playing c4, the Maróczy Bind, often
considered White’s best line.[45] In view of possible trans-
positions to the main Sicilian variations, Black’s reply to Smith-Morra Gambit: 2.d4
2.Nc3 will depend on what they play in the Open Sicilian.
2...Nc6 is the most common choice, but 2...e6 and 2...d6 2.d4 cxd4 3.c3 is the Smith–Morra Gambit. Declining
are often played. The Main line of the Closed Sicilian is it by either 3...Nf6 or 3...d5, transposing to the c3 line, is
2.Nc3 Nc6 3.g3 g6 4.Bg2 Bg7 5.d3 d6 (diagram), when possible, but accepting it by 3...dxc3 is critical.[48] After
White’s main options are 6.Be3 followed by Qd2 and pos- 4.Nxc3, White is considered not to have enough compen-
sibly 0-0-0, and 6.f4 followed by Nf3 and 0-0. sation for the pawn;[49][50][51][52] however, it can be dan-
gerous for Black if he is unprepared, as there are many
pitfalls for the unwary.[53]
4.1.7 White’s second move alternatives
Others
Other moves besides 2.Nf3 and 2.Nc3 are popular.
Other moves include:
Alapin Variation: 2.c3
• 2.Ne2 is the Keres Variation, a favourite of Paul
2.c3 is the Alapin Variation or c3 Sicilian. Origi- Keres, and has similar ideas to the Chameleon Sys-
nally championed by Semyon Alapin at the end of the tem discussed under 2.Nc3 – White can follow up
19th century, it was revived in the late 1960s by Evgeny with 3.d4 with an Open Sicilian, 3.g3 with a Closed
Sveshnikov and Evgeny Vasiukov. Nowadays its strongest Sicilian, or 3.Nbc3, continuing to defer the choice
practitioners include grandmasters Sergei Tiviakov and between the two.
Eduardas Rozentalis. White aims to set up a classical • 2.d3 signals White’s intention to develop along
pawn centre with 3.d4, so Black should counter imme- King’s Indian Attack lines, and usually transposes to
diately in the centre by 2...Nf6 or 2...d5. The line 2...Nf6 the Closed Sicilian.
3.e5 Nd5 resembles Alekhine’s Defence, but the inclu-
sion of the moves c3 and ...c5 is definitely in Black’s • 2.b3 followed by 3.Bb2 is the Snyder Variation,
favour. Now White can play 4.d4 cxd4 5.Nf3, when named for USCF master Robert M. Snyder.[54] It
Black has a choice between 5...e6 and 5...Nc6. Another has been used occasionally by Nigel Short and is a
idea for White is 5.Bc4, which is met by 5...Qc7. 2...d5 favourite of Georgian GM Tamaz Gelashvili.
3.exd5 Qxd5 4.d4 Nf6 5.Nf3 is the other main line, when
• 2.g3 is the Steinitz Variation, which was some-
Black’s main options are 5...e6 and 5...Bg4. In this line,
times also played by Taimanov, and can transpose to
White usually ends up with an isolated queen’s pawn af-
the Closed Sicilian but offers other options such as
ter pawns are exchanged on d4. A rarer option on Black’s
2...d5 3.exd5 Qxd5, with Black’s Queen threatening
second move is 2...e6, with the aim of transposing to the
to capture White’s exposed Rook, and an incipient
Advance Variation of the French Defence after 3.d4 d5
central buildup with c3 and d4 for White.
4.e5.
• 2.c4 occasionally leads to positions that resemble
lines in the English Opening. Palliser and Keres
Grand Prix Attack: 2.f4 recommend avoiding mainline English theory with
2...Nc6 3.Nc3 e5!, which prevents white from play-
2.f4 is the Grand Prix Attack or McDonnell Attack: ing d4 [55]
the latter name stems from the 14th match game played
in London in 1834 between Alexander McDonnell and • 2.b4 is the Wing Gambit. White’s idea is 2. b4
Charles Louis Mahé de La Bourdonnais, won by Black. cxb4 3. a3, hoping to deflect Black’s c-pawn, then
According to Jeremy Silman and others, Black’s best re- dominate the center with an early d4. However,
ply is 2...d5 3.exd5 Nf6!, the Tal Gambit, which has Black can gain an advantage with accurate play. The
caused the immediate 2.f4 to decline in popularity.[46] Wing Gambit is thus generally considered too reck-
White may decline the gambit with 3.Nc3, called the less. GM Joe Gallagher calls it “a forgotten relic,
“Toilet Variation”, so named after its reputed place of hardly having set foot in a tournament hall since
invention.[47] A less common option is 2...e6, as La Bour- the days of Frank Marshall and Rudolph Spielmann.
donnais played against McDonnell. Players usually enter White sacrifices a pawn for ... well, not a lot.”[56]
4.1. SICILIAN DEFENCE 71
• 2.a3 is similar to the Wing Gambit, the idea being variations included here are the Rossolimo, Kalash-
to play 3.b4 next move. nikov, Sveshnikov and Accelerated Dragon.
• 2.a4 is usually followed up with 3.f4, with play sim- • Codes B40 through B49 cover the lines beginning
ilar to a Grand Prix Attack. Simon Williams once 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 e6, most importantly the Taimanov
defeated Jovica Radovanovic with the line.[57] and Kan variations.
• 2.e5, which gains space and prevents Black play- • Codes B50 through B59 cover the lines after 1.e4
ing Nf6. White often support the e5 pawn with c5 2.Nf3 d6 not covered in codes B60–B99. This
3.f4 or 3.Nf3. The drawback of 2.e5 is that no ad- includes the Moscow Variation (3.Bb5+), 3.d4 cxd4
ditional pressure is brought to the center, allowing 4.Qxd4, and lines in the Classical Variation except
Black various options. Wilhelm Steinitz played 2.e5 for the Richter–Rauzer Attack, including the Sozin
at least three times in tournament play, defeating Attack and the Boleslavsky Variation.
Szymon Winawer, Max Weiss, and Celso Golmayo
• Codes B60 through B69 cover the Richter–Rauzer
Zúpide.[58]
Attack of the Classical Variation.
• 2.Na3 is an eccentric move recently brought into
• Codes B70 through B79 cover the normal (unaccel-
prominence by GM Vadim Zvjaginsev at the 2005
erated) Dragon Variation.
Russian Chess Championship Superfinal. He used
it thrice during the tournament, drawing twice and • Codes B80 through B89 cover the Scheveningen
beating Alexander Khalifman. Variation.
• 2.Bc4 is the Bowlder Attack, and though once • Codes B90 through B99 cover the Najdorf Varia-
played at the highest level, is popular today only tion.
among club players or beginners who are unfamiliar
with the Sicilian and are looking either to attack the
weak f7 pawn or to prepare for a quick kingside cas- 4.1.9 See also
tle. However, after a move such as 2...e6, Black will
soon play ...d5 and open up the centre while gaining • List of chess openings
time by attacking the bishop. Anderssen–Wyvill, • List of chess openings named after places
London 1851 continued 2..e6 3.Nc3 a6 4.a4 Nc6
5.d3 g6 6.Nge2 Bg7 7.0-0 Nge7 8.f4 0-0 9.Bd2 d5
10.Bb3 Nd4 11.Nxd4, and now Soltis recommends 4.1.10 References
11...cxd4! 12.Ne2 Bd7![59]
Notes
• 2.Qh5, threatening the c-pawn as in the Wayward
Queen Attack, was played twice in 2005 by Hikaru
[1] Henry Bird, writing in 1883, summarized the fluctuations
Nakamura, but the move is considered dubious.
in the Sicilian’s reputation thus:
Simply 2...Nf6 gives Black a comfortable position
after 3.Qxc5 Nxe4, while 3.Qh4 displaces the queen The Sicilian ... has probably undergone
and loses time. Nakamura lost in 23 moves to more vicissitudes in regard to its estimation
Andrei Volokitin in 2005, and Neil McDonald criti- and appreciation than any other form of de-
cised the opening experiment as “rather foolish”.[60] fence. In 1851, when the Great Exhibition
London Tournament was commenced, it was
entirely out of favor, but its successful adop-
tion on so many occasions by Anderssen, the
4.1.8 ECO codes
first prize winner, entirely restored it to con-
fidence. Its rejection by Morphy in 1857–8,
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings classifies the Si- and by Steinitz in 1862, caused it again to
cilian Defence under the codes B20 through B99, giving lapse in consideration as not being a perfectly
it more codes than any other opening. In general these valid and reliable defence. Its fortunes have
guidelines apply: ever since continued in an unsettled state.
Staunton (three weeks before his death), ...
• Codes B20 through B29 cover lines after 1.e4 c5 pronounced it to be quite trustworthy, and on
the same date Lowenthal expressed a similar
where White does not play 2.Nf3, and lines where
opinion. Baron Kolisch ... concurs in these
White plays 2.Nf3 and Black responds with a move views.
other than 2...d6, 2...Nc6 or 2...e6.
J.I. Minchin (editor) (1973). Games Played in the Lon-
• Codes B30 through B39 cover the lines beginning don International Chess Tournament 1883 (reprint ed.).
1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 that do not transpose into lines British Chess Magazine. pp. 286–87. SBN 90084608-
that can also begin with 2...d6. The most important 9.
72 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
[2] “Steinitz, throughout his life, had a certain dislike of [11] Philidor, François-André Danican (2005). Analysis of the
the Sicilian. He never ceased to write that he preferred Game of Chess (1777). Hardinge Simpole Ltd. pp. 200–
1...e5 and the majority of players followed his exam- 01. ISBN 1-84382-161-3.
ple.” Polugaevsky, Lev; Jeroen Piket; Christophe Guéneau
(1995). Sicilian Love: Lev Polugaevsky Chess Tourna- [12] Polugaevsky, Lev; Jeroen Piket; Christophe Guéneau
ment, Bueno Aires 1994. New in Chess. p. 65. ISBN (1995). Sicilian Love: Lev Polugaevsky Chess Tourna-
90-71689-99-9. ment, Bueno Aires 1994. New in Chess. p. 53. ISBN
90-71689-99-9.
[3] Griffith, R.C.; J. H. White (1925). Modern Chess Open-
[13] Korn, Walter; John W. Collins (1957). Modern Chess
ings. Leeds: Whitehead & Miller. p. 191. Twelve years
Openings (9th ed.). Pitman. p. 113. ASIN
earlier, in the second edition, the authors had written, “For
B0007E54DW. ISBN 0-7134-8656-2.
many years, the Sicilian has enjoyed a fair, though fluctu-
ating amount of favour for match play. While it is not [14] Staunton, Howard (1848). The Chess-Player’s Handbook
analytically so sound as the French, it affords greater op- (2nd ed.). Henry G. Bohn. p. 371. ISBN 1-84382-088-9.
portunity for counter attack and less chance of an early Modern players would consider the notion that the Sicilian
draw.” Griffith, R.C.; J. H. White (1913). Modern Chess “prevents every attack” naive.
Openings. London: Longmans, Green and Co. p. 164.
[15] Shibut, Macon (2004). Paul Morphy and the Evolution of
[4] Fine, Reuben (1965). Great Moments in Modern Chess. Chess Theory. Dover. p. 42. ISBN 0-486-43574-1.
New York: Dover Publications. ISBN 0-486-21449-4.
(described as “an unabriged and unaltered republication” [16] J.I. Minchin (editor) (1973). Games Played in the Lon-
of McKay, David (1948). The World’s a Chessboard. p. don International Chess Tournament 1883 (reprint ed.).
212.. British Chess Magazine. pp. 286–87. SBN 90084608-
9. Remarks of Henry Bird, quoted above.
[4] John Emms, Starting Out: The Sicilian, 2nd ed., p. 5 [21] “Capablanca on the Sicilian Defence”. Retrieved 2008-
01-19.
[5] Nunn, John (February 2001). Understanding Chess Move
[22] Mason, James (1958) [originally published in 1894]. The
by Move. Gambit Publications. p. 57. ISBN 1-901983-
Art of Chess. David McKay. pp. 461–62.
41-2.
[23] Tarrasch, Siegbert (1976). The Game of Chess. David
[6] Rowson, Jonathan (2005). Chess for Zebras: Thinking McKay. p. 322. ISBN 0-679-14042-5.
Differently About Black and White. Gambit Publications.
p. 243. ISBN 1-901983-85-4. [24] The Grand International Masters’ Tournament at St. Pe-
tersburg 1914, David McKay, c. 1915, p. 75.
[7] De Firmian, Nick (2008). Modern Chess Openings: MCO-
15. Random House Puzzles & Games. p. 244. ISBN [25] Polugaevsky, Lev; Jeroen Piket; Christophe Gueneau
0-8129-3084-3. (1995). Sicilian Love: Lev Polugaevsky Chess Tourna-
ment, Bueno Aires 1994. New in Chess. pp. 67–69. ISBN
[8] Ristoja, Thomas; Aulikki Ristoja (1995). Perusteet. 90-71689-99-9.
Shakki (in Finnish). WSOY. p. 63. ISBN 951-0-20505-
2. [26] Keene, R. (March 22, 1997). “Mafia connections”. The
Spectator. Retrieved 2008-07-13.
[9] “Chess and Chess Players of the Renaissance”. Retrieved
[27] “Capablanca plays the Sicilian”.
2008-01-19.
[28] “Tarrasch plays the Sicilian”.
[10] Polugaevsky, Lev; Jeroen Piket; Christophe Guéneau
(1995). Sicilian Love: Lev Polugaevsky Chess Tourna- [29] Alekhine, Alexander (1961). The Book of the New York
ment, Bueno Aires 1994. New in Chess. p. 50. ISBN International Chess Tournament 1924. New York: Dover
90-71689-99-9. Publications. p. 253. ISBN 0-486-20752-8.
4.1. SICILIAN DEFENCE 73
[30] Harding, T. “The Openings at New York 1924”. Archived [51] Richard Palliser, Fighting the Anti-Sicilians, Gloucester
from the original on 2008-05-31. Retrieved 2008-07-13. Publishers, 2007, pp. 201–02. ISBN 978-1-85744-520-
6.
[31] Korn, Walter; Nick DeFirmian (1990). Modern Chess
Openings. David McKay. p. 243. ISBN 0-8129-1785- [52] Jeremy Silman, Winning with the Sicilian Defence: A
5. Complete Repertoire Against 1.e4 (2nd ed. 1998), Chess
Digest, p. 289. ISBN 0-87568-198-0.
[32] Evans, Larry; Walter Korn (1965). Modern Chess Open-
ings. Pitman. p. 182. ASIN B000HX7GR0. [53] Joe Gallagher, Beating the Anti-Sicilians, Batsford/Henry
Holt, 1994, pp. 78–79. ISBN 0-8050-3575-3.
[33] Gufeld, Eduard (June 1998). Secrets of the Sicilian
[54] Snyder, Robert (1977). Snyder Sicilian: A Complete Open-
Dragon. Cardoza Publishing. ISBN 0-940685-92-2.
ing System 2.P-QN3 . . .. vs. Sicilian. Ron’s Postal Chess
[34] Atanas Kolev and Trajko Nedev, The Easiest Sicilian, Club.
Chess Stars (Bulgaria), 2008, pp. 203–05. ISBN 978-
[55] Rotella, Tony (2014). The Killer Sicilian. Everyman
954-8782-66-1.
Chess. p. 431. ISBN 978-1-85744-665-4.
[35] Kolev & Nedev, pp. 205–09. [56] Gallagher, Joe (1994). Beating the Anti-Sicilians. Henry
Holt and Company. p. 81. ISBN 0-8050-3575-3.
[36] Kolev & Nedev, pp. 211–13.
[57] http://chesstempo.com/gamedb/game/3597417/
[37] Kolev & Nedev, pp. 209–10. r1bqkbnr/pp1ppppp/2n5/2p5/P3P3/8/1PPP1PPP/
RNBQKBNR%20w%20KQkq%20-%201%203
[38] “Kalashnikov Variation”.
[58] http://chesstempo.com/game-database.html
[39] “Kasparov vs. rest of world: Barnet Chess Club perspec-
tive”. Retrieved March 23, 2014. [59] Andy Soltis, The Great Chess Tournaments and Their Sto-
ries, Chilton Book Company, 1975, pp. 17–18. ISBN
[40] “FOXY OPENINGS - VOLUME 30 - Kopec Anti- 0-8019-6138-6.
Sicilian System”.
[60] Washington Post Chess column by Lubomir Kavalek,
[41] Aron Nimzowitsch, My System (21st Century Edition), September 26, 2005. Nakamura–Volokitin is also anno-
Hays Publishing, 1991, p. 250, ISBN 1-880673-85-1; tated by Neil McDonald
Aron Nimzovich, My System, David McKay, 1947, p.
358, ISBN 0-679-14025-5.
4.1.11 Further reading
[42] John Nunn and Joe Gallagher, Beating the Sicilian 3,
Henry Holt and Company, 1995, pp. 200–01. ISBN 0- • Levy, David; O'Connell, Kevin (1987). How to Play
8050-4227-X. the Sicilian Defense. Macmillan Publishers. ISBN
[43] John Nunn and Joe Gallagher, Beating the Sicilian 3, 0-02-029191-4.
Henry Holt and Company, 1995, pp. 201–02. ISBN 0-
• Bangiev, Alexander (1988). Developments in the Si-
8050-4227-X.
cilian 2.f4 1980–88. Quadrant Marketing.
[44] John Nunn and Joe Gallagher, Beating the Sicilian 3,
• Plaskett, James (1997). The Sicilian Taimanov. Ev-
Henry Holt and Company, 1995, pp. 203–05. ISBN 0-
8050-4227-X.
eryman Chess. ISBN 978-1-901259-01-8.
• Plaskett, James (2000). Sicilian Grand Prix Attack.
[45] John Cox, Starting Out: Sicilian Sveshnikov, Gloucester
Publishers, 2007, pp. 249–50. ISBN 978-1-85744-431- Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-291-5.
5. • Golubev, Mikhail (2000). The Sicilian Sozin.
[46] Tal Gambit Declined jeremysilman.com Gambit Publications. ISBN 978-1-901983-38-8.
[47] Nigel Davies (1998). The Chess Player’s Battle Manual • Rogozenko, Dorian (2003). Anti-Sicilians A Guide
(book). London: Batsford Books. p. 104. ISBN 978-0- for Black. Gambit Publications. ISBN 1-901983-
7134-7043-7. Retrieved 7 December 2013. 84-6.
[48] Alexander Raetsky, Meeting 1.e4, Everyman Chess, 2002, • Rogozenko, Dorian (2005). Sveshnikov Reloaded.
p. 134. ISBN 1-85744-219-9. Quality Chess. ISBN 91-97524-35-2.
[49] John Watson, Mastering the Chess Openings, Volume 1, • Raetsky, Alexander; Chetverik, Maxim (2007).
Gambit Publications, 2006, p. 175. ISBN 978-1-904600- Classical Sicilian. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-
60-2. 537-6.
[50] Joe Gallagher, Beating the Anti-Sicilians, Batsford/Henry • Hellsten, Johan (2008). Play the Sicilian Kan. Ev-
Holt, 1994, p. 78. ISBN 0-8050-3575-3. eryman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-581-7.
74 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
• de la Villa, Jesus (2009). Dismantling the Sicilian. White has a number of options including 4.d4, 4.Nf3,
New in Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-294-9. 4.g3 and 4.Bc4.
• Understanding The Sicilian Defense B21-B99 This is the main alternative to 2...Nf6 for Black. The
usual continuation is 3. exd5 Qxd5, a line known as the
Barmen Defense.[3] 3.e5 may transpose into the Advance
4.2 Sicilian Defence, Alapin Varia- Variation of the French Defence if Black responds with
3...e6, but Black can also develop his c8-Bishop before
tion playing e6. This leads to a favourable version of the
French for Black, since the bishop is no longer hemmed
In chess, the Sicilian Defence, Alapin Variation is a in by the pawn chain. If White plays 3.exd5, 3...Nf6 is
response to the Sicilian Defence characterised by the possible, but it is not clear whether Black receives suffi-
moves: cient compensation for the pawn.
The main options revolve around:
1. e4 c5
2. c3 • 4. d4 Nc6 and now 5.dxc5 or 5.Nf3
It is named after the Russian master Semyon Alapin • 4. d4 Nf6 5. Nf3 when after both 5...e6 and 5...Bg4
(1856–1923). For many years it was not held in high White can try a number of different moves.
regard, since 2...d5 was thought to allow Black easy
equality.[1][2]
Alapin Variation 2...e6
Today, the Alapin is considered one of the most
solid and respectable Anti-Sicilians and is champi-
oned by grandmasters such as Evgeny Sveshnikov,
Eduardas Rozentalis, Sergei Tiviakov, Duško Pavasovič 2...e6
and Drazen Sermek. It has been played by World Cham-
pions Viswanathan Anand, Garry Kasparov, Anatoly This is Black’s most solid response, preparing 3...d5. It
Karpov, Veselin Topalov and Vladimir Kramnik. Deep is closely related to the French Defense, to which it often
Blue played the Alapin Variation against Kasparov in transposes. White can transpose to the Advance Variation
their 1996 match, to avoid a main line Sicilian that would of the French Defense with 3.d4 d5 4.e5. Alternatively,
walk into Kasparov’s lifetime of experience with the White can transpose to a sort of Tarrasch French with
opening. 3.d4 d5 4.Nd2, or try to demonstrate a slight advantage
The Alapin is also sometimes seen in deferred form, par- with 3.d4 d5 4.exd5 exd5 5.Be3.
ticularly if Black chooses an unusual second move after Alapin Variation 2...d6
2.Nf3. For example, after 2.Nf3 a6 or 2.Nf3 Qc7, 3.c3 is
often seen, since neither ...a6 nor ...Qc7 are particularly
useful moves against the Alapin.
2...d6
4.2.1 Main variations This is a sharp response. Black often offers a gambit with
3.d4 Nf6 4.dxc5 Nc6 (4...Nxe4?? 5.Qa4+) 5.cxd6 Nxe4.
Alapin Variation 2...Nf6
White can instead play quietly, however, with 3.d4 Nf6
4.Bd3, occupying the centre and maintaining a spatial ad-
vantage.
2...Nf6
The main line in current practice is 2... Nf6 3. e5 Nd5 4.2.2 Other tries
and can also arise if White offers, and Black declines, the
Smith–Morra Gambit (1.e4 c5 2.d4 cxd4 3.c3 Nf6 4.e5 Alapin Variation 2...e5
Nd5).
4.3. SICILIAN DEFENCE, DRAGON VARIATION 75
• Sveshnikov, Evgeny (1997). Sicilian Defence B22. 4.3.1 Yugoslav Attack: 6.Be3 Bg7 7.f3 0-0
Chess Informant. ISBN 8672970292.
8.Qd2 Nc6
• Chandler, Murray (1997). The Complete c3 Sicilian.
Intl Chess Enterprises. ISBN 1879479508. The Yugoslav Attack is considered to be the main line
that gives maximum chances for both sides. It continues:
• Emms, John (2008). Starting Out: The c3 Sicilian.
Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-570-8. 6. Be3 Bg7 7. f3
• Sveshnikov, Evgeny (2010). The Complete C3 Si-
The point of White’s last move is to safeguard e4 and to
cilian: The Alapin Variation by Its Greatest Expert.
stop Black from playing ...Ng4 harassing White’s dark-
New in Chess. ISBN 9056913298.
squared bishop. Black cannot play 6.Be3 Ng4?? imme-
diately because of 7.Bb5+ either winning a piece after
4.2.6 External links 7...Bd7 as white can play Qxg4 due to the pin on the d7
bishop, or winning an exchange and pawn after 7...Nc6
• Chess openings Sicilian, Alapin (B22) 8.Nxc6 bxc6 9.Bxc6+ forking king and rook.
and now there are fundamentally two distinct branches Yugoslav Attack with 9.Bc4
with 9. 0-0-0 leading to more positional play while 9.
Bc4 leads to highly tactical double-edged positions. Main article: Sicilian, Dragon, Yugoslav Attack, 9.Bc4
The Yugoslav Attack exemplifies the spirit of the Dragon The Soltis Variation of the 9.Bc4 Yugoslav Attack
with race-to-mate pawn storms on opposite sides of the
board. White tries to break open the Black kingside and The purpose of 9.Bc4 is to prevent Black from playing
deliver mate down the h-file, while Black seeks counter- the freeing move ...d6–d5. The variations resulting from
play on the queenside with sacrificial attacks. Typical this move are notorious for having been heavily analysed.
White strategies are exchanging dark-squared bishops by In addition to covering d5, White’s light-squared bishop
Be3–h6, sacrificing material to open the h-file, and ex- helps cover White’s queenside and controls the a2–g8 di-
ploiting pressure on the a2–g8 diagonal and the weakness agonal leading to Black’s king. However, the bishop is
of the d5 square. exposed on c4 to an attack by a rook on c8, and usually
Black will typically counterattack on the queenside, us- has to retreat to b3, giving Black more time to organize
ing the queenside pawns, rooks, and dark squared bishop. his attack. Common in this line is an exchange sacrifice
Black sometimes plays h5 (the Soltis Variation) to defend on c3 by Black to break up White’s queenside pawns, and
against White’s kingside attack. Other typical themes sacrifices to open up the long diagonal for Black’s bishop
for Black are exchanging White’s light-square bishop by on g7 are also common. An example of both ideas is the
Nc6–e5–c4, pressure on the c-file, sacrificing the ex- line 9. Bc4 Bd7 10. 0-0-0 Rc8 11. Bb3 Ne5 12. h4 Nc4
change on c3, advancing the b-pawn and pressure on the 13. Bxc4 Rxc4 14. h5 Nxh5 15. g4 Nf6 16. Bh6 Nxe4!
long diagonal. Black will generally omit ...a6 because 17. Qe3 Rxc3!.
White will generally win in a straight pawn attack since The Soltis Variation was the main line of the Dragon up
Black has given White a hook on g6 to attack. In gen- until the late 1990s. Garry Kasparov played the move
eral, White will avoid moving the pawns on a2/b2/c2, and three times in the 1995 World Championship against
so Black’s pawn storm will nearly always be slower than Viswanathan Anand, scoring two wins and a draw. The
White’s on the kingside. Black can frequently obtain an line goes 9. Bc4 Bd7 10. 0-0-0 Rc8 11. Bb3 Ne5
acceptable endgame even after sacrificing the exchange 12. h4 h5 (the key move, holding up White’s kingside
because of White’s h-pawn sacrifice and doubled pawns. pawn advance). Other important deviations for Black
are 10...Qa5 and 12...Nc4. More recently, White players
have often avoided the Soltis by playing 12.Kb1, which
has proven so effective that Black players have in turn
tried to dodge this with 10... Rb8, known as the Chinese
Dragon.
Yugoslav Attack with 9.0-0-0
4.3.3 Levenfish Variation: 6.f4 bishop for knight considering that his light-square
bishop does little in this line in comparison with the
The Levenfish Variation, 6. f4, is named after Russian f6-knight’s defensive abilities and White also will
GM Grigory Levenfish who recommended it in the 1937 gain the use of f2–f3 to drive Black back after he re-
Russian Chess Yearbook. It is not currently very com- captures with his bishop. 10.Bxg4 Bxg4 11.f3 Bd7
mon in the highest levels in chess. White prepares 7.e5 12.Kb1 Ne5 13.b3! Rc8 14.h4 Re8! Again, both
attacking Black’s f6-knight therefore in the pre-computer sides have good chances.
era 6... Nc6 or 6... Nbd7 were considered mandatory to
meet the Levenfish variation. However, it has transpired • 9... d5!? A pawn sacrifice similar to lines in the
that after 6... Bg7 7. e5 Nh5 8. Bb5+ Bd7 9. e6 fxe6 more common Yugoslav mainlines. 10.exd5 Nxd5
10. Nxe6 Bxc3+ 11. bxc3 Qc8 Black might actually be 11.Nxc6 bxc6 12.Nxd5 cxd5 13.Qxd5 Qc7! giving
better. up two rooks for the queen but keeping attacking
chances. 14.Qxa8! Bf5 15.Qxf8+ Kxf8 16.Bd3!
Be6 17.Kb1
4.3.4 Harrington–Glek Variation: 6.Be3
• 9... a6 10.Kb1 Nxd4 11.Bxd4 b5 12.h4! h5 13.f3
Bg7 7.Be2 0-0 8.Qd2
Be6 14.g4! J.Van der Wiel vs. H. Eidam, Gran Ca-
naria 1996.
The Harrington–Glek Variation is another option for
White. Named after Grandmaster Igor Glek who has
devoted considerable effort evaluating the resulting po- 4.3.5 Other options
sitions for White. 6. Be3 Bg7 7. Be2 0-0 8. Qd2!?
GM John Emms wrote, “Although it’s difficult to beat Other options on White’s sixth move include 6. Bc4, 6.
the Yugoslav in terms of sharp, aggressive play, 7.Be2 f3, and 6. g3.
0-0 8.Qd2!? also contains a fair amount of venom ...
White’s plans include queenside castling and a kingside When Black adopts the Dragon formation without 2...d6,
attack. And there’s a major plus point in that it’s much,White must watch out for ...d5 which often immedi-
much less theoretical!"[5] ately equalises. Lines where Black does this include
the Accelerated Dragon (1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 cxd4
After the main moves 8... Nc6 9. 0-0-0 we reach a tabiya 4.Nxd4 g6) and Hyper-Accelerated Dragon (1.e4 c5
for the position. 2.Nf3 g6).
Position after 9.0-0-0 Another option for Black is to play what has been called
the “Dragodorf”, which combines ideas from the Dragon
Here Black has tested several options and here they are with those of the Najdorf Variation. While this line may
listed in order of popularity: be played via the Dragon move order (see the Yugoslav
Attack with 9.Bc4). Black can arrive at it with a Najdorf
• 9... Nxd4 This move can lead to both positional move order: 1.e4 c5 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6
and attacking chances for both sides. White must 5.Nc3 a6 6.Be3 g6 (or 5...g6 6.Be3 a6), with the idea of
keep aware that Black may have opportunities to of- Bg7 and Nbd7. Such a move order would be used to try
fer an exchange sacrifice on c3 in order to exploit to avoid a Yugoslav type attack; for instance, after 1.e4 c5
the unprotected e4 pawn. 10.Bxd4 Be6 11.Kb1! a 2.Nf3 d6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Nc3 a6, White could
good preparatory move in many lines of the Sicil- play 6.Be2 or 6.f4. In both cases, especially the latter, a
ian Dragon. White wants to be able to play Nd5 Yugoslav-style attack loses some momentum. Usually the
if the situation becomes conducive. White’s king is bishop is more ideally placed on c4, where it can pressure
also getting away from the open c-file which is where f7 and help defend the white king (though the 9.0-0-0
much of Black’s counterplay can develop. 11...Qa5 variation of the Dragon shows that this is not completely
With this move we reach a position where chances necessary), and if White plays f4 and then castles queen-
are roughly balanced and play can take on a life of side, they must always be on guard for Ng4 ideas, some-
its own. thing which the move f3 in traditional Dragon positions
usually discourages. Nonetheless, a Yugoslav-style attack
• 9... Bd7 This move allows Black to keep all his is still playable after both 6.Be2 g6 or 6.f4 g6.
pieces on the board to mount an attack. 10.h4! h5!
Black needs to keep White’s pawns from making a Some famous exponents of the Dragon are Veselin
breaking capture. 11.f3 Rc8 12.Kb1 Ne5 13.Bg5! Topalov, Andrew Soltis, Jonathan Mestel, Chris Ward,
Black can now go for broke with 13...b5!? with an Sergei Tiviakov, Alexei Fedorov, Mikhail Golubev the
interesting position to contest with over the board. late Tony Miles and Eduard Gufeld. Garry Kasparov
used the Dragon with success as a surprise weapon against
• 9... Ng4 This move is played to pick up the bishop world title challenger Viswanathan Anand in 1995 but did
pair by exploiting the absence of f3 in White’s open- not use it subsequently. The Dragon saw its popularity
ing. White is usually fine with allowing the trade of declining in the late 1990s as a result of White resusci-
78 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
tating the old line with 9.0-0-0, however recently there 4.3.9 Further reading
has been a resurgence with moves such as the Chinese
Dragon 10.0-0-0 Rb8!? and an injection of new ideas in • Miles, Tony; Moskow, Eric (1979). Sicilian Dragon:
the 9.0-0-0 line by Dragon devotees. Yugoslav Attack. Batsford Books. ISBN 0-7134-
2029-4.
• B73 5.Nc3 g6 6.Be3 Bg7 7.Be2 Nc6 8.0-0 (Classical • Golubev, Mikhail (1999). Easy Guide to the Dragon.
Variation) Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1857442755.
• B74 5.Nc3 g6 6.Be3 Bg7 7.Be2 Nc6 8.0-0 0-0 • Ward, Chris (2001). Winning With the Sicilian
9.Nb3 Dragon 2. Batsford. ISBN 0-7134-8236-2.
• B75 5.Nc3 g6 6.Be3 Bg7 7.f3 (Yugoslav Attack) • Dearing, Edward (2005). Play The Sicilian Dragon.
Gambit. ISBN 1904600174.
• B76 5.Nc3 g6 6.Be3 Bg7 7.f3 0-0
• Martin, Andrew (2005). Starting Out: The Sicilian
• B77 5.Nc3 g6 6.Be3 Bg7 7.f3 0-0 8.Qd2 Nc6 9.Bc4 Dragon. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1857443985.
• B78 5.Nc3 g6 6.Be3 Bg7 7.f3 0-0 8.Qd2 Nc6 9.Bc4 • Williams, Simon (2009). The New Sicilian Dragon.
Bd7 10.0-0-0 Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-615-9.
One of the main lines continues: 5. Nc3 Bg7 6. Be3 Nf6 • The Accelerated Dragon, by GM Eugene
7. Bc4 (see diagram). At this point the most important Perelshteyn
Black continuations are 7...0-0 and 7...Qa5. White should
not castle queenside after 7...Qa5, unlike in the Yugoslav • A weakness in the Accelerated Dragon
Attack.
7... 0-0 is the main line, after which White should pro-
ceed with 8. Bb3. If Black plays 8...d6, White usually 4.5 Sicilian, Dragon, Yugoslav at-
plays 9.f3 as in the Yugoslav attack. Although, Black of- tack, 9.Bc4
ten plays 8...a5 or 8...Qa5, after which castling queenside
can be dangerous, and it is often a better idea for White
In chess, the move 9. Bc4 is one of the main options
to castle kingside.
in the chess opening called the Yugoslav Attack, which
is an attack in the Dragon Variation of the Sicilian De-
fence. Also known as the Rauzer System or the St George
4.4.2 Passmore Variation Attack, the Yugoslav Attack begins with the following
moves:
Position after 9...Kxf7
1. e4 c5
Another common line that has been seen in tournaments
continues: 5. Nxc6 bxc6 6. Qd4 Nf6 7. e5 Ng8 8. 2. Nf3 d6
e6 Nf6 9. exf7 Kxf7 (see diagram). At this point both
sides have equal chances. Many times the continuation 3. d4 cxd4
10.Bc4+ will be seen, attempting to add kingside pres-
4. Nxd4 Nf6
sure while developing a minor piece. However, Black de-
fends easily with 10...d5 or 10...e6, resulting in a position 5. Nc3 g6
where his king is safe. Both players can choose to play
the game positionally or otherwise will have variable re- 6. Be3 Bg7
sults. Statistically, White’s best move is 10.Be2 followed
with 11.0-0. 7. f3 O-O
8. Qd2 Nc6
4.4.3 See also 9. Bc4
The main line runs: 9. Bc4 Bd7 10. 0-0-0 Qa5 11. Bb3 • Sicilian Defence
Rfc8 12. h4 Ne5. This approach was originally con-
• Sicilian Defence, Dragon Variation
sidered the main variation and was thus given the ECO
code B79 (whilst ...Rc8 was not given any). It was ad-
vocated by GM Chris Ward in his books Winning with 4.5.8 References
the Dragon and Winning with the Dragon 2. This line has
fallen slightly out of favour due to difficulties encountered [1] Emms, John (June 2002). Starting Out: The Sicilian. Ev-
in white’s 12.Kb1 and the credibility of the Soltis varia- eryman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-249-0.
tion in Rc8 lines mentioned above.
[2] “Sicilian, Dragon, Yugoslav Attack (B77)". Chess open-
ings. Chessgames.com. Retrieved 2007-04-25.
• 7. Bc4 Qb6 This is a move introduced by Lenier was a frequent guest at the top level through the 1970s.
Dominguez. The idea is to win a tempo by attack- White plays 6. Bc4 with the idea of playing against f7,
ing b2, after which Black can finish his development so Black counters with 6... e6 7. Bb3 b5. The Sozin
beginning 8...e6. The last word on the line has not has become less popular because of 6... e6 7. Bb3 Nbd7
yet been given. The whole variation with 6... Nbd7 where Black intends to follow up with ...Nc5 later. It is
is covered in the book by Ľubomír Ftáčnik in the possible to avoid the Nbd7 option with 7. 0-0, but this
chapter “Blood Diamond”. cuts the aggressive possibility to castle long.
• 7. f4/Qe2 g6: Grischuk’s Verbeterde List. An-
other modern way to meet both 7.f4 and 7.Qe2. The Classical/Opocensky Variation: 6.Be2
idea is to castle kingside rapidly and then start to
attack with b5–b4, while wasting no time with the Because of the success of various players with these vari-
e-pawn. ations, White often plays 6. Be2 and goes for a quieter,
more positional game, whereupon Black has the option
of transposing into a Scheveningen Variation by playing
English Attack: 6.Be3
6... e6 or keeping the game in Najdorf lines by playing
6... e5. Another option is to play 6... Nbd7, in the spirit
Position after 6.Be3
of The Verbeterde List. It is for this reason that this vari-
ation is called The Verbeterde List Unlimited.
This has become the modern main line. Since the early
1990s, the English Attack, 6. Be3 followed by f3, g4,
Qd2 and 0-0-0 in some order, has become extremely pop- Amsterdam Variation: 6.f4
ular and has been intensively analysed. Black has three
main options: 6. f4
• The classical 6... e5. After 7. Nb3, Black usually Some lines include:
continues 7... Be6, trying to control the d5-square.
The most common move is then 8. f3, allowing 6...e5 7.Nf3 Nbd7 8.a4 Be7 9.Bd3 0-0
White to play Qd2 next move. If White had tried
to play 8. Qd2, then Black could respond with 8... 6...Qc7 7.Bd3
Ng4. Instead White can play 7.Nf3, in which case 6...e6 7.Be2
Black’s main choices are 7...Be7 and 7...Qc7.
• Trying to transpose to the Scheveningen by playing GM Daniel King recommends 6...g6 against the Amster-
6... e6. White can either opt for the standard En- dam Variation, leading to a more defensive kingside pawn
glish attack by playing 7. f3 or try the even sharper structure. The idea is to eventually counterattack on the
Hungarian attack (also known as Perenyi attack) by g1-a7 diagonal[4]with a move like Qb6, preventing white
playing 7. g4. from castling. An example line would be 6...g6 7.Nf3
Bg7 8.a4 Nc6 (note 8...Nc6 as opposed to the usual Naj-
• The knight move: 6... Ng4. White continues with: dorf Nbd7, as c6 is a more flexible square for the knight
7. Bg5 h6 8. Bh4 g5 9. Bg3 Bg7 but the nature of with a queen on b6) 9.Bd3 Qb6.
this position is quite different from the ones arising
after 6... e6 and 6... e5 so sometimes White tries to
avoid the knight jump by playing 6. f3 instead of 6. The Adams Attack: 6.h3
Be3. However, aside from eliminating the option to
play the Hungarian attack mentioned above, it gives Introduced by Weaver Adams during the middle of the
Black other possibilities such as 6... Qb6 and 6... twentieth century, this odd looking pawn move has mostly
b5 instead. been used as a surprise weapon to combat the Najdorf.
Should Black continue with 6...e5 anyway, White can re-
• The Verbeterde List approach: 6... Nbd7. The idea spond with 7.Nde2 following up with g4 and Ng3, fighting
of this move is to get into the English attack while for the weak light squares by playing g5. It is thus recom-
avoiding the Perenyi attack. 7. g4 is less dangerous mended that Black prevents g4 altogether with 7...h5.
now because with 6... Nbd7 black is more flexible
Black can also employ a Scheveningen setup with 6...e6
as the bishop on c8 can attack g4 now and the knight
followed by 7.g4 b5 8.Bg2 Bb7, forcing White to lose
on d7 can jump to interesting squares.
more time by defending the e4 pawn, since b4 is a threat.
It was not until the early 2008 when an answer to Black
Fischer–Sozin Attack: 6.Bc4 was finally found. After 9.0-0 b4, White has the po-
sitional sacrifice 10.Nd5!, which gives Black long term
Introduced by Veniamin Sozin in the 1930s, this received weaknesses and an open e-file for White to play on. Since
little attention until Fischer regularly adopted it, and it then, it has been popular on all levels of chess.
84 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
Other sixth moves for White • King, Daniel (2002). Winning With the Najdorf.
Sterling Pub Co Inc. ISBN 0713470372.
Beside the main lines mentioned above White has other
options: 6. f3 and 6. g3 are less common, but are also • Emms, John (2003). Play the Najdorf: Scheveningen
respected responses to the Najdorf. Moves such as 6. a4, Style. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-323-3.
6. Bd3, 6. a3, 6. Nb3, 6. Rg1 (the Petronic Attack), 6.
Qf3, and 6. Qe2 are rarely played, but are not so bad and • de Firmian, Nick; Fedorowicz, John (2004). The
may be used for surprise value. English Attack. Sterling. ISBN 978-0945806141.
• List of chess openings • Gallagher, Joe (2006). Starting Out: Sicilian Naj-
dorf. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1857443929.
• List of chess openings named after people
• Palliser, Richard (2007). Starting Out: Sicilian Naj-
dorf. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-601-2.
4.6.3 References
• Rizzitano, James (2010). Play the Najdorf Sicilian.
[1] “Sicilian, Najdorf (B90)". Chess openings. Chess- Gambit Publications. ISBN 978-1-906454-16-6.
games.com. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
• Ftacnik, Lubomir (2010). The Sicilian Defence.
[2] “Francisco Vallejo-Pons vs Garry Kasparov (2004)". Re- Quality Chess. ISBN 978-1-906552-08-4.
trieved 2008-01-19.
• Yearbook 101. New In Chess. 2011. ISBN
[3] “Sicilian, Najdorf (B96)". Chess openings. Chess-
9056913611.
games.com. Retrieved 2008-01-19. (also known as Naj-
dorf, Polugayevsky Variation)
• Yearbook 102. New In Chess. 2012. ISBN
[4] King, Daniel. Power Play 18: The Sicilian Najdorf. 9056913638.
• Geller, Efim; Gligoric, Svetozar; Kavalek, Lubomir; • Sicilian Defense Najdorf Variation, English Attack
Spassky, Boris (1976). The Najdorf Variation of the (B90) – Openings – Chess.com
Sicilian Defense. RHM Press. ISBN 0890580251.
Cite uses deprecated parameter |coauthors= (help)
• Stean, Michael (1976). Sicilian, Najdorf. Batsford. 4.7 Sicilian Defence, Scheveningen
ISBN 0713400986. Variation
• Adams, Jimmy (1977). Main Line Najdorf. The
Chess Player. ISBN 0900928905. In the opening of a game of chess, the Scheveningen
Variation[1] of the Sicilian Defence is a line of the Open
• Adams, Jimmy (1977). Najdorf Poisoned Pawn. Sicilian characterised by Black setting up a “small cen-
The Chess Player. ISBN 0906042070. tre” with pawns on d6 and e6. There are numerous move
orders that reach the Scheveningen. One possible move
• Adams, Jimmy (1978). Sicilian Najdorf Polu- order is:
gaevsky Variation. The Chess Player. ISBN
0906042097.
1. e4 c5
• Nunn, John (1999). Complete Najdorf: Modern
2. Nf3 d6
Lines. Sterling Pub Co Inc. ISBN 0713482184.
3. d4 cxd4
• Kosten, Tony; Gormally, Danny (1999). Easy
4. Nxd4 Nf6
Guide to the Najdorf. Everyman Chess. ISBN
1857445295. 5. Nc3 e6
4.7. SICILIAN DEFENCE, SCHEVENINGEN VARIATION 85
The seemingly modest d6–e6 pawn centre affords Black other distinguished grandmasters, this methodical ap-
provide a solid defensive barrier, control of the critical proach has gained many followers. The main line con-
d5- and e5-squares, and retains flexibility to break in the tinues 6... a6 7. 0-0 Be7 8. Be3 0-0 9. f4 Qc7 10. a4
centre with either ...e5 or ...d5. Black can proceed with Nc6 11. Kh1 Re8 12. Bf3 (diagram) reaching one of
rapid development and the opening provides sound coun- the main tabiyas of the Classical Scheveningen . White’s
terchances and considerable scope for creativity. plans here are to build up a kingside attack, typically by
The line has been championed by Garry Kasparov, among means of g2–g4–g5, Qd1–e1–h4, Bg2, Qh5, Rf3–h3,
many other distinguished grandmasters. etc. Black will aim for a diversion on the queenside via
the semi-open c-file, or strike in the centre. Positional
pawn sacrifices abound for both sides and the theory is
very highly developed, thanks to decades of research by
4.7.1 Origin the most elite players such as Garry Kasparov, Vasily
Smyslov, Anatoly Karpov, Viswanathan Anand, Veselin
The variation first came under international attention dur-
Topalov, Boris Gelfand and many others.
ing the 1923 chess tournament in the village Schevenin-
gen at the North Sea coast near The Hague. During the
tournament the variation was played several times by sev-
eral players, including Euwe playing it against Maroczy.
4.7.4 English Attack: 6.Be3
Tal Variation: 6.f4 [2] “Sicilian, Keres Attack (B81)". Chess openings. Chess-
games.com. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
After 6. f4,[6] in one of the main lines, 6... Nc6 7. Be3
Be7 8. Qf3, White seeks to castle queenside placing his [3] “Sicilian, Scheveningen, Classical (B85)". Chess open-
rook on the half-open d-file, and support the g-pawn’s ad- ings. Chessgames.com. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
vance with the queen. [4] “Sicilian, Fischer–Sozin Attack (B86)". Chess openings.
Chessgames.com. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
Minor lines
[5] “Sicilian, Fischer–Sozin Attack (B88)". Chess openings.
Chessgames.com. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
6. g3; 6. Bb5, etc. These moves are less difficult to meet
and are not theoretically challenging to Black. [6] “Sicilian, Scheveningen (B82)". Chess openings. Chess-
games.com. Retrieved 2008-01-19. (known as Tal Vari-
ation)
4.7.6 Question of move orders and the Na-
jdorf Variation [7] Nunn, John. “Play the Najdorf: Scheveningen Style-A
Complete Repertoire for Black in this Most Dynamic of
The Keres Attack puts Black into a rather defensive and Openings (9781857443233): John Emms: Books”. Ama-
potentially dangerous position. For this reason, many ad- zon.com. Retrieved 2012-01-12.
vocates of this defense tend to play the Najdorf Varia- [8] Williams, Simon. “Dynamics of Chess Strategy
tion move order and then play 6...e6, transposing into the (9780713486087): Vlastimil Jansa: Books”. Ama-
Scheveningen. The most prominent example of such a zon.com. Retrieved 2012-01-12.
preference for the Najdorf move order was seen in World
Chess Championship 1984, where after game one when [9] Averbakh, Yuri. “The Best Move (9780890580417):
Kasparov had difficulties in the opening, he never allowed Books”. Amazon.com. Retrieved 2012-01-12.
the Keres Attack and finally switched to the Najdorf move
order. One should note that the Najdorf move order,
while eliminating 6.g4, still gives White additional op- 4.7.9 Further reading
tions, and g4 is still a possibility a move after.
• Kinlay, Jon (1981). Sicilian: Keres Attack. Batsford.
Much modern analysis of the Scheveningen is under the
ISBN 0-7134-2139-8.
rubric of the Najdorf. In fact, many books exploring the
Scheveningen today have Najdorf in the title. This, con- • Pritchett, Craig (2006). Sicilian Scheveningen.
tinuing the line of thinking in the English section above, Everyman Chess. ISBN 9781857444131.
is technically the Najdorf Variation of the Sicilian de-
fense with the very popular English Attack. Note that
the “Modern” Scheveningen only covers lines without an
early ...a6 from Black. The “Classical” Scheveningen in- 4.8 Chekhover Sicilian
cludes the early ...a6. This distinction is important in
choosing books to study, as titles covering recent games The Sicilian Defence, Chekhover Variation (also
will often leave out the ...a6 early line, which can still sometimes called the Szily Variation or Hungarian
become quite interesting and complex, and still advan- Variation) is a chess opening named after Vitaly
tageous for Black, even with the powerful English At- Chekhover, from the game Chekhover–Lisitsin,
tack. Many modern chess software programs, such as Leningrad 1938.[1] It is defined by the moves:
HIARCS, still play ...a6 early on, despite the fact that
“modern” often precludes the line in definitive analysis,
1. e4 c5
depending on the book. Vlastimil Jansa has advocated
[7][8][9]
this variation. 2. Nf3 d6
3. d4 cxd4
4.7.7 See also 4. Qxd4
4.8.4 See also After Black’s 2...cxb4, another popular third move
alternative for White is 3.d4. GMs George Koltanowski,
• List of chess openings David Bronstein and World Champion Alexander
Alekhine have played this line.
• List of chess openings named after people
White can postpone the gambit one move by playing the
Wing Gambit Deferred, playing 2.Nf3 followed by 3.b4.
4.8.5 References The deferred Wing Gambit is considered to be best when
black responds 2...e6.[1] The Portsmouth Gambit runs
[1] Hooper, David; Whyld, Kenneth (1992), The Oxford 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.b4, where Black is disinclined to refuse the
Companion to Chess (2nd ed.), Oxford University Press, gambit due to the positional threat 3.b5, displacing the
p. 75, ISBN 0-19-280049-3 knight and disrupting Black’s smooth development.
[2] The Chekhover Variation chessgames.com Chess Open- It is also possible to prepare the gambit by playing 2.a3!?
ing Explorer followed by 3.b4.
88 CHAPTER 4. E4 OPENINGS – SICILIAN DEFENCE
• In the Ware Opening: 1.a4 b5 2.axb5 Bb7 The Smith–Morra is named after Pierre Morra (1900–
1969) from France,[5] and Ken Smith (1930–1999) of the
Dallas Chess Club.[6] Hence in Europe the name Morra
4.9.3 Illustrative Games Gambit is preferred; names like Tartakower Gambit and
Matulovic Gambit have disappeared.
Lutz vs. De Firmian, Biel 1993: 1.e4 c5 2.b4 cxb4 3.a3 Morra published a booklet and several articles about the
d5! 4.exd5 Qxd5 5.Nf3 e5 6.axb4 Bxb4 7.c3 Be7 8.Na3 Smith–Morra around 1950. Smith wrote a total of nine
Nf6 9.Nb5 Qd8 10.Nxe5 Nc6 11.Nxc6 bxc6 12.Qf3 Bd7 books and forty-nine articles about the gambit. When
13.Nd4 0-0 14.Ba6 Qc7 15.h3 c5 16.Nf5 Qe5 17.Ne3 Smith participated in an international tournament against
Bd6 18.Be2 Bc7 19.Nc4 Qe6 20.Qe3 Ne4 21.0-0 Rfe8 several top grandmasters in San Antonio in 1972, he es-
22.Bd3 f5 23.Re1 Qd5 24.Qf3 Bb5 25.Nb2 c4 26.Bf1 sayed the opening three times, against Donald Byrne,
Bb6 27.Nd1 f4 28.Qxf4 Nxf2 29.Ne3 Nd3 30.Bxd3 Larry Evans, and Henrique Mecking, but lost all three
Qxd3 31.Kh1 Re4 32.Qg5 Bc6 33.Bb2 Qxd2 34.Rad1 games.
Rxe3 25.Rxd2 Rxh3# 0-1 [2]
• Early queenside fianchetto: 4...e6 5.Bc4 a6 6.Nf3 [5] Chess Notes by Edward Winter, entry 3953 (“Morra”)
b5 7.Bb3 Bb7
[6] Kenneth Ray Smith (1930–1999) Obituary at the US
Chess Federation
4.Bc4
4.10.8 Further reading
• This line is similar to the Danish Gambit: 4...cxb2
5.Bxb2 • Flesch, János (1981). The Morra (Smith) Gambit.
Batsford. ISBN 0-7134-2188-6.
4.10.4 Morra Gambit Declined • Burgess, Graham (1994). Winning with the Smith-
Morra Gambit. Batsford. ISBN 0805035745.
• Advance Variation: 3...d3
• Pálkövi, Jószef (2000). Morra Gambit. Caissa
Chess Books.
• First transposition to the Alapin: 3...Nf6 4.e5 Nd5
• Langrock, Hannes (2006). The Modern Morra
• Second transposition to the Alapin: 3...d5 4.exd5 Gambit. Russell Enterprises. ISBN 1-888690-32-
Qxd5 (Nf6) 5.cxd4 1.
4.10.6 Notes
[1] The latest (2002) edition of the Encyclopaedia of Chess
Openings, volume B, classifies all lines beginning 1.e4 c5
2.d4, including the Smith-Morra Gambit, under B20.[1]
However, Chess Informant gives B21 as the code for 1.e4
c5 2.d4 cxd4 3.c3 in its guide to the ECO opening codes
provided on its website[2] and has classified games featur-
ing the Smith-Morra Gambit under B21 in its more recent
publications.[3]
Chapter 5
5.1 Bishop’s Opening Chess Openings concludes that the Bishop’s Opening leads
to equality with best play by both sides,[4] and notes that,
The Bishop’s Opening is a chess opening that begins “Among modern players only Bent Larsen has played it
with the moves: much, but even Kasparov gave it a whirl (winning against
Bareev).”[5]
1. e4 e5
2. Bc4
5.1.2 Main variations
White attacks Black’s f7-square and prevents Black from
advancing his d-pawn to d5. By ignoring the beginner’s Because White’s second move makes no direct threat,
maxim “develop knights before bishops", White leaves Black has many possible responses on the second move.
his f-pawn unblocked, allowing the possibility of playing As shown below, the Bishop’s Opening offers opportuni-
f2–f4. ties to transpose to several other open games.
90
5.1. BISHOP’S OPENING 91
black king. Black has a solid position with no clear weak- Classical Defense: 2...Bc5
nesses but White has attacking chances and piece activity
as compensation for the pawn. The Urusov Gambit is also 3.d3
occasionally reached via the Petrov Defence after 1.e4 e5
2.Nf3 Nf6 3.d4 exd4 4.Bc4.
The Classical Defense is Black’s symmetrical response,
The Boden–Kieseritzky Gambit is named after English 2...Bc5. White can then transpose into the Vienna Game
player and chess writer Samuel Boden and Lionel Kieser- (3.Nc3) or the Giuoco Piano (3.Nf3), or remain in the
itzky. Boden published the first analysis of it in 1851. Bishop’s Opening with the Wing Gambit (3.b4) or the
Opening theoreticians consider that after 2...Nf6 3.Nf3 Philidor Variation (3.c3). The main line of the Phili-
Nxe4 4.Nc3 Nxc3 5.dxc3 f6, White’s attack is not quite dor Variation runs: 3. c3 Nf6 4. d4 exd4 5. e5 d5! 6.
worth a pawn. The game may continue 6.0-0 Nc6 (not exf6 dxc4 7. Qh5 0-0 8. Qxc5 Re8+ 9. Ne2 d3 10.Be3
6...Be7? 7.Nxe5! with a tremendous attack, but 6...d6 is Transpositions into the King’s Gambit Declined and the
also playable) 7.Nh4 g6 8.f4 f5 9.Nf3 (9.Nxf5? d5!) e4 Giuoco Piano are also possible after 3.d3.
10.Ng5 (10.Ne5 Qe7! threatening Qc5+ is strong) Bc5+.
The Wing Gambit results in positions similar to those in
In practice, Black’s lack of development and inability to
the Evans Gambit. It can transpose into the Evans Gam-
castle kingside can prove very problematic.
bit, for instance by 3.b4 Bxb4 4.c3 Ba5 5.Nf3 Nc6.
Safer for Black are Paul Morphy’s solid 5...c6 6.Nxe5 d5,
Black’s most energetic response to the Philidor Variation
returning the pawn with equality, and 4...Nc6!? (instead
is the Lewis Countergambit, 3.c3 d5, named for the
of 4...Nxc3) 5.0-0 (5.Nxe4 d5) Nxc3 6.dxc3 Qe7! when,
English player and author William Lewis (1787–1870)
according to Bobby Fischer in My 60 Memorable Games,
[6] who published analysis of the line in 1834.
“White has no compensation for the Pawn.”
Among amateurs, 3.Qf3 and 3.Qh5 are also popular,
Black can also decline the pawn with 3...Nc6, transpos-
threatening an immediate scholar’s mate. But the threat
ing into the Two Knights Defense. He must, however, be
is easily met (e.g. 3.Qh5 Qe7) and the moves are consid-
willing to offer a gambit himself after 4.Ng5. White may
ered inferior since they hamper White’s development or
invite an offshoot of the Boden–Kieseritzky Gambit with
leave the queen exposed, leading to loss of tempo.
4.0-0 Nxe4 5.Nc3.
Irregular move orders are 2.Nc3 (Vienna) Nf6 3.Bc4
Nxe4 4.Nf3 and 2.Nf3 Nf6 (Russian or Petrov Defence) Summary after 2...Bc5
3.Bc4 Nxe4 4.Nf3.
• 3.b4 (Wing Gambit)
• 3.Nf3 (Petrov’s Defense, by transposition) Other Black second moves are rarely played. If Black
tries to transpose into the Hungarian Defense with
• 3...Nxe4 4.Nc3 (Boden–Kieseritzky Gambit) 2...Be7?, then 3.Qh5 wins a pawn.
• 3.f4 (Greco Gambit) The Calabrian Countergambit (2...f5?!) is named after
Greco’s homeland, Calabria. It is considered dubious, as
• 3...Nxe4 4.d3 Nd6 5.Bb3 Nc6 or 5...e4 the line recommended by Carl Jaenisch, 3.d3 Nf6 4.f4 d6
• 3...exf4 (King’s Gambit, by transposition) 5.Nf3, gives White the advantage.
92 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
• 2...d6 1. e4 e5
2. Bb5
• 2...f5?! (Calabrian Countergambit)
[1] Reuben, Stewart (1992). Chess Openings — Your Choice!. 5.2.1 Lines
Cadogan Chess. p. 59. ISBN 1-85744-070-6.
If Black replies 2...Nf6, White can try a gambit with
[2] Adams, Weaver (1939). White to Play and Win. David 3.d4. Another Black reply is 2...Nc6, possibly anticipat-
McKay Company. pp. 9–12. ing White will transpose into the Ruy Lopez with 3.Nf3,
but a more popular try is to kick White’s bishop with
[3] Evans, Larry (1970). Chess Catechism. Simon and Schus-
ter. pp. 147, 153. ISBN 978-0-671-21531-6.
2...c6. The game might continue 3.Ba4 Nf6 and now
White can play 4.Nc3 or 4.Qe2.
[4] de Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings. David Graham Burgess remarks that it looks like a Ruy Lopez
McKay Company. pp. 144–45. ISBN 0-8129-3084-3. where White has forgotten to play 2.Nf3. However, the
Portuguese is not as bad or nonsensical as it first appears,
[5] Id. at 143.
and Black should proceed carefully.
[6] Fischer, Bobby (1972). My 60 Memorable Games. Faber
and Faber. pp. 280–81. ISBN 0-571-09987-4.
5.2.2 See also
Bibliography
• List of chess openings
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox- • List of chess openings named after places
ford Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN
0-19-280049-3.
5.2.3 References
• Lane, Gary (2004). The Bishop’s Opening Ex-
plained. Batsford. ISBN 0-7134-8917-0.
• Burgess, Graham (2000). The Mammoth Book of
• Weaver W. Adams, White to Play and Win, ISBN Chess. Carroll & Graf. ISBN 0-7867-0725-9.
978-0-923891-83-1
White offers a pawn to divert the Black e-pawn. If Black proved to be actual refutations of the King’s Gambit.
accepts the gambit, White has two main plans. The first In 2012, an April Fool prank by Chessbase in associa-
is to play d4 and Bxf4, regaining the gambit pawn with tion with Vasik Rajlich—inventor of Rybka—claimed to
central domination. The alternative plan is to play Nf3 have proven to a 99.99999999% certainty that the King’s
and Bc4 followed by 0-0, when the semi-open f-file allows Gambit is at best a draw for white.[8][9] In a later post,
White to barrel down onto the weakest point in Black’s owning up to the prank, Rajlich estimated that “we're still
position, the pawn on f7. Theory has shown that in order probably a good 25 or so orders of magnitude away from
for Black to maintain the gambit pawn, he may well be being able to solve something like the King’s Gambit. If
forced to weaken his kingside, with moves such as ...g5 processing power doubles every 18 months for the next
or odd piece placement (e.g. ...Nf6–h5). A downside to century, we'll have the resources to do this around the
the King’s Gambit is that White weakens his own King’s year 2120, plus or minus a few decades.”[10]
position, exposing it to the latent threat of ...Qh4+ (or The King’s Gambit is rare in modern grandmaster play,
...Be7–h4+). With a Black pawn on f4, White cannot
and even rarer at the top level.[11] A handful of grand-
usually respond to the check with g3, but if the King is masters have continued to use it, including Joseph Gal-
forced to move then it also loses the right to castle.
lagher, Hikaru Nakamura, Nigel Short, and Alexei Fe-
The King’s Gambit is one of the oldest documented open- dorov. It was also part of the arsenal of David Bronstein,
ings, as it was examined by the 17th-century Italian chess who almost singlehandedly brought the opening back to
player Giulio Cesare Polerio.[1] It is also in an older book respectability in modern play. After him Boris Spassky
by Luis Ramírez de Lucena.[2] beat strong players with it, including Bobby Fischer,[12]
The King’s Gambit was one of the most popular open- Zsuzsa Polgar,[13] and a famous brilliancy against Bron-
ings in the 19th century, but is infrequently seen at master stein himself.[14] At club level, Gallagher’s book Winning
level today, as Black can obtain a reasonable position by with the King’s Gambit has proven extremely popular, im-
returning the extra pawn to consolidate. There are two plying that amateurs find the King’s Gambit attractive.[7]
main branches, depending on whether or not Black plays
2...exf4: the King’s Gambit Accepted (KGA) and the
King’s Gambit Declined (KGD). 5.3.2 Variations
Allgaier Gambit and Kieseritzky Gambit: 4.h4 Cunningham Defense: 3...Be7 The Cunningham
After 4.h4 g4 White can choose between 5.Ng5 or Defense (3.Nf3 Be7) threatens a check on h4 that can
5.Ne5. 5.Ng5 is the Allgaier Gambit,[16] intending permanently prevent White from castling; furthermore, if
5...h6 6.Nxf7, but is considered dubious by modern the- White does not develop his King’s Bishop immediately,
ory. Stronger is 5.Ne5, the Kieseritzky Gambit, which he would be forced to play Ke2, which hems the Bishop
is relatively positional in nature, popularized by Lionel in. A sample line is 4. Nc3 Bh4+ 5. Ke2 d5 6. Nxd5
Kieseritzky in the 1840s. It was used very successfully by Nf6 7. Nxf6+ Qxf6 8. d4 Bg4 9. Qd2 (diagram). White
Wilhelm Steinitz, and was used by Boris Spassky to beat has strong central control with pawns on d4 and e4, while
Bobby Fischer in a famous game at Mar del Plata 1960. Black is relying on the White King’s discomfort to com-
This motivated Fischer into developing his own defense pensate.
to the King’s Gambit – see “Fischer Defense” below.
Sample position in the Cunningham Defense
Muzio Gambit, Salvio Gambit and others: 4.Bc4 g4 To avoid having to play Ke2, 4. Bc4 is White’s most pop-
The extremely sharp Muzio Gambit[17] arises after ular response.[23] Black can play ...Bh4+ anyway, forcing
4.Bc4 g4 5.0-0 gxf3 6.Qxf3, where White has gambited 5.Kf1 (else the wild Bertin Gambit, or Three Pawns’
a knight but has three pieces bearing down on f7.[18] Gambit, 5.g3 fxg3 6.0-0 gxh2+ 7.Kh1, played in the
Such wild play is rare in modern chess, but Black must nineteenth century). In modern practice, it is more com-
exercise care in consolidating his position. Perhaps the mon for Black to simply develop instead with 4...Nf6 5.e5
sharpest continuation is the Double Muzio after 6...Qf6 Ng4, known as the Modern Cunningham.
7.e5 Qxe5 8.Bxf7+!? leaving white two pieces down in
eight moves, but with a position some masters consider Rook Sacrifice in the Schallopp Defense
having equal chances.[19][20]
Similar lines which may transpose into the Muzio are the
Ghulam Kassim Gambit, 4.Bc4 g4 5.d4, and the Mac- Schallopp Defense: 3...Nf6 The Schallopp Defense
Donnell Gambit, 4.Bc4 g4 5.Nc3. These are generally (3.Nf3 Nf6) – intending 4.e5 Nh5, holding onto the pawn
considered inferior to the Muzio, which has the advantage – is considered somewhat inferior and is rarely played to-
of reinforcing White’s attack along the f-file. day. In one of the lines, White can usually obtain a crush-
Also inferior is the Lolli Gambit 4.Bc4 g4 5.Bxf7+?!, ing attack via a rook sacrifice, 4.e5 Nh5 5.d4 g5 6.h4 g4
which leaves White with insufficient compensation for the 7.Ng5 Ng3 8.Bc4! Nxh1 9.Bxf7+ Ke7 10.Nc3 (looking
piece after 5...Kxf7 6.Ne5+ Ke8 7.Qxg4 Nf6 8.Qxf4 d6. for immediate mate at d5, or later via queen at f6) and
Black appears doomed.
The Salvio Gambit, 4.Bc4 g4 5.Ne5 Qh4+ 6.Kf1, is con-
sidered better for Black due to the insecurity of White’s
king. Black may play safely with 6...Nh6, or counter- Modern Defense: 3...d5 The Modern Defense, or
sacrifice with 6...f3 or 6...Nc6. Abbazia Defense,[24] (3.Nf3 d5) has much the same
idea as the Falkbeer Counter-Gambit, and can in fact
be reached by transposition, e.g. 2.f4 d5 3.exd5 exf4.
Hanstein Gambit and Philidor Gambit: 4.Bc4 Bg7
Black concentrates on gaining piece play and fighting for
A safer alternative to 4...g4 is 4...Bg7, which usually
the initiative rather than keeping the extra pawn. It has
leads to the Hanstein Gambit after 5.d4 d6 6.O-O h6 or
been recommended by several publications as an easy
the Philidor Gambit after 5.h4 h6 6.d4 d6 (other move
way to equalize, although White keeps a slight advan-
orders are possible in each case).
tage due to his extra central pawn and piece activity. If
White captures (4.exd5) then Black may play 4...Nf6 or
Becker Defense: 3...h6 The Becker Defense (3.Nf3 recapture with 4...Qxd5, at which point it becomes the
h6), has the idea of creating a pawn chain on h6, g5, f4 to Scandinavian Variation of KGA.
defend the f4 pawn while avoiding the Kieseritzky Gam-
bit; Black will not be forced to play ...g4 when White
plays to undermine the chain with h4. White has the op- Fischer Defense: 3...d6 Main article: King’s Gambit,
tion of 4.b3, though the main line continues with 4.d4 Fischer Defense
g5 (ECO C37) and will usually transpose to lines of the
Classical Variation after 5.Bc4 Bg7 6.0-0 (ECO C38). “The refutation of any gambit begins with accepting it.
In my opinion the King’s Gambit is busted. It loses by
Bonch–Osmolovsky Defense: 3...Ne7 The rarely force.” – R. Fischer, “A Bust to the King’s Gambit”
seen Bonch–Osmolovsky Defense[21] (3.Nf3 Ne7) was The Fischer Defense (3.Nf3 d6), although previously
played by Mark Bluvshtein to defeat former world title known, was advocated by Bobby Fischer after he was
finalist Nigel Short at Montreal 2007,[22] though it has defeated by Boris Spassky in a Kieseritzky Gambit at
never been highly regarded by theory. the 1960 Mar del Plata tournament. Fischer then de-
5.3. KING’S GAMBIT 95
cided to refute the King’s Gambit, and the next year the Other third moves for White Other third moves for
American Chess Quarterly published Fischer’s analysis of White are rarely played. Some of these are:
3...d6, which he called “a high-class waiting move”.[5][6]
The point is that after 4.d4 g5 5.h4 g4 White cannot con- • 3.Nc3 – the Mason Gambit or Keres Gambit
tinue with 6.Ne5 as in the Kieseritzky Gambit, 6.Ng5
is unsound because of 6...f6! trapping the knight, and • 3.d4 – the Villemson Gambit[27] or Steinitz Gam-
6.Nfd2 blocks the bishop on c1. This leaves the move bit
6.Ng1 as the only option, when after six moves neither • 3.Be2 – the Lesser Bishop’s Gambit or
side has developed a piece. The resulting slightly odd po- Tartakower Gambit
sition (diagram) offers White good attacking chances.[7]
Fischer Defense after 6.Ng1 • 3.Qf3 – the Breyer Gambit or Hungarian Gambit
after 3.Nf3, best is 3...exf4 transposing to the Fischer De- [3] Philidor, François-André Danican (2005), Analysis of the
fense (though 2...d6 invites White to play 3.d4 instead); Game of Chess (1777) (2nd ed.), Harding Simple Ltd., p.
and 2...Nf6 3.fxe5 Nxe4 4.Nf3 Ng5! 5.d4 Nxf3+ 6.Qxf3 67, ISBN 1-84382-161-3
Qh4+ 7.Qf2 Qxf2+ 8.Kxf2 with a small endgame advan-
[4] Tarrasch, Siegbert (1938), The Game of Chess, David
tage, as played in the 1968 game between Bobby Fischer McKay, p. 309
and Robert Wade in Vinkovci.[28] The greedy 2...Qf6
(known as the Norwalde Variation), intending 3...Qxf4, [5] Bobby Fischer, “A Bust to the King’s Gambit”, American
is considered dubious. Also dubious are the Keene De- Chess Quarterly, Summer 1961, pp. 3–9.
fense: 2...Qh4+ 3.g3 Qe7 and the Mafia Defense: 1.e4
e5 2.f4 c5.[29] [6] Fischer, Bobby (1961). “A Bust to the King’s Gambit”
(PDF). ChessCafe.com. Retrieved 2009-11-08.
2...f5?! is among the oldest countergambits in KGD,
known from a game published in 1625 by Gioachino [7] Burgess, Graham (2010), The Mammoth Book of Chess,
Greco.[30] Vincenz Hruby also played it against Mikhail Running Press
[31]
Chigorin in 1882. It is nonetheless considered dubi- [8] “Rajlich: Busting the King’s Gambit, this time for sure”.
ous because 3.exf5 with the threat of Qh5+ gives White
a good game. The variation is sometimes named the [9] “The ChessBase April Fools revisited”.
Pantelidakis Countergambit because Grandmaster Larry
Evans answered a question from Peter Pantelidakis of [10] “The ChessBase April Fools revisited”.
Chicago about it in one of his columns in Chess Life and [11] “Medias R4: Carlsen plays the King’s Gambit in the
Review. King’s Tournament!". Chessbase. Retrieved 31 May
2016.
5.3.3 ECO [12] Spassky vs. Fischer, Mar del Plata 1969
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO) has ten [13] Spassky vs Polgar, Plaza 1988
codes for the King’s Gambit, C30 through C39.
[14] Spassky vs. Bronstein, USSR Championship 1960
• C30: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 (King’s Gambit) [15] For the origin of the term “Quaade Attack” or “Quaade
Gambit” see "A Chess Gamelet" by Edward Winter, 2014
• C31: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 d5 (Falkbeer Countergambit)
[16] Kasparov, Gary; Keene, Raymond (1982). Batsford Chess
• C32: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 d5 3.exd5 e4 4.d3 Nf6 (Morphy, Openings. American Chess Promotions. pp. 288–89.
Charousek, etc.) ISBN 0-7134-2112-6.
• C33: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 exf4 (King’s Gambit Accepted) [17] For the origins of the name “Muzio” and how the epony-
mous variation came to be labeled, see Polerio Gambit
• C34: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 exf4 3.Nf3 (King’s Knight’s Gam-
bit) [18] Nakamura vs. Andreikin
• C35: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 exf4 3.Nf3 Be7 (Cunningham [19] Peter Millican 1989
Defense)
[20] Shirov vs. J Lapinski
• C36: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 exf4 3.Nf3 d5 (Abbazia Defense)
[21] Named after Soviet national master Mikhail Aleksan-
• C37: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 exf4 3.Nf3 g5 4.Nc3 /4.Bc4 g4 drovich Bonch-Osmolovsky (1919-1975), also chess the-
5.0-0 (Muzio Gambit) orist and arbiter. See Mikhail Aleksandrovich Bonch-
Osmolovsky at ChessGames.com
• C38: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 exf4 3.Nf3 g5 4.Bc4 Bg7 (Phili-
dor, Hanstein, etc.) [22] Short vs. Bluvshtein
• C39: 1.e4 e5 2.f4 exf4 3.Nf3 g5 4.h4 (Allgaier, [23] “Chess Opening Explorer”. Chessgames.com. Retrieved
Kieseritzky, etc.) 7 June 2016.
utilise his 4–2 queenside pawn majority, with Black rely- 5.6.1 History
ing on his piece activity and cramping pawn at f4 to play
against White’s king. Theory has not reached a definitive The Rice Gambit was heavily promoted by wealthy
verdict, but the resulting positions are believed to offer German-born, American businessman Isaac Rice to-
Black more chances than 3...e4. wards the end of the 19th century. He sponsored numer-
ous theme tournaments where the diagram position be-
came the starting point of every game played. Such giants
5.5.3 See also of the chess world as Emanuel Lasker, Mikhail Chigorin,
Carl Schlechter, Frank Marshall, and David Janowski
were among the participants.[1] These events stretched
• List of chess openings from Monte Carlo, Saint Petersburg, and Ostend, to
Brooklyn and Trenton Falls.[1] In a 1905 Pillsbury Na-
• List of chess openings named after people tional Correspondence Chess Association event, 230 am-
ateurs played the gambit by mail.[1] So obsessed was Rice
with his pet line, he formed The Rice Gambit Asso-
5.5.4 References ciation in 1904, at his home in New York.[2] With Dr.
Lasker as Secretary, the Association even published a
[1] Adolf Anderssen vs Ernst Falkbeer, Berlin 1851. book of all the games played in the theme tournaments.[2]
Concrete analysis has long since shown the gambit to
[2] Rudolf Spielmann vs Siegbert Tarrasch, Maehrisch- be “neither good nor necessary”, so it has been aban-
Ostrau 1923. doned in serious play and stands only as “a grotesque
monument to a rich man’s vanity”.[3] The Encyclopedia
[3] Rudolf Spielmann vs Aron Nimzowitsch, Munich 1906. of Chess Openings (1997) analyzes 8...Bxe5 9.Re1 Qe7
10.c3 Nh5 11.d4 Nd7 12.dxe5 Nxe5 13.b3 0-0 14.Ba3
[4] Edward Winter, Chess Note 6792 (published 2010/10/17). Nf3+ 15.gxf3 Qxh4 16.Re5 Bf5 (or 16...Qg3=) 17.Nd2
Qg3+ 18.Kf1 Qh2 19.Bxf8 g3 20.Bc5 g2+ 21.Ke1 Qh4+
[5] Richard Teichmann vs Frank James Marshall, 1905. (or 21...g1=Q 22.Bxg1 Qxg1+ 23.Bf1 Ng3 with an un-
clear position) 22.Ke2 Ng3+ 23.Kf2 Ne4+ with a draw
[6] Marshall’s Chess “Swindles”, American Chess Bulletin, by perpetual check, attributing this analysis to José Raúl
1914, p. 119. Capablanca, Amos Burn, and Edward Lasker.[4]
Bibliography
5.6 Rice Gambit
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox-
The Rice Gambit is a chess opening that arises from the ford Companion To Chess. Oxford University Press.
King’s Gambit Accepted. An offshoot of the Kieseritzky ISBN 0192800493.
Gambit, it is characterized by the moves 1. e4 e5 2. f4 • Matanović, Aleksandar, ed. (1997). Encyclopaedia
exf4 3. Nf3 g5 4. h4 g4 5. Ne5 Nf6 6. Bc4 d5 7. exd5 of Chess Openings. C (3rd ed.). Yugoslavia: Chess
Bd6 8. 0-0 (instead of the normal 8.d4). White offers Informant. ISBN 86-7297-035-7.
the sacrifice of the knight on e5 in order to get his king to
safety and prepare a rook to join the attack against Black’s • Soltis, Andy (1978). Chess to Enjoy. Stein and Day.
underdeveloped position. ISBN 0-8128-6059-4.
100 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
White will sacrifice one or two pawns for the sake of rapid • 4...Nc6 5.Bc4 and 6.Nf3 (Göring Gambit, by trans-
development and the attack. However, with care, Black position)
can accept one or both pawns safely, or simply decline the • 4...Bb4 5.Bc4 (5.Qd4 is an independent option)
gambit altogether with good chances. Bxc3+ 6.bxc3 d6 7.Qb3 Qe7 8.Ne2 Alekhine–
Although it may have been known earlier, Danish player Pomar, clock simul Madrid 1943
Martin Severin From essayed the gambit in the Paris 1867
tournament and he is usually given credit for the open- Alekhine recommended that White play 4.Nxc3. This
ing. The Danish Gambit was popular with masters of line often transposes into the Göring Gambit of the
the attack including Alekhine, Marshall, Blackburne, and Scotch Game. There are only few lines with Black omit-
Mieses, but as more defensive lines for Black were dis- ting Nc6 and/or White omitting Nf3. This move order
covered and improved, it lost favor in the 1920s. Today enables White to avoid the critical main line of the Göring
it is rarely played in top-level chess. Gambit (1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 exd4 4.c3 dxc3 5.Nxc3
Bb4) by keeping open the option of meeting an early
...Bb4 by developing the king’s knight to e2 rather than f3
5.8.1 History and thus preventing Black from disrupting White’s queen-
side pawn structure, as Alekhine did in his game against
From the very beginning the nomenclature of the Dan- Pomar above.
ish Gambit was very confusing. The idea stems from a
famous correspondence game London–Edinburgh, 1824:
1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 exd4 4.Bc4 Bc5 5.c3 Qe7 6.0- Lindehn’s continuation: 4.Bc4
0 dxc3 7.Nxc3. The Swede Hans Lindehn played 1.e4
e5 2.d4 exd4 3.c3 on a regular basis from 1857 at the Danish Gambit Accepted
latest. He defeated the later World Champion Wilhelm 1.e4 e5 2.d4 exd4 3.c3 dxc3 4.Bc4 cxb2 5.Bxb2
Steinitz with his gambit in London, 1864. It is possible,
that Severin From met Lindehn in Paris in this period
and learned about the gambit there. According to Gra- • 4...d6 5.Nxc3 (also Göring Gambit, by transposi-
ham Burgess, in Denmark itself, the opening is called the tion)
[2]
Nordic Gambit.
• 4...cxb2 5.Bxb2 (Danish Gambit Accepted, see dia-
Many games transposed to the Göring Gambit, as Nf3 gram)
for White and Nc6 for Black are logical moves. As Carl
Theodor Göring also used to play the double gambit, there • 5...Bb4+ 6.Kf1 or 6.Nc3
was hardly any difference. • 5...d6 6.Qb3
Remarkably enough, the idea to sacrifice just one pawn • 5...d5 (Schlechter Defense)
(Nxc3) is older in the Göring Gambit than in the Danish.
Paul Morphy encountered it at the first USA-Congress of White can instead offer a second pawn with 4.Bc4. The
1857 against Alexander Meek. In the Danish, especially second pawn can be safely declined by transposing into
Alexander Alekhine applied 1.e4 e5 2.d4 exd4 3.c3 dxc3 the Göring Gambit. Accepting the pawn allows White’s
4.Nxc3, but on unimportant occasions. two bishops to rake the Black kingside after 4...cxb2
102 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
5.Bxb2. White will often follow up with Qb3 if possible, 5.8.5 References
applying pressure on Black’s b7- and f7-squares. Com-
bined with White’s long diagonal pressure on g7, this can • Lutes, W. John (1992). Danish Gambit. Chess En-
make it difficult for Black to develop his bishops. A sim- terprises. ISBN 0-945470-19-3.
ilar position arises except for Black in the Ross Gam-
bit,[3] a variation of the Scandinavian Defence. • de Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings:
Schlechter recommended one of the most reliable de- MCO-14. Random House. ISBN 0-8129-3084-3.
fenses for Black: by returning one of the pawns with
5...d5 Black gains time to complete development. Af-
ter 6.Bxd5 Nf6 (Bb4+ is also possible) 7.Bxf7+ Kxf7 5.8.6 External links
8.Qxd8 Bb4+ 9.Qd2 Bxd2+ 10.Nxd2 c5, Black regains
the queen. Most theorists evaluate this position as equal, • Opening Report: 1.e4 e5 2.d4 exd4 3.c3 (2086
but some believe that the queenside majority gives Black games)
the advantage in the endgame.The popularity of the Dan-
ish plummeted after Schlechter’s defense was introduced
as the resulting positions are not what White generally de-
sires from a gambit opening. There have been attempts, 5.9 Lopez Opening
especially by German correspondence player Ingo Firn-
haber, to revive the gambit idea with 7.Nc3, but ac- Not to be confused with Ruy Lopez.
cording to Karsten Müller and Martin Voigt in Danish
Dynamite, this line gives insufficient compensation af-
ter 7...Nxd5 8.Nxd5 Nbd7 (8...c6?? 9.Nf6+) 9.Nf3 c6, The Lopez Opening (or MacLeod Attack) is a chess
since the piece sacrifice 10.0-0 is dubious on account of opening characterized by the moves:
10...cxd5 11.exd5 Be7! If White instead plays 6.exd5,
his light-square bishop is blocked and after 6...Nf6 7.Nc3 1. e4 e5
Bd6 Black can complete development relatively easily.
2. c3
The big advantage of Göring’s move order (Nf3 first, be-
fore c3) is avoiding Schlechter’s defence, since after 1.e4
e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 exd4 4.c3 dxc3 5.Bc4 cxb2 6.Bxb2 The opening was played frequently by 19th century
Black cannot safely play 6...d5 with the queen’s knight Scottish–Canadian chess master Nicholas MacLeod but
committed to c6. The big advantage of 2.d4 exd4 3.c3 is has otherwise arisen rarely in tournament play.
the option to meet 3...d5 with 4.exd5 Qxd5 5.cxd4 Nc6
6.Be3 instead of 6.Nf3 transposing to the Göring Gambit
Declined (the main objection being the Capablanca Vari- 5.9.1 Discussion
ation, 6.Nf3 Bg4 7.Be2 Bb4+ 8.Nc3 Bxf3 9.Bxf3 Qc4,
when White must exchange queens or give up castling White’s second move prepares to push a pawn to d4, es-
rights). It also has the advantage of avoiding Black’s other tablishing a strong center. Play can potentially transpose
options after 2.Nf3, which is mainly the Petrov Defence to other openings, most likely the Ponziani Opening or
2...Nf6. the Göring Gambit in the Scotch Game. However, Eric
Schiller states in Unorthodox Chess Openings that the
opening is too slow; that Black can respond vigorously
5.8.3 See also with 2...d5! to eliminate transpositional possibilities and
solve all of his opening problems, as after 1.e4 e5 2.c3 d5!
• List of chess openings 3.exd5 Qxd5, 4.Nc3 is not available to chase the queen
away and gain a tempo.
• List of chess openings named after places
[1] Edward G. Winter (1999). Kings, Commoners and • Ruy Lopez—a very popular opening with a similar
Knaves: Further Chess Explorations. Russell Enterprises. name
p. 158. ISBN 978-1-888690-04-0.
[3] “Scandinavian Defense, Marshall / Ross Gambit: Black Schiller, Eric (2003). Unorthodox Chess Openings. Car-
Attack!". Retrieved 10 October 2016. doza. ISBN 1-58042-072-9.
5.11. PARHAM ATTACK 103
5.10 Napoleon Opening [3] Murray, H.J.R. A Short History of Chess (London: Oxford
University Press), 1963 posthumously, p. 79.
The Napoleon Opening is an irregular chess opening [4] Napoleon Himself, 2005, John Schneider
starting with the moves:
[5] Schiller, Eric (1998). “Wayward Queen Attack”. Un- White’s second move is less common than 2.Nf3, and is
orthodox Chess Openings. Cardoza Publishing. pp. 247– also more recent. A book reviewer wrote in the New York
49. ISBN 0-940685-73-6. Times in 1888 that “since Morphy only one new opening
has been introduced, the 'Vienna'.”[1]
[6] Lev Alburt & Al Lawrence,Chess for Everyone, Rowman
& Littlefield, 2010 The original idea behind the Vienna Game was to play a
delayed King’s Gambit with f4, but in modern play White
[7] The Chess Drum, The Talking Drum featuring Bernard often plays more quietly (for example by fianchettoing
Parham, 6 July 2003 his king’s bishop with g3 and Bg2). Black most often
[8] Fields-Young, Danville Kentucky 1875, Dubuque Chess continues with 2...Nf6. The opening can also lead to the
Journal, August 1875, page 371 scanned at Hathitrust Frankenstein–Dracula Variation.
Weaver W. Adams famously claimed that the Vienna
[9] Nakamura-Sasikiran, 13th Sigeman & Co 2005. Chess-
Game led to a forced win for White.[2] Nick de Firmian
Games.com. Retrieved on 2006-02-09.
concludes in the 15th edition of Modern Chess Openings,
[10] Nakamura on 2.Qh5. Mig Greengard. Published 2005- however, that the opening leads to equality with best play
05-05. Retrieved on 2009-02-06. by both sides.[3]
3.Bc4
5.11.6 External links
The move 3.Bc4 leads to a position which can also be
• Jake, Joe and Garry (column by Hans Ree) reached from the Bishop’s Opening (1.e4 e5 2.Bc4).
Black has several choices here; 3...Bc5 can transpose
• Nakamura-Sasikiran, Sigeman 2005 to the King’s Gambit Declined after 4.d3 d6 5.f4 Nc6
6.Nf3; after 3...Nc6 4.d3, 4...Na5, 4...Bc5 or 4...d6
• Article on Parham in Indianapolis paper 2007 are all playable; 3...Bb4 4.f4 Nxe4 5.Qh5 0-0 leads
to wild but probably equal play, according to de Fir-
• Games with the Danvers Opening on Chess- mian in MCO-15.[5] Also possible is 3...Nxe4, when
Games.com 4.Nxe4 d5, forking bishop and knight, is fine for Black.[6]
The attractive-looking 4.Bxf7+ is weak; after 4...Kxf7
5.Nxe4 d5! (inferior is 5...Nc6 6.Qf3+, when Black
5.12 Vienna Game cannot play 6...Kg8?? because of 7.Ng5! 1–0 Davids–
Diggle, London Banks League 1949, while 6...Ke8 leaves
[7][8]
The Vienna Game is an opening in chess that begins with the king awkwardly placed in the center) 6.Qf3+
[9]
the moves: (6.Qh5+ g6 7.Qxe5? Bh6! wins for Black) Kg8
7.Ng5!? (hoping for 7...Qxg5?? 8.Qxd5+ and mate next
move, Schottlaender–Ed. Lasker, simultaneous exhibi-
1. e4 e5 tion, Breslau c. 1902) Qd7!, with a large advantage for
2. Nc3 Black in view of his bishop pair and pawn center.[10][11]
106 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
...Nf6 and ...Nc6 can be found above, or Black can play [9] Neishtadt, pp. 65–66.
...d6.
[10] Neishtadt, p. 65.
White can continue with 3.Nf3, when 3...Nc6?! (trans-
posing to the Three Knights Game) 4.Nxe5! Nxe5 5.d4 [11] Lasker, Edward (1969) [1951]. Chess Secrets I Learned
From The Masters. Dover, NY: David McKay Company.
Bd6 6.dxe5 Bxe5 7.Bd3 leads to a large advantage for
[15] pp. 10–11. ISBN 978-0486-22266-0.
White. Stronger is 3...d6! Then 4.Na4 Nd7 5.d3 Ngf6
6.Be2 0-0 7.0-0 c6 8.Nxc5 Nxc5 9.Ne1 Ne6 10.c3 d5 [12] Schiller, Eric (1998). Standard Chess Openings. Cardoza
is about even.[16] The main line runs 4.d4 exd4 5.Nxd4 Publishing. p. 39. ISBN 0-940685-72-8.
Nf6 6.Bg5 (6.Be2 d5 7.e5 Ne4 8.0-0 Nxc3 leads to [13] Danish grandmaster Bent Larsen writes that after 5.Nd5!
equality[16] ) h6 7.Bh4 0-0 8.Nb3 and now de Firmian in “it’s over, as detailed analysis reveals.” Larry Evans,
MCO-15 gives 8...Bb4 9.Bd3 Re8 10.0-0 Bxc3 11.bxc3 Svetozar Gligorić, Vlastimil Hort, Paul Keres, Bent
g5! 12.Bg3 Nxe4, when Black’s “chances are at least Larsen, Tigran Petrosian, and Lajos Portisch (1974), How
equal”.[16] to Open a Chess Game, RHM Press, p. 172. ISBN 0-
89058-003-0.
After 3.f4, ...d6 leads to the King’s Gambit Declined.[16]
Weak is 3.Qg4 Nf6! 4.Qxg7 Rg8 5.Qh6 Bxf2+ when [14] Kan–Capablanca, Moscow 1936. ChessGames.com. Re-
Black had a large advantage in Tsikhelashvili–Karpov, trieved on 2009-02-23.
USSR 1968, since 6.Kxf2?? Ng4+ would win White’s
[15] de Firmian, pp. 130–31.
queen.[16] Another offbeat possibility is 3.Na4, when
3...Bxf2+!? 4.Kxf2 Qh4+ 5.Ke3 Qxf4+ 6.Kd3 d5 leads [16] de Firmian, p. 120.
to wild complications, as in the famous Immortal Draw
[17] Michael Goeller, The Hamppe–Meitner Motif. Retrieved
game Hamppe–Meitner, Vienna 1872. However, the
on 2009-01-22.
quiet 3...Be7 leaves Black with a good game.[17]
5.12.6 Literature
5.12.4 See also
• László Jakobetz, László Somlai: Die Wiener Partie.
• List of chess openings Dreier, 1994, ISBN 3-929376-12-1
• List of chess openings named after places
[8] Diggle, G. H. (1984). Chess Characters: Reminiscences of Another common way of reaching the same po-
a Badmaster. Chess Notes. p. 50. OCLC 769108138. sition is 1.e4 e5 2.Bc4 (Bishop’s Opening) Nf6
ASIN B001L1DDB0 3.Nc3.
108 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
This is the move that defines the Frankenstein– 8...Qf6 has also been tried and white has to
Dracula Variation. White cannot of course be careful. For instance, after 9 Nxc7+ Kd8
win material immediately, since 4.Nxe4 brings 10 Nxa8 b6 11. d3 Bb7 12.h4 as in the main
4...d5. line, black has the strong 12...Ne7! that he
cannot play with the queen on e7 (white has
4. Qh5 now a very poor game). Unfortunately, after
11.d4 Nxd4 12.Nxb6 axb6 13.Nf3 Bb7 white
4.Nxe4 d5 is considered to give Black no prob- can play 14.Qxd4! (that would be a terrible
lems. 4.Bxf7+ Kxf7 5.Nxe4 is considered move with the black queen on e7) and black’s
good for Black as long as he avoids 5...Nc6 attack is now less sharp after 14...exd4 15.Bg5
(5...d5) 6.Qf3+ Kg8 7.Ng5! and White wins Qxg5 16.Nxg5
(7...Qxg5 8.Qd5#). 4.Qh5 threatens Qxf7#,
a threat that White continues to renew in this
line. 9. Nxc7+ Kd8 10. Nxa8
1.e4 e5
5.15.1 Basics
2.Ne2 Position after 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5
White usually tries to exploit his extra space on the king- A general theme in the Advance French is that White
side, where he will often play for a mating attack. White would like to put his light-square bishop on d3, maximis-
tries to do this in the Alekhine–Chatard attack, for exam- ing its scope. White cannot play this move immediately
ple. Another example is the following line of the Classi- after 5...Qb6 without losing the d4 pawn. Black can-
cal French: 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Be7 5.e5 not gain the extra pawn immediately since 6.Bd3 cxd4
Nfd7 6.Bxe7 Qxe7 7.f4 0-0 8.Nf3 c5 9.Bd3 (see dia- 7.cxd4 Nxd4? 8.Nxd4 Qxd4?? 9.Bb5+ wins the black
gram). White’s light-square bishop eyes the weak h7- queen by a discovered attack with check. Thus, theory
pawn, which is usually defended by a knight on f6 but here holds that Black should play 7...Bd7 instead to obviate
it has been pushed away by e5. A typical way for White to this idea. White has often sacrificed the d-pawn anyway
continue his attack is 9...cxd4 10.Bxh7+ Kxh7 11.Ng5+ by continuing 8.0-0 Nxd4 9.Nxd4 Qxd4 10.Nc3. This is
when Black must give up his queen to avoid being mated, the Milner-Barry Gambit, named after Sir Stuart Milner-
continuing with 11...Qxg5 12.fxg5 dxc3. Black has three Barry, considered of marginal soundness by present-day
minor pieces for the queen, which gives him a slight ma- theory, and has never had proponents at the highest levels
terial superiority, but his king is vulnerable and White has of play.
good attacking chances. Another theme is that White wants to expand on the king-
side and attack the black king; the long-term advantages
Apart from a piece attack, White may play for the ad-
vance of his kingside pawns (an especially common idea in many French structures lie with Black, so White is of-
ten more or less forced to attack by various methods, such
in the endgame), which usually involves f2–f4, g2–g4 and
then f4–f5 to utilise his natural spatial advantage on that as driving the black knight off f5 with g4 or playing h4–
side of the board. A white pawn on f5 can be very strong h5 to expel the knight from g6. Because of the blocked
as it may threaten to capture on e6 or advance to f6. centre, sacrificial mating attacks are often possible. It
Sometimes pushing the h-pawn to h5 or h6 may also be is said by French players that the classic bishop sacrifice
effective. A modern idea is for White to gain space on the (Bd3xh7) should be evaluated every move. Black, how-
queenside by playing a2–a3 and b2–b4. If implemented ever, often welcomes an attack as the French is notorious
successfully, this will further restrict Black’s pieces. for producing defensive tactics and maneuvers that leave
Black up material for an endgame. Viktor Korchnoi who,
Tarrasch–Teichmann, 1912 along with Botvinnik, was the strongest player who advo-
Position after 15...Nxc5 cated the French, talked about how he would psycholog-
ically lure his opponents into attacking him so that they
One of the drawbacks of the French Defence for Black would eventually sacrifice material and he would halt his
is his queen’s bishop, which is blocked in by his pawn on opponent’s army and win the endgame easily.
e6. If Black is unable to free it by means of the pawn
breaks ...c5 and/or ...f6, it can remain passive through-
out the game. An often-cited example of the potential
weakness of this bishop is S. Tarrasch–R. Teichmann,
San Sebastián 1912, in which the diagrammed position 5.15.3 Main line: 2.d4 d5
was reached after fifteen moves of a Classical French.
Black’s position is passive because his light-square bishop 3.Nc3
is hemmed in by pawns on a6, b5, d5, e6 and f7. White
will probably try to exchange Black’s knight, which is the Played in over 40% of all games after 1. e4 e6 2. d4
only one of his pieces that has any scope. Although it d5, 3. Nc3 is the most commonly seen line against the
might be possible for Black to hold on for a draw, it is not French. Black has three main options, 3...dxe4 (the Ru-
easy and, barring any mistakes by White, Black will have binstein Variation), 3...Bb4 (the Winawer Variation)
few chances to create counterplay, which is why, for many and 3...Nf6 (the Classical Variation). An eccentric idea
years, the classical lines fell out of favour, and 3...Bb4 be- is 3...Nc6!? 4.Nf3 Nf6 with the idea of 5.e5 Ne4; Ger-
gan to be seen more frequently after World War I, due to man IM Helmut Reefschlaeger has been fond of this
the efforts of Nimzowitsch and Botvinnik. In Tarrasch– move.
5.15. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 111
Rubinstein Variation: 3...dxe4 After 3.Nc3 dxe4 If the tactical complications of 7.Qg4 are not to White’s
4.Nxe4 taste, 7.Nf3 and 7.a4 are good positional alternatives:
7. Nf3 is a natural developing move, and White usually
This variation is named after Akiba Rubinstein and can follows it up by developing the king’s bishop to d3 or e2
also arise from a different move order: 3.Nd2 dxe4. (occasionally to b5) and castling kingside. This is called
White has freer development and more space in the cen- the Winawer Advance Variation. This line often contin-
tre, which Black intends to neutralise by playing ...c7–c5 ues 7... Bd7 8. Bd3 c4 9. Be2 Ba4 10. 0-0 Qa5 11.
at some point. This solid line has undergone a modest re- Bd2 Nbc6 12. Ng5 h6 13. Nh3 0-0-0. Its assessment is
vival, featuring in many GM games as a drawing weapon unclear, but most likely Black would be considered “com-
but theory still gives White a slight edge. After 3... dxe4 fortable” here.
4. Nxe4, Black has the following options: The purpose behind 7. a4 is threefold: it prepares Bc1–
a3, taking advantage of the absence of Black’s dark-
• The most popular line is: 4...Nd7 5.Nf3 Ngf6 square bishop. It also prevents Black from playing
6.Nxf6+ Nxf6 when Black is ready for ...c5. ...Qa5–a4 or ...Bd7–a4 attacking c2, and if Black plays
...b6 (followed by ...Ba6 to trade off the bad bishop),
• 4...Bd7 5.Nf3 Bc6 (the Fort Knox Variation) acti-
White may play a5 to attack the b6-pawn.
vating the light-square bishop, which is often played
by Alexander Rustemov.
Sidelines 5th move deviations for White include:
Winawer Variation: 3...Bb4 This variation, named
after Szymon Winawer and pioneered by Nimzowitsch • 5.Qg4
and Botvinnik, is one of the main systems in the French,
due chiefly to the latter’s efforts in the 1940s, becoming • 5.dxc5
the most often seen rejoinder to 3.Nc3, though in the
1980s, the Classical Variation with 3...Nf6 began a re- • 5.Nf3
vival, and has since become more popular.
• 5.Bd2
3... Bb4 pins the knight on c3, forcing White to resolve
the central tension. White normally clarifies the central 4th move deviations for White include:
situation for the moment with 4. e5, gaining space and
hoping to show that Black’s b4-bishop is misplaced. The
main line then is: 4... c5 5. a3 Bxc3+ 6. bxc3, resulting • 4.exd5 exd5, transposing to a line of the Exchange
in the diagrammed position: Variation.
After 3...Bb4 4.e5 c5 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.bxc3 • 4.Ne2 (the Alekhine Gambit) 4...dxe4 5.a3 Be7
(5...Bxc3+ is necessary if Black wants to try to hold
While White has doubled pawns on the queenside, which the pawn) 6.Nxe4 to prevent Black from doubling
form the basis for Black’s counterplay, they can also help his pawns.
White since they strengthen his centre and give him a
• 4.Bd3 defending e4.
semi-open b-file. White has a spatial advantage on the
kingside, where Black is even weaker than usual because • 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 dxe4 6.Qg4, another attempt to
he has traded off his dark-square bishop. Combined with exploit Black’s weakness on g7.
the bishop pair, this gives White attacking chances, which
he must attempt to utilise as the long-term features of this • 4.e5 c5 5.Bd2, again preventing the doubled pawns
pawn structure favour Black. and making possible 6.Nb5, where the knight may
In the diagrammed position, Black most frequently plays hop into d6 or simply defend d4.
6... Ne7 (The main alternative is 6...Qc7, which can sim-
• 4.Bd2 (an old move sometimes played by Nezh-
ply transpose to main lines after 7.Qg4 Ne7, but Black
metdinov, notably against Mikhail Tal)
also has the option of 7.Qg4 f5 or ...f6. 6...Qa5 has re-
cently become a popular alternative). Now White can ex-
ploit the absence of Black’s dark-square bishop by play- Deviations for Black include:
ing 7. Qg4, giving Black two choices: he may sacri-
fice his kingside pawns with 7...Qc7 8.Qxg7 Rg8 9.Qxh7 • 4...Ne7 although this move usually transposes to the
cxd4 but destroy White’s centre in return, the so-called main line.
"Poisoned Pawn Variation"; or he can play 7...0-0 8.Bd3
Nbc6, which avoids giving up material, but leaves the • 4...b6 followed by ...Ba6, or 4...Qd7 with the idea
king on the flank where White is trying to attack. Ex- of meeting 5.Qg4 with 5...f5. However, theory cur-
perts on the 7.Qg4 line include Judit Polgár. rently prefers White’s chances in both lines.
112 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
• Another popular way for Black to deviate is 4.e5 5. e5 h6 6. Bd2 Bxc3 7. bxc3 Ne4 8. Qg4.
c5 5.a3 Ba5, the Armenian Variation, as its the- At this point Black may play 8...g6, which weak-
ory and practice have been much enriched by play- ens the kingside dark squares but keeps the option
ers from that country, the most notable of whom is of castling queenside, or 8...Kf8. The McCutcheon
Rafael Vaganian. Black maintains the pin on the Variation is named for John Lindsay McCutcheon
knight, which White usually tries to break by play- of Philadelphia (1857–1905), who brought the vari-
ing 6.b4 cxb4 7.Qg4 or 7.Nb5 (usually 7.Nb5 bxa3+ ation to public attention when he used it to defeat
8.c3 Bc7 9.Bxa3 and white has the upper hand). World Champion Steinitz in a simultaneous exhibi-
tion in Manhattan in 1885.[1][2][3]
pieces in the middlegame, he will have a slight useful for Black in most French lines because, for
advantage in the ending. Another possibility example, White no longer has the option of playing
for White is 5.Bb5+ Bd7 (5...Nc6 is also pos- Bb5.
sible) 6.Qe2+ Be7 7.dxc5 to trade off the bish-
ops and make it more difficult for Black to re-
gain the pawn. Exchange Variation: 3.exd5 exd5
• 4... Qxd5 is an important alternative for
After 3.exd5 exd5
Black; the idea is to trade his c- and d-pawns
for White’s d- and e-pawns, leaving Black with
an extra centre pawn. This constitutes a slight Many players who begin with 1.e4 find that the French
structural advantage, but in return White gains Defence is the most difficult opening for them to play
time for development by harassing Black’s against due to the closed structure and unique strategies
queen. This interplay of static and dynamic of the system. Thus, many players choose to play the ex-
advantages is the reason why this line has be- change so that the position becomes simple and clearcut.
come popular in the last decade. Play usu- White makes no effort to exploit the advantage of the
ally continues 5. Ngf3 cxd4 6. Bc4 Qd6 7. first move, and has often chosen this line with expec-
0-0 Nf6 (preventing 8.Ne4) 8. Nb3 Nc6 9. tation of an early draw, and indeed draws often occur
Nbxd4 Nxd4, and here White may stay in the if neither side breaks the symmetry. An extreme ex-
middlegame with 10.Nxd4 or offer the trade ample was Capablanca–Maróczy, Lake Hopatcong 1926,
of queens with 10.Qxd4, with the former far which went: 4.Bd3 Bd6 5.Nf3 Nf6 6.0-0 0-0 7.Bg5 Bg4
more commonly played today. 8.Re1 Nbd7 9.Nbd2 c6 10.c3 Qc7 11.Qc2 Rfe8 12.Bh4
Bh5 13.Bg3 Bxg3 14.hxg3 Bg6 15.Rxe8+ Rxe8 16.Bxg6
• 3... Nf6 While the objective of 3...c5 was to break hxg6 17.Re1 Rxe1+ 18.Nxe1 Ne8 19.Nd3 Nd6 20.Qb3
open the centre, 3... Nf6 aims to close it. After 4. a6 21.Kf1 ½–½ (the game can be viewed here).
e5 Nfd7 5. Bd3 c5 6. c3 Nc6 (6...b6 intends ...Ba6
Despite the symmetrical pawn structure, White cannot
next to get rid of Black’s “bad” light-square bishop,
force a draw. An obsession with obtaining one some-
a recurring idea in the French) 7. Ne2 (leaving f3
times results in embarrassment for White, as in Tatai–
open for the queen’s knight) 7... cxd4 8. cxd4 f6 9.
Korchnoi, Beer Sheva 1978, which continued 4.Bd3
exf6 Nxf6 10. Nf3 Bd6 Black has freed his pieces
c5!? 5.Nf3 Nc6 6.Qe2+ Be7 7.dxc5 Nf6 8.h3 0-0 9.0-0
at the cost of having a backward pawn on e6. White
Bxc5 10.c3 Re8 11.Qc2 Qd6 12.Nbd2 Qg3 13.Bf5 Re2
may also choose to preserve his pawn on e5 by play-
14.Nd4 Nxd4 0–1 (the game can be watched here). A less
ing 4. e5 Nfd7 5. c3 c5 6. f4 Nc6 7. Ndf3, but
extreme example was Mikhail Gurevich–Short, Manila
his development is slowed as a result, and Black will
1990 where White, a strong Russian grandmaster, played
gain dynamic chances if he can open the position to
openly for the draw but was ground down by Short in 42
advantage.
moves.
• 3... Nc6 is known as the Guimard Variation: after To create genuine winning chances, White will often play
4.Ngf3 Nf6 5.e5 Nd7 Black will exchange White’s c2–c4 at some stage to put pressure on Black’s d5-pawn.
cramping e-pawn next move by ...f6. However, Black can give White an isolated queen’s pawn by cap-
Black does not exert any pressure on d4 because he turing on c4, but this gives White’s pieces greater free-
cannot play ...c5, so White should maintain a slight dom, which may lead to attacking chances. This occurs in
advantage, with 6.Be2 or 6 Nb3. lines such as 3.exd5 exd5 4.c4 (played by GMs Normunds
Miezis and Maurice Ashley) and 4.Nf3 Bd6 5.c4, which
• 3... Be7 is known as the Morozevich Varia- may transpose to the Petroff. Conversely, if White de-
tion.[4] A fashionable line among top GMs in re- clines to do this, Black may play ...c7–c5 himself, e.g.
cent years, this odd-looking move aims to prove that 4.Bd3 c5, as in the above-cited Tatai–Korchnoi game.
every White move now has its drawbacks, e.g. af-
ter 4.Ngf3 Nf6 5.e5 Nfd7 White cannot play f4, If c2–c4 is not played, White and Black have two main
whereas 4.Bd3 c5 5.dxc5 Nf6 and 4.e5 c5 5. Qg4 piece setups. White may put his pieces on Nf3, Bd3,
Kf8!? lead to obscure complications. 3...h6?!, Bg5 (pinning the black knight), Nc3, Qd2 or the queen’s
with a similar rationale, has also gained some ad- knight can go to d2 instead and White can support the
venturous followers in recent years, including GM centre with c3 and perhaps play Qb3. Conversely, when
Alexander Morozevich. the queen’s knight is on c3, the king’s knight may go to
e2 when the enemy bishop and knight can be kept out of
• Another rare line is 3... a6, which gained some pop- the key squares e4 and g4 by f3. When the knight is on
ularity in the 1970s. Similar to 3...Be7, the idea is c3 in the first and last of the above strategies, White may
to play a waiting move to make White declare his in- choose either short or long castling. The positions are so
tentions before Black commits to a plan of his own. symmetrical that the options and strategies are the same
3...a6 also controls the b5-square, which is typically for both sides.
114 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
Another way to unbalance the position is for White or 5.15.4 Early deviations for White
Black to castle on opposite sides of the board. An ex-
ample of this is the line 4.Bd3 Nc6 5.c3 Bd6 6.Nf3 Bg4 After 1.e4 e6, almost 90 percent of all games continue
7.0-0 Nge7 8.Re1 Qd7 9.Nbd2 0-0-0. 2.d4 d5, but White can try other ideas. The most im-
portant of these is 2.d3 d5 3.Nd2, with a version of the
King’s Indian Attack. White will likely play Ngf3, g3,
Bg2, 0-0, c3 and/or Re1 in some order on the next few
moves. Black has several ways to combat this setup:
3...c5 followed by ...Nc6, ...Bd6, ...Nf6 or ...Nge7 and
...0-0 is common, 3...Nf6 4.Ngf3 Nc6 plans ...dxe4 and
Advance Variation: 3.e5 ...e5 to block in the Bg2, and 3...Nf6 4.Ngf3 b6 makes
...Ba6 possible if White’s light-square bishop leaves the
a6–f1 diagonal. 2.d3 has been used by many leading play-
After 3.e5 c5 4. c3 Nc6 5. Nf3 ers over the years, including GMs Pal Benko, Bobby Fis-
cher and Lev Psakhis.
The main line of the Advance Variation continues 3... c5
4. c3 Nc6 5. Nf3 and then we have a branching point: • 2.f4 is the Labourdonnais Variation, named after
5... Qb6, the idea is to increase the pressure on d4 Louis-Charles Mahé de La Bourdonnais, the 19th-
and eventually undermine the White centre. The queen century French master.[5]
also attacks the b2-square, so White’s dark-square bishop
• 2.Qe2 is the Chigorin Variation, which discour-
cannot easily defend the d4-pawn without losing the b2-
ages 2...d5 because after 3.exd5 the black pawn is
pawn. White’s most common replies are 6.a3 and 6.Be2.
pinned, meaning Black would need to recapture with
6.a3 is currently the most important line in the Advance: the queen. Black usually replies 2...c5, after which
it prepares 7.b4, gaining space on the queenside. Black play can resemble the 2.d3 variation or the Closed
may prevent this with 6...c4 intending to take en passant if Variation of the Sicilian Defence.
White plays b4, which creates a closed game where Black
fights for control of the b3-square. On the other hand, • 2.Nf3 d5 3.Nc3 is the Two Knights Variation:
Black may continue developing with 6...Nh6, intending 3...d4 and 3...Nf6 are good replies for Black.
...Nf5, which might seem strange as White can double • 2.c4 (attempting to discourage 2...d5 by Black) is
the pawn with Bxh6, but this is actually considered good the Steiner Variation. But Black can reply 2...d5
for Black. Black plays ...Bg7 and ...0-0 and Black’s king anyway, when after 3.cxd5 exd5 4.exd5 Nf6 the only
has adequate defence and White will miss his apparently way for White to hold on to his extra pawn on d5 is
'bad' dark-square bishop. to play 5.Bb5+. Black gets good compensation in
6.Be2 is the other alternative, aiming simply to castle. return for the pawn, however.
Once again, a common Black response is 6...Nh6 intend-
• 2.Bb5 has occasionally been tried. Notably, Henry
ing 7...cxd4 8.cxd4 Nf5 attacking d4. White usually re-
Bird defeated Max Fleissig with the variation during
sponds to this threat with 7.Bxh6 or 7.b3 preparing Bb2.
the Vienna 1873 chess tournament.[6]
5... Bd7 was mentioned by Greco as early as 1620, and
was revived and popularised by Viktor Korchnoi in the • 2.b3 leads to the Réti Gambit after 2...d5 3.Bb2
1970s. Now a main line, the idea behind the move is that dxe4, but Black can also decline it with 3...Nf6 4.e5
since Black usually plays ...Bd7 sooner or later, he plays Nd7 with White going for f4 and Qg4 before putting
it right away and waits for White to show his hand. If the knight on f3.
White plays 6.a3 in response, modern theory says that
Black equalises or is better after 6...f6! The lines are There are also a few rare continuations after 1.e4 e6 2.d4
complex, but the main point is that a3 is a wasted move if d5, including 3.Bd3 (the Schlechter Variation), 3.Be3
the black queen is not on b6 and so Black uses the extra (the Alapin Gambit), and 3.c4 (the Diemer-Duhm Gam-
tempo to attack the white centre immediately. bit, which can also be reached via the Queen’s Gambit
5...Nh6 has recently become a popular alternative Declined).
can transpose into the Benoni, though White has extra 5.15.7 ECO codes
options since c2–c4 is not mandated. 3.Nf3, transposing
into a normal Sicilian Defence, and 3.c3, transposing into The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings includes an al-
a line of the Alapin Sicilian (usually arrived at after 1.e4 phanumeric classification system for openings that is
c5 2.c3 e6 3.d4) are also common. Play may also lead widely used in chess literature. Codes C00 to C19 are
back to the French; for example, 1.e4 e6 2.d4 c5 3.c3 d5 the French Defence, broken up in the following way (all
4.e5 transposes into the Advance Variation. apart from C00 start with the moves 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5):
[5] http://www.365chess.com/opening.php?m=4&n=209& 1. e4 c6
ms=e4.e6.f4&ns=3.16.209
Classical Variation: 3...dxe4 4.Nxe4 Bf5 Classical / Another solid positional line, this variation is charac-
Capablanca Variation after 4.Bf5 terised by the moves:
The most common way of handling the Caro–Kann, the 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 (or 3.Nd2) dxe4 4.Nxe4
Classical Variation (often referred to as the Capablanca Nd7
Variation after José Capablanca), is defined by the moves:
At one time named after the first world champion
1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 (or 3.Nd2) dxe4 4.Nxe4 Wilhelm Steinitz, nowadays the variation is variously
Bf5 referred to as the Smyslov Variation after the seventh
world champion Vasily Smyslov who played a number
This was long considered to represent best play for both of notable games with it, the Karpov Variation, after
sides in the Caro–Kann. White usually continues: the twelfth World Champion Anatoly Karpov, in whose
repertoire it appeared quite often, or, most commonly,
5.Ng3 Bg6 6.h4 h6 7.Nf3 Nd7 8.h5 Bh7 9.Bd3 the Modern Variation. The short-term goal of 4...Nd7 is
Bxd3 10.Qxd3 to ease development by the early exchange of a pair of
Knights without compromising the structural integrity of
Although White’s pawn on h5 looks ready to attack, it can his position. Play is similar to the Classical Variation ex-
prove to be a weakness in an endgame.[2] cept that Black has more freedom by delaying the devel-
Much of the Caro–Kann’s reputation as a solid defence opment of his bishop, and is not forced to play it to the g6
stems from this variation. Black makes very few com- square. However, this freedom comes at a cost as White
promises in pawn structure and plays a timely c6–c5 to enjoys added freedom in taking up space in the center,
contest the d4-square. Variations with Black castling and often plays the aggressive 5.Ng5!? where Black’s de-
queenside gave the Caro–Kann its reputation of being velopment is brought into question as well as the posi-
solid but somewhat boring. More popular recently are tional weakness of the f7-square. The famous last game
variations with Black castling kingside and even leaving of the Deep Blue versus Garry Kasparov rematch where
his king in the centre. These variations can be sharp and Kasparov committed a known blunder and lost was played
dynamic. in this very line.
Here is a brilliancy illustrating White’s attacking chances Specialist knowledge is a must to play this opening. Oth-
when the players castle on opposite sides in the Classical erwise Black could fall prey to early attacks such as the
Variation: quick mating trap for White 5.Qe2 and then 6.Nd6#.
Korchnoi Variation: 5...exf6 Korchnoi Variation is an important alternative and avoids the weight of theory
(5...exf6) associated with 3...Bf5. It was used by Mikhail Botvin-
nik in his 1961 match versus Mikhail Tal (though with a
The Korchnoi Variation arises after: negative outcome for Botvinnik – two draws and a loss).
The line was christened the “Arkell/Khenkin Variation”
in the leading chess magazine New in Chess yearbook 42
5...exf6 in recognition of the work these two Grandmasters did
and the success they were having with the variation. In
Viktor Korchnoi has played 5...exf6 many times (includ- comparison to the French Defence, Black lacks the tempo
ing his first world championship match with Anatoly Kar- normally spent on ...e6. However, White can only exploit
pov), and this line has also been employed by Ulf An- this by the weakening of his own central bind with 4. dxc5
dersson. Black’s 5...exf6 is regarded as sounder than when Black has good chances of regaining the pawn.
5...gxf6!? of the Bronstein–Larsen Variation and offers
Black rapid development, though also ceding White the Exchange Variation: 3.exd5 cxd5
superior pawn structure and long-term prospects (Black
has to be cautious that the d pawn is now a potential Exchange Variation
passed pawn in the endgame).
The Exchange Variation is 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.exd5 cxd5.
Gurgenidze Variation: 3.Nc3 g6 The Gurgenidze
Variation is 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 g6. Black prepares Main line: 4.Bd3 Exchange Variation 4.Bd3
to fianchetto the bishop on g7, creating pressure against
White’s d4 pawn. After 4.Nf3 Bg7 White usually plays
5.h3 to prevent the ...Bg4 pin. This variation, originated The “true” Exchange Variation begins with 4.Bd3 (to pre-
by Bukhuti Gurgenidze, led to a rise in the popularity vent ...Bf5 while still developing) Nc6 5.c3 Nf6 6.Bf4
of 3.Nd2 during the 1970s. After 3.Nd2, 3...g6 is met Bg4 7.Qb3. This line is considered to offer equal chances,
by 4.c3, when the fianchettoed bishop has little to do. and was tried by Bobby Fischer. Some of the strategic
3.Nd2 will usually transpose into the classical variation ideas are analogous to the Queen’s Gambit Declined, Ex-
after 3...dxe4 4.Nxe4. change Variation, (1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.cxd5
exd5) with colours reversed.
• Edinburgh Variation: 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nd2 • Korchnoi Variation: 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3
Qb6 dxe4 4.Nxe4 Nf6 5.Nxf6+ exf6
• Gurgenidze System: 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 g6 [4] Milman-Fang, 7th Foxwoods Open 2005. Chess-
Games.com. Retrieved on 2009-10-30.
• Gurgenidze Variation: 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3
g6 4.e5 Bg7 5.f4 h5 [5]
• Campomanes Attack: 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 [6] Noteboom-Mindeno 1927
Nf6
[7] Lasker-Radsheer, simultaneous exhibition 1908. Chess-
• B16 - Bronstein-Larsen Variation Games.com. Retrieved on 2009-04-14.
• Finnish Variation: 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 dxe4 [8] Alekhine-R. Bruce, Plymouth 1938. ChessGames.com.
4.Nxe4 h6 Retrieved on 2009-04-14.
5.17. PIRC DEFENCE 121
[9] Watson, John (2015). Taming Wild Chess Openings: How 5.17.1 General remarks
to Deal with the Good, the Bad and the Ugly over the Chess
Board. New In Chess. p. 148. ISBN 978-90-5691-571- The Pirc Defence is a relatively new opening; while it
1. Extract of page 148 was seen on occasion in the late nineteenth century, it
[10] Schiller, Eric (1998). Unorthodox Chess Openings (illus- was considered irregular, thus remaining a sideline. The
trated ed.). Cardoza. p. 82. ISBN 978-0-940685-73-4. opening began gaining some popularity only after World
War II, and by the 1960s it was regarded as playable, ow-
[11] Simon Kim Williams vs Gawain Jones, 4NCL 2011 at
ing in large part to the efforts of Canadian Grandmas-
chessgames.com
ter Duncan Suttles. Black, in hypermodern fashion, does
[12] The Dunst: Attacking the Caro-Kann with an early Queen not immediately stake a claim in the centre with pawns;
sortie rather, Black works to undermine White’s centre from
the flanks. Its first appearance in a World Championship
Bibliography match was in 1972, when it was played by Bobby Fischer
against Boris Spassky at Reykjavík (game 17); the game
• Schiller, Eric (2003). Complete Defense to King ended in a draw.
Pawn Openings (2nd ed.). Cardoza. ISBN 978-1-
58042-109-6. Pirc Defence normally refers to the opening moves 1. e4
d6 2. d4 Nf6 3. Nc3 g6. This is the most commonly
played line after Black responds to 1.e4 with 1...d6.[1]
5.16.8 Further reading It has been claimed to give rise to somewhat interesting
and exciting games,[2] where Black will have counterplay
• Houska, Jovanka (2007). Play the Caro-Kann: A but has to be cautious about playing too passively.[3] Ac-
Complete Chess Opening Repertoire Against 1 e4. cording to Garry Kasparov, the Pirc Defence is “hardly
London: Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-434-5. worth using in the tournaments of the highest category”,
as it gives White “too many opportunities for anybody’s
• Wells, Peter (2007). Grandmaster Secrets – The
liking”.[4]
Caro-Kann. London: Gambit Publications. ISBN
978-1-904600-61-9. A distinction is usually drawn between the Pirc and lines
where Black delays the development of his knight to f6,
• The ABC of the Caro Kann, Andrew Martin,
or omits it altogether; this is known as the Modern or
ChessBase Publications, 2007, Fritz Trainer DVD.
Robatsch Defence. The tenth edition of Modern Chess
• Karpov, Anatoly (2006). Caro-Kann Defence: Openings (1965) grouped the Pirc and Robatsch together
Advance Variation and Gambit System. London: as the “Pirc–Robatsch Defense”.
Anova Books. ISBN 0-7134-9010-1.
• Gallagher, Joe (2002). Starting Out: the Caro-Kann. 5.17.2 Main line: 3...g6
Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-303-9.
Austrian Attack: 4.f4
• Silman, Jeremy (1990). Dynamic Karo Kann. Sum-
mit Pub. ISBN 978-0-945806-02-8.
Main article: Pirc Defence, Austrian Attack
• Kasparov, Garry; Shakarov, Aleksander (1984).
Caro-Kann: Classical 4.Bf5. Batsford. ISBN 0- The Austrian Attack begins 1.e4 d6 2.d4 Nf6 3.Nc3 g6
7134-4237-9. 4.f4 Bg7 5.Nf3, and was a favourite of Fischer. It is
• Keene, Raymond; Mednis, Edmar; Soltis, Andy also well respected by Nick de Firmian, the author of
(2004). Understanding The Caro-Kann Defense. Modern Chess Openings (MCO). In placing pawns on d4,
Hardinge Simpole Limited. ISBN 978-1-84382- e4 and f4, White establishes a powerful centre, intending
134-2. to push in the centre and/or attack on the kingside; in the
main line, Black will usually counter with e5, aiming for
play against the dark squares and weaknesses created by
5.17 Pirc Defence White’s central advance. This direct, aggressive line is
one of the most ambitious systems against the Pirc. Jan
Timman has played the Austrian successfully with both
The Pirc Defence (correctly pronounced “peerts”, but colours. Yuri Balashov does well with the White pieces,
often mispronounced “perk”), sometimes known as the and Valery Beim has an impressive score on the Black
Ufimtsev Defence or Yugoslav Defence, is a chess open- side.
ing characterised by Black responding to 1.e4 with 1...d6
and 2...Nf6, followed by ...g6 and ...Bg7, while allow-
ing White to establish an impressive-looking centre with 5...0-0 The most frequently played variation after 5...0-
pawns on d4 and e4. It is named after the Slovenian 0 is the Weiss Variation, 6.Bd3, with 6...Nc6 the most
Grandmaster Vasja Pirc. common response, though 6....Na6, with the idea of
122 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
....Nc7, ....Rb8 and ....b5 was tried in the 1980s after The Argentines feared the sally ...Ng4, though some
6....Nc6 was found to offer Black few winning chances. British players (especially Mark Hebden, Paul Motwani,
6.e5 is a sharp try, with unclear consequences, which was Gary Lane, later also Michael Adams) came to realise
much played in the 1960s, though it has never attained that this was mainly dangerous for Black, therefore play-
popularity at the highest levels. 6.Be2 is another move ing Be3 and Qd2 in all sorts of move orders, whilst omit-
which was often seen in the 1950s and early 1960s, al- ting f2–f3. They called this the 150 Attack, because only
though the defeat sustained by Fischer in the game given players of this strength (about ELO 1800) could be naive
in the sample games spurred White players, including Fis- enough to expect mate in 25 moves.[5]
cher, to turn to 6.Bd3. In the 1980s, 6.Be2 c5 7.dxc5 Qa5
The original Argentine idea probably is only viable after
8.0-0 Qxc5+ 9.Kh1 was revived. 6.Be3 is another possi- 4.Be3 Bg7 5.Qd2 0-0 6.0-0-0 c6 (or Nc6) 7.f3 b5 8.h4.
bility, explored in the 1970s.
Black usually does not castle though and prefers 5...c6 or
even 4...c6. The question of whether and when to insert
5...c5 Black’s chief alternative to 5...0-0 lies in an im- Nf3 remains unclear.
mediate strike against the White centre with 5...c5, to
which the usual response is either 6.dxc5 or 6.Bb5+. The
former allows 6...Qa5. The latter promises a tactical
melee, with a common line being 6.Bb5+ Bd7 7.e5 Ng4
8.e6 (8.h3 or 8.Bxd7+ are other possibilities) fxe6, which
was thought bad, until Yasser Seirawan played the move Other systems
against Gyula Sax in 1988 (8...Bxb5 is the alternative, if
Black does not want the forced draw in the main line)
9.Ng5 Bxb5! 4.Bg5 was introduced by Robert Byrne in the 1960s, after
Now if White tries 10.Nxe6, Black has 10...Bxd4!, ig- which Black has often played the natural 4...Bg7, though
noring the threat to his queen, in view of 11.Nxd8 Bf2+ 4...c6 is considered more flexible, as Black may wish to
12.Kd2 Be3+ with a draw by perpetual check. White can save a tempo in anticipation of White’s plan of Qd2, fol-
instead try 11.Nxb5, with complicated play. lowed by Bh6, by deferring Bg7 as long as possible, play-
ing for queenside activity with b7–b5 and Qa5. White’s
White can also essay the sharp 6.e5 against 5...c5, after idea of Qd2 and Bh6 may give a transposition to the lines
which 6...Nfd7 7.exd6 0-0 is considered to offer good play with Be3 and Qd2. A less common method of playing
for Black. this system is 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.Bg5.
4.Bc4 Bg7 5.Qe2 is a sharp try for advantage; 5...Nc6
Classical (Two Knights) System: 4.Nf3 can lead to hair-raising complications after 6.e5, when
Black’s best line may be 6...Ng4 7.e6 Nxd4 8.Qxg4
The Classical (Two Knights) System begins 1.e4 d6 2.d4 Nxc2+, avoiding the more frequently played 6...Nxd4
Nf6 3.Nc3 g6 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.Be2 0-0 6.0-0. White con- 7.exf6 Nxe2 8.fxg7 Rg8 9.Ngxe2 Rxg7, which has been
tents himself with the 'classical' pawn centre with pawns generally considered to lead to an equal or unclear posi-
at e4 and d4, forgoing the committal move f2–f4 as tion, though White has scored heavily in practice. An-
Black castles and builds a compact structure. Efim Geller, other possibility for Black is 5...c6, though 6.e5 dxe5
Anatoly Karpov and Evgeni Vasiukov have all success- 7.dxe5 Nd5 8.Bd2, followed by long castling, gives White
fully used this system for White; Zurab Azmaiparashvili the advantage, as Black’s position is cramped and he lacks
has scored well as Black. The most common responses active counterplay. 6...Nd7 is now considered fine for
for Black are 6...Bg4, 6...c6 or 6...Nc6, with 6...Bg4 the Black, in view of 7.e6?! fxe6 8.Qxe6 Nde5! 9.Qd5
main line from the mid-1960s onwards. e6 with advantage to Black. If White instead plays the
better 7.Nf3, Black has multiple solid choices, including
0-0 and Nb6 (followed by Na5), which is considered to
The 150 and Argentine Attacks equalise.
The setup f2–f3, Be3 and Qd2 is commonly used against 4.g3 and 5.Bg2, followed by Nge2, is a solid line, which
the King’s Indian Defence and Dragon Sicilian, and can was sometimes adopted by Karpov.
also be used against the Pirc; indeed, this system is as old
4.Be3 is another alternative, usually seen at club level.
as the Pirc itself. This line is relatively passive and does not provide much
The system 4.f3 was introduced by Argentine players c. scope for White’s attack and 4.Bf4 and 4.Bg5 are consid-
1930 and again in 1950. It was never considered danger- ered to be stronger lines.
ous for Black because of 4.f3 Bg7 5.Be3 c6 6.Qd2 b5. 4.Be2 may transpose into the classical variation after
It received a severe blow in about 1985, when Gennady 4...Bg7 5.Nf3, or White may try one of two highly ag-
Zaichik showed that Black could castle anyway and play gressive lines, the Bayonet Attack (5.h4) or the Chinese
a dangerous gambit with 5...0-0 6.Qd2 e5. Variation (5.g4).
5.17. PIRC DEFENCE 123
• 4.Bc4 (ECO B07) Kholmov System (4.Bc4 Bg7 5.17.8 Further reading
5.Qe2)
• John Nunn and Colin McNab, The Ultimate Pirc
• 4.Be2 (ECO B07) sub-variants after 4.Be2 Bg7 in- (Batsford, 1998)
clude the Chinese Variation, 5.g4 and the Bayonet
(Mariotti) Attack, 5.h4 • Alexander Chernin and Lev Alburt, Pirc Alert!
(London, 2001)
• 4.Be3 (ECO B07) 150 or “Caveman” Attack (4.Be3
c6 5.Qd2) • Jacques Le Monnier, La défense Pirc en 60 parties,
(Paris, Editions Grasset/Europe Echecs, 1983 for
• 4.Bg5 (ECO B07) Byrne Variation
the first edition), ISBN 2-246-28571-2
• 4.g3 (ECO B07) Sveshnikov System
• Gallagher, Joe (2003), Starting Out: The
• 4.Nf3 (ECO B08) Classical (Two Knights) System Pirc/Modern, Everyman Chess, ISBN 1-85744-
(sub-variants after 4...Bg7 include 5.h3 and 5.Be2) 336-5
• 4.f4 (ECO B09) Austrian Attack (sub-variants after
4.f4 Bg7 5.Nf3 0-0 include 6.e5, 6.Be2, 6.Bd3 and
6.Be3; also, after 4...Bg7 is 5.Bc4, the Ljubojevic 5.18 Pirc Defence, Austrian Attack
Variation; Black also has the option to move into the
Dragon Formation after 5.Nf3 with 5...c5) The Austrian Attack variation of the Pirc Defence is a
chess opening characterised by the following moves:
career.[8] Spassky played the Austrian Attack. The game It may also arise by transposition from the Staunton Gam-
proceeded as follows: bit against the Dutch Defense, 1.d4 f5 2.e4!?, if Black
declines the gambit with 2...d6.
1.e4 d6 2.d4 g6 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.f4 Bg7 5.Nf3 The defense is named for János Balogh (1892–
c5 6.dxc5 Qa5 7.Bd3 Qxc5 8.Qe2 0-0 9.Be3 1980), who was a Hungarian International Master of
Qa5 10.0-0 Bg4 11.Rad1 Nc6 12.Bc4 Nh5 correspondence chess, and a strong master at over-the-
13.Bb3 Bxc3 14.bxc3 Qxc3 15.f5 Nf6 16.h3 board chess. The opening is rarely seen today because it
Bxf3 17.Qxf3 Na5 18.Rd3 Qc7 19.Bh6 Nxb3 weakens Black’s kingside somewhat and often results in a
20.cxb3 Qc5+ 21.Kh1 (see diagram) Qe5 backward e-pawn and/or a hole on e6 after Black’s light-
square bishop is exchanged. International Correspon-
dence Chess Master Keith Hayward has recently written
By playing 21...Qe5 instead of 21...Rf8–c8, Fischer of-
a series of articles arguing that the defense, though risky,
fered the exchange sacrifice as a means of blunting
is playable.[1]
Spassky’s kingside attack. The game ended on move 45
owing to draw by agreement despite Spassky having a
slight material advantage.[8][9] 5.19.1 Illustrative games
• The following game shows U.S. Champion Hikaru
5.18.2 References Nakamura using the Balogh Defense to beat a
grandmaster:
Notes
Perelshteyn (2579)–Nakamura (2662), HB
[1] Botterill 1973, p. 3 Global Chess Challenge 2005
1.e4 d6 2.d4 f5 3.exf5 Bxf5 4.Bd3 Qd7
[2] Botterill 1973, p. 39 5.Qf3 Bxd3 6.Qxd3 e6 7.Nf3 Nc6 8.0-0 0-
0-0 9.c4 Nf6 10.Nc3 d5!? 11.c5 h6 12.b4!
[3] Botterill 1973, p. 54 g5 13.b5 Na5! 14.Re1 Re8 15.Bd2 Nc4
16.Ne5 Qh7 17.Qe2 Nxe5 18.dxe5 Nd7 19.c6
[4] Chess Opening Explorer on Chessgames.com Nb6 20.cxb7+ Kxb7 21.Be3 Bb4 22.Qb2?!
Ba5! 23.Bd4 Nc4 24.Qe2 Rhf8 25.Red1
[5] Siegbert Tarrasch vs Rudolf Rezso Charousek on Chess-
Bb6 26.Na4 Rf4 27.Nc5+ Kc8 28.Nb3 Qe4
games.com
29.Qxe4 Rxe4 30.a4 Bxd4 31.Nxd4 Nxe5
[6] Edward Lasker vs Miguel Najdorf on Chessgames.com 32.f3 Rf4 33.Ra2 Nc4 34.Nc6 a5 35.Re2 Rff8
36.Kf2 g4 37.Rd4 gxf3 38.gxf3 Kb7 39.Rxc4
[7] Isaac Boleslavsky vs Vasja Pirc on Chessgames.com dxc4 40.Nxa5+ Kb6 41.Nxc4+ Kc5 42.Ne5
Rf5 43.Re4 Ra8 44.Ke3 Rxa4! 45.Rxa4
[8] Botterill 1973, p. 118 Rxe5+ 46.Kf4 Rf5+ 47.Ke4 Kxb5 48.Ra7 Kc6
49.Ra6+ Kd7 50.Ra2 Rd5 51.Rg2 c5 52.Ra2
[9] Boris Spassky vs Robert James Fischer on Chess- Ke7 53.Ra7+ Rd7 54.Ra8 Rd4+ 55.Ke5 Rd5+
games.com 56.Ke4 Rh5 57.Ra7+ Kd6 58.Ra6+ Kd7
59.Ra7+ Kc6 60.Ra6+ Kb5 61.Rxe6 Rxh2
Bibliography 62.Kd3 h5 63.Re8 h4 and Black won. 0–1
• Botterill, G. S. & Keene, R. D. (1973). Wade, R. • Most books, if they mention the Balogh Defense
G., ed. The Pirc Defence. London: B. T. Batsford. at all, say that it is refuted by 3.exf5 Bxf5 4.Qf3
ISBN 0-7134-0361-6. Qc8 5.Bd3. Hayward believes that this game shows
Black’s best line against that variation:
33.Nxf5 c6 34.Nde3 Kf7 35.Bg3 Ke6 36.Kc2 • Hayward, Keith R. Balogh Counter Gambit, Part 4:
c5 37.Bf4 h5 38.Ng3 Nf6 39.Bg5 Neg4 Balogh’s Main Line
40.Nxg4 hxg4 41.h4 gxh3 42.gxh3 d5 43.Kd3
Bd6 44.Ne2 Ne4 45.Be3 Kf5 46.b4 c4+ • Hayward, Keith R. Balogh Counter Gambit, Part 5:
47.Kd4 Be5+ 48.Kxd5 Nxc3+ 49.Nxc3 Bxc3 Remaining Lines
50.h4 ½–½
• Hayward, Keith R. Balogh Counter Gambit, Part 6
(analysis of Perelshteyn–Nakamura)
• Hayward believes that the following game shows
best play by Black in what he considers the main • Symmetry and chaos: Balogh’s Defense. from
line: Chesscafe.com
• Hayward, Keith R. Balogh Counter Gambit, Part 2: A regular user from the 1950s onwards was Yugoslav
Janos Balogh, the Man and His Games IM Nikola Karaklajic, but a lengthy period of non-
support by top players ended by the 1960s, when for-
• Hayward, Keith R. Balogh Counter Gambit, Part 3: mer World Championship finalist David Bronstein and
White plays an early exf5 Women’s World Champion Nona Gaprindashvili played
5.20. SCANDINAVIAN DEFENSE 127
it occasionally. Danish Grandmaster Bent Larsen, a four- sufficient compensation for the sacrificed pawn, but it can
time World Championship Candidate, played it occasion- be difficult to prove this over the board.
ally from the 1960s onwards; he defeated World Cham-
pion Anatoly Karpov with it at Montreal 1979, spurring
a rise in popularity. The popular name also began to 3...Qd8 The retreat with 3...Qd8 was depicted in
switch from “Center Counter Defense” to “Scandinavian Castellvi–Vinyoles, and may be the oldest of all Scan-
Defense” around this time. Danish Grandmaster Curt dinavian lines. Prior to the 20th century, it was of-
Hansen is also considered an expert in the opening.[4] ten considered the main line, and was characterized as
Australian Grandmaster Ian Rogers has adopted it fre- “best” by Howard Staunton in his Chess-Player’s Hand-
quently starting in the 1980s. In 1995, the Scandina- book,[8] but was gradually superseded by 3...Qa5. In the
vian Defense made its first appearance in a World Chess 1960s, 3...Qd8 experienced something of a revival after
Championship match, in the 14th game of the PCA final the move was played in a game by Bronstein against GM
at New York City. Viswanathan Anand as Black obtained Andrija Fuderer in 1959, though Bronstein ultimately lost
the game.[9] Bronstein’s game featured the older line 4.d4
an excellent position using the opening against Garry Kas-
parov, although Kasparov won the game.[5] Nf6, while other grandmasters, including Karl Robatsch,
explored fianchetto systems with 4.d4 g6 and a later Ng8–
During the sixth round of the 2014 Chess Olympiad at h6.
Tromso, Magnus Carlsen chose the Scandinavian against
Fabiano Caruana, and won the game; Carlsen used the However, the line’s reputation suffered after a string
variation again to draw with Caruana at the 2016 Chess of defeats, including two well-known miniatures won
Olympiad at Baku.[6] by Bobby Fischer against Robatsch in the 1962 Chess
Olympiad (later published in My 60 Memorable Games)
The opening is classified under code B01 in the and William Addison in 1970. The variation with 4...g6
Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO). “has been under a cloud ever since [Fischer’s] crushing
win”,[10] but the 3...Qd8 variation as a whole remains
playable, though it is now considered somewhat passive.
5.20.2 Main line: 2.exd5
White normally continues 2.exd5 when Black has two 3...Qd6 The move 3...Qd6 offers another way to play
major continuations: 2...Qxd5 and 2...Nf6 (Marshall against 3.Nc3, and it has been growing in popularity in
Gambit). The rare move 2...c6 was played successfully by recent years. At first sight the move may look dubious,
Joseph Blackburne on at least one occasion, but is thoughtexposing the queen to a later Nb5 or Bf4, and for many
to be unsound (after 3.dxc6), and is almost never seen in years it was poorly regarded for this reason. However,
master-level play.[7] numerous grandmaster games have since shown 3...Qd6
to be quite playable, and it has been played many times
2...Qxd5 in high-level chess since the mid-1990s. White players
against this line have found an effective setup with d4,
3.Nc3 After 2...Qxd5, the most commonly played move Nf3, g3, Bg2, 0-0, and a future Ne5 with a strong, active
is 3.Nc3 because it attacks the queen with gain of tempo. position. The variation was covered thoroughly in a 2002
Against 3.Nc3, Black has a few choices. book by Michael Melts.
3...Qa5 This is considered the “classical” line, and is Other 3rd moves for Black 3...Qe5+?! (the Patzer
currently the most popular option. White can choose Variation) is regarded as bad for Black; for example af-
from multiple set-ups. A common line is 4.d4 c6 (or ter 4.Be2 c6 5.Nf3 Qc7 6.d4 White has a handy lead in
4...e5) 5.Nf3 Nf6 6.Bc4 Bf5 (6...Bg4 is a different op- development.
tion) 7.Bd2 e6. White has a few options, such as the ag- Likewise the rare 3...Qe6+?! is regarded as inferior. One
gressive 8.Qe2, or the quiet 8.0-0. Black’s pawn struc- idea is that after the natural interposition 4.Be2, Black
ture (pawns on e6 and c6) resemble a Caro-Kann De- plays 4...Qg6 attacking the g2 pawn. However, White
fence structure, therefore many Caro–Kann players wish- will usually sacrifice this pawn by 5.Nf3 Qxg2 6.Rg1 Qh3
ing to expand their repertoire have adopted this form of 7.d4 with a massive lead in development. David Letter-
the Scandinavian. man played this line as Black in a televised game against
[11]
Another set-up after 3...Qa5 is to target the b7 pawn by Garry Kasparov, and was checkmated in 23 moves.
fianchettoing the bishop on the h1–a8 diagonal, instead of
placing it on the a2–g8 diagonal, by 4.g3 Nf6 5.Bg2 c6 3.d4 Alternatives to 3.Nc3 include 3.d4, which can
6.Nf3 followed by 0-0, Rb1, and then exploiting the b7 transpose into a variation of the Nimzowitsch Defense af-
pawn by b4–b5. ter 3...Nc6 (1.e4 Nc6 2.d4 d5 3.exd5 Qxd5), or Black can
A more speculative approach against 3...Qa5 is the gambit play 3...e5, as well. After 3...Nc6 4.Nf3 Bg4 5.Be2 0-0-0
4.b4?! If Black plays correctly, White should not have Black has better development to compensate for White’s
128 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
center after a future c4. Black may also respond to 3.d4 Variation. In this line, Black gives up the d-pawn in
with 3...e5. After the usual 4.dxe5, Black most often order to achieve rapid development and piece activity;
plays the pawn sacrifice 4...Qxd1+ 5.Kxd1 Nc6. After the resulting play is often similar to the Icelandic Gam-
White defends the pawn, Black follows up with ...Bg4+ bit. The normal continuation is 4.f3 Bf5 5.Bb5+ Nbd7
and 0-0-0, e.g. 6.Bb5 Bg4+ 7.f3 0-0-0+ and Black has 6.c4. Occasionally seen is 3...g6, the Richter Variation,
enough compensation for the pawn, because he is better which was played on occasion by IM Kurt Richter in the
developed and White’s king is stuck in the center. Less 1930s.[20]
popular is 4...Qxe5, since the queen has moved twice in Another common response is 3.c4, with which White at-
the opening and is in the center of the board, where White
tempts to retain the extra pawn, at the cost of the inactiv-
can attack it with gain of time (Nf3). However, grand- ity of the light-square bishop. Now Black can play 3...c6,
masters such as Tiviakov have shown that it is not so easy
the Scandinavian Gambit,[21] which is the most com-
to exploit the centralized queen. mon move. The line 4.dxc6? Nxc6, described by Emms
as “a miserly pawn grab”,[22] gives Black too much cen-
tral control and development. Furthermore, after 4. dxc6
3.Nf3 Another common response after 2...Qxd5 is the
Black can play 4. ... e5, the Ross Gambit,[23] which af-
noncommittal 3.Nf3. After 3...Bg4 4.Be2 Nc6, White
ter 5. cxb7 Bxb7 resembles a reversed Danish Gambit.
can transpose to main lines with 5.d4, but has other op-
Most common after 3...c6 is 4.d4 cxd5, transposing to
tions, such as 5.0-0.
the Panov–Botvinnik Attack of the Caro-Kann Defence.
3...e6!? is the sharp Icelandic Gambit or Palme Gam-
2...Nf6 bit, invented by Icelandic masters who looked for an al-
ternative to the more common 3...c6. Black sacrifices a
The other main branch of the Scandinavian Defense is pawn to achieve rapid development. The most critical
2...Nf6. The idea is to delay capturing the d5 pawn for line in this double-edged variation is thought to be 4.dxe6
another move, avoiding the loss of time that Black incurs Bxe6 5.Nf3.[24]
in the ...Qxd5 lines after 3.Nc3. Now White has several A third major alternative is 3.Bb5+. The most popular re-
possibilities: ply is 3...Bd7, though the rarer 3...Nbd7 is gaining more
The Modern Variation is 3.d4. Grandmaster John attention recently. After 3.Bb5+ Bd7, White has several
Emms calls this the main line of the 2...Nf6 variations, options. The most obvious is 4.Bxd7+, after which White
saying that “3.d4 is the common choice for White...and can play to keep the extra pawn with 4...Qxd7 5.c4. The
it is easy to see why it is so popular.”[12] The idea behind historical main line is 4.Bc4, which can lead to very sharp
the Modern Variation is to give back the pawn in order to play after 4...Bg4 5.f3 Bf5 6.Nc3, or 4...b5 5.Bb3 a5. Fi-
achieve quick development. 3...Nxd5 is the most obvious nally, 4.Be2 has recently become more popular, attempt-
reply, although 3...Qxd5 is sometimes seen. Black wins ing to exploit the misplaced Bishop on d7 after 4...Nxd5.
back the pawn, but White can gain some time by attack- White’s 3.Nf3 is a flexible move that, depending on
ing the Knight. White usually responds 4.c4, when the Black’s reply, can transpose into lines with ...Nxd5 or
knight must move. The most common responses are: a) ...Qxd5.
4...Nb6, named by Ron Harman and IM Shaun Taulbut
White’s 3.Nc3 transposes into a line of Alekhine’s De-
as the most active option,;[13] b) 4...Nf6, which Emms
fence, normally seen after 1.e4 Nf6 2.Nc3 d5 3.exd5, and
calls “slightly unusual, but certainly possible.”[14] Inter-
generally thought to be equal.[25] After 3...Nxd5 4.Bc4,
estingly, GM Savielly Tartakower, an aficionado of un-
the most common reply is 4...Nb6, although 4...Nxc3,
usual openings, discussing Black’s options, stated “the
4...c6, and 4...e6 are also viable continuations.
soundest is 4...Nf6.”[15] This is sometimes called the
Marshall Retreat Variation; c) the tricky Kiel Vari-
ation (4...Nb4?!), described by Harman and Taulbut as
“a speculative try”.[16] Black is hoping for 5.Qa4+ N8c6 5.20.3 Alternatives to 2.exd5
6.d5? b5! with a good game. However, White gets a
large advantage after 5.a3 N4c6 6.d5 Ne5 7.Nf3 (or 7.f4 There are several ways for White to avoid the main lines
Ng6 8.Bd3 e5 9.Qe2) or 5.Qa4+ N8c6 6.a3!, so the Kiel of the Scandinavian Defense. One option is to defer or
Variation is seldom seen in practice.[17] White may also avoid the exchange of e-pawn for d-pawn. This is most
play 4.Nf3 Bg4 5.c4. Now 5...Nb6 6.c5!? is a sharp line; often done by 2.Nc3, which transposes into the Dunst
Black should respond 6...N6d7!, rather than 6...Nd5? Opening after 2...d4 or 2...dxe4.
7.Qb3, when Black resigned after 7...b6? 8.Ne5! in If instead 2.e5?! is played, Black can play 2...c5, de-
Timman–Bakkali, Nice Olympiad 1974, and 7...Bxf3 velop the Queen’s bishop, and play ...e7-e6, reaching a
8.Qxb7! Ne3 9.Qxf3 Nc2+ 10.Kd1 Nxa1 11.Qxa8 also favorable French Defense setup, since here unlike in the
wins for White.[18][19] standard French Black’s light-squared bishop is not shut
An important and recently popular alternative to 3...Nxd5 in on c8. This line can also be compared to the Caro–
is 3...Bg4!?, the sharp Portuguese Variation or Jadoul Kann variation 1.e4 c6 2.d4 d5 3.e5 c5!?; since in this
5.21. NIMZOWITSCH DEFENCE 129
Scandinavian line Black has played c5 in one rather than [14] Emms, p. 111.
two moves, he has a comfortable position.[26] However,
this line often leads away from open positions towards [15] “500 Master Games of Chess”, by Savielly Tartakower
blocked center positions, likely not Black’s original in- and Julius du Mont, G. Bell & Sons, London, 1952, p.
413
tent.
White can also gambit the e-pawn, most frequently by [16] Harman and Taulbut, p. 125
2.d4, transposing into the Blackmar-Diemer Gambit.
Other gambits such as 2.Nf3?! (the Tennison Gambit) [17] Grefe and Silman, pp. 73–74.
are seldom seen. [18] Plaskett, p. 119.
In general, none of these sidelines are believed to of-
fer White more than equality, and the overwhelming [19] Grefe and Silman, p. 78.
majority of masters opt for 2.exd5 when facing the
[20] Harman and Taulbut, p. 119.
Scandinavian.[26][27]
The Scandinavian is thus arguably Black’s most “forcing” [21] http://www.365chess.com/opening.php?m=7&n=866&
defense to 1.e4, restricting White to a relatively small ms=e4.d5.exd5.Nf6.c4.c6&ns=3.20.27.45.729.866
number of options. This has helped to make the Scan-
[22] Emms, p. 155.
dinavian Defense fairly popular among club-level players,
though it remains relatively rare at the Grandmaster level. [23] http://faithsaves.net/scandinavian-marshall-ross-gambit/
[7] Harman, Ron & Taulbut, Shaun (1993). Winning with the
• Opening Report: 1.e4 d5 2.exd5 Nf6 (27531
Scandinavian. New York: Henry Holt. p. 28. ISBN 0- games)
8050-2935-4.
[11] “Garry Kasparov vs David Letterman (1990)". The Nimzowitsch Defence is a somewhat unusual chess
opening characterised by the moves:
[12] Emms, p. 110.
This opening is an example of a hypermodern opening International Master Doug Root, and more recently
where Black invites White to occupy the centre of the by the Finnish International Master Olli Salmensuu
board at an early stage with pawns. Black’s intent is to and others. It may lead to wild complications, e.g.
block or otherwise restrain White’s central pawns and, if 3.exf5 d5 4.Nh4!? e5!? 5. Qh5+ g6 6.fxg6 Nf6!
allowed to do so by inaccurate play by White, eventually 7.g7+ Nxh5 8.gxh8(Q) Qxh4 9.Qxh7 Nd4, when
undermine the White pawn centre by well-timed pawn White is a whole rook up, but Black has a huge
advances of his own or by attacking the White pieces de- lead in development and White’s king is in jeop-
fending the centre. World Champion Garry Kasparov and ardy. Naiditsch-Doettling, Dortmund 2000, ended
Grandmaster Raymond Keene wrote that it “has never in a draw after further complications: 10.Qg6+ Kd8
been fully accepted as a dependable opening. Neverthe- 11.d3 Nf4! 12.Qf7 Bb4+ 13.c3 Bg4! 14.Qg8+ Kd7
less it is sound and offers the maverick spirit a great deal 15.Qg7+ Kc6 16.g3 Nf3+ 17.Kd1 Nd4+ 18.Kd2
of foreign territory to explore.”[1] Nf3+ 19.Kd1 Nd4+ 1/2-1/2. The British Interna-
tional Master Gary Lane advocates the more solid
The Nimzowitsch is included under code B00 (“uncom-
mon king’s pawn opening”) in the Encyclopaedia of Chess 4.d4 Bxf5 5.Bb5 (trying to control the weakened
e5 square) Qd6 6.Ne5 Nf6 7.0-0 Nd7 8.Bxc6 bxc6
Openings.
9.Qf3! Nxe5 (or 9...e6 10.g4 Bg6 11.Nxg6 hxg6
12.Bf4 Qb4 13.Qd3) 10.Qxf5 Nf7 11.Bf4 Qd7
5.21.1 Main variations 12.Qxd7+ Kxd7 13.Nd2 when Black’s inferior pawn
structure gave White a small advantage in Shaw
• 2.d4 d5. The line that Aron Nimzowitsch, the origi- versus Salmensuu, European Team Championship,
nator of the opening, usually preferred. Now White León 2001 (1-0, 63).[4]
can choose among (1) 3.e5, which Black usually
meets with 3...Bf5, (although 3...f6 is also a decent,
though more complex, variation) followed by play- 5.21.2 See also
ing ...e6 (which no longer locks in the light-squared
• List of chess openings
Bishop) and later attacking White’s central pawn
chain with moves such as ...f6 and ...c5; (2) 3.exd5 • List of chess openings named after people
Qxd5, followed by either 4.Nf3, seeking to gain time
by attacking the queen with Nc3, but enabling Black
to put pressure on White’s centre with 4....Bg4 or 5.21.3 References
4....e5, or else 4.Nc3 Qxd4 5.Qe2, a risky gambit
that can be dangerous to unprepared defenders; and [1] Garry Kasparov and Raymond Keene, Batsford Chess
(3) 3.Nc3 dxe4 (3...e6 leads to a type of French De- Openings 2, Collier Books, 1989, p. 228. ISBN 0-02-
fence) 4.d5 Ne5, when White usually continues with 033991-7.
5.Qd4 or 5.Bf4 Ng6 6.Bg3. [2] The American International Master Jeremy Silman writes
that “most players (even at the grandmaster level) avoid
• 2.d4 e5. A solid line favored by the late British any pre-studied lines by the opponent by simply replying
Grandmaster Tony Miles. White can transpose to with 2.Nf3”. Jeremy Silman, The Reassess Your Chess
the Scotch Game with 3.Nf3, or play 3.d5 Nce7 Workbook: How to Master Chess Imbalances, Siles Press,
(3...Nb8, although perhaps not as bad as it looks, is 2001, p. 383. ISBN 1-890085-05-7.
considered inferior), which gives White only a slight
plus score in practice. Another approach is 3.dxe5 [3] For example, this was used by Magnus Carlsen against Bill
Nxe5, when White can seek a quiet positional ad- Gates in a televised match on January 22, 2014
vantage with 4.Nf3 or play the more aggressive (but [4] Shaw vs. Salmensuu
potentially weakening) thrust 4.f4.
Black tempts White’s pawns forward to form a broad while Aronian, Adams, and Nakamura will use it on oc-
pawn centre, with plans to undermine and attack the casion. In the past, great players such as Fischer and
white structure later in the spirit of hypermodern defence. Korchnoi included the defence in their repertoire, lead-
White’s imposing mass of pawns in the centre often in- ing to its respectable reputation.”[1]
cludes pawns on c4, d4, e5, and f4. Grandmaster Nick
de Firmian observes of Alekhine’s Defence in MCO-15
(2008), “The game immediately loses any sense of sym-
metry or balance, which makes the opening a good choice
for aggressive fighting players.”[1] 5.22.3 Variations
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO) has four
After the usual 2. e5 Nd5, three main variations of
codes for Alekhine’s Defence, B02 through B05:
Alekhine’s Defence use 3.d4, but there are other options
for White at this point. Two of the most common ver-
• B02: 1.e4 Nf6 sions are the Exchange Variation and the Four Pawns At-
tack. The Exchange Variation continues 3.d4 d6 4.c4
• B03: 1.e4 Nf6 2.e5 Nd5 3.d4 (including the Ex-
Nb6 5.exd6. White has some space advantage. Black
change Variation and Four Pawns Attack)
can capitalise on the half-open centre with ...g6, ...Bg7
• B04: 1.e4 Nf6 2.e5 Nd5 3.d4 d6 4.Nf3 (Modern with ...Bg4 eventually being played. The Four Pawns
Variation without 4...Bg4) Attack continues 3.d4 d6 4.c4 Nb6 5.f4. White has a
somewhat larger space advantage though the centre is not
• B05: 1.e4 Nf6 2.e5 Nd5 3.d4 d6 4.Nf3 Bg4 (Mod- fixed. Black has a number of options. Black can play
ern Variation with 4...Bg4) ...Qd7 with ...0-0-0 and ...f6 putting pressure on White’s
d pawn. Black can play ...Nb4 with ...c5 hoping to ex-
change the d pawn. Finally, Black can play ...Be7 with
5.22.1 History ...0-0 and ...f6 attacking the centre. Minor variations in-
clude O'Sullivan’s Gambit, 3.d4 b5 (intending 4.Bxb5 c5
The opening is named after Alexander Alekhine, who in- 5.dxc5?? Qa5+), and 3.d4 d6 4.Bc4, the Balogh Varia-
troduced it in the 1921 Budapest tournament in games tion.
against Endre Steiner[2] and Fritz Sämisch.[3] Four years
later, the editors of the Fourth Edition of Modern Chess
Openings (MCO-4) wrote:
Four Pawns Attack: 3.d4 d6 4.c4 Nb6 5.f4
Nothing is more indicative of the icon-
oclastic conceptions of the 'hypermodern Four Pawns Attack 3.d4 d6 4.c4 Nb6 5.f4
school' than the bizarre defence introduced by
Alekhine ... . Although opposing to all tenets
of the classical school, Black allows his King’s The Four Pawns Attack is White’s most ambitious try,
Knight to be driven about the board in the early and the variation which perhaps illustrates the basic idea
stages of the game, in the expectation of pro- of the defence best: Black allows White to make several
voking a weakness in White’s centre pawns.[4] tempo-gaining attacks on the knight and to erect an appar-
ently imposing pawn centre in the belief that it can later
be destroyed. The game can become very sharp since
In addition to Alekhine, another early exponent of the
White must either secure his advantage in space or make
defence was Ernst Grünfeld.
use of it before Black succeeds in making a successful
strike at it. Black must also play vigorously because pas-
5.22.2 Use sive play will be crushed by the White centre. The Four
Pawns Attack is not particularly popular because many
The popularity of Alekhine’s Defence waxes and wanes; White players are wary of entering a sharp tactical line
currently it is not very common. De Firmian observes, which Black may have prepared. The main line contin-
“The fashion could quickly change if some champion ues 5...dxe5 6.fxe5 Nc6 7.Be3 Bf5 8.Nc3 e6 9.Nf3
of the opening takes up the cause, as the results Black An alternative is the sharp Planinc Variation, 5...g5!?.
has obtained in practice are good.”[1] The opening’s Black hopes for 6. fxg5? dxe5, wrecking White’s cen-
current highest-rated proponent is Grandmaster Vassily tre and leaving him with weak pawns. The line is named
Ivanchuk, although Lev Alburt played it at grandmas- after grandmaster Albin Planinc, who championed it in
ter level almost exclusively during his career and was the 1970s. It was then taken up in the 1990s by corre-
responsible for many contributions in both theory and spondence player Michael Schirmer, whose games were
practice. De Firmian writes, “Currently Grandmasters noted in a recent book on Alekhine’s Defence by notable
Shabalov and Minasian use the opening with regularity, British GM and Alekhine exponent Nigel Davies.
132 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
Exchange Variation: 3.d4 d6 4.c4 Nb6 5.exd6 Modern Variation: 3.d4 d6 4.Nf3
with 5...c6 has largely displaced 4...Bg4 as the main Two Knights Variation: 3.Nc3
line.[9]
Two Knights Variation 3.Nc3
• 4...c6 is passive but solid, creating a position which
is difficult to attack. The Two Knights Variation is a variation where White
immediately accepts doubled pawns after 3...Nxc3 for
some compensation. After 4.dxc3 this compensation is
In most variations, Black can play ...Bg4 to transpose into rapid piece development. Although the line after 4...d6,
the 4...Bg4 line. challenging the e-pawn often can lead to fairly dull posi-
tions, the position remains open and Black can quickly
succumb with poor defence, for example after 5.Bc4
Balogh Variation: 3.d4 d6 4.Bc4 dxe5?? 6.Bxf7+!, White wins the queen on d8. After
4.bxc3 White’s compensation for the doubled pawns is a
Balogh Variation 3.d4 d6 4.Bc4 big centre that can be used as a basis for a kingside attack.
The resulting pawn structure leads to position similar to
that of the Winawer variation of the French Defence.[5]
The first recorded use of this variation was on August 13,
1929, in Carlsbad, Bohemia. Esteban Canal was white If Black does not want to defend against White’s attack-
and Edgard Colle was black. White resigned after Black’s ing opportunities against 3...Nxc3 4.dxc3, then 3...e6 is
40th move.[10] a reasonable alternative that was Alekhine’s choice when
meeting the Two Knights, and this defence has been ad-
Unlike several other sidelines, 4. Bc4 is fairly popular.
vocated by Taylor.[16] If White plays 4.d4, then 4...Nxc3
The line contains some traps that can snare the unwary.
forces White into the bxc3 line reminiscent of the French.
For example, 4...dxe5 5.dxe5 Nb6?? loses the queen to
If 4.Nxd5 exd5, Black will quickly dissolve the doubled
6.Bxf7+!. Instead, the main line is 4...Nb6 5.Bb3, when
pawns with ...d6, and the resulting position will tend to
Black has usually played 5...dxe5 6.Qh5 e6 7.dxe5 (the
be drawish.
“old main line” according to Cox) or 5...Bf5 when White
can among other things try the obstructive pawn sacrifice
6.e6. In either case, White obtains attacking chances, and
Minor sidelines after 2.e5 Nd5
so Taylor recommends 5...d5 followed by 6...e6 to reach
a position akin to the French Defence.[11]
In Endre Steiner-Alexander Alekhine, Budapest 1921,
the first high level game with the Alekhine Defence,
White played 3.d4 d6 4.Bg5. Cox recommends 4...h6
Two Pawns Attack: 3.c4 Nb6 4.c5 5.Bh4 dxe5 6.dxe5 Bf5, followed by ...Nc6 and ...Ndb4,
targeting c2.
Two Pawns Attack 3.c4 Nb6 4.c5 4.Bg5 from Steiner-Alekhine
The Two Pawns Attack (also known as the Lasker At- Another rare line, but one that scores well in practice is
tack or the Chase Variation[12][13] ) is also an ambitious 3.d4 d6 4.Be2, preventing Black from playing 4...Bg4
try. White may gain attacking prospects, but it might cost while retaining the option of making the pawn advance
a pawn to do so.[14] White’s pawns on c5 and e5 secure a f2-f4.[5]
spatial advantage, but the d5 square has been weakened.
Unlike the Four Pawns Attack, the White centre is not as 3.c4 Nb6 4.a4
fluid and the game takes on a more strategic character.
Aesthetically, 4.c5 looks positionally suspect, since After 3.c4 Nb6 4.a4, White aims at chasing the Black
White’s pawn advances have severely weakened the d5- knight away followed by a pawn sacrifice that impairs
square.[15] White’s intention is to grab space and mobil- Black’s development, for example by 4...d6 5.a5 Nd7
ity so that those strategic deficiencies are of little conse- 6.e6. It is possible for Black to allow this, but it is simpler
quence. to prevent it by 4...a5. White’s main continuation is to
deploy the queenside rook for duties on the kingside with
Black must play 4...Nd5, whereupon White will usually 5.Ra3, followed by Rg3 at some point when the attack
challenge the knight with moves like Bc4 and Nc3. Black on g7 is supposed to tie Black down from developing the
can defend the knight with ...c6 or ...e6, sometimes play- bishop to e7. However, after 5...d6 6.exd6 exd6 7.Rg3
ing both. Typically, Black then challenges White’s pawns Bf5, Black can carry through with 8...Be7 anyway, since
on e5 and c5 with moves like ...d6 and ...b6. after 9.Rxg7 the rook would be trapped and lost to 9...Bg6
The statistics presented by Cox show this variation scor- and 10...Bf6.[5] The idea for this unusual early “rook
ing poorly for White, with all of Black’s main defences lift” probably originated with the well-known American
scoring at least 50%.[5] International Master Emory Tate.[17][18] Women’s World
134 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
Champion Grandmaster Maria Muzychuk, World Junior Nxd5 4.g3 has been played by the Danish correspon-
Champion GM Lu Shanglei and GM Nazar Firman have dence player Ove Ekebjaerg, when Harald Keilhack
experimented with this line and achieved some success recommends 4...Nxc3 5.bxc3 Qd5! 6.Qf3! (6.Nf3
with it.[19] Qe4+ is awkward in light of 7.Be2 Bh3 or 7.Qe2
Qxc2) Qe6+! 7.Qe2 (“on 7.Be2 or 7.Ne2, 7...Bd7
is unpleasant”) Qxe2+ 8.Nxe2 Bd7! 9.Bg2 Bc6
Alternatives to 2...Nd5 10.0-0 Bxg2 11.Kxg2 Nc6 12.d3 g6 13.Rb1 0-0-0
14.c4 Bg7, when “Black has a rather comfortable
After 2.e5, the 2...Nd5 is almost universally played. The position”, as in Ekebjaerg–Alcantara Soares, corr.
two other knight moves that do not hang it to the queen 1989.[24] More combative is 2...d5 3.e5, when Black
on d1 are 2...Ng8 and 2...Ne4. can choose among 3...d4, 3...Nfd7 (transposing to
the Steinitz variation of the French Defence after
• 2...Ng8, undeveloping the knight immediately, was 4.d4 e6, but 4.e6!? is a sharp alternative), 3...Ne4!?,
named the “Brooklyn Defence” in honour of his and even 3...Ng8. While most grandmasters play the
hometown by Grandmaster Joel Benjamin, who mainline 2.e5, Jonny Hector regularly plays 2.Nc3
calls this his “pet line”.[20] Although Black might against the Alekhine, and has scored well against the
be said to be giving odds of three moves, White 2...d5 variation. His ideas have left White with a
only has a small advantage according to theory.[21] theoretical edge. Textbook authors of the Alekhine
The first recorded use of the Brooklyn Variation was Defence, including Davies, Cox, and Taylor, have
in 1905 in Vienna where Aron Nimzowitsch with therefore encouraged 2...e5 over 2...d5.
White checkmated Adolf Albin on the 34th move.
• 2.d3 (the Maroczy Variation) is less common.
• Very dubious is 2...Ne4?, which John L. Watson and Although playable, 2.d3 blocks in White’s light-
Eric Schiller dub the “Mokele Mbembe”. They an- squared bishop, so the variation is considered some-
alyze 3.d4 f6 4.Bd3 d5 5.f3 Ng5 6.Bxg5 fxg5 7.f4! what passive. If White fianchettoes that bishop,
g6! 8.Nf3! g4 (they also analyze 8...gxf4 9.Ng5! e6 transposition to a King’s Indian Attack is likely.
10.Qg4! Qe7 11.0-0 and 8...Bg4 9.h3, both leading Lev Alburt and Eric Schiller call 2.d3 “insipid” and
a large advantage for White) 9.Ng5 Bh6 10.Nxh7 recommend 2...d5 (or 3.Nd2 e5 with a reversed
Rxh7 11.Bxg6+ Rf7 12.Qd3 Bf8 13.f5 e6 14.f6 Philidor’s Defence) 3.e5 Nfd7 4.f4 (4.d4 c5 5.c3
Qd7 15.h3! g3 16.Qxg3, with a winning advan- Nc6 leaves Black a tempo up on the French De-
tage for White.[22] Nunn’s Chess Openings concludes fence) c5 5.Nf3 e6 6.g3!? Nc6 7.Bg2 Be7 8.0-0 b5
that White gets a large advantage with 3.d4 f6 (or with equality.[25]
3...e6 4.Nh3 h6 5.Qg4 d5 6.f3 h5 7.Qf4 g5 8.Nxg5
Nxg5 9.Qxg5 Be7 10.Qg7) 4.Qh5+ g6 5.Qh4 d5 • 2.Bc4 is rarely seen, since it allows Black to gain
6.Bd3.[23] the bishop pair and seize space in the center. Alburt
and Schiller write that after 2...Nxe4 3.Bxf7+ Kxf7
4.Qh5+ Kg8 or 4...g6 5.Qd5+ e6 6.Qxe4 Bg7 7.Qf4
Alternatives to 2.e5 Ke8! “Black has nothing to worry about.”[26] If
Black does not want his king chased about, playable
Instead of chasing Black’s knight, White may defend the alternatives are 2...e5 (transposing to the Bishop’s
e4-pawn, either directly or through tactical means. Opening), 2...d5 and 2...e6.
• 2.Nc3 is by far White’s most common alternative to • 2.f3 is also rare, but players who like to play the
2.e5; in fact Cox noted that he saw this move in over Black side of the Latvian Gambit can in effect wind
half his games with the Alekhine. It is often played up playing it after 1.e4 Nf6 2.f3 e5 3.f4!?.[27]
by amateurs and those wishing to avoid a theoretical
battle on territory more familiar to their opponents.
Cox, however, wrote that many White players are 5.22.4 See also
bluffing, and in fact know nothing about either the
Vienna Game or the Four Knights Game, to which • List of chess openings
the game can easily transpose if Black plays 2...e5,
• List of chess openings named after people
citing one book which recommended 2.Nc3 while
[5]
assuring readers that 2...e5 is uncommon. Another
transposition Black may enter is 2...d6, which usu-
5.22.5 References
ally leads to the Pirc Defence. But the independent
Alekhine line is 2...d5, known as the Scandinavian [1] Nick de Firmian, Modern Chess Openings, Fifteenth Edi-
Variation. After 2...d5, 3.exd5 Nxd5 4.Bc4 Nb6 or tion, 2008, p. 159. ISBN 978-0-8129-3682-7.
...Nxc3 is considered roughly equal, while 4...e6 is
solid but blocks in the light-squared bishop. 3.exd5 [2] Endre Steiner vs Alexander Alekhine at ChessGames.com
5.23. MODERN DEFENSE 135
[3] Friedrich Samisch vs Alexander Alekhine at [25] Lev Alburt and Eric Schiller, The Alekhine for the Tour-
ChessGames.com nament Player, American Chess Promotions, 1985, pp.
130–31. ISBN 0-7134-1596-7.
[4] R.C. Griffith and M.E. Goldstein, Modern Chess Openings,
Fourth Edition, 1925, p. 1. [26] Alburt and Schiller 1985, p. 131.
[5] John Cox (2005). Starting out: Alekhine’s Defence. Ev- [27] Taylor, chapter 10 Alekhine Declined
eryman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-370-7.
[6] Davies, Nigel (2002). Alekhine’s Defence. Everyman 5.22.6 Further reading
Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-253-3.
• Bogdanov, Valentin (2009). Play the Alekhine.
[7] Burgess, Chapter 9, Alburt Variation. Gambit Publications. ISBN 978-1-906454-15-9.
[8] Fischer-Larsen Santa Monica blitz, 1966 • Burgess, Graham (1992). The Complete Alekhine.
B. T. Batsford Ltd. ISBN 0-8050-2425-5.
[9] Bogdanov, Valentin. Play the Alekhine. Gambit. ISBN
1-906454-15-9. • Davies, Nigel (2001). Alekhine’s Defence. Every-
man Chess. ISBN 1-85744-253-9.
[10] http://www.chessgames.com/perl/chessgame?gid=
1036753 • Lakdawala, Cyrus (2014). The Alekhine Defence,
move by move. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-
[11] Taylor, chapter 8 “Fourth or fifth move sidelines”
78194-166-9.
[12] Burgess, Graham, The Complete Alekhine, 1992 B.T. • Taylor, Timothy (2010). Alekhine Alert!. Everyman
Batsford Ltd., p.45. ISBN 0-8050-2425-5 Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-623-4.
[13] Taylor, Chapter 7, The Chase Variation - Back to the Cen-
tre
5.23 Modern Defense
[14] DeFirmian, Nick and Walter Korn, Modern Chess Open-
ings, 1990 M-Mate Chess. ISBN 0-8129-1730-8. Re-
ferred to as the Two Pawns Attack in lines 28-30. The Modern Defense (also known as the Robatsch De-
fence after Karl Robatsch) is a hypermodern chess open-
[15] Taylor, Page 182. ing in which Black allows White to occupy the center with
[16] Taylor, chapter 9 “Third Move Sidelines”
pawns on d4 and e4, then proceeds to attack and under-
mine this “ideal” center without attempting to occupy it
[17] http://www.thechessdrum.net/palview5/ themselves. The opening has been most notably used by
tatevariation(selected).htm British grandmasters Nigel Davies and Colin McNab.
[18] http://www.chessgames.com/perl/chessgame?gid= The Modern Defense is closely related to the Pirc De-
1341122 fence, the primary difference being that in the Mod-
ern, Black delays developing his knight to f6. (The
[19] http://www.365chess.com/opening.php?m=8&n=4869&
delay of ...Nf6 attacking White’s pawn on e4 gives
ms=e4.Nf6.e5.Nd5.c4.Nb6.a4&ns=3.11.42.76.754.894.
White the option of blunting the g7-bishop with c2–c3.)
4869
Transpositional possibilities between the two openings
[20] Joel Benjamin, American Grandmaster: Four Decades of are rife.
Chess Adventures, Gloucester Publishers, 2007, p. 167.
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO) classifies
ISBN 978-1-85744-552-7.
the Modern Defense as code B06, while codes B07 to
[21] Most opening treatises do not mention this line. Accord- B09 are assigned to the Pirc. The tenth edition of Modern
ing to Nunn’s Chess Openings, White gets a slight advan- Chess Openings (1965) grouped the Pirc and Robatsch to-
tage after 3.d4 d6 4.Nf3 Bg4 5.h3. John Nunn, Graham gether as the “Pirc–Robatsch Defense”.
Burgess, John Emms, and Joe Gallagher, Nunn’s Chess
Openings, Everyman Publishers, 1999, p. 129 n. 30.
ISBN 1-85744-221-0. 5.23.1 Main lines
[22] John Watson and Eric Schiller, The Big Book of Busts, Hy-
A typical move order for the Modern Defense is 1. e4 g6
permodern Press, 1995, pp. 120–21. ISBN 1-886040-13-
3.
2. d4 Bg7, with main lines:
[23] John Nunn, Graham Burgess, John Emms, and Joe Gal- • 3. Nc3 d6 4. f4 c6 5. Nf3 Bg4 (ECO code B06);
lagher, Nunn’s Chess Openings, Everyman Publishers,
• 3. c4 (ECO code A40) d6 4. Nc3 Nc6 5. Be3
1999, p. 129 n. 30. ISBN 1-85744-221-0.
e5 6. d5 Nce7 (7.g4 will be answered by 7...f5
[24] Harald Keilhack, “Knight on the Left: 1.Nc3”, Schachver- 8.gxf5 gxf5 9.Qh5+ Ng6 10.exf5 Qh4 11.Qxh4
lag Kania, 2005, pp. 239–40. ISBN 3-931192-29-6. Nxh4 12.Nb5 Kd8).
136 CHAPTER 5. E4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
...Bg7
1. e4 g6 2. d4 d6 3. Nf3 Bg7 4. Be2 Nf6
5. Nc3 (Pirc Defence by transposition) 5... a6
5.23.4 2.Nc3
6. a4 0-0 7. 0-0 b6 8. Re1 Bb7 9. Bc4
...c5 to Sicilian, ...Bg7 e6 10. Bf4 Nbd7 11. Qd2 b5! (initiating a
deep combination; Suttles later remarked that
Kavalek has occupied the center and developed
5.23.5 Fischer’s suggestion: 3. h4!? his pieces in the manner advocated by Fred Re-
infeld, yet now stands worse) 12. axb5 axb5
Bobby Fischer suggested the move 3.h4!? as an unortho- 13. Rxa8 Qxa8 14. Bxb5 Bxe4 15. Nxe4
dox try against 1...g6 2.d4 Bg7, in his annotation to a Nxe4 16. Rxe4 Qxe4 17. Bxd7 Ra8 18. h4
game against Pal Benko.[1] (Fischer played 3.Nc3 in the Qb7! (despite his material advantage, White is
actual game.) The idea is to prise open Black’s kingside in trouble; note that his bishop on d7 is nearly
by h4–h5 followed by hxg6 (...gxh5 would greatly weaken trapped) 19. d5 e5 20. Bh6 Qxb2 21. h5
the cover to Black’s king). Ra1+ 22. Kh2 Qb1 23. Bxg7 Qh1+ 24. Kg3
Kxg7 25. Bh3 Qc1 26. h6+ Kf6 27. c4 Qxd2
28. Nxd2 Kg5 29. Ne4+ Kxh6 30. Bd7 f5
5.23.6 Unusual White responses 31. Nf6 Ra7 32. Bb5 g5 33. Ng8+ Kg7 34.
Ne7 Kf6 35. Nc6 Ra3+ 36. Kh2 h5 37. Nb8
The flexibility and toughness of the Modern Defense has h4 38. Na6 g4 39. Nxc7 Ra2 40. Kg1 g3 41.
provoked some very aggressive responses by White, in- fxg3 hxg3 42. Kf1 e4 0–1[2]
cluding the attack crudely named the Monkey’s Bum, a
typical sequence being 1.e4 g6 2.Bc4 Bg7 3.Qf3. (A
more refined version is the Monkey’s Bum Deferred, 5.23.9 References
where White plays Bc4 and Qf3 only after developing
their queen’s knight.) [1] Bobby Fischer, My 60 Memorable Games, 2008, p. 286
Other unusual openings can be reached after 1.e4 g6. The [2] Kavalek vs. Suttles, Nice Olympiad 1974 at chess-
Hippopotamus Defence is one such system. Another is games.com
the Norwegian Defence (also known as the North Sea
Defence) which begins 1.e4 g6 2.d4 Nf6 3.e5 Nh5. (If
5.23.10 Further reading
White plays 4.g4, Black retreats the knight with 4...Ng7.
On 4.Be2, Black can retreat the knight or gambit a pawn • Davies, Nigel (2008). Starting Out: The Modern.
with 4...d6!? If White plays 3.Nc3 instead of 3.e5, Black Everyman Chess. ISBN 9781857445664.
can transpose to the Pirc Defence with 3...d6 or continue
in unconventional fashion with 3...d5!?)
5.24 Monkey’s Bum
5.23.7 Averbakh System
The Monkey’s Bum is a variation of the Modern De-
1.e4 g6 2.d4 Bg7 3.c4 d6 4.Nc3 fense, a chess opening. Although it may also be loosely
defined as any approach against the Modern Defense in-
The Modern Defense, Averbakh System (ECO code A42) volving an early Bc4 and Qf3, threatening "Scholar’s
can be reached by the lines: mate", it is strictly defined by the sequence of moves:
The Monkey’s Bum Deferred is a more respected varia- from the Monkey’s Bum proper in that the attempt to cre-
tion in which White develops his queen’s knight before ate the “Scholar’s mate” threat with Bc4 and Qf3 only oc-
playing Bc4 and Qf3. curs after White has developed his queen’s knight. A typ-
ical sequence of the Monkey’s Bum Deferred is 1.e4 g6
2.d4 Bg7 3.Nc3 c6 4.Bc4 d6 5.Qf3 (see diagram). Usu-
5.24.1 Origin ally White will castle kingside and undertake an attack by
means of the pawn thrust f2–f4.
The Monkey’s Bum was discovered and championed by The following spectacular game is probably the most fa-
IM Nigel Povah in the 1970s during a wave of popular- mous success of the Monkey’s Bum Deferred and forced
ity for the Modern Defence. In 1972, after Keene and it to be considered with respect by the chess world:
Botterill published their book The Modern Defence, Po-
vah began looking for a response to the opening. He hap- Polgar–Shirov, Donner Memorial, Amster-
pened across the game Ljubojević–Keene, Palma de Mal- dam, 1995
lorca 1971, which started 1.e4 g6 2.d4 d6 3.Bc4 Bg7 4.f4 1.e4 g6 2.d4 Bg7 3.Nc3 c6 4.Bc4 d6 5.Qf3
Nf6 and eventually ended in a draw. Intrigued by Ljubo- e6 6.Nge2 b5 7.Bb3 a5 8.a3 Ba6 9.d5 cxd5
jević's early Bc4, Povah began investigating a rapid as- 10.exd5 e5 11.Ne4 Qc7 12.c4 bxc4 13.Ba4+
sault on f7 with 3.Qf3. When he showed the first few Nd7 14.N2c3 Ke7 15.Nxd6 Qxd6 16.Ne4
moves to Ken Coates, a friend at Leeds, Coates declared, Qxd5 17.Bg5+ Ndf6 18.Rd1 Qb7 19.Rd7+
“If that works then I'm a monkey’s bum!" The name Qxd7 20.Bxd7 h6 21.Qd1 1–0
stuck. The Monkey’s Bum first appeared in print five
years later in the British Chess Magazine. Povah wrote
an article on the theory of the Monkey’s Bum, in which 5.24.4 See also
he stated that although he had never yet lost with the vari-
ation, it was still “in its infancy”. • List of chess openings
Normunds Miezis, and International Masters Bricard and 5.25.3 Illustrative game
Filipovic. [7]
Speelman vs. Basman, 1984
Instead of fianchettoing, Black can also play his bishop to
Final position
the a6–f1 diagonal (the Guatemala Defence).
Owen’s Defence is classified as code B00 by the
Speelman–Basman, British Championship 1984:
Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings.
1. e4 e6 2. Nc3 b6 3. d4 Bb7 Transposing to a
position more commonly reached by 1.e4 b6 2.d4 Bb7
5.25.1 History 3.Nc3 e6. 4. Bd3 Nf6 5. Nge2 c5 6. d5! a6
6...exd5 7.exd5 Nxd5 8.Nxd5 Bxd5 9.Nf4 Bc6 (9...Be6?
[13]
The opening is named after the English vicar and strong 10.Be4 wins; 9...Qe7+!?) 10.Bc4! “gives White
[14]
19th-century amateur chess player John Owen, an early strong pressure”. 7. a4 exd5 8. exd5 Nxd5 9. Nxd5
[1]
exponent. Howard Staunton wrote in 1847 that 1.e4 b6, Bxd5 10. Nf4 Be6 11. Be4 Ra7 12. 0-0 Be7 Watson
“which the Italians call 'Il Fianchetto di Donna,' although and Schiller also give 12...g6 13.a5! as favoring White
disapproved of by the earlier writers, may be made by after 13...bxa5 14.Bd2 or 13...b5 14.Be3 d6 15.b4 Be7
the second player without harm, if followed speedily by 16.Nxe6 fxe6 17.Qg4 Qc8 18.bxc5 dxc5 19.Bh6, in-
[...e6] and [...c5].”[8] tending Rad1, Rfe1, and h4–h5 “with great pressure for
just a pawn”.[15] 13. Ra3 0-0 14. Rg3 f5 15. Bd5
Using his opening, Owen defeated Paul Morphy in an in- Rf6? Better is 15...Bxd5!? 16.Qxd5+ Rf7 17.Nh5 with
formal game in London, 1858.[9] An additional game in a strong attack.[13] 16. Re1 Bxd5 17. Qxd5+ Rf7 18.
the match featuring this opening, where Owen varied on Nh5 g6 19. Bh6 Nc6 20. Rge3 1–0[16] (see diagram)
move 5, was won by Morphy.[10] White threatens 21.Nf6+! Bxf6 (21...Kh8 22.Qxf7)
22.Re8+. On 20...gxh5, 21.Rg3+ wins; 20...Bf8 21.Re8
gxh5 23.Bxf8!; 20...Ra8 21.Rxe7! Nxe7 and now ei-
5.25.2 Theory ther 22.Rxe7 Qxe7 23.Qxa8+ or 22.Nf6+ Kh8 23.Qxf7
wins.[13]
The theory of Owen’s Defence is less developed than that
of other openings. This makes it attractive to some play-
ers, since their opponents will often be ill-prepared for it 5.25.4 Matovinsky Gambit
and hence forced to think for themselves.[3] GM Christian
Bauer observes:[11] A pitfall for Black in this opening, the Matovinsky Gam-
bit,[17] dates from a game by the 17th-century Italian
To be honest, I don't think Black can chess player and writer Gioachino Greco.
equalise as quickly with 1...b6 as he sometimes
Greco–NN, 1619: 1. e4 b6 2. d4 Bb7 3. Bd3 f5? Bauer
does in standard openings, and he may suf-
calls this move “simply suicidal”.[18] Black gravely weak-
fer against a well-prepared opponent. Then
ens his kingside in an attempt to gain material, but White
again, the well-prepared opponent is rare for
can win by falling into Black’s “trap”. Normal is 3...e6 or
such marginal variations as 1...b6, and in any
3...Nf6.[19] Also possible is 3...g6 ("!" – Andrew Martin)
case, with reasonable play I'm sure White can't
heading for a Hippopotamus Defense, when Martin con-
get more than a slight advantage from the open-
siders 4.f4 f5! (as in Serpik–Blatny, U.S. Open 2003)[20]
ing – a risk everyone is running as Black, aren't
strong for Black.[21] 4. exf5! Bxg2 5. Qh5+ g6 6. fxg6
they?
(see diagram) Nf6?? 7. gxh7+ Nxh5 8. Bg6# 1–0[22]
According to MCO-15, after 2.d4 Bb7 White gets the Greco vs. NN, 1619
advantage with either: Position after 6.fxg6
• 3. Bd3 e6 4. Nf3 c5 5. c3 Nf6 (5...cxd4 A better try for Black is 6...Bg7! Staunton wrote in
6.cxd4 Bb4+ 7.Nc3 Nf6 8.Qe2 d5 9.e5 Ne4 10.0- 1847 that White got the advantage with 7.gxh7+ Kf8
0!? Bxc3 11.bxc3 Nxc3 12.Qe3 Nc6 13.Bb2 Ne4 8.hxg8=Q+ Kxg8 9.Qg4 Bxh1 10.h4 e6 11.h5.[8] Over
120 years later, Black improved on this analysis with both
14.Ba3 and White had a large advantage in Adams–
Vanderwaeren, Moscow Olympiad 1994) 6. Nbd2 10...Qf8 ("!" – Soltis) 11.h5 Qf6 12.h6 Rxh6 13.Bxh6
Nc6 7. a3! d5 8. e5 Nfd7 9. b4 Be7 10. 0-0 0-0Qxh6 Hendler–Radchenko, Kiev 1970 and 10...Bd5 ("!"
11. Re1 “with a clear plus”, or – Kapitaniak) 11.h5 Be6 12.Qg2 Rxh5 Schmit–Vitolins,
Latvia 1969, winning quickly in both games.[23][24] How-
• 3. Nc3 e6 4. Nf3 Bb4 5. Bd3 Nf6 6. Bg5 h6 7. ever, White is winning after 7.Qf5! (instead of 7.gxh7+)
Bxf6 Bxc3+ 8. bxc3 Qxf6 9. 0-0 d6 10. Nd2 e5 Nf6 8.Bh6!! Bxh6 (on 8...Kf8, White wins with 9.Bxg7+
11. f4 Qe7 12. Qg4, as in David–Bauer, France Kxg7 10.gxh7 Bxh1 11.Qg6+ Kf8 12.Qh6+ Kf7 trans-
2005.[12] posing to line b below,[18] or 9.Qg5 Bxh1 10.gxh7[25] )
5.25. OWEN’S DEFENCE 139
9.gxh7 and now (a) 9...Kf8 10.Qg6 Bc1 11.Qxg2 Bxb2 5.25.7 References
12.Ne2 “and Rg1 will prove lethal”[18] or (b) 9...Bxh1
10.Qg6+ Kf8 11.Qxh6+ Kf7 12.Nh3 with a winning [1] David Hooper and Kenneth Whyld, The Oxford Compan-
attack.[12][18][25] Den Broeder–Wegener, correspondence ion to Chess (2nd ed. 1992), p. 286. ISBN 0-19-866164-
1982, concluded 12...Qf8 13.Bg6+ Ke6 14.Qf4 d5 9.
[26]
15.Bf5+ Kf7 16.Ng5+ Ke8 17.Qxc7 1–0. [2] ECO codes with names by Bill Wall.
According to both Soltis and Kapitaniak, 7.gxh7+
[3] Christian Bauer, Play 1...b6, Everyman Chess, 2005, p.
Kf8 8.Nf3! (which Soltis attributes to F. A. Spin-
5. ISBN 1-85744-410-8.
hoven of the Netherlands) is also strong: (a) 8...Bxf3?
9.Qxf3+ Nf6 10.Qxa8; (b) 8...Bxh1 9.Ne5 Bxe5 (9...Qe8 [4] Owen’s Defence “enjoyed a brief revival at the hands of
10.Ng6+) 10.dxe5 Bd5 11.hxg8=Q+ Kxg8 12.Qg6+ American IM Regan and Yugoslav GM Sahović. Unfor-
Kf8 13.Bh6+; (c) 8...Nf6 9.Qg6 Bxh1 10.Bh6 Rxh7 tunately, the attention it received unearthed more accu-
(10...Bxh6 11.Qxh6+ Kf7 12.Ng5+) 11.Ng5 Bxh6 rate lines for White and it is currently considered insuf-
12.Nxh7+ Nxh7 13.Qxh6+; or (d) 8...Nf6 9.Qg6 Bxf3 ficient.” Garry Kasparov and Raymond Keene, Batsford
10.Rg1 Rxh7 11.Qg3!! Be4 12.Bxe4 Nxe4 13.Qf3+ Chess Openings 2, Collier Books, 1989, p. 228. ISBN
Kg8 14.Qxe4 Nc6 (14...d5 15.Qe6+ Kh8 16.Nc3) 15.Bf4 0-02-033991-7.
[27][28]
with an extra pawn for White. Boris Avrukh also [5] Owen’s Defence is “viewed by theory as unreliable”. Nick
recommends this line, and notes that 13...Nf6 (instead de Firmian, Modern Chess Openings, 15th edition, Ran-
of 13...Kg8) 14.Qxa8 Rxh2 15.Bf4 Rh4 16.Qg2 Rg4 dom House Puzzles & Games, 2008, p. 385. ISBN 978-
17.Qh2 leaves White “an exchange up with an easily win- 0-8129-3682-7.
ning position”.[29] Watson writes that although 7.Qf5!
is the “traditional” refutation and does indeed win, “the [6] “Owen’s Defence ... is regarded by current theory as sus-
picious”. Bauer 2005, p. 7.
analysis is complicated”, and Spinhoven’s 8.Nf3! “is
[30]
clearer”. [7] Bauer 2005, p. 6.
Instead of fianchettoing, Black can proceed differently [12] de Firmian 2008, p. 385.
by playing his queen’s bishop to a6, the Guatemala De-
fense,[31] so-named because the Guatemala Chess Club [13] Speelman’s annotations in Chess Informant, Volume 38,
Šahovski Informator, 1985, p. 74.
used the line in a 1949 correspondence game.[32] Andrew
Soltis writes that it has “no other discernible benefit than [14] Watson & Schiller 1995, p. 111.
to get out of 'book' as quickly as possible”.[32] Joel Ben-
jamin and Eric Schiller see some logic in Black’s concept [15] Watson & Schiller 1995, p. 114.
to exchange the white bishop as soon as possible, as it of-
[16] Speelman–Basman, British Championship 1984. Chess-
ten proves troublesome for Black in many openings.[33]
Games.com. Retrieved on 2009-07-15.
White gets the advantage with 2.d4 Ba6 3.Bxa6 Nxa6
4.Nf3 Qc8!? 5.0-0 Qb7 6.Re1 e6 7.c4.[34] [17] http://www.chessgames.com/perl/chessgame?gid=
1243022
The Guatemalan bishop deployment can also occur on
Black’s third move, from various transpositions. For ex- [18] Bauer 2005, p. 25.
ample after 1.e4 b6 2.d4 e6, 1.e4 e6 2.d4 b6, or 1.d4 b6
2.e4 e6, Black can follow up in all cases with 3...Ba6. [19] Bauer 2005, pp. 24–25.
[23] Andrew Soltis, The Defense 1...P–QN3 (1977 Edition), attack from the flank, and to avoid theory. Michael Bas-
Chess Digest, 1977, p. 21. man has been known to play the St. George, as did Tony
Miles.
[24] T. Kapitaniak, b6!, The Chess Player, 1982, p. 44.
In perhaps its most famous appearance, Miles defeated
[25] John Nunn, Graham Burgess, John Emms, and Joe Gal- reigning World Champion Anatoly Karpov in the 1980
lagher, Nunn’s Chess Openings, Everyman Chess, 1999, p. European Team Championship in Skara, Sweden. The
123. ISBN 1-85744-221-0.
opening also acquired the name of "Birmingham De-
[26] Den Broeder–Wegener, corr. 1982. ChessGames.com. fence” at this time, after Miles’ hometown.
Retrieved on 2009-07-02. Boris Spassky also played the St. George Defence, al-
[27] Soltis 1977, p. 22. beit by transposition, in the 22nd game of his 1966 world
championship match against World Champion Tigran
[28] Kapitaniak 1982, p. 45. Petrosian. That game began 1.d4 b5 (the Polish Defence)
2.e4 Bb7 3.f3 a6 (transposing to the St. George). This
[29] Boris Avrukh, 1.d4 Volume Two, Quality Chess, 2010, p.
was an inauspicious outing for the defence, however: Pet-
551. ISBN 978-1-906552-33-6.
rosian won, giving him the 12 points needed to retain his
[30] John Watson, Mastering the Chess Openings, Volume 4, title.
Gambit Publications, 2010, p. 96. ISBN 978-1-906454-
19-7.
5.26.2 Theory
[31] John Watson and Eric Schiller, The Big Book of Busts, Hy-
permodern Press, 1995, p. 111. ISBN 1-886040-13-3.
The St. George Defence is generally considered an infe-
[32] Andrew Soltis, “GM Follies”, Chess Life, August 1997, p. rior response to 1.e4 compared to 1...e5, 1...e6, 1...c5, or
12. 1...c6. The St. George Defence is considered more dubi-
ous than Owen’s Defence (1.e4 b6 2.d4 Bb7), since Black
[33] Benjamin, Joel; Schiller, Eric (1987). “Guatemala De- spends three moves just to develop his queen bishop, as
fence”. Unorthodox Openings. Macmillan Publishing
opposed to two in Owen’s Defence, while White occupies
Company. pp. 117–18. ISBN 0-02-016590-0.
the centre and is ready to castle in three more moves.
[34] Watson and Schiller 1995, pp. 111–12. The major lines in the opening start with 1.e4 a6!? 2.d4
b5 and then branch. (White can also show the defence
respect by playing the strong if rarely played 1.e4 a6 2.c4
5.25.8 External links preventing Black’s 2...b5 or making it into a gambit.) The
main line continues 3.Nf3 Bb7 4.Bd3 e6 5.0-0 Nf6. An-
• Marcin Maciaga, Flexible System of Defensive Play
other important line is the Three Pawns Attack, some-
for Black – 1...b6
times called the St. George Gambit, which continues
3.c4 e6!? 4.cxb5 axb5 5.Bxb5 Bb7. (Black can also play
3...Bb7 and offer the b-pawn for the more valuable white
5.26 St. George Defence e-pawn.) The St. George is also sometimes used to pre-
vent a white bishop from occupying b5 before continuing
The St. George Defence (also known as the Baker’s De- as in French Defence.
fence, Birmingham Defence, or Basman Counterat-
Much of the theoretical work on the defence was done by
tack ) is an unorthodox chess opening for Black. The
the English IM Michael Basman.
opening begins with the moves:
The St. George Defence is given ECO code B00 as a Anatoly Karpov–Tony Miles, European Team Champi-
King’s Pawn Opening. onship, Skara 1980:[1][2]
1.e4 a6 2.d4 b5 3.Nf3 Bb7 4.Bd3 Nf6 5.Qe2 e6 6.a4
c5 7.dxc5 Bxc5 8.Nbd2 b4 9.e5 Nd5 10.Ne4 Be7 11.0-
5.26.1 History 0 Nc6 12.Bd2 Qc7 13.c4 bxc3 14.Nxc3 Nxc3 15.Bxc3
Nb4 16.Bxb4 Bxb4 17.Rac1 Qb6 18.Be4 0-0!? 19.Ng5
The first known chess game involving the St. George (19.Bxh7+!? is a dangerous sacrifice) h6 20.Bh7+ Kh8
was a simultaneous game between an English amateur, 21.Bb1 Be7 22.Ne4 Rac8 23.Qd3 Rxc1 24.Rxc1 Qxb2
J. Baker, and the first official World Chess Champion, 25.Re1 Qxe5 26.Qxd7 Bb4 27.Re3 Qd5 28.Qxd5 Bxd5
Wilhelm Steinitz, on 11 December 1868. The game was 29.Nc3 Rc8 30.Ne2 g5 31.h4 Kg7 32.hxg5 hxg5 33.Bd3
won by Baker. The advocates of the opening are gen- a5 34.Rg3 Kf6 35.Rg4 Bd6 36.Kf1 Be5 37.Ke1 Rh8
erally players willing to sacrifice the centre in order to 38.f4 gxf4 39.Nxf4 Bc6 40.Ne2 Rh1+ 41.Kd2 Rh2
5.26. ST. GEORGE DEFENCE 141
5.26.5 References
Notes
Bibliography
• Chessdatabase
• article and game collection
Chapter 6
d4 Openings
In the most general sense the term Queen’s Pawn Game In the 19th century and early 20th century, 1.e4 was by
can refer to any chess opening which starts with the move far the most common opening move by White (Watson
1.d4. It is the second most popular opening move after 2006:87), while the different openings starting with 1.d4
1.e4. The name is usually used to describe openings be- were considered somewhat unusual and therefore classed
ginning with 1.d4 where White does not play the Queen’s together as “Queen’s Pawn Game”.
Gambit. The most common Queen’s Pawn Game open- As the merits of 1.d4 started to be explored, it was the
ings are: Queen’s Gambit which was played most often—more
popular than all other 1.d4 openings combined. The
• The London System, 2.Bf4 or 2.Nf3 and 3.Bf4 term “Queen’s Pawn Game” was then narrowed down to
any opening with 1.d4 which was not a Queen’s Gambit.
• The Trompowsky Attack, 1...Nf6 2.Bg5 and the Eventually, through the efforts of the hypermodernists,
Pseudo-Trompowsky 1...d5 2.Bg5 the various Indian Defences (such as the King’s Indian,
Nimzo-Indian, and Queen’s Indian) became more popu-
• The Torre Attack, 2.Nf3 and 3.Bg5 lar, and as these openings were named, the term “Queen’s
Pawn Game” narrowed further.
• The Stonewall Attack, 2.e3
• The Barry Attack, 1...Nf6 2.Nf3 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4.Bf4 This move prevents White from establishing a full pawn
centre with 2.e4. The opening usually leads to a form
• The Richter-Veresov Attack, 1...d5 2.Nc3 Nf6 of Indian Defence, but can also lead to versions of the
3.Bg5 or 1...Nf6 2.Nc3 d5 3.Bg5 Queen’s Gambit if Black plays ...d5 at some point. Since
1...Nf6 is a move that is likely to be made anyway, the
• The Blackmar–Diemer Gambit, 1...d5 2.e4, and the move is a flexible response to White’s first move. White
Hübsch Gambit 1...Nf6 2.Nc3 d5 3.e4 usually plays 2.c4. Then Black usually plays 2...e6 (typ-
ically leading to the Nimzo-Indian, Queen’s Indian, or
In the Encyclopedia of Chess Openings (ECO), strict Queen’s Gambit Declined), 2...g6 (leading to the King’s
Queen’s Pawn Games (1.d4 d5) are classified in the cod- Indian or Grünfeld Defense), or 2...c5 (leading to the
ing series D00–D05. Other openings where Black does Benoni Defense or Benko Gambit). Rarer tries include
not play 1...d5 are named Semi-Closed Games and clas- 2...e5 (Budapest Gambit) and 2...d6 (Old Indian De-
sified as: fense). Also White can play 2.Nf3 which like Black’s
move is not specific as to opening. A third alternative is
the Trompowsky Attack with 2.Bg5.
• Indian Defenses, where Black plays 1...Nf6 (ECO
coding series A45–A79, D70–D99, E00–E99); for
instance E12–E19 Queen’s Pawn: Indian; 1...d5
• other Queen’s Pawn Games, where Black plays nei- 1...d5 (Closed Game) also prevents White from play-
ther 1...d5 nor 1...Nf6; these include the Dutch De- ing 2.e4 unless White wants to venture the dubious
fence (ECO coding series A40–A44, A80–A99). Blackmar-Diemer Gambit. 1...d5 is not any worse than
142
6.2. CLOSED GAME 143
1...Nf6, but committing the pawn to d5 at once makes 6.1.3 Other continuations
it somewhat less flexible since Black can no longer play
the Indian Defenses, although if Black is aiming for • 1...b5 (Polish Defense)
Queen’s Gambit positions this may be of minor impor-
tance. Also, a move like 2.Bg5 (Hodgson Attack) is • 1...c5 (Old Benoni Defense)
considered relatively harmless compared to 1.d4 Nf6 • 1...e5 (Englund Gambit)
2.Bg5 since there is no knight on f6 for the bishop to
harass. White’s more common move is 2.c4 leading to
the Queen’s Gambit when Black usually chooses between 6.1.4 See also
2...e6 (Queen’s Gambit Declined), 2...c6 (Slav Defense)
or 2...dxc4 (Queen’s Gambit Accepted). Also White can • List of chess openings
play 2.Nf3 which again is not specific as to opening. Then
Black may play ...Nf6 (same as above) or ...e6. A Queen’s
Gambit may arise anyway if White plays c4 soon after- 6.1.5 References
ward, but lines like the Colle System and Stonewall At-
tack are also possible. • Watson, John (2006), Mastering the Chess Openings,
vol 1, Gambit, ISBN 978-1-904600-60-2
1...e6
for serious games, but it is popular with amateurs and in • 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 Queen’s Gambit Declined (QGD)
blitz chess.
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 Bf5 Baltic Defense
Queen’s Gambit after 2.c4
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 Nf6 Marshall Defense
The most important closed openings are in the Queen’s • 1.d4 d5 2.e3 Stonewall Attack
Gambit family (White plays 2.c4). The Queen’s Gam-
bit is somewhat misnamed, since White can always re- • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 Blackmar-Diemer Gambit
gain the offered pawn if desired. In the Queen’s Gambit
Accepted, Black plays ...dxc4, giving up the center for • 1.d4 d5 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.e3 Colle System
free development and the chance to try to give White an • 1.d4 d5 2.Bf4 London System
isolated queen pawn with a subsequent ...c5 and ...cxd4.
White will get active pieces and possibilities for the at- • 1.d4 d5 2.Nf3 f5
tack. Black has two popular ways to decline the pawn, the
Slav (2...c6) and the Queen’s Gambit Declined (2...e6).
Both of these moves lead to an immense forest of varia- 6.2.3 See also
tions that can require a great deal of opening study to play
well. Among the many possibilities in the Queen’s Gam- • Open Game (1.e4 e5)
bit Declined are the Orthodox Defense, Lasker Defense,
the Cambridge Springs Defense, the Tartakower Varia- • Semi-Open Game (1.e4 moves other than 1...e5)
tion, and the Tarrasch and Semi-Tarrasch Defenses. • Semi-Closed Game (1.d4 moves other than 1...d5)
Albin countergambit after 2...e5
• Flank opening (1.c4, 1.Nf3, 1.f4, and others)
Black replies to the Queen’s Gambit other than 2...dxc4, • Irregular chess opening
2...c6, and 2...e6 are uncommon. The Chigorin Defense
(2...Nc6) is playable but rare. The Symmetrical Defense
(2...c5) is the most direct challenge to Queen’s Gambit 6.2.4 References
theory — Can Black equalize by simply copying White’s
moves? Most opening theoreticians believe not, and con- • De Firmian, Nick (1999), Modern Chess Openings:
sequently the Symmetrical Defense is not popular. The MCO-14, Random House Puzzles & Games, ISBN
Baltic Defense (2...Bf5) takes the most direct solution to 0-8129-3084-3
solving the problem of Black’s queen bishop by develop-
ing it on the second move. Although it is not trusted by
most elite players, it has not been refuted and some very 6.3 Semi-Closed Game
strong grandmasters have played it. The Albin Coun-
tergambit (2...e5) is generally considered too risky for A Semi-Closed Game (or Semi-Closed Opening) is a
top-level tournament play. Similarly, the Marshall De- chess opening in which White plays 1.d4 but Black does
fense (2...Nf6) is very rarely seen in grandmaster play, not make the symmetrical reply 1...d5. (The openings
as most theoreticians consider it definitely inferior for starting 1.d4 d5 are the Closed Games.)
Black.
Gambit. 1...e6 rarely has independent significance, usu- • 1.d4 e6 2.c4 Bb4+ Keres Defence
ally transposing to another opening, e.g. the aforemen-
tioned Dutch Defense (2.c4 f5 or 2.Nf3 f5), French De- • 1.d4 Nf6 Indian Systems (this is an enormous cate-
fense (2.e4 d5), or Queen’s Gambit Declined (2.c4 d5). gory, treated separately)
Another possibility is 2.c4 Bb4+, the Keres Defence • 1.d4 f5 Dutch Defense
(also known as the Kangaroo Defence), which is fully
playable, but also little independent significance, since it
often transposes into the Dutch, Nimzo-Indian, or Bogo- 6.3.4 See also
Indian.
Other important responses to 1.d4 include the Dutch • Open Game (1.e4 e5)
(1...f5) and the Benoni Defense (1...c5). The Dutch, an • Semi-Open Game (1.e4 other)
aggressive defense adopted for a time by World Champi-
ons Alekhine and Botvinnik, and played by both Botvin- • Closed Game (1.d4 d5)
nik and challenger David Bronstein in their 1951 world
championship match, is still played occasionally at the • Flank opening (1.c4, 1.Nf3, 1.f4, and others)
top level by Short and others. The Benoni Defense is also • Irregular chess opening
fairly common, and may become very wild if it develops
into the Modern Benoni, though other variations are more
solid. 6.3.5 References
1...d6 is reasonable, and may transpose to the King’s In-
• Hooper, David; Whyld, Kenneth (1992), The Ox-
dian Defense (e.g. after 2.Nf3 g6 3.c4 Bg7 4.Nc3 d6),
ford Companion to Chess (2 ed.), Oxford University,
Grünfeld Defence (e.g. after 2.Nf3 g6 3.c4 Bg7 4.Nc3
ISBN 0-19-280049-3
d5), Old Indian Defense (e.g. after 2.Nf3 Nbd7 3.c4 e5
4.Nc3 Be7), Pirc Defense (2.e4 Nf6 3.Nc3 g6), or even • De Firmian, Nick (1999), Modern Chess Openings:
Philidor’s Defense (e.g. 2.e4 Nf6 3.Nc3 Nbd7 4.Nf3 e5). MCO-14, Random House Puzzles & Games, ISBN
The Wade Defence, a slightly offbeat but fully playable 0-8129-3084-3
line, arises after 1...d6 2.Nf3 Bg4. Note that the plausi-
ble 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5?! dxe5 4.Qxd8+ Kxd8 scores less than
50% for White.
6.3.3 List
• 1.d4 b5 Polish Defense
7.1 Queen’s Gambit sue development with 3...e5!) 4.a4 c6? 5.axb5 cxb5??
6.Qf3! winning a piece.
For the novel, see The Queen’s Gambit (novel). The Queen’s Gambit is divided into two major categories
based on Black’s response: The Queen’s Gambit Ac-
The Queen’s Gambit is a chess opening that starts with cepted (QGA) and the Queen’s Gambit Declined (QGD).
the moves: In the QGA, Black plays 2...dxc4, temporarily giving up
the center to obtain freer development. In the QGD,
Black usually plays to hold d5. Frequently Black will be
1. d4 d5 cramped, but Black aims to exchange pieces and use the
2. c4 pawn breaks at c5 and e5 to free his game.
146
7.2. QUEEN’S GAMBIT ACCEPTED 147
strong grandmasters. The main variations below are in 6...cxd4 brings about an isolated queen’s pawn
order of popularity. structure, and has been called the Steinitz Vari-
ation, after Wilhelm Steinitz. This line became
well known after his match with Zukertort in
3.Nf3 1886, but theory has generally held White’s ac-
tivity in high regard. The early clarification of
The main lines of the QGA begin with this move. White the central tension gives White too free a hand
delays measures to regain the pawn for the moment and and the line is rarely seen in modern practice.[1]
prevents Black from striking at the centre with ...e5. The
recovery of the pawn will usually be done through 4.e3
and 5.Bxc4. Black’s most common rejoinder is 3...Nf6, Black has played to challenge the d4-pawn, and
though the variation 3...a6 was introduced by Alexander prepare ...b5 which wins time by harassing the
Alekhine and bears his name. bishop on c4. In the meantime, White has
safeguarded his king and regained the pawn.
Main line after 3.Nf3 Nf6 4.e3 e6 5.Bxc4 c5 6.0-0 a6 At this point, there are several options avail-
able for White, who needs to consider whether
The main line of the Queen’s Gambit Accepted continues or not to deal with the positional threat of
with: ...b5. The old main line 7.Qe2 allows ...b5,
and theory holds that Black can equalise against
3... Nf6 4. e3 it. The main modern preference is the re-
treat 7.Bb3, so that 7...b5 can be met with
4.Qa4+ leads to the Mannheim Variation, so 8.a4, while 7.a4, stopping ...b5 at the cost of
named after its adoption in one of the cities weakening the b4-square, is also popular, and
where the World Chess Championship 1934 was played by Mikhail Botvinnik in his 1963
was played, even though the move was previ- match with Tigran Petrosian.[1] 7.dxc5 leads to
ously known. Black usually gains easy equality an early queen exchange, and often to an early
after 4...Nc6, so the line is fairly rare. Grand- draw. Rarer lines which have been played are
masters Michał Krasenkow and Ulf Andersson 7.e4 (Geller), 7.Nc3, 7.Nbd2, 7.a3, 7.b3, and
have played the line several times.[2] 7.Bd3.[2]
which strikes back at the centre. A typical continuation • Shaw, John (2002). “Starting out: the Queen’s
is then 4.Bxc4 exd4 5.exd4, leading to an isolated queen’s Gambit”. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-304-7.
pawn position. However, the open positions which ensue
have not proved easy for Black to handle in practice, and • Sakaev, Konstantin; Semkov, Semko (2005). The
many players simply play 3...e6 to transpose back to the Queen’s Gambit Accepted. Chess Stars. ISBN 954-
main lines.[1] Nonetheless, 3...e5 was Rizzitano’s recom- 8782-33-2.
mendation in his repertoire against 3.e3.[2] • Chetverik, Maxim; Raetsky, Alexander (2006).
An opening trap where Black tries clinging onto the c4- Starting Out: Queen’s Gambit Accepted. Everyman
pawn was pointed out by Alessandro Salvio in 1604. If Chess. ISBN 1-85744-415-9.
Black defends the pawn with 3...b5? 4.a4 c6 5.axb5
• Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau-
cxb5??, the a8–h1 diagonal has been fatally weakened
dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 2: 1.d4
and 6.Qf3 wins a minor piece. Trying to defend the pawn
d5 / 1.d4 various / Queen’s Gambits. New In Chess.
by 3...Be6 may hold on to the pawn, but White has good
ISBN 978-90-5691-269-7.
compensation after 4.Ne2.[1]
3.Nc3
7.2.5 External links
• Annotated Chess - Queen’s Gambit Accepted
3. Nc3 was labelled “misguided” by Raetsky and
Chetverik, because the development does not control d4
and e5, and the knight is vulnerable to a b-pawn advance
from Black. 3...e5, 3...Nf6, and 3...a6 are all reason- 7.3 Queen’s Gambit Declined
able replies,[1] and 3...Nc6 leads to a standard line in the
Chigorin Defense. 3. Nc3 was recommended by Keene The Queen’s Gambit Declined (or QGD) is a chess
and Jacobs in their opening repertoire for white players.[3] opening in which Black declines a pawn offered by White
in the Queen’s Gambit:
3.Qa4+ 1. d4 d5
The queen check by 3.Qa4+ Nc6 4.Nf3 will quickly re- 2. c4 e6
gain the pawn with Qxc4, but the early development of
the queen allows Black to win time by harassing it, so This is known as the Orthodox Line of the Queen’s Gam-
this line is rarely played.[2] bit Declined.[1] When the “Queen’s Gambit Declined” is
mentioned, it is usually assumed to be referring to the Or-
thodox Line; see "Other lines" below.
7.2.3 References The Orthodox Line can be reached by a number of dif-
ferent move orders, such as 1.d4 e6 2.c4 d5; 1.d4 Nf6
[1] Raetsky, Alexander; Chetverik, Maxim (2006). Start-
2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 d5; 1.c4 e6 2.Nc3 d5 3.d4; 1.Nf3 d5 2.c4
ing Out:Queen’{}s Gambit Accepted. Everyman Chess. p.
172. ISBN 978-1-85744-415-5.
e6 3.d4; and so on.
around White’s efforts to play all other useful developing cases, the game will simply transpose into the main
moves prior to playing Bd3. lines after 4.Nf3 Nf6 5.Bg5, or, White can now play
4.cxd5 exd5 5.Bf4 c6 6.e3, when 6...Bf5 7.g4 be-
came a topical line after its adoption by Mikhail
7.3.2 Other lines Botvinnik in his 1963 title match with Tigran Pet-
rosian. 6. Qc2 is also popular. These exchange
In its broadest sense, the Queen’s Gambit Declined is any lines are more popular than transposing at top level.
variation of the Queen’s Gambit in which Black does not Also, Be7 is generally agreed to be more accurate
play ...dxc4. Variations other than the Orthodox Line than Nf6.
have their own names and are usually treated separately.[2]
• 3...Bb4?! confusing a Nimzo–Indian with a Queen’s
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 c6 – Slav Defense Gambit (also known as the Berg defense), and at this
point an inaccuracy. White has at least two good
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 Nc6 – Chigorin Defense continuations: 4.Qa4+ Nc6 5.Nf3 where Black is
forced to block the c-pawn with the knight, and 4.a3
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e5 – Albin Countergambit Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 and White has the bishop pair almost
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 Bf5 – Baltic Defense for free (on the average worth half a pawn), since
cxd5 is unstoppable and there will be no doubled
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 Nf6 – Marshall Defense (unsound and pawns as a counterbalance.[5]
no longer used by knowledgeable players)
• 3...a6, the Janowski Variation, is rare and rather pas-
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 c5 – Symmetrical Defense (or Aus- sive.
trian Defense)
• 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 and eventual ...c6 – Semi-Slav De- 7.3.4 Black plays 3...Nf6
fense
Lines beginning with the moves 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3
Of the 34 games played in the 1927 World Championship Nf6 are covered by ECO codes D35–D69. These are
between Alexander Alekhine and José Raúl Capablanca, old lines that can transpose into many other queen pawn
all except the first and third began with the Queen’s Gam- openings. White has several ways of dealing with Black’s
bit Declined.[3] setup:
7.3.3 Black avoids 3...Nf6 QGD Main Variations: 4.Bg5 Be7 5.Nf3
After 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 (other third moves are also Main Line of the QGD: 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Nf6
possible: 3.cxd5 may be played to lead to the Exchange 4.Bg5 Be7 5.Nf3
line, 3.Nf3 keeps options open, and 3.g3 will transpose
to the Catalan), Black’s main move is 3...Nf6, though he
has other options as well: • Tartakower Defense or Tartakower–
Makogonov–Bondarevsky System (TMB
• 3...c6 now the Semi-Slav Defense may be reached system): 5...h6 6.Bh4 0-0 7.e3 b6, is one of the
via 4.Nf3 Nf6, though 4.e4 dxe4 5.Nxe4 Bb4+ most solid continuations for Black.
6.Bd2 (6.Nc3 c5 gives little) 6...Qxd4 7.Bxb4
Qxe4+ 8.Be2 leads to a sharp struggle, and 4.Nf3 • Anti-Tartakower–Makogonov–Bondarevsky
dxc4 is the Noteboom Variation, also sometimes (Anti-TMB): 5...h6 6.Bxf6 Bxf6 this line was
known as the Abrahams Variation, after the English extensively tested in the Kasparov–Karpov matches
master, Gerald Abrahams. in 1980s. To this day Black has no problems in this
line despite being tested at the highest levels. Most
• If Black is willing to accept an isolated d-pawn he recently Boris Gelfand defended the Black side of
can play 3...c5. This leads to a variation of the QGD this variation in the 2011 candidates matches which
called the Tarrasch Defense. eventually he went on to win. For example in the
third round of the final candidate match he forced
• 3...Be7, the Alatortsev Variation.[4] At top level, this White to accept a draw in 14 moves with a very
has recently been played much more often than Nf6. strong novelty: Grischuk vs Gelfand, Elista 2011
Sometimes, this transposes to positions arising from
3...Nf6, and has the advantage, from Black’s stand- • Lasker Defense: 5...0-0 6.e3 h6 7.Bh4 Ne4 8.Bxe7
point, of avoiding the insidious pressure of the main Qxe7, is also a solid line, often leading to the ex-
lines in the Exchange Variation arising after 3...Nf6 change of two sets of minor pieces. It was this line
4.cxd5 exd5 5.Bg5 with an annoying pin. In many that Viswanathan Anand chose in the final game of
7.3. QUEEN’S GAMBIT DECLINED 151
the World Chess Championship 2010 in order to de- • Central Pawn Advance: Carlsen vs Jakovenko, Nan-
feat Veselin Topalov and retain the world champi- jing 2009
onship.
• Minority attack: Evans vs Opsahl, Dubrovnik 1950.
• Orthodox Defense: 5...0-0 6.e3 Nbd7 7.Rc1 c6
and now White has two main moves: 8.Bd3 and
Ragozin Variation: 4.Nf3 Bb4
8.Qc2. After 8.Bd3 dxc4 9.Bxc4 Black has sur-
rendered the center and stands somewhat cramped,
The Ragozin Variation (ECO code D37–D39) occurs af-
but has succeeded in making White lose a tempo ter 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Nf3 Bb4. An impor-
by playing Bd3 before Bxc4. White will try to
tant line in this variation is the Vienna variation where
use his advantage in space to attack, whereas Black the game continues: 5.Bg5 dxc4 6.e4. White’s pawns or
will try to keep White at bay while striking back
pieces occupy the central squares in exchange for long-
at the center. Capablanca’s main idea here was term pawn structure weaknesses. An instance of Vienna
the freeing maneuver 9...Nd5 10.Bxe7 Qxe7 11.0-
variation played at the highest level was Fine vs Euwe,
0 Nxc3 12.Rxc3 e5 13.dxe5 Nxe5 14.Nxe5 Qxe5 AVRO 1938.
15.f4 Qe7, which has led to a number of exchanges
in the center, though Black must exercise care even
in the wake of this simplification. This line was once 7.3.5 See also
so frequently played that it has a separate code (D69)
in ECO, though the lack of active counter play for • Queen’s Gambit
Black has made the main line of the Orthodox a
backwater in modern practice.[6] • Queen’s Gambit Accepted
Exchange Variation: 4.cxd5 exd5 • Kasparov, Garry; Keene, Raymond (1994) [1989].
Batsford Chess Openings 2. Henry Holt. ISBN 0-
1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.cxd5 exd5 5.Bg5 c6 6.Qc2 8050-3409-9.
and White has a pawn majority in the center, Black has
a pawn majority on the queenside. This pawn structure
gives White the opportunity to either advance his pawns 7.3.7 Further reading
in the center by means of Nge2, f2–f3, followed by e2–
e4, or play for a minority attack by means of the plan • Lalic, Bogdan (2000). Queen’s Gambit Declined:
Rb1, followed by b2–b4–b5, then bxc6 in order to cre- Bg5 Systems. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-857-
ate a weak pawn at c6. While Black can play ...cxb5, 44240-3.
or recapture on c6 with a piece, each of these possibili-
ties are even less desirable than the backward pawn in the • Ward, Chris (2002). Unusual Queen’s Gambit De-
open file. For Black, exchanging at d5 has released his clined. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-857-44218-0.
light-squared bishop and opened the e-file, giving him the • McDonald, Neil (2006). Starting Out: Queen’s Gam-
use of e4 as a springboard for central and kingside play. bit Declined. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-857-
While chances are balanced, Black is usually more or less 44426-1.
forced to use his superior activity to launch a piece attack
on White’s king, as the long-term chances in the QGD • Rizzitano, James (2007). Chess Explained: The
Exchange structure favour White. The following games Queen’s Gambit Declined. Gambit Publications.
are model games for White: ISBN 978-1-904-60080-0.
152 CHAPTER 7. D4 OPENINGS – QUEEN’S GAMBIT OPENINGS
• Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau- • 7.cxd5 avoids complications by clarifying the situa-
dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 2: 1.d4 tion in the center. Black’s strongest is the recapture
d5 / 1.d4 various / Queen’s Gambits. New In Chess. 7...Nxd5, continuing the attack on c3.
ISBN 978-9-056-91269-7.
• 7.Bxf6 avoids tactics involving discovered attacks on
the g5-bishop.
7.4 Cambridge Springs Defense
7.4.3 Representative games
In chess, the Cambridge Springs Defense (or less com-
monly, the Pillsbury Variation) is a variation of the • Capablanca vs. Alekhine, Buenos Aires, World
Queen’s Gambit Declined and begins with the moves: Championship Match, 1927:[1]
1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Nbd7 5.e3 c6
6.Nf3 Qa5 7.Nd2 Bb4 8.Qc2 dxc4 9.Bxf6 Nxf6
1. d4 d5
10.Nxc4 Qc7 11.a3 Be7 12.Be2 0-0 13.0-0 Bd7
2. c4 e6 14.b4 b6 15.Bf3 Rac8 16.Rfd1 Rfd8 17.Rac1 Be8
3. Nc3 Nf6 18.g3 Nd5 19.Nb2 Qb8 20.Nd3 Bg5 21.Rb1 Qb7
22.e4 Nxc3 23.Qxc3 Qe7 24.h4 Bh6 25.Ne5 g6
4. Bg5 Nbd7 26.Ng4 Bg7 27.e5 h5 28.Ne3 c5 29.bxc5 bxc5
5. Nf3 c6 30.d5 exd5 31.Nxd5 Qe6 32.Nf6+ Bxf6 33.exf6
Rxd1+ 34.Rxd1 Bc6 35.Re1 Qf5 36.Re3 c4 37.a4
6. e3 Qa5
a5 38.Bg2 Bxg2 39.Kxg2 Qd5+ 40.Kh2 Qf5 41.Rf3
Qc5 42.Rf4 Kh7 43.Rd4 Qc6 44.Qxa5 c3 45.Qa7
Black breaks the pin on the h4–d8 diagonal and forms Kg8 46.Qe7 Qb6 47.Qd7 Qc5 48.Re4 Qxf2+
a pin of his own on the c3 knight (exploiting the ab- 49.Kh3 Qf1+ 50.Kh2 Qf2+ 51.Kh3 Rf8 52.Qc6
sence of the White’s queen bishop from the queenside). Qf1+ 53.Kh2 Qf2+ 54.Kh3 Qf1+ 55.Kh2 Kh7
If Black later plays dxc4, there may be threats against the 56.Qc4 Qf2+ 57.Kh3 Qg1 58.Re2 Qf1+ 59.Kh2
g5-bishop. Note that 5.cxd5 cannot win a pawn because Qxf6 60.a5 Rd8 61.a6 Qf1 62.Qe4 Rd2 63.Rxd2
of the Elephant Trap. The main line continues 7.Nd2 Bb4 cxd2 64.a7 d1=Q 65.a8=Q Qg1+ 66.Kh3 Qdf1+ 0–
with the threat of ...Ne4 and pressure along the a5–e1 di- 1 (67.Qg2 Qh1#)
agonal.
• Gelfand vs. Carlsen, London, World Chess Cham-
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO) code is
pionship Candidates Tournament, 2013:[2]
D52.
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 d5 4.Nc3 Nbd7 5.Bg5 c6
6.e3 Qa5 7.cxd5 Nxd5 8.Rc1 Nxc3 9.bxc3 Ba3
10.Rc2 b6 11.Bd3 Ba6 12.0-0 Bxd3 13.Qxd3 0-
7.4.1 Background 0 14.e4 Rfe8 15.e5 h6 16.Bh4 c5 17.Nd2 cxd4
18.cxd4 Rac8 19.Nc4 Qb5 20.f4 Rc7 21.Qxa3 Rxc4
The first recorded use of the Cambridge Springs was by
22.Rxc4 Qxc4 23.Bf2 Qc7 24.Rc1 Qb7 25.Qd6
Emanuel Lasker in 1892. The name derives from a 1904
Nf8 26.g3 Rc8 27.Rxc8 Qxc8 28.d5 exd5 29.Qxd5
tournament in Cambridge Springs, Pennsylvania in which
g6 30.Kg2 Ne6 31.Qf3 Kg7 32.a3 h5 33.h4 Qc2
the defense was used several times. Practitioners of the
34.Qb7 Qa4 35.Qf3 b5 36.f5 gxf5 37.Qxf5 Qxa3
opening have included Efim Bogoljubov, Vasily Smyslov,
38.Qxh5 a5 39.Qg4+ Kf8 40.h5 Qc1 41.Qe4 b4
and Garry Kasparov.
42.Be3 Qc7 43.Qa8+ Kg7 44.h6+ Kh7 45.Qe4+
The line remains popular among amateurs because there Kg8 46.Qa8+ Qd8 47.Qxd8+ Nxd8 48.Kf3 a4
are several traps White must avoid. For example, 7.Nd2 49.Ke4 Nc6 50.Bc1 Na5 51.Bd2 b3 52.Kd3 Nc4
Bb4 8.Qc2 0-0 9.Bd3?? dxc4! (threatening ...Qxg5) 53.Bc3 a3 54.g4 Kh7 55.g5 Kg6 56.Bd4 b2 57.Kc2
10.Bxf6 cxd3! (a zwischenzug) 11.Qxd3 Nxf6 and Black Nd2 0–1
has won a piece.
• 7.Nd2 (the main line) immediately breaks the pin on 7.4.5 References
the c3 knight and defends e4; 7...Bb4 is answered by
8.Qc2, defending the c3 knight and covering e4. [1] Capablanca vs. Alekhine
7.5. TARRASCH DEFENSE 153
[2] Gelfand vs. Carlsen The Tarrasch Defense is considered sound. Even if Black
fails to make use of his mobility and winds up in an infe-
Bibliography rior endgame, tied to the defense of his isolated pawn, he
may be able to hold the draw if he defends accurately.
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld. “Cambridge In the Encyclopedia of Chess Openings, the Tarrasch De-
Springs Defence.” The Oxford Companion to Chess fense has codes D32 through D34.
Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992. p. 66.
7.4.6 Further reading 7.5.1 Main line: 4. cxd5 exd5 5. Nf3 Nc6
6. g3 Nf6
• Schiller, Eric (1984). Cambridge Springs Defense.
Chess Enterprises. ISBN 0931462320. 4.cxd5 exd5 5.Nf3 Nc6 6.g3 Nf6 7.Bg2 Be7 8.O-O O-O
The Tarrasch is a variation of the Queen’s Gambit De- 7.5.2 Swedish Variation
clined.
Swedish Variation: 6...c4
With his third move, Black makes an aggressive bid for
central space. After White plays cxd5 and dxc5, Black
will be left with an isolated pawn on d5. Such a pawn The Swedish Variation (also called the Folkestone Vari-
may be weak, since it can no longer be defended by other ation) is a sharp line beginning 6... c4. Black now has
pawns, but it grants Black a foothold in the center, and a four to three queenside pawn majority, and will try to
Black’s bishops will have unobstructed lines for develop- expand with ...b5, with White aiming for a central break
ment. with e4. The line is considered somewhat dubious, and is
rarely seen nowadays.
The opening was advocated by the German master
Siegbert Tarrasch, who contended that the increased The Swedish Variation has ECO code D33.
mobility Black enjoys is well worth the inherent weak-
ness of the isolated center pawn. Although many other
masters, after the teachings of Wilhelm Steinitz, rejected 7.5.3 See also
the Tarrasch Defense out of hand because of the pawn
weakness, Tarrasch continued to play his opening while
rejecting other variations of the Queen’s Gambit, even to • Semi-Tarrasch Defense
the point of putting question marks on routine moves in
all variations except the Tarrasch (which he awarded an • List of chess openings
exclamation mark) in his book Die moderne Schachpar-
tie. (See chess punctuation.) • List of chess openings named after people
154 CHAPTER 7. D4 OPENINGS – QUEEN’S GAMBIT OPENINGS
7.5.4 References 9.Qxb7 Bb4+) Qd6 10.Qxb7 Rb8 11.Qa6 Be7 12.Bb5
Rb6 13.Bxc6 Rxc6 14.Qd3 exf5 15.0-0 0-0 16.Qxf5, as
• Colins, Sam (2005), Understanding the Chess Open- in Lipnitsky–Bondarevsky, USSR championship 1951.[3]
ings, Gambit Publications, ISBN 1-904600-28-X White also achieves a “pleasant advantage” with 5.Nbd2
Nf6 6.Qb3 Qc8 7.g3 (Benjamin).
• de Firmian, Nick (2008), Modern Chess Openings
(15th ed.), McKay, ISBN 978-0-8129-3682-7
7.6.3 3.cxd5 c6 4.dxc6 Nxc6
7.5.5 External links Black can play a gambit line where Black generally fol-
lows up with ...e5, causing a pawn exchange in the center
• Opening Report (on the Marshall variation): 1.d4
and the removal of the queens. White retains a small ad-
d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 c5 4.cxd5 exd5 5.e4 (105 games)
vantage in the queenless middlegame that follows.
(in Italian)
1. d4 d5
7.6.5 Notes
2. c4 Nf6?!
[1] ChessGames.com. “Alekhine–Marshall, Baden-Baden
The Marshall Defense is a fairly dubious variation of the 1925”. ChessGames.com. Retrieved 2010-02-08.
Queen’s Gambit Declined. It was played by Frank Mar- [2] However, opening database Chessok.com gives 8.Nh3!
shall in the 1920s, but he gave it up after losing with it to +.48 denying equality for Black.
Alekhine at Baden-Baden in 1925.[1] It is no longer used
by experienced players (Watson 2007:12–14). [3] ChessGames.com. “Lipnitsky–Bondarevsky, Moscow
1951”. ChessGames.com. Retrieved 13 September 2015.
White may choose to ignore Black’s provocative second
move with 3.Nc3, which will usually transpose into nor-
mal lines of the Queen’s Gambit Declined (after 3...e6),
the Slav Defence (after 3...c6), the Queen’s Gambit Ac-
7.6.6 References
cepted (after 3...dxc4) or the Grünfeld Defence (after
• Alburt, Lev (October 2009). “Time, Anyone?".
3...g6).
Chess Life. p. 38.
7.6.2 4.Nf3! The Baltic Defense (also known as the Grau Defense,
or the Sahovic Defense) is a chess opening characterized
This is most accurate, threatening 5.e4. After 4...Bf5, by the moves:
White achieves a large advantage with 5.Qb3 e6 (5...Nc6
6.Nbd2! Nb6 7.e4 Bg6 8.d5 is very strong) 6.Nc3
(avoiding the complications of 6.Qxb7 Nd7; 6.Nbd2 is 1. d4 d5
also good) 6...Nc6 7.e4 Nxc3 8.exf5 Nd5 9.a3 (avoiding 2. c4 Bf5!?
7.8. SLAV DEFENSE 155
• The Semi-Slav with ...e6 (without developing the down the now open c-file. To avoid this possibility Black
light-squared bishop). The Semi-Slav Defense, a often chooses the move order 2...e6 followed by 3...c6 to
kind of a combination Queen’s Gambit Declined enter the Semi-Slav.
and Slav Defense, is a very complex opening in its
own right. See the Semi-Slav Defense for details.
3.Nc3
• There is also a lesser option, the Schlechter Slav with
...g6 The pressure on Black’s center prevents 3...Bf5? since
after 4.cxd5 cxd5 5.Qb3 White wins a pawn. Black can
Black faces two major problems in many variations of the try the Winawer Countergambit, 3...e5, which was in-
Queen’s Gambit Declined (QGD): troduced in Marshall–Winawer, Monte Carlo 1901 but
this is thought to be slightly better for White. The most
common continuation is 3...Nf6 when 4.Nf3 transposes
1. Development of his queen bishop is difficult, as it is
to the main line. White can also play 4.e3 when it was
often blocked by a pawn on e6.
thought Black could no longer play the “Pure” Slav with
2. The pawn structure offers White targets, especially 4...Bf5 (and had to choose between 4...e6 or 4...a6) due
the possibility of a minority attack on the queenside to 5.cxd5 cxd5 6.Qb3. Therefore, “Pure” Slav players
in the Exchange variation of the QGD. sometimes meet 3.Nc3 with 3...dxc4, the Argentinian
Defense, which can transpose to the main line of the
“Pure” Slav. Recently the Gambit 4...Bf5 5.cxd5 cxd5
The “Pure” Slav and ...a6 Slav addresses these problems.
6.Qb3 Nc6 7.Qxb7 Bd7 has revitalized 4...Bf5.
Black’s queen bishop is unblocked; the pawn structure
remains balanced. Also, if Black later takes the gambit
pawn with ...dxc4, the support provided by the pawn on 7.8.3 3.Nf3 Introduction
c6 (and possibly ...a6) allows ...b5 which may threaten to
keep the pawn, or drive away a white piece that has cap- Black usually plays 3...Nf6. 3...e6 transposes to the Semi-
tured it, gaining Black a tempo for queenside expansion. Slav. 3...Bf5? is a mistake due to 4.cxd5 cxd5 5.Qb3.
On the other hand, Black usually will not be able to de-
velop the queen bishop without first giving up the center
with ...dxc4, developing the bishop may leave the black 7.8.4 Alternatives to 4.Nc3
queenside weak, and the thematic break ...c5 incurs the
loss of a tempo. After 3...Nf6, the main line is 4.Nc3. White can also try
The Slav can be entered by many move orders. The pos- the following alternatives:
sibilities include 1.d4 d5 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.c4 c6, 1.Nf3 d5
2.c4 c6 3.d4 Nf6, and so on. 4.Qc2/4.Qb3
advantage of the absence of Black’s queen bishop on the the following alternatives
queenside, but this isn't enough to gain an advantage if
Black plays accurately. Another way to play is 4...Bg4.
Steiner Variation: 5...Bg4
7.8.5 4.Nc3 Introduction In the Steiner Variation (also called the Bronstein Vari-
ation), 5...Bg4, White may be discouraged from e4 by the
Black shouldn't play 4...Bf5 because White will gain possibility 6.e4 e5.More often the game continues 6.Ne5
the advantage with either 5.Qb3 or 5.cxd5 followed by Bh5.
6.Qb3. Traditionally Black had a choice between 4...e6,
the Semi-Slav, and 4...dxc4 before developing the queen
Smyslov Variation: 5...Na6
bishop, but in the 1990s 4...a6 was introduced, with the
idea of developing the queenside without locking in the
With the Smyslov Variation, 5...Na6, Black allows the e-
queen bishop or conceding the center.
pawn to come to e4 but can gain counterplay by ...Bg4 and
perhaps bringing the knight to b4 e.g. 6.e4 Bg4 7.Bxc4
a6 (Chebanenko) Slav: 4...a6 e6 8.0-0 Nb4.
White’s sharpest try against 4...dxc4 is the Slav Geller Krause Attack: 6.Ne5
Gambit, 5.e4. Play usually continues 5...b5 6.e5 Nd5
7.a4 e6, but it is unclear whether the attack is strong A more energetic line begins 6.Ne5 (Krause
enough for the sacrificed pawn. Evaluation of this line Attack) where White intends f2–f3 and e2–e4
changes as improvements are found, but as of 2005 it is or Nxc4, perhaps followed by a fianchetto of
generally thought to favor Black. the king bishop with g2–g3 and Bg2. Black can
try either 6...Nbd7 7.Nxc4 Qc7 or 7...Nb6 or
6...e6 7.f3 Bb4, when 8.e4 Bxe4 9.fxe4 Nxe4
White maintains the pawn with 5.e3
is a complex piece sacrifice with the possi-
ble continuation 10.Bd2 Qxd4 11.Nxe4 Qxe4+
5.e3 is a solid choice known as the Alekhine Variation
12.Qe2 Bxd2+ 13.Kxd2 Qd5+ 14.Kc2 Na6.
Play can proceed 5...b5 6.a4 b4
• Burgess, Graham (2000). The Mammoth Book of 8.Be2 and 8.Bb3 less common alternatives. The line
Chess. Carroll & Graf. ISBN 0-7867-0725-9. was first played in 1906 in the game Schlechter–Perlis.[2]
The variation takes its name from the town of Meran
• Burgess, Graham (2001). The Slav. Gambit. ISBN (Merano) in northern Italy. During a 1924 tourna-
1-901983-44-7. ment in Meran, it was used successfully in the game
• Fine, Reuben (1990). Ideas Behind the Chess Open- Gruenfeld–Rubinstein. Gruenfeld adopted the same vari-
ings. Random House Puzzles & Games. ISBN 0- ation[3]two rounds later against Spielmann, winning as
8129-1756-1. well. Viswanathan Anand won two games with Black
in his World Chess Championship 2008 match with
Vladimir Kramnik. Black surrenders his outpost on d5,
gaining a tempo for queenside space expansion by b7–b5.
7.9 Semi-Slav Defense White will play in the center, leading to a rich, compli-
cated game. These opposing strategies, with the ensuing
The Semi-Slav Defense is a variation of the Queen’s keen play, have long made the Meran a favorite for enter-
Gambit chess opening defined by the position reached af- prising players of either color. An example is Gligoric v
ter the moves: Ljubojevic, Belgrade, 1979.[4]
After the move 8.Bd3, Black usually plays 8...a6. Bent
1. d4 d5 Larsen introduced the move 8...Bb7, which has been
2. c4 c6 dubbed the “improved Meran”.[5] According to one
3. Nf3 Nf6 source, the move was first played in 1923, but since it
was developed by Larsen, it carries his name. Black can
4. Nc3 e6 also play 8...Bd6, which is the move Anand played in his
victory over Levon Aronian in the Tata Steel Chess Tour-
The position may readily be reached by a number of dif- nament 2013.[6]
ferent move orders. With Black advancing pawns to both
Though appearing in contemporary master play with less
e6 and c6, the opening resembles a mixture of the Ortho-
frequency than the Meran, there are other possibilities:
dox Queen’s Gambit Declined (QGD) and the Slav De-
6...Be7, 6...Bb4, introduced by the Italian master Max
fense.
Romih, and 6...Bd6, which was much the most popular
Black is threatening to capture the white pawn on c4, and line before the debut of the Meran, and espoused by the
hold it with b7–b5. White can avoid this in a number American grandmaster Arthur Bisguier throughout his
of ways. About 80% of games continue 5.Bg5 or 5.e3: career.
the former constitutes a sharp pawn sacrifice, while the
6...Bd6 and now 7. 0-0 0-0 8. e4 dxe4 9. Nxe4 Nxe4
latter restricts the dark-squared bishop from its natural
10. Bxe4 is the most common line. There are now sev-
development to g5. Other possible moves are 5.Qb3,
eral alternatives for Black, with one a clear error, as it
5.g3 and 5.cxd5, the last of which, after 5...exd5, leads
loses a pawn: 10... e5 11. dxe5 Nxe5 12. Nxe5 Bxe5
to a line of the QGD Exchange Variation where White’s
13. Bxh7+ Kxh7 14. Qh5+ Kg8 15. Qxe5. This line,
early Nf3 enables Black’s queen bishop to freely develop,
however, has a strong drawish tendency in practice, due
which should give equality (ECO codes D43 and D45).
to the opposite-colored bishops, although all the heavy
For the Semi-Slav the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings pieces remain on the board.
designates codes D43 through D49.
Black’s other choices include 10...c5, although theory re-
gards this as premature as it enables White to play for a
7.9.1 5.e3 kingside attack with 11.Bc2, followed by Qd3 and Bg5.
10...Nf6 has also been played, but this misplaces the
The main line continues with 5...Nbd7. The bishop knight and does nothing to further Black’s play against
moves 5...Bd6 and 5...Be7 are seldom seen, as masters re- the center by means of the pawn breaks c6–c5 or e6–e5.
alized early on that at e7, the bishop was passively placed Bisguier preferred 10...h6 and it has come to be consid-
and does nothing to further one of Black’s aims, the free- ered the strongest plan.
ing move ...e5. The unusual move 5...a6 is considered The other ideas, 6...Be7, which has the same drawback
solid for Black. Some sources call 5...a6 the “accelerated as after 5.e3 Be7, and 6...Bb4, have become sidelines in
Meran”.[1] modern play.
The main alternative to 6.Bd3 has become 6.Qc2, once a Moscow Variation: 5...h6
sideline, this move exploded in popularity in the 1990s, in
large part due to Anatoly Karpov's advocacy. The idea is The Moscow Variation 5... h6 6. Bxf6 Qxf6 gives rise
to wait for Black to commit to ...dxc4 before playing Bd3. to play of a different character from the Botvinnik vari-
Black commonly replies with 6...Bd6 and now White can ation. Black has the bishop pair, which gives him good
choose between two very different continuations: long-term chances, but must avoid prematurely opening
the position in the face of White’s superior development
and central control, as his position is initially solid but
Karpov Variation: 7.Bd3 7.Bd3, Karpov first played passive. Alexei Dreev has played this line successfully as
7.Be2 but it soon transpired that the d3-square gives Black. The gambit line 6.Bh4 (the Anti-Moscow Vari-
White better chances. ation) was once considered dubious, but has seen a re-
cent resurgence. In return for the pawn, White receives
a lead in development and a strong initiative. This dy-
Shirov–Shabalov Gambit: 7.g4 Another increasingly
namic line, which is characteristic of the modern game,
common gambit line used in the Anti-Meran is the sharp
has been played by many strong grandmasters, with the
7.g4. Popularized by Alexander Shabalov and Alexey
theoretical verdict remaining inconclusive.
Shirov, the gambit destabilizes the center for Black and
has been successful for several grandmasters, including
Kasparov, who won the first game of his 2003 match
against the computer chess program Deep Junior with 7.9.3 Notes
it.[7]
[1] http://www.chess.com/opening/eco/D45_Semi_Slav_
Defense_Accelerated_Meran_Variation
7.9.2 5.Bg5
[2] http://www.chessgames.com/perl/chessopening?eco=
D48
Position after 5.Bg5
[3] “An Opening Created in 1924 Still Leads to Complex Bat-
The Anti-Meran Gambit (ECO code D44) arises after tles” New York Times , 29 January 2006
5.Bg5. Possible replies include 5...Nbd7, 5...dxc4, 5...h6,
and 5...Be7. White refuses to shut in the dark-squared [4] Gligoric v Ljubojevic, Belgrade, 1979
bishop, instead developing it to an active square where
[5] http://www.chess.com/article/view/
it pins the black knight. It is now possible for Black to
larsenrsquos-improved-meran-the-great-dane-deigns-to-allow-check
transpose to either the Cambridge Springs Defence with
5... Nbd7 6. e3 Qa5, or enter the Orthodox Defense with [6] http://en.chessbase.com/Home/
6...Be7. TabId/211/PostId/4010058/
cbm-153--for-professionals-and-connoisseurs-070613.
aspx
Botvinnik Variation: 5...dxc4
[7] Kasparov vs. Deep Junior, Game 1
This line is extremely complicated, with theory stretch-
ing past move thirty in some variations. Black captures [8] Igor Štohl, Chessbase Tutorials Volume 3
a pawn by 5...dxc4. White takes control of the center
with 6.e4 as Black defends with 6...b5. The main line
of the Botvinnik now continues 7. e5 h6 8. Bh4 g5 9. 7.9.4 References
Nxg5 hxg5 10. Bxg5 Nbd7. White will regain his piece
with interest, emerging with an extra pawn, but Black will • Encyclopedia of Chess Openings, volume D, sections
soon complete his development, gaining great dynamic 43–49
compensation, whereas White’s task is rather more dif-
ficult. White will fianchetto his king bishop and castle • Kuijf, Marinus (1995). Slav: Botvinnik Variation.
kingside, while Black will play c5, Qb6, castle queenside, New In Chess. ISBN 90-71689-80-8.
and can carry out an attack in the center or on either flank,
leading to complex play. The opening was introduced by • Glenn Flear (2005). Starting Out: Slav & Semi-Slav.
Mikhail Botvinnik in the 1945 USSR vs USA radio match Everyman chess. ISBN 1-85744-393-4.
vs Arnold Denker. Today, Alex Yermolinsky has an ex-
cellent record with the white pieces and Alexei Shirov has • Vera, Reinaldo (2007). Chess Explained: The
been Black’s chief proponent in this variation. Although Meran Semi-Slav. Gambit. ISBN 9781904600817.
this variation bears Botvinnik’s name, he was not the first
person known to have played it—Klaus Junge is credited • David Vigorito, Play the Semi-Slav, Quality Chess,
as the actual inventor.[8] 2008 ISBN 978-91-85779-01-7
160 CHAPTER 7. D4 OPENINGS – QUEEN’S GAMBIT OPENINGS
[5] Kasparov, Garry; Keene, Raymond (1994) [1989], • 5.gxf3 Qxd5 6.e3 and now Black has two very
“Queen’s Gambit”, Batsford Chess Openings 2, Henry different, but proven ways of playing 6...e5
Holt, p. 80, ISBN 0-8050-3409-9 7.Nc3 Bb4 and 6...e6 7.Nc3 Qh5.
7.12. ALBIN COUNTERGAMBIT 161
• 5.dxc6 Bxc6 6.Nc3 and Black has now two The opening is an uncommon defense to the Queen’s
well established options 6...Nf6 and 6...e6. Gambit. In exchange for the gambit pawn, Black has a
central wedge at d4 and gets some chances for an attack.
• 3...e6 is a bad move. Often White will try to return the pawn at an opportune
moment to gain a positional advantage.
3.cxd5 Qxd5 In the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings the Albin Coun-
tergambit is assigned codes D08 and D09.
• 4.e3 e5 5.Nc3 Bb4 6.Bd2 Bxc3 (see second dia-
gram)
• 7.bxc3 and now black’s main moves are
7.12.1 History
7...Nf6 and 7...Qd6.
Although this opening was originally played by Cavallotti
• 7.Bxc3 has received considerable attention in against Salvioli at the Milan tournament of 1881, it takes
recent years and 7...exd4 8.Ne2 Nf6 9.Nxd4 its name from Adolf Albin, who played it against Lasker
0-0 seems to be considered Black’s most re- in New York 1893. Though not played frequently at the
liable choice, but the sharper 8...Bg4 is also master level, Russian Grandmaster Alexander Moroze-
sometimes played. vich has recently made some successful use of it.
• 4. Nf3
7.12.2 Main line
7.11.2 Notes
Main line after 3...d4 4.Nf3 Nc6
[1] Alexander Morozevich & Vladimir Barskij, The Chigorin
Defence According to Morozevich, 2007
The main line continues 4.Nf3 Nc6 (4...c5 allows 5.e3
because Black no longer has the bishop check) and now
7.11.3 References White’s primary options are 5.a3, 5.Nbd2, and 5.g3. Per-
haps White’s surest try for an advantage is to fianchetto his
• Ward, Chris (2002). Unusual Queen’s Gambit De- king bishop with 5.g3 followed by Bg2 and Nbd2. Black
clined. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-218-0. will often castle queenside. A typical continuation is 5.g3
Be6 6.Nbd2 Qd7 7.Bg2 0-0-0 8.0-0 Bh3.
• Broznik, Valeri (2001). Die Tschigorin-
Verteidigung. Schachverlag Kania. ISBN 3-
931192-21-0. 7.12.3 Variations
Lasker trap
7.11.4 Further reading
The Black pawn at d4 is stronger than it may appear. The
• Watson, John (1981). Queen’s Gambit, Chigorin De-
careless move 4.e3? can lead to the Lasker Trap. After
fence. Batsford. ISBN 978-0713439960.
4...Bb4+ 5.Bd2 dxe3 6.Bxb4?? is a blunder—6...exf2+
7.Ke2 fxg1=N+! and Black wins. The Lasker Trap is no-
7.11.5 External links table because it is rare to see an underpromotion in prac-
tical play.
• 869 games at ChessGames.com
Spassky Variation
7.12 Albin Countergambit In the Spassky Variation White plays 4.e4 to take advan-
tage of the fact that an en passant capture must be made
The Albin Countergambit is a chess opening that begins immediately after the enemy pawn advances. So now af-
with the moves: ter 4...Bb4+ 5.Bd2 the en passant capture ...dxe3 is no
longer available to Black.
1. d4 d5
2. c4 e5
7.12.4 See also
and the usual continuation is: • List of chess openings
7.12.5 References
• Ward, Chris (2002). Unusual Queen’s Gambit De-
clined. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-218-0.
8.1 Indian Defence invites transposition to a Benoni. White can deny Black
any of these transpositions and by refraining from c2-c4
Indian defences are chess openings characterised by the over the next several moves.
moves: On the second move, White can also play 2.Bg5, the
Trompowsky Attack. Black can respond 2...Ne4 (see
1. d4 Nf6[1] 1.d4 Nf6 2.Bg5 Ne4), or 2...e6 (see 1.d4 Nf6 2.Bg5 e6),
among other moves. A third alternative for White is the
They are all to varying degrees hypermodern defences, rarer 2.Nc3. Then black may play 2...d5 for Richter-
where Black invites White to establish an imposing pres- Veresov Attack (D01, see 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nc3 d5). Black
ence in the centre with the plan of undermining and ulti- may also play 2...g6 (see 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nc3 g6).
mately destroying it. Although the Indian defences were
championed in the 1920s by players in the hypermodern
school, they were not fully accepted until Russian play-
8.1.1 Variations
ers showed in the late 1940s that these systems are sound
Nimzo-Indian Defence
for Black. Since then, the Indian defences have become
King’s Indian Defence
a popular way for Black to respond to 1.d4 because they
Grünfeld Defence
often offer an unbalanced game with winning chances for
Queen’s Indian Defence
both sides. Transpositions are important and many vari-
Benoni Defense
ations can be reached by several move orders.
The usual White second move is 2.c4, grabbing a larger
share of the centre and allowing the move Nc3, to prepare • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 b6 Accelerated Queen’s Indian De-
for moving the e-pawn to e4 without blocking the c-pawn fence
with the knight. Black’s most popular replies are
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 Benoni Defence
• 2...e6, freeing the king’s bishop and leading into the • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 b5 Benko Gambit (or Volga
Nimzo-Indian Defence, Queen’s Indian Defence, Gambit)
Bogo-Indian Defence, Modern Benoni, Catalan
Opening, or regular lines of the Queen’s Gambit De- • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c6 Slav-Indian Defence
clined,
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 Nc6 Black Knights’ Tango
• 2...g6, preparing a fianchetto of the king’s bishop
and entering the King’s Indian Defence or Grünfeld • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 d6 3.Nc3 e5 Old Indian Defence
Defence, and • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 d6 3.Nc3 Bf5 Janowski Indian De-
• 2...c5, the Benoni Defense, with an immediate fence
counter-punch in the centre, • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 Ne4 Döry Defence
but other moves are played as detailed below. • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 Budapest Gambit
Instead of 2.c4, White often plays 2.Nf3. Then Black • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4 Nimzo-Indian Defence
may play 2...d5 which may transpose to a Queen’s Gambit
after 3.c4. Or Black may play 2...e6 which retains pos- • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 c5 4.d5 Modern Benoni
sibilities of transposing to a Queen’s Gambit or Queen’s • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 Bb4+ Bogo-Indian Defence
Indian Defence. Alternatively 2...g6 may transpose to a
King’s Indian Defence or Grünfeld Defence, while 2...c5 • 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b5 Polish Defence
163
164 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 Queen’s Indian Defence occasionally adopted it, with good results, including a
win in his 1972 World Championship match against Boris
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 c5 4.d5 b5 Blumenfeld Spassky. Often Black adopts a slightly different move
Gambit order, playing 2...e6 before 3...c5 in order to avoid the
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.g3 Catalan Opening sharpest lines for White.
The Benko Gambit is often played by strong players, and
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Bg5 Neo-Indian Attack
is very popular at lower levels. Black plays to open lines
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3. a3?! Australian Attack on the queenside where White will be subject to consider-
able pressure. If White accepts the gambit, Black’s com-
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 Grünfeld Defence pensation is positional rather than tactical, and his initia-
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 Bg7 King’s Indian Defence tive can last even after many piece exchanges and well
(KID) into the endgame. White often chooses instead either to
decline the gambit pawn or return it.
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 h6 3.c4 g5 Nadanian Attack
The Bogo-Indian Defence is a solid alternative to the
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 e6 3.Bg5 Torre Attack Queen’s Indian, into which it sometimes transposes. It is
less popular than that opening, however, perhaps because
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 g6 East Indian Defence many players are loath to surrender the bishop pair (par-
ticularly without doubling White’s pawns), as Black of-
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4. Bf4 Bg7 5. e3 O-O
6. Be2 Barry Attack ten ends up doing after 4.Nbd2. The classical 4.Bd2 Qe7
is also often seen, although more recently 4...a5!? and
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.Bg5 Trompowsky Attack even 4...c5!? have emerged as alternatives. Transposi-
tion to the Nimzo-Indian with 4.Nc3 is perfectly playable
Advocated by Nimzowitsch as early as 1913, the Nimzo- but rarely seen, since most players who play 3.Nf3 do so
Indian Defence was the first of the Indian systems to gain in order to avoid that opening.
full acceptance. It remains one of the most popular and The Old Indian Defence was introduced by Tarrasch in
well-respected defences to 1.d4, and White often chooses 1902, but it is more commonly associated with Chigorin
move orders designed to avoid it. Black attacks the centre who adopted it five years later. It is similar to the King’s
with pieces and is prepared to trade a bishop for a knight Indian in that both feature a ...d6 and ...e5 pawn centre,
to weaken White’s queenside with doubled pawns. but in the Old Indian Black’s king bishop is developed to
The King’s Indian Defence is aggressive and somewhat e7 rather than being fianchettoed on g7. The Old Indian is
risky, and generally indicates that Black will not be sat- solid, but Black’s position is usually cramped and it lacks
isfied with a draw. Although it was played occasionally the dynamic possibilities found in the King’s Indian.
as early as the late 19th century, the King’s Indian was The Black Knights’ Tango or Mexican Defence intro-
considered inferior until the 1940s when it was featured duced by Carlos Torre in 1925 in Baden-Baden shares
in the games of Bronstein, Boleslavsky, and Reshevsky. similarities with Alekhine’s Defence as Black attempts to
Fischer’s favoured defence to 1.d4, its popularity faded induce a premature advance of the white pawns. It may
in the mid-1970s. Kasparov’s successes with the defence transpose into many other defences.
restored the King’s Indian to prominence in the 1980s.
The Neo-Indian Attack, Torre Attack, and Trompowsky
Ernst Grünfeld debuted the Grünfeld Defence in 1922. Attack are White anti-Indian variations. Related to the
Distinguished by the move 3...d5, Grünfeld intended it as Richter-Veresov Attack, they feature an early Bg5 by
an improvement to the King’s Indian which was not con- White and avoid much of the detailed theory of other
sidered entirely satisfactory at that time. The Grünfeld queen’s pawn openings. Another option is the Barry At-
has been adopted by World Champions Smyslov, Fischer, tack, popular with club players and characterised by the
and Kasparov. moves 1.d4 Nf6 2. Nf3 g6 3. Nc3 d5 4.Bf4 Bg7 5.e3
The Queen’s Indian Defence is considered solid, safe, O-O 6. Be2. White usually follows up with Ne5 and h2-
and perhaps somewhat drawish. Black often chooses the h4-h5, a direct attack on the Black king. The Barry At-
Queen’s Indian when White avoids the Nimzo-Indian by tack has also been tried out at Grandmaster level by Mark
playing 3.Nf3 instead of 3.Nc3. Black constructs a sound Hebden and Julian Hodgson.
position that makes no positional concessions, although The Blumenfeld Gambit (or Countergambit) bears a su-
sometimes it is difficult for Black to obtain good winning perficial but misleading resemblance to the Benko Gam-
chances. Karpov is a leading expert in this opening. bit, as Black’s goals are very different. Black gambits a
The Benoni Defense is a risky attempt by Black to un- wing pawn in an attempt to build a strong centre. White
balance the position and gain active piece play at the cost can either accept the gambit or decline it to maintain a
of allowing White a pawn wedge at d5 and a central ma- small positional advantage. Although the Blumenfeld is
jority. Tal popularised the defence in the 1960s by win- playable for Black it is not very popular.
ning several brilliant games with it, and Bobby Fischer
8.1. INDIAN DEFENCE 165
The Döry Defence (2...Ne4 or 2...e6 3.Nf3 Ne4) is un- 1. d4 Nf6 2. c4 g6 3. Nc3 d5 4. e3 Bg7
common, but it was sometimes adopted by Keres. It will 5. Nf3 0-0 6. cxd5 Nxd5 7. Be2 Nxc3 8.
sometimes transpose into a variation of the Queen’s In- bxc3 c5 9. 0-0 cxd4 10. cxd4 Nc6 11. Bb2
dian Defence but there are also independent lines. Bg4 12. Rc1 Rc8 13. Ba3 Qa5 14. Qb3
The Accelerated Queen’s Indian Defence (2...b6) is Rfe8 15. Rc5 Qb6 16. Rb5 Qd8 17. Ng5
playable, although modern theory favours the Queen’s In- Bxe2 18. Nxf7 Na5 and White mates in three
dian only after 2...e6 3 Nf3. (19.Nh6+ double check Kh8 20.Qg8+ Rxg8
21.Nf7#).[5][6]
The Slav-Indian Defence is an obscure idea that may
transpose into the King’s Indian or Slav Defence. Another of the games between these players transposed to
The Budapest Gambit is rarely played in grandmaster what would today be called the Four Pawns Attack against
games, but more often adopted by amateurs. Although the King’s Indian Defence. This time Moheschunder, as
it is a gambit, White cannot hold on to his extra pawn Black, won after some enterprising (and perhaps dubious)
without making compromises in the deployment of his sacrificial play:
pieces, so he often chooses to return the pawn and retain
the initiative. 1. e4 d6 2. d4 g6 3. c4 Bg7 4. Nc3 Nf6 5. f4
0-0 6. Nf3 Bg4 7. Bd3? e5! 8. fxe5 dxe5 9.
The Nadanian Attack (1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 h6 3.c4 g5) is an d5 Nxe4!? 10. Nxe4 f5 11. Neg5 e4 12. Ne6
aggressive attempt by Black to unbalance the position. exf3! 13. Nxd8?! fxg2 14. Rg1 Bxd1 15.
The early 2...h6 and 3...g5 are designed to deal with a Ne6 Bg4 16. Nxf8 Kxf8 17. Rxg2 Nd7 18.
drawish variations such as Colle System, London System Bf4 Nc5 19. Kd2 Rc8 20. Kc2 Bf3 21. Rf2
and Torre Attack. The line was introduced in 2005 by Nxd3 22. Kxd3 Be4+ 23. Ke3 b5 24. cxb5
Ashot Nadanian, but has never enjoyed widespread pop- Bxd5 25. Rd2 Bc4 26. Rad1 Bf6 27. Bh6+
ularity among top-flight chess players. Kg8 28. Kf4 Re8 29. b3 Bxb5 30. Rc1 Be2!
31. Re1 Re4+ 32. Kg3 Bh4+ 0–1[7]
8.1.2 Historical background
The modern names "King’s Indian Defence", "Queen’s
Indian Defence", "Old Indian Defence" and "King’s In-
The earliest known use of the term “Indian Defence”
dian Attack" were attributed by Richard Reti to Hans
was in 1884, and the name was attributed to the open-
Kmoch, though Reti himself did not approve of these
ing’s use by the Indian player Moheschunder Banner-
terms. Reti also attributed to Kmoch the terms “All In-
jee against John Cochrane.[2] Philip W. Sergeant de-
dian Defence” (where Black fianchettoes both bishops af-
scribes Moheschunder as having been as of 1848 “a
ter 1.d4 Nf6) and “Queen’s Indian Attack” (where White
Brahman in the Mofussil—up country, as we might say—
opens 1.Nf3 and 2.b3) but these did not come into general
who had never been beaten at chess!"[3] Sergeant wrote
use.[8]
in 1934 (substituting algebraic notation for his descrip-
tive notation):[4]
8.1.3 See also
The Indian Defences by g6 coupled with
d6, or b6 coupled with e6, were largely taught • List of chess openings
to European players by the example of Mo- • List of chess openings named after places
heschunder and other Indians, to whom the fi-
anchetto developments were a natural legacy
from their own game. The fondness for them of 8.1.4 References
the present Indian champion of British chess,
Mir Sultan Khan, is well known. But they are Notes
now so widely popular that Dr. S. G. Tar-
takover was able to declare, some years ago, [1] ECO: A45 Queen’s Pawn: Indian
that “to-day fianchettos are trumps.” A sequel
[2] “Indian Defence”, Chess Player’s Chronicle: 172, 22 Oc-
hardly to have been anticipated from the dis-
tober 1884, retrieved 2008-07-22 In this case the opening
covery of Moheschunder in the Mofussil! moves were 1.e4 d6 2.d4 g6.
[3] Philip W. Sergeant, A Century of British Chess, David
In the following game, Moheschunder (Black) plays the
McKay, 1934, p. 68.
Grünfeld Defence against Cochrane in 1855—some 38
years before Ernst Grünfeld was born. [4] Sergeant, pp. 68-69.
[5] Edward Winter, Kings, Commoners and Knaves: Further
John Cochrane–Moheschunder Bannerjee, Chess Explorations, Russell Enterprises, Inc., 1999, p.
May 1855: 141. ISBN 1-888690-04-6.
166 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
[6] Cochrane-Moheschunder Julian Hodgson and Antoaneta Stefanova are among sev-
eral grandmasters who often employ the Trompowsky.
[7] Tim Harding, A History of The City of London Chess
World Champion Magnus Carlsen has occasionally em-
Magazine (Part 1). Retrieved on 2009-03-18.
ployed the Trompowsky, notably in the first game of the
[8] Richard Reti,Die Meister des Schachbretts (Masters of the 2016 World Chess Championship against Sergey Kar-
Chessboard), p121, p160 (1930) jakin.
Bibliography
8.2.1 Main lines
• De Firmian, Nick (1999), Modern Chess Openings: Black has a number of ways to meet the Trompowsky,
MCO-14, Random House Puzzles & Games, ISBN some of which avoid doubled pawns, while others allow
0-8129-3084-3 them. The most common Black responses are discussed
• Hooper, David; Whyld, Kenneth (1996), The Ox- here.
ford Companion to Chess, Oxford University, ISBN
0-19-280049-3 • 2... Ne4 is the most common reply. Although
Black violates an opening principle (“Don't move
• Kasparov, Garry; Keene, Raymond (1994) [1989], the same piece twice in the opening”), his move at-
Batsford Chess Openings 2, Henry Holt, ISBN 0- tacks White’s bishop, forcing it to either move again
8050-3409-9 or be defended.
• Nunn, John (1999), Nunn’s Chess Openings, Every- • 3. h4 (Raptor Variation[2] ) defends the bishop,
man Chess, ISBN 1-85744-221-0 and Black should avoid 3...Nxg5? since that
will open up a file for the White rook. Instead
• Bosch, Jeroen (2006), “8”, Secrets of Opening Sur- Black can start making a grab for the centre
prises, 5, New in Chess, p. 144, ISBN 90-5691-170- and kick the White bishop away with a timely
8 ...h6 advance.
• Usually, White retreats with 3. Bf4 or 3.
8.1.5 Further reading Bh4. In this case, Black will try to maintain
his knight on e4, or at least gain a concession
• Palliser, Richard (2008), Starting out: d-pawn at- before retreating it. (For instance, if White
tacks. The Colle-Zukertort, Barry and 150 Attacks, chases the knight away with f3, he will have
Everyman Chess, ISBN 978-1-85744-578-7 taken away the best development square from
his own knight.)
• 3. Nf3? is rarely seen except among amateurs;
8.2 Trompowsky Attack after 3... Nxg5 4. Nxg5 e5! Black regains
the lost time by the discovered attack on the
knight; White’s center is liquidated and he has
The Trompowsky Attack is a chess opening that begins
no compensation for the bishop pair.
with the moves:
• 2... e6 also avoids doubled pawns since the queen
1. d4 Nf6 can recapture if White plays Bxf6. The move 2...e6
also opens a diagonal for the Black king’s bishop
2. Bg5
to develop. On the other hand, the knight is now
pinned, and this can be annoying.
With his second move, White intends to exchange his
bishop for Black’s knight, inflicting doubled pawns upon • 2... d5 makes a grab for the centre, allowing White
Black in the process. This is not a lethal threat; Black can to inflict the doubled pawns. If White does so, Black
choose to fall in with White’s plan. will try to show that his pair of bishops is valu-
able, and that White has wasted time by moving
The Trompowsky is a popular alternative to the more his bishop twice in order to trade it off. Black usu-
common lines after 1.d4 Nf6 beginning 2.c4 or 2.Nf3. ally recaptures away from the center with 3...exf6,
By playing 2.Bg5, White sidesteps immense bodies of preserving a defensible pawn structure and opening
opening theory of various Indian Defences like the diagonals for the queen and dark-squared bishop,
Queen’s Indian, King’s Indian, Nimzo-Indian, as well as however 3...gxf6 (played by Sergey Karjakin against
the Grünfeld Defence. Magnus Carlsen in the opening game of the 2016
The opening is named after the one-time Brazilian cham- World Chess Championship) is also common. Al-
pion Octávio Trompowsky (1897–1984) who played it in ternatively, White can transpose into the Richter-
the 1930s and 1940s. The Trompowsky has also been Veresov Attack with 3.Nc3 or the Tartakower Vari-
called The Zot.[1] ation of the Torre Attack with 3.Nf3.
8.3. KING’S INDIAN DEFENCE 167
• 2... c5 also makes a grab for the centre, planning • Gallagher, Joe (1998), The Trompovsky, Chess
to trade off the c-pawn for White’s d-pawn. Again, Press, ISBN 1-901259-09-9
White can inflict doubled pawns, and again Black
will try to make use of his bishop pair. • Wells, Peter (2004). Winning With the Trompowsky.
Sterling. ISBN 978-0713487954.
• 2... g6 is another line, practically begging White
to inflict the doubled pawns. Black’s development • Davies, Nigel (2005). The Trompowsky. Everyman
is slightly slower than in the two lines previously Chess. ISBN 1857443764.
mentioned. Black is intending to fianchetto his • Palliser, Richard (2009). Starting Out: the
dark-squared bishop which is unopposed by a White Trompowsky Attack. Everyman Chess. ISBN
counterpart, and will try to prove that this is more 9781857445626.
important than the doubled pawn weakness.
• Pert, Richard (2013). Playing the Trompowsky.
• 2... c6 is an offbeat line in which Black intends Quality Chess. ISBN 9781907982767.
...Qb6, forcing White to defend or sacrifice his b-
pawn. White can play the thematic 3. Bxf6 or • Lakdawala, Cyrus (2014). The Trompowsky At-
3. Nf3, but must avoid 3. e3?? Qa5+, when tack: Move by Move. Everyman Chess. ISBN
White resigned (in light of 4...Qxg5) in Djordjević 9781781941775.
vs. Kovačević, Bela Crkva 1984—"the shortest ever
• Edward Winter’s “The Trompowsky Opening”
loss by a master” (Graham Burgess, The Quickest
(Chess Notes Feature Article)
Chess Victories of All Time, p. 33).
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox- The King’s Indian is a hypermodern opening, where
ford Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN Black deliberately allows White control of the centre with
0-19-280049-3. his pawns, with the view to subsequently challenge it with
the moves ...e5 or ...c5. Until the mid-1930s, it was gen-
erally regarded as highly suspect, but the analysis and play
8.2.6 Further reading of three strong Soviet players in particular—Alexander
Konstantinopolsky, Isaac Boleslavsky, and David Bron-
• Hodgson, Julian (1997). Secrets of the Trompovsky- stein—helped to make the defence much more respected
Volume 1. Hodgson Enterprises. ISBN and popular. It is a dynamic opening, exceptionally com-
0952937328. plex, and a favourite of former world champions Garry
168 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
Kasparov, Bobby Fischer, and Mikhail Tal, with promi- line in the 1960s, with Vladimir Kramnik playing
nent grandmasters Viktor Korchnoi, Miguel Najdorf, this variation extensively in the 1990s. The plans
Efim Geller, John Nunn, Svetozar Gligorić, Wolfgang for both sides are roughly the same as in the main
Uhlmann, Ilya Smirin, Teimour Radjabov and Ding Liren variation. After 7...a5 White plays 8.Bg5 to pin
having also contributed much to the theory and practice the knight, making it harder for Black to achieve
of this opening. the f7–f5 break. In the early days of the sys-
tem, Black would drive the bishop back with ...h6
and ...g5, though players subsequently switched to
8.3.2 Variations ideas involving ...Na6, ...Qe8 and ...Bd7, making
White’s c4–c5 break more difficult, only then play-
The main variations of the King’s Indian are: ing for kingside activity. Joe Gallagher[1] has rec-
ommended the flexible 7...Na6 which has similar
ideas to 7...a5.
Classical Variation: 5.Nf3 0-0 6.Be2 e5
• 7.Be3 is often known as the Gligoric System, after
Classical Variation. White to move. the World Championship Candidate, who has con-
tributed much to King’s Indian theory and practice
The Classical Variation is 3.Nc3 Bg7 4.e4 d6 5.Nf3 0-0 with both colours. Recently, other strong players
6.Be2 e5. such as Korchnoi, Anatoly Karpov, and Kasparov
have played this line. The main idea behind this
• The Main Line or Mar del Plata Variation con- move is to avoid the theoretical lines that arise af-
tinues 7.0-0 Nc6 8.d5 Ne7. Now White has a wide ter 7.0-0 Nc6. This move allows White to maintain,
variety of moves, including 9.b4, 9.Ne1, and 9.Nd2, for the moment, the tension in the centre. If Black
among others. Typically, White will try to attack on plays mechanically with 7...Nc6, 8.d5 Ne7 9.Nd2!
the queenside by preparing the pawn break c4–c5, is a favourable setup, so Black most often responds
while Black will attack on the kingside by transfer- by crossing his opponent’s plans with 7...Ng4 8.Bg5
ring his knight from f6 to d7 (usually better placed f6 9.Bh4 Nc6, but other moves are also seen, such
than at e8, as it helps slow White’s queenside play as:
with c4–c5), and starting a kingside pawn storm with
• 7...Na6 8.0-0 transposing into the modern.
f7–f5–f4 and g6–g5. 9.b4, introduced by Korchnoi
in the 1970s, used to put top players off playing this • 7...h6!? is a favourite of John Nunn. The main
line, but it has recently been revived by Radjabov. line runs 8.0-0 Ng4 9.Bc1 Nc6 10.d5 Ne7
11.Ne1 f5 12.Bxg4 fxg4. In this subvariation,
• 7.0-0 Nbd7 is the Old Main Line, and is playable, Black’s kingside play is of a different type than
though less common nowadays than 7...Nc6. normal KID lines, as it lacks the standard pawn
breaks, so he will now play g6–g5 and Ng6–f4,
• 7.0-0 exd4 8.Nxd4 is also possible, although White’s
often investing material in a piece attack in the
extra space usually is of greater value than Black’s
f-file against the white king, while White plays
counterplay against White’s centre. Made popular
for the usual queenside breakthrough with c4–
in the mid-1990s by the Russian Grandmaster Igor
c5.
Glek, new ideas were found for White yet some of
the best lines for White were later refuted. White • 7...exd4 immediately surrenders the centre,
still has an advantage in most lines. with a view to playing a quick c7–c6 and d6–
d5. For example, 8.Nxd4 Re8 9.f3 c6 10.Qd2
• 7.0-0 Na6 has seen some popularity recently. The (10.Bf2!?) 10...d5 11.exd5 cxd5 12.0-0 Nc6
purpose of this awkward-looking move is to move 13.c5 and 13...Rxe3!? (which was first seen
the knight to c5 after an eventual d5, while guard- in game 11 of the 1990 World Chess Champi-
ing c7 if Black should play ...Qe8. Play commonly onship between Kasparov and Karpov).
continues 8.Be3 Ng4 9.Bg5 Qe8! but White has also
tried: • In the Exchange Variation (7.dxe5 dxe5 8.Qxd8
Rxd8), White exchanges queens and is content to
• 8.dxe5 dxe5 9.Qxd8 Rxd8 with even chances;
play for a small, safe advantage in the relatively quiet
• 8.d5 Nc5 9.Qc2 a5 may transpose into the Pet- positions which will ensue in this queenless mid-
rosian System (see below); dlegame. The line is often played by White play-
• 8.Bg5 h6 9.Bh4 Qe8 10.Bxf6 Bxf6 11.c5!, ers hoping for an early draw, but there is still a lot
which is not totally reliable for Black. of play left in the position. White tries to exploit
d6 with moves such as b4, c5, Nf3–d2–c4–d6, etc.,
• 7.d5 is the Petrosian System, so named for the while Black will play to control the hole on d4. In
1963–69 world champion, who often essayed the practice, it is easier to exploit d4, and chances are
8.3. KING’S INDIAN DEFENCE 169
balanced. If Black is able to play ...Nd4, he will of- White’s castled position. If instead White plays more cau-
ten have at least an equal position, even when this tiously, then Black challenges White’s centre with ...e5.
involves the sacrifice of a pawn to eliminate White’s
dark-squared bishop.
Averbakh Variation: 5.Be2 0-0 6.Bg5
attack can hardly succeed, as White’s kingside is more • E60 King’s Indian Defence
solidly defended than in most KID variations. The most
common responses are: • E61 King’s Indian Defence, 3.Nc3
Finally, White has other setups, such as Nf3 and h3 and • E75 King’s Indian, Averbakh, Main line
Nge2 (with or without Bd3), but these are currently not • E76 King’s Indian, Four Pawns Attack
as popular at the grandmaster level. 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6
3.Nc3 Bg7 4.e4 d6 5.Nge2 followed by 6.Ng3 is called • E77 King’s Indian, Four Pawns Attack, 6.Be2
the Hungarian Attack.
• E78 King’s Indian, Four Pawns Attack, with Be2 and
Nf3
8.3.4 Famous games
• E79 King’s Indian, Four Pawns Attack, Main line
The moves are shown for one of the most famous • E80 King’s Indian, Sämisch Variation
King’s Indian games, a brilliancy by the late Ukrainian-
American grandmaster Eduard Gufeld, who called it his • E81 King’s Indian, Sämisch, 5...0-0
"Mona Lisa":
• E82 King’s Indian, Sämisch, 6...b6
• E94 King’s Indian, Orthodox Variation • Markoš, Ján (2008). Beat the KID. Quality Chess.
ISBN 978-1-906552-15-2.
• E95 King’s Indian, Orthodox, 7...Nbd7, 8.Re1
• Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau-
• E96 King’s Indian, Orthodox, 7...Nbd7, Main line
dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 3: Indian
• E97 King’s Indian, Orthodox, Aronin–Taimanov Defences. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-270-
Variation (Yugoslav Attack / Mar del Plata Varia- 3.
tion)
• Panczyk, Krzysztof; Ilczuk, Jacek (2009). The Clas-
• E98 King’s Indian, Orthodox, Aronin–Taimanov, sical King’s Indian Uncovered. Everyman Chess.
9.Ne1 ISBN 1857445171.
[3] http://www.365chess.com/view_game.php?g=2427799
8.4 King’s Indian Defence, Four
Pawns Attack
8.3.7 Further reading The Four Pawns Attack in the King’s Indian Defence is
a chess opening that begins with the moves:
• Burgess, Graham (1993). The King’s Indian for the
Attacking Player. Batsford. ISBN 0805029362.
1. d4 Nf6
• Nesis, Gennady; Shulman, Leonid (1993). Tactics
in the King’s Indian. Translated by Gesthuysen, Mal- 2. c4 g6
colm. Henry Holt & Co. ISBN 9780805026399. 3. Nc3 Bg7
• Gallagher, Joe (1995). The Samisch King’s Indian. 4. e4 d6
Henry Holt. ISBN 0805039023.
5. f4
• Petursson, Margeir (1996). King’s Indian De-
fense: Averbakh Variation. Cadogan Books. ISBN White immediately builds up a large pawn centre in or-
9781857441185. der to gain a spatial advantage. Black first develops his
pieces, then tries to attack White’s centre by means of the
• Gligorić, Svetozar (2003). King’s Indian Defence
pawn advances ...e7–e5, ...c7–c5 or ...f7–f5, depending
– Mar Del Plata Variation. Batsford. ISBN 978-
on circumstances.
0713487671.
The main variations of the Four Pawns Attack are:
• Panczyk, Krzysztof; Ilczuk, Jacek (2004). Off-
beat King’s Indian. Everyman Chess. ISBN
9781857443615. • The main line 5...0-0 6.Nf3 c5, when after 7.d5
Black can attack White’s centre with the pawn
• Ward, Chris (2004). The Controversial Samisch sacrifice 7...b5 or the quieter 7...e6. The latter can
King’s Indian. Batsford. ISBN 9780713488722. transpose into the Modern Benoni.
• Golubev, Mikhail (2006). Understanding the King’s • The modern alternative 5...0-0 6.Nf3 Na6!? aims at
Indian. Gambit Publications. ISBN 1-904600-31- sacrificing a pawn with 7...e5 and going into tactical
X. complications.
• Cherniaev, Alexander (2008). The Samisch King’s
Indian Uncovered. Everyman Chess. ISBN The relevant Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings codes are
1857445406. E76 through E79.
172 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
The main line of the Four Pawns Attack after 6...c5 7.d5 Black first develops one additional piece before reacting
continuing 7...e6 8.Be2 exd5 9.cxd5 now gives Black a in the centre. The idea is to bring in the push e7–e5 in-
choice of the old main line with 9...Re8 or the new main stead of the main line c7–c5. This is a gambit in which
line with 9...Bg4. Black hopes to take advantage of the slight underdevel-
opment of White forces in order to win back the sacri-
ficed pawn or to directly attack the white king. The move
Old main line with 9...Re8 ...Na6 is designed post on c5 (once the d4-pawn has left)
in order to attack the e4-pawn. An important difference
Highly tactical possibilities abound in which the critical between this move and Nbd7 is that Na6 does not block
position occurs after 10.e5 dxe5 11.fxe5 Ng4 12.Bg5, the queenside bishop.[8]
a position which is perhaps better avoided by Black.[1]
After the normal 7.Be2, Black must immediately unleash
After 12...Qb6 13.0-0 Nxe5 14.Nxe5 Bxe5 15.Qd2 Bf5
7...e5!? when White has several possibilities, but only a
white was not able to achieve any significant advantage.
capture on e5 is assumed to make sense:
New main line with 9...Bg4 • 8.0-0 is not well considered for White because of
the hidden tactical idea 8...exd4 9.Nxd4 Nc5 10.Bf3
A common-sense move with the idea of exchanging the Re8 11.Re1 Bg4! when White cannot win the piece
bishop for the knight and taking the energy out of White’s on g4 without losing the Nd4 (by the Bg7).
e5 attacking plan.[2] The development of the bishop also
frees Black’s queenside for smooth development and ac- • 8.fxe5 dxe5 9.Nxe5 is considered dubious but is
tive play.[2] Invariably, development continues with 10.0- better than its reputation, e.g. 9...c5 10.Be3 cxd4
0 Nbd7 when White faces the possibly of kicking the 11.Bxd4 Qe7?! (Gallagher) 12.Nf3! and White is
bishop with h3 or delaying with Re1 first.[3] In the game a full pawn up because Black cannot recapture the
Jesus Nogueiras–Garry Kasparov, White opted for the e4-pawn without running into trouble: 12...Nxe4?
immediate kick, 11.h3 Bxf3 12.Bxf3 Re8 in a game that 13.Bxg7 Kxg7 14.Qd4+ Nf6 15.Nd5 Qd6 16.Ng5!
was eventually drawn.[4] and White wins.
e4 and c5, regaining the material with a stronger centre 8.5.1 Description
and a lead in development. Generally, Black will follow
up with 7...Qxc5, preventing White from castling at least This opening has a close kinship to the more-common
temporarily and taking control of the sensitive g1–a7 di- King’s Indian Defence and is often considered a variant
agonal, given that White has moved his f-pawn. If after thereof. The difference is that White has not yet played
6...Qa5 White plays the materialistic 7.cxd6? then Black c4, and therefore retains some options.
has 7...Nxe4 with advantage. If White plays an early c4, the opening will transpose into
a King’s Indian. It is also possible for White to support
an early e4 advance, transposing into the Pirc Defence.
8.4.4 Notes Unless transposition is reached, there are four popular,
[1] Crouch 1992, p.6
independent continuations:
[2] Crouch 1992, p.13 • 3.g3 (the Przepiórka variation, closely related to the
Fianchetto Variation of the King’s Indian)
[3] Crouch 1992, p.16
• 3.Bg5 (the Torre system, which may be considered
[4] Crouch 1992, p.17
a variant of the Torre Attack)
[5] Crouch 1992, p.24
• 3.Bf4 (the London system)
[6] Crouch 1992, p.22
• 3.Nc3 (the Barry Attack)[2]
[7] Crouch 1992, p.27
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings classifies the East
[8] Crouch 1992, p.33 Indian Defence under A49 for the Przepiórka variation
and A48 for the others.
8.4.5 References
8.5.2 Fianchetto without c4
• Djuric, Stefan; Komarov, Dmitry; Pantaleoni, Clau-
dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 3: Indian 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 g6 3.g3 is the King’s Indian, Fianchetto
Defences. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-270- without c4. This can also be reached by 1.Nf3 lines.
3. Black almost always plays 3...Bg7. White can play 4.c4
or 4.Bg2.
• Golubev, Mikhail (2006). Understanding the King’s
Indian. Gambit. After 4.Bg2, Black can play ...0-0, ...d5, or ...d6. 4...d5
gives the Neo-Grunfeld Defence with 5.c4 or 5.0-0 0-0
• Konikowski, Jerzy; Soszynski, Marek (2005). The 6.c4. 4...d6 is the same as 4...0-0 with 5.c4 0-0 or 5.0-0
fearsome four pawns attack. Russell Enterprises. 0-0.
• de Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings: After 4...0-0, White can play 5.c4 or 5.0-0.
MCO-14. Random House. ISBN 0-8129-3084-3. With move 5.0-0, Black can play ...d6 or ...d5. 5...d5
gives the Neo-Grunfeld Defence after 6.c4.
• Gallagher, Joe (1996). Beating the anti-King’s In-
dian. Batsford. (only presents the 6...Na6!? line) With move 5...d6, White will usually play 6.c4 for the
Fianchetto Variation, but other moves are possible.
• Burgess, Graham (1993). The King’s Indian for the
Attacking Player. Batsford.
8.5.3 Example game
• Crouch, Colin (1992). Trends in the King’s Indian
Four Pawns Attack. Trends Publications. Smyslov vs Sax, 1979
Kc5 33.Kf1 Kb4 34.Ke1 Kc3 35.Kd1 c6 and White mates in three (19.Nh6+ double check Kh8
36.Kc1 Nf3 37.Nc4 f5 38.Nb2 f4 39.Nc4 20.Qg8+ Rxg8 21.Nf7#).[1][2] Cochrane published a
Nd4 40.Ne5 fxg3 41.fxg3 c5 42.a5 Nxc2 book reporting his games with Moheshchunder and other
43.axb6 axb6 44.Nd7 Nd4 45.Nxb6 Ne2 Indians in 1864.
46.Kd1 Nxg3 47.Nd7 Kb4 48.Kc2 Nf5 49.Nf8 It gained popularity after Ernst Grünfeld introduced it
Nxh4 50.Nxh7 Nf5 51.Nf6 Nd4 52.Kd3 Kxb3 into international play at Vienna 1922, where, in his first
53.Nd7 Ne6 54.Ne5 g5 0-1 game with the defense, he defeated future world cham-
pion Alexander Alekhine.[3] Grünfeld usually employed
a very classical style. The defence was later adopted
8.5.4 References by a number of prominent players, including Vasily
Smyslov, Viktor Korchnoi, Leonid Stein, and Bobby Fis-
[1] World Correspondence Chess Federation, http://www.
cher. Garry Kasparov often used the defence, includ-
ewccf.com/eco.htm
ing in his World Championship matches against Anatoly
[2] Kenilworth Chess Club, http://www. Karpov in 1986, 1987 and 1990, and Vladimir Kram-
kenilworthchessclub.org/kenilworthian/2005/11/ nik in 2000. Currently active notable players who em-
barry-attack-bibliography.html ploy the opening include Loek van Wely, Peter Svidler,
Peter Leko, Viswanathan Anand, Luke McShane and
Gata Kamsky.[4] Anand employed it twice in the World
Chess Championship 2010. In the World Chess Cham-
8.6 Grünfeld Defence pionship 2012 between Anand and Boris Gelfand, each
player used the Grünfeld once with both games ending in
The Grünfeld Defence (ECO codes D70–D99) is a chess draws. Anand faced the Grunfeld against Magnus Carlsen
opening characterised by the moves: during the first game of the World Chess Championship
2014 and drew in a Rook and Queen ending.
1. d4 Nf6 The Game of the Century between Donald Byrne and
2. c4 g6 13-year-old Bobby Fischer on October 17, 1956, fea-
tured this opening, although arriving in the Grünfeld via
3. Nc3 d5 a transposition of moves (using 1.Nf3 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3
Bg7 4.d4 0-0 5.Bf4 d5).
Black offers White the possibility of cxd5, when after
Nxd5 White further gets the opportunity to kick the Black
Knight around with e4, leading to an imposing central
8.6.2 Exchange Variation: 4.cxd5 Nxd5
pawn duo for White. If White does not take the d5 pawn, 5.e4
Black may eventually play dxc4, when a White response
of e4 again leads to the same pawn structure. In classi- Exchange Variation
cal opening theory this imposing pawn centre was held
to give White a large advantage, but the hypermodern The main line of the Grünfeld, the Exchange Varia-
school, which was coming to the fore in the 1920s, held tion (ECO codes D85–D89), is defined by the contin-
that a large pawn centre could be a liability rather than
uation 4. cxd5 Nxd5 5. e4. Now White has an im-
an asset. The Grünfeld is therefore a key hypermodern posing looking centre – and the main continuation 5...
opening, showing in stark terms how a large pawn cen- Nxc3 6. bxc3 strengthens it still further. Black gener-
tre can either be a powerful battering ram or a target for
ally attacks White’s centre with ...c5 and ...Bg7, often
attack. followed by moves such as ...Qa5, ...cxd4, ...Bg4, and
...Nc6. White often uses his big centre to launch an at-
tack against Black’s king. One subvariation, frequently
8.6.1 History played by Karpov, including four games of his 1987 world
championship match against Kasparov in Seville, Spain,
The first instance of this opening is in an 1855 game by is the Seville Variation, after 6...Bg7 7.Bc4 c5 8.Ne2 Nc6
Moheschunder Bannerjee, an Indian player who had tran- 9.Be3 0-0 10.0-0 Bg4 11.f3 Na5 12.Bxf7+, long thought
sitioned from Indian chess rules, playing Black against a poor move by theory, as the resultant light-square weak-
John Cochrane in Calcutta, in May 1855: ness had been believed to give Black more than enough
compensation for the pawn.
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4.e3 Bg7 5.Nf3 White can develop his pieces in a number of ways in the
0-0 6.cxd5 Nxd5 7.Be2 Nxc3 8.bxc3 c5 9.0- Exchange Variation. For decades, theory held that the
0 cxd4 10.cxd4 Nc6 11.Bb2 Bg4 12.Rc1 Rc8 correct method of development was with Bc4 and Ne2,
13.Ba3 Qa5 14.Qb3 Rfe8 15.Rc5 Qb6 16.Rb5 often followed by 0-0 and f4–f5, playing for a central
Qd8 17.Ng5 Bxe2 18.Nxf7 Na5 breakthrough or kingside attack. It was generally thought
8.6. GRÜNFELD DEFENCE 175
that an early Nf3 was weak in the Exchange Variation 8.6.4 Taimanov’s Variation with 4.Nf3
because it allowed Black too much pressure on the centre Bg7 5.Bg5
with ...Bg4. In the late 1970s, however, Karpov, Kas-
parov and others found different methods to play the Ex- Taimanov 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.Bg5
change Variation with White, often involving an early
Rb1 to remove the rook from the sensitive a1–h8 diag-
In this line, favoured by Yasser Seirawan, after the nearly
onal, as well as attempting to hinder the development
universal 5...Ne4, White may play 6.Bh4 Nxc3 7.bxc3
of Black’s queenside. Another, relatively recently devel-
or 6.cxd5, with Black then opting for either 6...Nxc3
oped system involves quickly playing Be3, Qd2, and Rc1
7.bxc3 Qxd5 or 6...Nxg5 7.Nxg5 e6, though in the latter
or Rd1 to fortify White’s centre, remove White’s rook
case, 7...c6 is sometimes tried. If 6. Nxd5 grabbing the
from the diagonal, and possibly enable an early d5 push
by White. pawn, ...e6 loses a piece. After 6.cxd5 Nxg5 7.Nxg5 e6,
White has 8.Qd2 exd5 9.Qe3+, with attacking chances,
Vladimir Kramnik and Boris Gelfand are the leading or the more usual 8.Nf3 exd5 (though the interpolation
practitioners as White, and Ľubomír Ftáčnik has had 8...h6 9.Nf3 exd5 is a significant alternative), after which
many fine results with the black pieces.[4] play generally proceeds on lines analogous to the Queen’s
Gambit Declined, Exchange Variation, with a queenside
minority attack by White (b2–b4–b5xc6), as Black aims
8.6.3 Russian System: 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.Qb3 for his traditional kingside play with ...f7–f5–f4 and, in
this case, ...g6–g5.
Russian System 5.Qb3
Prins Variation: 7...Na6 In this variation, play may also continue 4.Bf4 Bg7 5.e3
0-0, which is known as the Grünfeld Gambit (ECO code
7...Na6 (Lodewijk Prins') idea, which Kasparov favoured D83). White can accept the gambit by playing 6.cxd5
in several of his World Championship matches against Nxd5 7.Nxd5 Qxd5 8.Bxc7, or decline it with 6.Qb3 or
Karpov.[5] 6.Rc1, to which Black responds with 6...c5.
This is recommended as the mainline by several recent Neo-Grünfeld Defence, Kemeri Variation
Grünfeld texts.
Systems in which White delays the development of his
queen’s knight to c3 are known as the Neo-Grünfeld De-
Other lines fence (ECO code D70–D79); typical move orders are
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.g3 d5 or, more commonly, 1. d4
7...c6, 7...b6 Nf6 2. c4 g6 3. g3 d5 (the latter is known as the Kemeri
176 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
Variation, shown in the diagram). [6] De Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings: MCO-
14. Random House Puzzles & Games. ISBN 0-8129-
3084-3.
8.6.7 Illustrative game
[7] “Chessgames – Exchange variation”. Retrieved 2007-04-
30.
Smyslov vs. Fischer, Herceg Novi Blitz Tournament,
1970:[9] [8] “Chessgames – 4.Bf4”. Retrieved 2007-04-30.
[9] http://www.chessgames.com/perl/chessgame?gid=
1.c4 g6 2.g3 Bg7 3.Bg2 Nf6 4.Nf3 0-0 5.0- 1044694
0 c6 6.d4 d5 7.cxd5 cxd5 8.Nc3 Ne4 9.Qb3
Nc6 10.Be3 Na5 11.Qd1 Nxc3 12.bxc3 b6
13.Ne5 Ba6 14.Re1 Rc8 15.Bd2 e6 16.e4 Bb7 8.6.11 Further reading
17.exd5 Bxd5 18.Bxd5 Qxd5 19.Qe2 Rfd8
20.Ng4 Nc4 21.Bh6 f5 22.Bxg7 Kxg7 23.Ne3 • András Adorján; Jeno Dory, Winning With the
Nxe3 24.Qxe3 Rc6 25.Rac1 Rdc8 26.c4 Rxc4 Grunfeld (Macmillan, 1987)
27.Rxc4 Rxc4 28.Qxe6 Qxe6 29.Rxe6 Kf7
• Alexey Suetin, The Complete Grünfeld (Batsford,
30.Re3 Rxd4 31.Ra3 a5 32.Rc3 Ke6 33.Kg2
1991)
Kd6 34.h4 Ra4 35.Rc2 b5 36.Kf3 b4 37.Ke3
Kd5 38.f3 Ra3+ 39.Kf4 a4 40.g4 fxg4 41.fxg4 • Anatoly Karpov, Beating the Grünfeld (Batsford,
b3 42.axb3 axb3 43.Rc7 Ra4+ 44.Kg5 Rb4 1992)
45.Rc1 Kd4 46.Kh6 Rb7 0–1
• Jonathan Rowson, Understanding the Grünfeld
(Gambit, 1998)
8.6.8 Other variations • Jacob Aagaard, Starting Out: The Grunfeld (Every-
man Chess, 2000)
Apart from the above, among the more popular continu-
ations are: • Nigel Davies, The Grünfeld Defence (Everyman
Chess, 2002)
• 4.Bg5 (Taimanov Variation) ECO D80
• Bogdan Lalić, The Grunfeld for the Attacking Player
• 4.Qb3 (Accelerated Russian System) ECO D81 (Batsford, 2002)
• 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.Qa4+ (Flohr Variation) ECO D90 • Michael Khodarkovsky, The Grünfeld Defence Re-
vealed (Batsford, 2003)
• 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.e3 (Quiet System or Slow System)
ECO D94 • Dearing, Edward (2005). Challenging the Grunfeld.
Quality Chess. ISBN 978-91-975243-4-6.
• 4.cxd5 Nxd5 5.Na4 (Nadanian Variation) ECO D85
• Konstantin Sakaev, An Expert’s Guide to the 7.Bc4
Gruenfeld (Chess Stars, 2006)
8.6.9 See also • Yelena Dembo, Play the Grünfeld (Everyman Chess,
2007)
• List of chess openings
• Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau-
• List of chess openings named after people
dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 3: Indian
Defences. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-270-
8.6.10 References 3.
• Delchev, Aleksander; Agrest, Evgenij (2011). The
[1] Edward Winter, Kings, Commoners and Knaves: Further
Safest Grünfeld. Chess Stars. ISBN 978-954-8782-
Chess Explorations, Russell Enterprises, Inc., 1999, p.
141. ISBN 1-888690-04-6.
81-4.
[2] Cochrane–Moheschunder
8.6.12 External links
[3] William Hartston, The Grünfeld Defence, Chess Digest,
1971, p. 125. • Online Guide to the Grünfeld
[4] “Chessgames.com – Searchable database”. Retrieved • Chessgames: Grünfeld Gambit
2007-04-30.
• Chessgames: Neo-Grünfeld 3.f3
[5] http://archive.spectator.co.uk/article/24th-july-1999/
50/chess • Chessgames: Neo-Grünfeld 3.g3
8.7. GRÜNFELD DEFENCE, NADANIAN VARIATION 177
8.7 Grünfeld Defence, Nadanian Nadanian,[4] the position after the fifth move is an excep-
tion to the rules. By placing the knight on а4, White takes
Variation under control the critical square c5, and by next move
6.e4 will return a tempo back, as Black too will play an
The Nadanian Variation (sometimes called the Nada- already developed piece (knight on d5).
nian Attack) of the Grünfeld Defence is a chess opening
characterised by the moves: White should aspire to the following arrangement: e4,
Be3, Be2, Nf3, 0-0, Rc1, Nc5. Black in turn should not
allow this scheme for what it is necessary for them to put
1. d4 Nf6 pressure on the d4 pawn.[5]
2. c4 g6 The main line continues 5...Bg7 6.e4 Nb6 (Avrukh’s
3. Nc3 d5 6...Nb4 is also interesting) 7.Be3 0-0 8.Nf3 Bg4 (instead
4. cxd5 Nxd5 8...Nxa4 9.Qxa4 c5 10.Rd1 Qb6 11.Rd2 was good for
White in Korchnoi–Sutovsky, Dresden 1998) 9.Be2 Nc6
5. Na4 10.d5 Ne5 11.Nxe5 Bxe2 12.Qxe2 Nxa4 with approxi-
mately equal chances.
The Nadanian Variation is classified in the Encyclopaedia
Another possible line is 5...e5 6.dxe5 Nc6 (suggested by
of Chess Openings (ECO) with the code D85.[1]
Igor Zaitsev and first played by Mikhalchishin), which
is according to Lubomir Kavalek “perhaps the only
8.7.1 History way to punish the white knight’s venture to the edge
of the board”.[6] After 7.a3 (Nadanian’s idea) 7...Bf5
The variation is named after the Armenian International 8.Nf3 Qd7 9.e3 0-0-0 10.Be2 (Eingorn gives 10.Bb5
Master Ashot Nadanian, who first employed it in 1996. Qe6) 10...Qe7 11.Qb3 Bg7 according to Yelena Dembo
His analysis was published in the 67th volume of Chess Black has
[7]
a powerful initiative (Kantsler–Avrukh, Israel
Informant. 1999).
fxe6 22.Rfc1 Be5 23.Rc7 Bxd6 24.Qxd6 Rf7 • List of chess openings named after people
25.Qxe6 1–0
• Smbat Lputian (2598) – Alexei Shirov (2746), 8.7.7 Notes and references
Montecatini Terme 2000; D85
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4.cxd5 Nxd5 5.Na4 e5 [1] Pope, Jacques N. “Openings classified under ECO D70–
6.dxe5 Nc6 7.Nf3 Ndb4 8.Bg5 Qxd1+ 9.Kxd1 Be6 D99”. Chess Archaeology. Retrieved 2009-06-27.
10.Nc3 Bg7 11.a3 Nd5 12.e4 Nxc3+ 13.bxc3 Nxe5
[2] “New in Chess Yearbook vol. 45. A Revolution in the
14.Nxe5 Bxe5 15.Kc2 h6 16.Be3 0-0-0 17.f4 Bg7 Gruenfeld”. Open Library. Retrieved 2009-06-27.
18.Be2 Rhe8 19.Rhe1 Bd7 20.Bf3 Ba4+ 21.Kb2
Bc6 22.e5 Bxf3 23.gxf3 Kd7 24.h4 Ke6 25.h5 Kf5 [3] Rowson 1998, p. 56.
26.Kc2 g5 27.Rg1 gxf4 28.Bxf4 Bxe5 29.Bxh6 Bf6
[4] 64 (chess magazine) 10/1998 (Russian)
30.Rad1 Rxd1 31.Rxd1 Rh8 32.Be3 Rxh5 33.Rd7
Be5 34.Rxf7+ Ke6 35.Rf8 Bd6 36.Ra8 a5 37.a4 b6 [5] Aschot Nadanjan “Die Superprophylaxe 5.Sa4 im Grün-
38.Re8+ Kd5 39.Re4 Rh3 40.Bf4 Rxf3 41.Rd4+ feldinder”, Kaissiber, No. 3, Juli–September 1997, pp.
Kc5 42.Bxd6+ cxd6 43.Kb3 d5 44.Rh4 ½–½ 60–63 (German)
• Bu Xiangzhi (2607) – Krishnan Sasikiran (2657), [6] Kavalek, Lubomir (2010-01-04). “Chess”. The Washing-
Dos Hermanas Internet Chess Club 2005; D85 ton Post. Retrieved 11 January 2010.
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4.cxd5 Nxd5 5.Na4 e5
[7] Dembo 2007, p. 83.
6.dxe5 Nc6 7.a3 Nxe5 8.e4 Nb6 9.Qxd8+ Kxd8
10.Bg5+ Be7 11.0-0-0+ Ke8 12.Bf4 Bd6 13.Nxb6 [8] “Secrets of Opening Surprises, Volume 2”. New in Chess.
axb6 14.Kc2 Bd7 15.Bxe5 Bxe5 16.Nf3 Bf6 17.Bc4 Retrieved 2009-06-27.
Ba4+ 18.Bb3 Bc6 19.Bd5 Ke7 20.e5 Bg7 21.Bxc6
[9] Flear, Glenn. “Grünfeld”. ChessPublishing.com. Re-
bxc6 22.Nd4 c5 23.Nc6+ Ke6 24.f4 Ra4 25.g3 b5
trieved 2009-06-27.
26.Rhe1 Rha8 27.Nd8+ Ke7 28.e6 f5 29.Rd7+ 1–0
[10] “Yandemirov Valeri defeats Nadanian Ashot in 77
• Igor Lysyj (2590) – Alexander Morozevich (2762), moves”. MasterChessGames.com. Retrieved 2009-06-
TCh–RUS Sochi 2007; D85 27.
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4.cxd5 Nxd5 5.Na4
Bg7 6.e4 Nb6 7.Be3 0-0 8.Nf3 Bg4 9.Be2 Nxa4 [11] Hansen, Carsten. “Checkpoint” (PDF). ChessCafe.com.
10.Qxa4 c5 11.dxc5 Bxb2 12.Rb1 Bc3+ 13.Nd2 Retrieved 2009-06-27.
Bxd2+ 14.Bxd2 Bxe2 15.Kxe2 Nc6 16.Be3 Qc7
17.g3 Rad8 18.Rhd1 Qc8 19.Rxd8 Rxd8 20.Rd1
Rxd1 21.Qxd1 Qg4+ 22.f3 Qh3 23.Bf2 Qxh2
8.7.8 Further reading
24.Qd7 Kg7 25.Qxb7 Nd4+ 26.Ke3 e5 27.Qe7 Qh5
• New in Chess Yearbook 45. New in Chess. 1997.
28.g4 Qh2 29.Kd3 Ne6 30.Be3 Qxa2 31.g5 Qb3+
ISBN 0-917237-70-6.
32.Kd2 Qb2+ 33.Kd3 a5 34.c6 Qb5+ 35.Kd2 a4
36.f4 Qb2+ 37.Kd1 exf4 38.Bc1 Qd4+ 39.Ke1 • Rowson, Jonathan (1998). Understanding the Grün-
Qxe4+ 40.Kd1 Qf3+ 41.Ke1 Qc3+ 42.Kd1 f3 feld. Gambit Publications. ISBN 1-901983-09-9.
43.Bd2 Qa1+ 44.Kc2 f2 0–1
• Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings, Vol. D (3rd ed.).
Chess Informant. 1998. ISBN 86-7297-040-3.
8.7.5 Modified versions
• Nunn, John (1999). Nunn’s Chess Openings.
There are also modified versions of Nadanian’s idea. Everyman. ISBN 1-85744-221-0.
• New in Chess, Yearbook 51. New in Chess. 1999.
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.cxd5 ISBN 90-5691-054-X.
Nxd5 6.Na4 – Improved Nadanian[8] or Deferred
Nadanian[9] • Davies, Nigel (2002). The Grünfeld Defence.
Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-239-3.
• 1.Nf3 d5 2.g3 c5 3.Bg2 Nf6 4.0-0 Nc6 5.d4 cxd4
6.Nxd4 Na5 – Reversed Nadanian[10] • Secrets of Opening Surprises, Vol. 2. New in Chess.
2004. ISBN 90-5691-132-5.
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5 4.f3 c5 5.cxd5 Nxd5
6.Na4 – Neo-Nadanian[11] • Eingorn, Viacheslav (2006). Creative Chess Opening
Preparation. Gambit Publications. ISBN 1-904600-
58-1.
8.7.6 See also
• Dembo, Yelena (2007). Play the Grünfeld.
• List of chess openings Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-521-3.
8.8. QUEEN’S INDIAN DEFENSE 179
• de Firmian, Nick (2008). Modern Chess Openings 4...Bb7, but 4...Ba6 has since become the topical line. A
(15th ed.). Random House. ISBN 978-0-8129- rarer third option is 4...Bb4+, which aims to exchange the
3682-7. less useful dark-squared bishop, though this line tends to
leave Black with a slightly passive position.
• Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau-
dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 3: Indian
Defences. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-270- Modern main line: 4...Ba6
3.
White can defend the pawn at c4 with a piece by play-
• Mosconi, Tiziano (2010). Refutation of the Nada-
ing 5.Nbd2, 5.Qa4, 5.Qc2 or 5.Qb3, but these moves
nian Variation of the Grunfeld Defence. Lulu.
all diminish control of d4, making ...c7–c5 an effective
reply for Black; therefore 5. b3 is White’s most com-
8.7.9 External links mon response.[3] However, it weakens the dark squares
slightly, which Black can take advantage of by playing
• Bill Wall’s list of opening variations 5...Bb4+. Now 6.Nbd2? loses material after 6...Bc3
7.Rb1 Bb7 threatening 8...Be4, an opening trap which
• Nadanian Variation at New in Chess has ensnared players such as Kamran Shirazi.[4] White’s
best move is therefore 6. Bd2. However, after 6...Be7
• Article about Nadanian Variation written by GM
7. Bg2 c6 Black is ready to play ...d7–d5, again attacking
Igor Zaitsev (Russian)
the c-pawn. If White plays cxd5 then ...cxd5 is considered
• 118 Games at Chess.com to equalize for Black. Thus White usually plays 8. Bc3
to clear this square, and the main line continues 8...d5
• Refutation of the Nadanian Variation of the Grunfeld 9. Ne5 Nfd7 10. Nxd7 Nxd7 11. Nd2 0-0 12. 0-0 to
Defence by Tiziano Mosconi at Lulu.com maintain central tension. The effect of Black’s check has
been to lure White’s bishop to c3 where it blocks the c-
file. This, the current main line of the Queen’s Indian, is
8.8 Queen’s Indian Defense considered equal by theory and became a frequent guest
in grandmaster praxis in the 1980s.
The Queen’s Indian Defense[1] (QID) is a chess opening After 5. b3, Black also has several playable alternatives to
defined by the moves: 5...Bb4+, the most common of which is 5...Bb7 6. Bg2
Bb4+ 7. Bd2 a5. When White plays Nc3, Black will
1. d4 Nf6 exchange bishop for knight in order to enhance his control
over the central light squares, and play on the queenside
2. c4 e6
with moves such as ...a5–a4 and ...b5. Other possibilities
3. Nf3 b6 for Black include 5...d5 and 5...b5.
More recently, several grandmasters, including
The opening is a solid defense to the Queen’s Pawn Alexander Beliavsky, Ni Hua, Veselin Topalov, and
Game.[2] 3...b6 increases Black’s control over the cen- Magnus Carlsen, have played 5. Qc2. The idea is to
tral light squares e4 and d5 by preparing to fianchetto the allow Black’s counterthrust ...c5, the main line running
queen’s bishop, with the opening deriving its name from 5...Bb7 6. Bg2 c5. The fashion is for White to sacrifice
this maneuver. As in the other Indian defenses, Black a pawn with 7. d5, gaining active play. This idea has
attempts to control the center with pieces, instead of oc- scored well for White,[5] and new ideas have been crop-
cupying it with pawns in classical style. ping up since 2008.[6] The 5.Qc2 lines had previously
By playing 3.Nf3, White sidesteps the Nimzo-Indian De- scored poorly for White according to Emms.[3]
fense that arises after 3.Nc3 Bb4. The Queen’s Indian
is regarded as the sister opening of the Nimzo-Indian,
since both openings aim to impede White’s efforts to gain Old main line: 4...Bb7
full control of the center by playing e2–e4. Together,
they form one of Black’s most well-respected responses The classical main line of the Queen’s Indian, the most
to 1.d4. frequently played line from the 1950s until 4....Ba6 be-
came popular in the 1980s, usually continues: 5. Bg2
Be7 6. 0-0 0-0 7. Nc3 Ne4 8. Qc2 Nxc3 9. Qxc3.
8.8.1 Main line: 4.g3 White has a spatial advantage, but Black has no weak-
nesses and can choose from a variety of ways to create
4. g3 (E15–E19) has long been White’s most popular counterplay, such as 9...c5, 9...f5 or 9...Be4. These lines
line against the Queen’s Indian. It contests the long diag- are well known for their drawish tendencies and 4...Bb7 is
onal by preparing to fianchetto the light-squared bishop. nowadays often employed by Black as a drawing weapon.
The standard response for Black through the 1970s was White has tried various deviations from the main line in
180 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
an attempt to unbalance the play. These include: • 4.Nc3 Bb4 5.Bg5 h6 6.Bh4 Bb7 (also 4.Nc3 Bb7
5.Bg5 h6 6.Bh4 Bb4), White can play 7.e3.
• 8. Bd2, which defends the knight on c3 and threat-
ens a d4–d5 push. The position after 5. Bg5 h6 6. Bh4 g5 7. Bg3 Ne4 8.
Qc2 was heavily played and analysed in the 1980s.
• 7. d5!?, introduced by Arturo Pomar, and rejuve-
nated by Lev Polugaevsky's continuation 7...exd5 8.
Nh4 threatening to regain the pawn on d5 or to play 4.e3
Nf5.
Preparing to develop the king’s bishop and castle king-
• 6. Nc3, which postpones castling in favor of prepar- side, was also a favorite of Tigran Petrosian. This ap-
ing action in the center with the d4–d5 and e2–e4 parently quiet development may lead to complex mid-
thrusts. dlegame play. Black usually replies 4...Bb7, then play
may continue 5.Bd3 d5 6.O-O or 5.Nc3 Bb4, transpos-
ing into the Nimzo-Indian Defence.
8.8.2 Other lines
4.Bf4
4.a3
The Miles Variation, which simply develops the bishop to
The Petrosian Variation, prepares 5.Nc3 without being
a good square; despite some success by its originator, this
harassed by ...Bb4 pinning the knight. See Gurevich
idea has never been popular.
(1992) for an extensive analysis. This variation was often
used by Garry Kasparov early in his career.
8.8.3 ECO codes
4.Nc3
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings classifies the
Queen’s Indian under codes E12 to E19 according to the
Black can choose between 4...Bb7 and 4...Bb4.
following scheme:
• 4...Bb7 5. a3 became the more common move or- • E12 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6
der to reach the Petrosian system by the mid-1980s,
where White has avoided 4. a3 c5 5. d5 Ba6 and 4. • E13 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 4.Nc3 Bb7 5.Bg5
a3 Ba6.
• E14 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 4.e3
• 4...Bb7 5. Bg5 is an older line which gives Black • E15 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 4.g3
good equalizing chances after 5...h6 6. Bh4 g5 7.
Bg3 Nh5 8. e3 Nxg3 9. hxg3 Bg7. • E16 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 4.g3 Bb7
• E17 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 4.g3 Bb7 5.Bg2
After 4.Nc3 Bb7 5.Bg5 Be7, White can play 6.e3 or Be7
6.Qc2.
• E18 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 4.g3 Bb7 5.Bg2
4. Nc3 Bb4 is a Queen’s Indian / Nimzo-Indian line (also
Be7 6.0-0 0-0 7.Nc3
3.Nc3 Bb4 4.Nf3 b6). Moves for White include 5.Bg5,
5.e3, and 5.Qb3. After 5.Bg5, Black may play 5...Bb7 • E19 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 b6 4.g3 Bb7 5.Bg2
or 5...h6. 4. Nc3 Bb4 5.e3 is a Nimzo-Indian / Queen’s Be7 6.0-0 0-0 7.Nc3 Ne4 8.Qc2
Indian line. With move 5.e3, Black usually plays 5...Bb7.
After 5.Qb3, Black usually plays 5...c5.
8.8.4 References
• 4.Nc3 Bb4 5.Bg5 Bb7 (also 4.Nc3 Bb7 5.Bg5 Bb4). [1] Gurevich, Mikhail (1992). Queen’s Indian Defence: Kas-
White can play 6.e3, then Black usually plays 6...h6, parov System. Batsford Chess Library. ISBN 0-8050-
although 6.Nd2 or 6.Qc2 may be better. 2315-1.
• 4.Nc3 Bb4 5.e3 Bb7 (also 4.Nc3 Bb7 5.e3 Bb4). [2] Pein, Malcolm (14 December 2007). Three Indian tales,
White usually plays 6.Bd3 for the Fischer Variation The Daily Telegraph.
of the Nimzo-Indian (same as 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e3 b6 [3] John Emms (2004). Starting Out: The Queen’s Indian.
5.Bd3 Bb7 6.Nf3). Other moves are no good. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-363-2.
• 4.Nc3 Bb4 5.Bg5 Bb7 6.e3 h6, White can play [4] “Kamran G Shirazi vs Joel Benjamin”. Chessgames.com.
7.Bh4. Retrieved 2009-04-13.
8.10. TORRE ATTACK 181
[6] Nimzo & Benoni Update September 2008 Chesspublish- Unless the game transposes to another variation, the Neo-
ing.com, John Emms Indian is classified as E00 by the Encyclopaedia of Chess
Openings.
8.9.1 Description
8.10.1 Description
The pinning of the f6-knight looks similar to the Torre
Attack, but while the Torre is fairly common, the Neo- White pursues quick and harmonious development, will
Indian is rarely played. The move order has been used by bolster his d4-pawn by c2–c3, then often enforces e2–e4
players such as David Janowski against Edward Lasker in to obtain attacking chances on the kingside as the Torre
New York City 1922.[1] The opening has been consid- Bishop pins the f6-knight. If White plays an early c4,
ered possible opening surprise in the Secrets of Opening the opening will transpose to a number of more common
Surprises series.[2] queen pawn openings, such as the Queen’s Gambit or one
The most common responses from Black are: of the various Indian defences.
The opening is named after the Mexican grandmaster
• 3...h6 which forces the bishop to move again, and Carlos Torre Repetto, who beat former World Cham-
[1]
unlike the Trompowsky Attack, 4.Bxf6 will not pion Emanuel Lasker with it. The variation was also
leave Black with doubled pawns. employed by Savielly Tartakower, Boris Spassky, and
Tigran Petrosian early in his career. Other noted top-
• 3...Bb4+ which can transpose to the Leningrad vari- level exponents include Alexey Dreev, Pentala Harikr-
ation of the Nimzo-Indian Defense after 4.Nc3 or ishna, Krishnan Sasikiran and Jan Timman.[2]
lead to unique variations after 4.Nd2.
The Torre Attack is rarely met in modern top-flight play
• 3...c5 4.d5 as a “Go to or Primary” system, and statistics suggest that
182 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
it is not particularly advantageous for White.[3][4][5] Due [5] “Torre Attack: King’s Indian Defence (A48)". Chess-
to its calm nature and relative lack of theory, however, games.com. Retrieved 2016-03-09.
it is popular at club level, giving White chances to seize
a middlegame initiative. In recent years it has also been [6] Loek Van Wely vs Peter Leko (1996) “Loek of the Draw”
used against Black’s kingside fianchetto pawn structure.
A variation of East Indian Defence, after 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 • Tangborn, Eric (1993). The Complete Torre Attack.
g6 3.Bg5, is often also called Torre Attack. International Chess Enterprises. ISBN 1-879479-
14-1.
After ...Bg7, White usually plays 4.Nbd2 but can also play
4.c3.
• Gufeld, Eduard; Stetsko, Oleg (1994). Winning
After 4.Nbd2, common lines include 4...0-0 5.c3 and With the Torre Attack. Henry Holt & Co. ISBN
4...d5 5.e3 0-0. 0805032800.
8.11.1 General considerations 4...0-0 Main line: 4.e3 0-0 5.Bd3 d5 6.Nf3 c5 7.0-0
Botvinnik vs. Reshevsky, Moscow 1948 Position after 4.e3 0-0 5.Bd3 d5 6.Nf3 c5 7.0-0
Position after 24.Qe2–a2
Black’s most flexible and frequently played response is
In the Nimzo-Indian, Black is generally prepared to con- 4...0-0. The main line continues 5.Bd3 d5 6.Nf3 c5 7.0-
cede the bishop pair by playing Bxc3. As dynamic com- 0, reaching the position in the diagram.
pensation, he often doubles White’s c-pawns, which rep- White has completed his kingside development, while
resent a static weakness, and gains play against the central Black has claimed his share of the centre. At this point,
light squares d5 and e4, even in those instances where the most important continuations are:
White is able to recapture with a piece after ...Bxc3.
Black will aim to close the position to reduce the scope
of White’s bishops. To this end, Black must blockade 7...dxc4 8.Bxc4 Nbd7 (Parma Variation)
the white pawn centre from advancing and neutralise 7...dxc4 8.Bxc4 cxd4 9.exd4 b6 (Karpov Vari-
White’s attacking chances on the kingside. An example ation)
of Black’s strategy carried out successfully is the game
7...dxc4 8.Bxc4 Nc6 9.a3 Ba5 (Larsen Varia-
Mikhail Botvinnik versus Samuel Reshevsky from the
tion)
1948 World Chess Championship, which reached the po-
sition in the diagram after White’s 24th move. 7...Nc6 8.a3 Bxc3 9.bxc3 dxc4 10.Bxc4 Qc7
(Main Variation)
Earlier in the game, Reshevsky was able to block White’s
kingside attack by playing Nf6–e8 and f7–f5. Now, 7...Nc6 8.a3 Bxc3 9.bxc3 Qc7 (Khasin Varia-
both White’s bishops are reduced to defence, and White’s tion)
queen is reduced to passivity at the a2-square to defend 7...Nbd7 (Averbakh Variation)
the pawns on a3 and c4. Without prospects for counter-
play, White’s game is strategically hopeless, and Black
ultimately exchanged queens and won the endgame. • The Parma Variation (7...dxc4 8.Bxc4 Nbd7) is
named after Slovenian grandmaster Bruno Parma,
and can sometimes transpose to the Karpov Vari-
ation if pawns are exchanged on d4. White usually
8.11.2 Rubinstein System: 4.e3 continues with 9.Qe2, clearing the d1-square for the
rook, which will assist in the advance of the d-pawn.
Position after 4.e3 Black then faces an important decision. He may play
9...b6, with the intention of playing ...cxd4 at some
The Rubinstein System (named after Akiba Rubin- point to isolate the d-pawn and blockade it, or ex-
stein) is White’s most common method of combating change on c3 as well to play against the isolated c3–
the Nimzo-Indian. Svetozar Gligorić and Lajos Portisch d4 pawn couple. Or, he can consider 9...a6 to grab
made great contributions to the theory and practice of space on the queenside with ...b5. In this case, Black
this line at top level during their careers. White continues will usually retain his dark-squared bishop.
his development before committing to a definite plan of
action. In reply, Black has three main moves to choose Black also has two rare alternatives on his eighth
from: 4...0-0, 4...c5, and 4...b6. move worth mentioning: 8...Qe7 intending ...Rd8 is the
In addition, Black sometimes plays 4...d5 or 4...Nc6. Smyslov Variation, invented by former World Cham-
4...d5 can transpose to lines arising from 4...0-0, but pion Vasily Smyslov, and 8...Bd7 followed by ...Bc6 is the
White has the extra option of 5.a3 (known as the Bronstein Variation, the brainchild of two-time world
Botvinnik Variation). This forces Black to retreat the championship finalist David Bronstein.
bishop to e7 or capture on c3, which transposes to a
line of the Sämisch Variation long considered good for • The Karpov Variation, (7...dxc4 8.Bxc4 cxd4
White because he will undouble his pawns at some point 9.exd4 b6) named after former World Champion
by playing cxd5, eliminating the weak pawn on c4, then Anatoly Karpov, is one of Black’s most reliable de-
prepare the e4 pawn break, backed by the bishop pair, fences to the Rubinstein System. For the moment,
which will gain force in the more open type of position White has an isolated pawn in the d-file, even so,
which will ensue. 4...Nc6 is the Taimanov Variation, Black plans to play ...Bxc3 at some point and fol-
named after Russian GM Mark Taimanov. Black pre- low up with ...Bb7, ...Nbd7, ...R(a)c8 and ...Qc7
pares to play ...e5, which may be preceded by...d5 and to restrain White’s c- and d-pawns. After 7...dxc4
...dxc4, or ...d6. The variation was tried several times by 8.Bxc4 cxd4 9.exd4 b6 the game usually contin-
the young Bobby Fischer, and has long been favoured by ues 10.Bg5 Bb7, when 11.Ne5, 11.Re1, 11.Rc1 and
GM Nukhim Rashkovsky. 11.Qe2 are all good moves for White.
184 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
• 7...Nc6 8.a3 Bxc3 9.bxc3 Qc7 is the Khasin Vari- • The Reshevsky Variation was a specialty of GM
ation, named after International Master Abram Samuel Reshevsky. White will first play a3 to kick
Khasin. 10.cxd5 exd5 is the usual continuation. the bishop away, before moving his knight on e2 to
White will try to build up a strong centre with f3 a more active square. The main line runs 5.Ne2 d5
and e4, or he may play for a kingside attack with f3 6.a3 Be7 7.cxd5, when both 7...exd5 and 7...Nxd5
and g4. Black will try to restrain White’s centre as are possible, the latter move leading to livelier play.
well as he can, ideally blockading it, before mobilis- GM Mikhail Gurevich is currently the foremost ex-
ing his queenside pawn majority. pert in the Reshevsky Variation.
• 5.Bd3 d5 6.Ne2 and the closely related variant
• The Averbakh Variation (7...Nbd7) was popular- 5.Bd3 d5 6.cxd5 exd5 7.Ne2 were collectively
ized by Grandmasters Viacheslav Ragozin and Yuri dubbed the Modern Variation by FM Carsten
Averbakh. The idea is to exchange pawns on c4 and Hansen in his book on the Rubinstein Nimzo-
d4 and then bring the d7-knight to b6 and d5. The Indian.[1] White again avoids the doubled pawns,
same knight may also move to f8 to defend the black but develops his bishop to d3 first so that it isn't
king. This line has gone out of fashion since the blocked in by the knight on e2. Black usually con-
1960s due to GM Svetozar Gligorić's gambit idea tinues 6...c5, putting more pressure on White’s cen-
8.cxd5 exd5 9.a3 Ba5 10.b4! cxb4 11.Nb5! with tre. While 7.a3 and 7.0-0 are playable, the main line
pressure along the queenside files and a potential is 7.cxd5 cxd4 8.exd4 Nxd5 9.0-0 Nc6, leading to
square for the knight on d6. an IQP position with White’s knight on e2 rather
8.11. NIMZO-INDIAN DEFENCE 185
than f3, as is normally the case. This gives Black White will try to use his lead in development to cre-
the possibility of playing ...e5 at some point to com- ate attacking chances on the kingside. The alterna-
pletely liquidate the centre, although the resulting tive is 6...0-0 7.a3 Be7. Here Kasparov played 8.d5
positions are rather drawish. White’s main options exd5 9.cxd5 a few times early in his career, increas-
on his tenth move are 10.a3, putting the question to ing his space advantage further but falling behind in
the bishop, and 10.Bc2, intending 11.Qd3 with an development. A safer move for White is 8.Nf4.
attack on h7.
4...b6
4...c5
Position after 4.e3 b6
Position after 4.e3 c5
Favoured by Nimzowitsch, 4...b6 is a move in accordance
Black puts pressure on d4 and leaves open the option of with the spirit of the Nimzo-Indian: Black fianchettoes
playing ...d5, or ...d6 and ...e5. The game can still trans- his light-squared bishop to increase his control over e4.
pose to the main line mentioned above after moves such White usually continues 5.Ne2, avoiding the doubled
as 5.Bd3 d5 6.Nf3 0-0 7.0-0, but there are two major pawns, or 5.Bd3, continuing his development (5.Nf3 usu-
variations particular to 4...c5: ally transposes to 5.Bd3). The main variations emerging
from this move are:
• 5.Bd3 Nc6 6.Nf3 (6.Ne2 will likely transpose to the
Modern Variation) 6...Bxc3+ 7.bxc3 d6 is the Hüb- 5.Ne2 Ba6 (Fischer Variation)
ner Variation, popularized by GM Robert Hübner 5.Ne2 c5 (Romanishin–Psakhis Variation)
in the late 1960s and '70s and utilised by Bobby Fis-
5.Ne2 Ne4 (American Variation)
cher in his world championship match with Boris
Spassky in 1972 with great effect in Game 5. It is 5.Ne2 Bb7
slightly unusual in that Black captures on c3 with- 5.Bd3 Bb7 6.Nf3 0-0 7.0-0 d5 (Classical Fi-
out waiting for White to play a3, but this is because anchetto Variation or Tal Variation)
Black intends to immediately set up a blockade on
the dark squares with ...d6 and ...e5. This is feasible 5.Bd3 Bb7 6.Nf3 0-0 7.0-0 c5 (Keres Varia-
because White’s knight is on f3; if it were on e2 (as tion)
in some lines of the Sämisch), White could quickly 5.Bd3 Bb7 6.Nf3 Ne4 (Dutch Variation)
advance his kingside pawns, but in the current line
the knight must be moved away first. By closing • The Fischer Variation (5.Ne2 Ba6) aims to ex-
the position, Black is able to make his knights su- change light-squared bishops after ...d5 so that
perior to White’s bishops, and the doubled c-pawns Black can play on the light squares. Keres, Bronstein
deprive White of any pawn breaks on the queenside. and Smyslov were early contributors to the theory
It was the success of this variation that motivated the of this line, and Fischer used it several times suc-
current tendency for White players to choose lines cessfully. White may play 6.a3, which was favoured
where the doubled pawns are avoided. When he by Botvinnik and asks the bishop on b4 to clarify
does play into this line, White has two main setups to its intentions, or 6.Ng3, which was invented by Re-
choose from: he may immediately close the centre shevsky and prepares e4.
by playing 8.e4 e5 9.d5 Ne7, or play more flexibly
with 8.0-0 e5 9.Nd2 0-0, but Black has full equality • 5.Ne2 c5 6.a3 Ba5!? was dubbed the Romanishin–
in both lines. Psakhis Variation by Carsten Hansen[1] because
Oleg Romanishin and Lev Psakhis were the two
• 5.Ne2 the Rubinstein Variation (this is why 4.e3 grandmasters who were primarily responsible for re-
is properly referred to as the Rubinstein “system” viving the line and infusing it with new ideas. It can
or “complex” to avoid confusion) is similar in spirit also arise via the move order 4.e3 c5 5.Ne2 b6 6.a3
to the Reshevsky Variation: White prevents Black Ba5. Black dares White to try and trap the bishop
from doubling his pawns. After 5.Ne2, Black opens on a5, a challenge White usually takes up, but rarely
a path of retreat for his bishop with 5...cxd4 6.exd4, successfully.
and now chooses between 6...d5 and 6...0-0. 6...d5
allows 7.c5, a typical continuation being 7...Ne4 • The American Variation is another name invented
8.Bd2 Nxd2 9.Qxd2 a5 10.a3 Bxc3 11.Nxc3 a4. by Hansen[1] for the line 5.Ne2 Ne4, as it was pio-
White’s c4–c5 push created a queenside pawn ma- neered by GM Isaac Kashdan and then developed by
jority, which Black neutralized by playing a7–a5– GM Bisguier, IM Anthony Santasiere and currently
a4. Black will now try to destroy the rest of White’s GM Nick de Firmian. Black will exchange off two
pawn formation by playing ...b6 or ...e5, while minor pieces and play ...f5 to keep e4 under control.
186 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
• 5.Ne2 Bb7 is a rather passive line: White seems twice within the opening moves and that White’s king-
to obtain a slight advantage by continuing 6.a3 Be7 side development is delayed. Thus, even though White
7.d5, blocking in the bishop on b7 and making e3– possesses the bishop pair, it is usually advisable for Black
e4 possible. to open the game quickly to exploit his lead in develop-
ment. Black has four common replies to 4.Qc2. These
• The Classical Fianchetto Variation, also known include 4...0-0, 4...c5, 4...d5, and 4...Nc6 (4...d6 intend-
as the Tal Variation, can be reached through two ing ...Nbd7 and ...e5 is a rarer fifth option).
move orders: 4.e3 b6 5.Bd3 Bb7 6.Nf3 0-0 7.0-0
d5 or 4.e3 0-0 5.Bd3 d5 6.Nf3 b6 7.0-0 Bb7. It is • 4...0-0 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.Qxc3 b6 7.Bg5 is nowa-
a solid variation where White often holds the initia- days the main line of the Classical Variation (al-
tive early on, but Black usually equalises in the end. though 6...b5!? is a gambit invented by Alvis Vi-
White has two ways to attack Black’s setup. The first tolinš). Black’s usual choice is 7...Bb7, but 7...Ba6
is to play 8.cxd5 exd5 9.Ne5 followed by 10.f4 and is also possible to target the c-pawn, and 7...h6
transferring the queen or f1-rook to h3 via f3. This 8.Bh4 c5 and 7...c5 are sometimes played as well.
formation, known as the Pillsbury Attack, blocks in After 7...Bb7, White’s most straightforward move
the dark-squared bishop and appears rather crude, is 8.f3 preparing e4, but Black can counter with
but is actually quite dangerous. Black must cre- 8...h6 9.Bh4 d5, when the pawn grab 10.cxd5
ate immediate pressure on White’s centre by playing exd5 11.Bxf6 Qxf6 12.Qxc7 Ba6 is very danger-
...c5, and ...Ne4 may be a handy move at some point ous for White because of Black’s better develop-
to block the b1–h7 diagonal and perhaps exchange ment. Therefore, White has sometimes tried 8.e3
some pieces. The main alternative for White is 8.a3 instead, when after 8...h6 9.Bh4 d5?! 10.cxd5 exd5?
Bd6 9.cxd5 exd5 10.b4, which gains space on the 11.Bxf6 Qxf6 12.Qxc7 Ba6 White has 13.Bxa6
queenside and makes it harder for Black to free his Nxa6 14.Qb7. Thus Black should prefer 8.e3 d6,
position with ...c5. planning ...Nbd7 and ...c5.
Both players can deviate from the main line. Instead
• The Keres Variation, characterised by the moves
of 7.Bg5, White can play 7.Nf3 Bb7 8.e3, intend-
5.Bd3 Bb7 6.Nf3 0-0 7.0-0 c5, is named after Es-
ing to develop the dark-squared bishop to b2. An-
tonian GM Paul Keres, although Smyslov and Bron-
other possibility is 4.Qc2 0-0 5.e4, although this is
stein were also early practitioners of this line. If al-
somewhat inconsistent with 4.Qc2 as Black might be
lowed, Black will play ...cxd4 and ...d5 in the hope of
able to double White’s c-pawns at some point (the
leaving White with an isolated queen’s pawn. Nowa-
queen must guard e4), something 4.Qc2 was sup-
days, White’s most testing continuation is reckoned
posed to prevent. After 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.Qxc3, Black
to be 8.Na4, ducking the exchange on c3 and threat-
can also try 6...Ne4 7.Qc2 f5, which is similar to
ening 9.a3. The knight will often stay on a4 for quite
the Dutch Variation (see 4.e3 b6), but without the
some time to assist in a potential c4–c5 push. After
doubled pawns for White.
8...cxd4 9.exd4, Black often sets up a Hedgehog for-
mation (pawns on a6, b6, d6 and e6), while White • 4...c5 exploits the fact that on c2, the queen no
will try to pursue a strategy of gaining queenside longer defends the d-pawn. If White defends the
space with b4 and c5. pawn, then Black gets an easy game by keeping
the pressure on d4, so White almost always plays
• The Dutch Variation is so-called because after 5.dxc5. Black can choose to recapture on c5 with
5.Bd3 Bb7 6.Nf3 Ne4, Black usually follows up with the bishop (e.g. 5...Bxc5 or 5...0-0 6.a3 Bxc5), or
7...f5, with a position that resembles the Dutch De- with the knight (after 5...Na6 or 5...0-0 6.Nf3 Na6).
fence (1.d4 f5). It is not a very common line, proba- In the former case, the bishop will eventually re-
bly because White obtains good chances by playing treat to e7 and Black will set up a Hedgehog for-
7.0-0 f5 8.d5, sacrificing a pawn to open up lines for mation (pawns on a6, b6, d6 and e6). If Black re-
his bishops. captures with the knight, he will often have to give
up the bishop pair at some point with ...Bxc3, but
the knight is useful on c5 and can later go to e4, at-
8.11.3 Classical Variation: 4.Qc2 tacking the queen on c3. 4...c5 5.dxc5 0-0 (the Pirc
Variation) was one of the reasons why 4.Qc2 was
Position after 4.Qc2 not popular during the mid-20th century, because
the lines where Black eventually recaptures with the
The Classical or Capablanca Variation was popular in knight was reckoned to give Black easy equality,
the early days of the Nimzo-Indian, and though eventually while the line which prevented this maneuver, 6.a3
superseded by 4.e3 it was revived in the 1990s; it is now Bxc5 7.Nf3 Nc6 8.Bg5 Nd4 9.Nxd4 Bxd4 10.e3
just as popular as the Rubinstein. White aims to acquire Qa5 11.exd4 Qxg5, left the Black queen active,
the two bishops without compromising his pawn struc- while White still needs to secure the king. It was
ture. The drawback is that the queen will move at least the discovery of 12.Qd2! which revived this line
8.11. NIMZO-INDIAN DEFENCE 187
for White, because the endgame after 12...Qxd2+ in their 1985 World Championship match. Kasparov
13.Kxd2 offers White a slight edge. Indeed, Edmar played 4.Nf3 six times, scoring three wins and three
Mednis's remark was that the entire Pirc Variation draws.[4] Today as White, this is a favourite weapon of
had become unplayable at the highest level,[2] while GM Alexei Barsov and former Women’s Champion Nona
Modern Chess Openings (MCO) cites this variation Gaprindashvili.
as the main problem with 4...c5. However, players White develops the knight to a natural square and waits
like Kramnik have been willing to defend the Black to see Black’s reply. 4...d5 transposes to the Ragozin De-
side of this line against players like Kasparov.[3] fence of the Queen’s Gambit Declined and 4...b6 5.Bg5
• 4...d5 is another move that strikes immediately in Bb7 transposes to the Nimzo/Queen’s Indian hybrid line,
the centre, and was a favourite of Mikhail Botvin- so 4...c5 is the most common move that stays within
nik. After 5.cxd5, Black can either recapture with Nimzo-Indian territory. Now 5.e3 transposes to the Ru-
the queen or pawn. 5...Qxd5 is the Romanishin binstein System, but the main move is 5.g3, which leads
System: the idea is that after 6.Nf3 Qf5 7.Qxf5 to a position that also arises from the Fianchetto Varia-
exf5, Black strengthens his grip on e4 and makes tion. 5.g3 cxd4 6.Nxd4 0-0 7.Bg2 d5 8.cxd5 Nxd5 can
e6 available for the bishop, which is enough for him be considered the main line. Black has dissolved White’s
to obtain equality. White can avoid this with 6.e3 so centre, but the bishop on g2 exerts pressure on the black
that 6...Qf5 can be met with 7.Bd3, but the e3-pawn queenside, which White may augment with 9.Qb3.
blocks in White’s c1-bishop. The older alternative is This line can also arise from the Bogo-Indian Defence
5...exd5 6.Bg5 h6, which tends to be a rather sharp (1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 Bb4+) if White blocks the check
line. After 4...d5, White can also play 5.a3 Bxc3+ with 4.Nc3.[5]
6.Qxc3 Ne4 7.Qc2, when Black may play 7...c5 or
7...Nc6 intending ...e5. Even though White pos-
sesses the pair of bishops, Black still strives for a 8.11.5 Other variations
quick opening of the position to exploit his lead in
development. The usual result of this is a dynami- • 4. f3 – This line has no generally accepted name,
cally balanced position. so is usually just referred to as the 4.f3 Variation.
It has previously been called the Gheorghiu Varia-
• 4...Nc6 is the Zürich or Milner-Barry Variation tion (a name given by Gligorić), named after Florin
(named after British chess player Stuart Milner- Gheorghiu who often played it early in his career,
Barry). Black gives up the dark-squared bishop, but even defeating Fischer, and sometimes the Shirov
places his central pawns on d6 and e5 so that his re- Variation, after Alexei Shirov who used it with
maining bishop is unimpeded. To avoid moving his great success in the early 1990s, before he lost three
queen, White will play Bd2 at some point so that consecutive games with the line and abandoned it.
when Black takes the knight, White can recapture It is a straightforward attempt to seize control of
with the bishop. 4...Nc6 is out of fashion because e4, though at the cost of delaying development, and
most players prefer to avoid blocking their c-pawn. therefore attempts to refute Black’s plan, which has
A topical line would go 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4 been to play for control of the e4-square. Black can
4.Qc2 Nc6 5.Nf3 (better than 5.e3) d6, with the play ...d5 or ...c5. After ...d5, the game may go
idea of playing e5. Black often prepares this with 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.bxc3 c5 7.cxd5 Nxd5, a position also
castling and ...Re8 or by playing Qe7. After Black reached from the Sämisch Variation. Black’s pres-
plays ...e5, White usually responds with d5. Black sure on c3 and d4 compels White to play 8.dxc5, try-
is willing to lose a tempo moving the Knight back to ing to open the position for his two bishops. White
b8 (or e7, which is often better) because the posi- will follow up with e4, and Black will counter with
tion is closed. White usually plays on the Queenside ...e5 at some point to prevent White from pushing
in this variation, while Black will try to play on the his e- and f-pawns further up the board. Another ap-
Kingside with ...f5 and possibly transferring the c6 proach for Black is to play 4...c5, after which White
Knight over to the Kingside after White’s d5. To- plays 5.d5 to keep his central pawns together reaches
day, the line arises quite often by transposition from a Benoni-style position, and Black’s main replies are
the Black Knights Tango, e.g. 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 Nc6 5...b5, 5...0-0, 5...Bxc3+ and 5...Nh5. 5.a3 Bxc3+
3.Nf3 e6 4.Nc3 Bb4 5.Qc2. 6.bxc3 is a direct transposition to the Sämisch Vari-
ation below.
8.11.4 Kasparov Variation: 4.Nf3 • 4. Bg5 – The Leningrad Variation received its
name because its theory was developed extensively
Position after 4.Nf3 by players from that city, such as Boris Spassky.
Black can play ...h6 or ...c5. After ...h6, the game
4.Nf3 is known as the Kasparov Variation, since Garry may go 5. Bh4 c5 6. d5. Now Black has some
Kasparov used it to great effect against Anatoly Karpov choices. With move ...d6, follows 7. e3 Bxc3+
188 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
8. bxc3 e5, when Black has achieved a Hübner the Classical Variation, it avoids the doubling of
Variation-like blockade, the difference being that White’s pawns. However, unlike 4.Qc2, the queen
White’s dark-squared bishop is outside the pawn has no control over e4, which Black can exploit by
chain. The pin on the f6-knight is very annoying, playing 4...c5 5.dxc5 Nc6 6.Nf3 Ne4, for exam-
and Black often finds himself compelled to break ple. Thus, despite the occasional revival by GMs
it by playing the drastic g7–g5, which also clamps Vladimir Akopian, Vladimir Malaniuk and Jeroen
down on a potential f2–f4 break by White. This Piket, this variation is also unusual.
move weakens Black’s kingside, so he often will not
castle, walking his king to c7 via d8. An alternative • 4. e4 – The Dilworth Gambit, named for Vernon
to 6...d6 or ...Bxc3+ is 6...b5, much played in the Dilworth, who contributed an article on the variation
1970s after Mikhail Tal scored a crushing win over to the March 1949 issue of CHESS magazine. Dil-
Spassky at Tallinn 1973. worth’s idea was 4...Nxe4 5.Qg4 Nxc3 6.Bd2. How-
ever, White’s compensation for the pawn is nebulous
• 4.a3 – The Sämisch Variation (named after Fritz at best, and the line accordingly never developed a
Sämisch) is a direct attempt to refute Black’s strate- following beyond Dilworth himself. (No. 3762)
gic concept, as White gives up a tempo and con- Chris Ward called the gambit “critical, but basically
cedes doubled c-pawns to gain the bishop pair. Af- rubbish”.[7]
ter 4...Bxc3+ 5.bxc3, Black has several possibil-
ities, the most common of which is that he im- • 4. Bd2, unpinning the knight, is a move that is
mediately begins to blockade the doubled pawns common among amateurs who have no theoreti-
with 5....c5 and applies more pressure on the (often cal knowledge when they face the Nimzo-Indian.
doomed) pawn at c4 with the moves Ba6, Nc6–a5 Although the move is not bad, it is unambitious.
and Rc8. In the early days of this line, 5....d5 was The strategic aim of obtaining the bishop pair with-
frequently played, though it was soon realised that out conceding the doubled pawns fails, for after
this enabled White to liquidate the weakness at c4, e.g., 4...Bxc3 5.Bxc3 Ne4, White does not get to
so the idea fell from favour, particularly after the keep both bishops, and fair trades are usually not
game Botvinnik versus Capablanca, AVRO 1938, in White’s interests since White has an advantage in
and has never been revived at top level. As com- space.[7]
pensation, White establishes a powerful centre, in • 4. Qd3 – The Mikenas Variation is named after
order to play for a kingside attack before Black can Vladas Mikėnas. It supports the knight and brings
make use of his static advantages. White has two the queen to a central location, but the queen is ex-
main options for playing: he can move slowly into posed on d3, making this variation rare.[7]
the centre with 6.e3, or he can play 6.f3, followed
by 7.e4 to take a quick hold in the centre. In prac-
tice, however, Black has demonstrated that White’s 8.11.6 ECO codes
structural weaknesses are more serious than the at-
tacking chances he gets, so this variation is rarely In the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings, the Nimzo-
seen nowadays. The Sämisch Variation was em- Indian Defence has codes E20 to E59. All codes be-
ployed five times by Mikhail Botvinnik against Tal gin with 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4, excluding E20,
in the 1960 World Chess Championship, with five which also includes alternatives to 3...Bb4 apart from
draws resulting, and once in the 1961 rematch, with 3...d5 (which would be the Queen’s Gambit Declined).
a win for White.[6]
• 4. g3 – The Fianchetto Variation resembles the E20 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 (includes Ro-
Catalan System, where White fianchettoes his king’s manishin Variation, 4.f3 Variation of Nimzo-
bishop to put pressure on the centre squares from Indian excluding 4.f3 d5 5.a3 Bxc3+, which is
the flank. Black can play 4...c5 5.Nf3 with a posi- covered under E25)
tion also reached from the Kasparov Variation (see E21 – 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.Nf3
above), but 4...d5 is possible as well. This is consid- (Kasparov Variation excluding 4...c5 5.g3,
ered the strongest response, since if allowed, Black which is covered under E20)
can take the pawn on c4 and often keep it. This is E22 – 4.Qb3 (E22 and E23 cover the Spiel-
not usually possible in the Catalan, where White’s mann Variation)
knight is developed to d2 and can simply recapture
on c4. E23 – 4.Qb3 c5
E24 – 4.a3 (E24–E29 cover the Sämisch Vari-
• 4. Qb3 – The Spielmann Variation is named af- ation)
ter Rudolf Spielmann who played it at Carlsbad,
1929, and was played at GM level in the early 1930s, E25 – 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 c5
though soon eclipsed in popularity by 4.Qc2. Like E26 – 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 c5 6.e3
8.12. BOGO-INDIAN DEFENCE 189
E27 – 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 0-0 E59 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 c5 7.0-0 Nc6
E28 – 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 0-0 6.e3 8.a3 Bxc3 9.bxc3 dxc4 10.Bxc4 (includes Main
Variation)
E29 – 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 0-0 6.e3 c5
E30 – 4.Bg5 (E30 and E31 cover the Leningrad
Variation) 8.11.7 See also
E31 – 4.Bg5 h6 6.Bh4 c5 6.d5 d6
• List of chess openings
E32 – 4.Qc2 (includes 4...0-0; E32–E39 cover
the Classical/Capablanca Variation) • List of chess openings named after people
E33 – 4.Qc2 Nc6 (Zürich/Milner-Barry Vari-
ation)
E34 – 4.Qc2 d5 8.11.8 References
E35 – 4.Qc2 d5 5.cxd5 exd5 [1] Hansen, Carsten (2002). The Nimzo-Indian: 4 e3. Gam-
E36 – 4.Qc2 d5 5.a3 bit Publications Ltd. ISBN 1-901983-58-7.
E37 – 4.Qc2 d5 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.Qxc3 Ne4 [2] Chess Life, June 1991, Opening Forum, Edmar Mednis
E38 – 4.Qc2 c5
[3] Kasparov–Kramnik Tilburg 1997
E39 – 4.Qc2 c5 5.dxc5 0-0
E40 – 4.e3 (includes Taimanov Variation; [4] www.chessgames.com
E40–E59 cover the Rubinstein System)
[5] Gambit Guide to the Bogo-Indian, Steffen Pedersen,
E41 – 4.e3 c5 (includes Hübner Variation) Gambit Chess, 1999, ISBN 1-901983-04-8
E42 – 4.e3 c5 5.Ne2 (Rubinstein Variation,
[6] List over Botvinnik–Tal games chessgames.com
Romanishin–Psakhis Variation via 5...b6 6.a3
Ba5) [7] Offbeat Nimzo-Indian, Chris Ward. ch. 8 (Very Rare
E43 – 4.e3 b6 (includes Dutch Variation, Keres Fourth Moves for White)
Variation)
E44 – 4.e3 b6 5.Ne2 (includes American Vari-
ation, 5...Bb7 Variation)
8.11.9 Further reading
E45 – 4.e3 b6 5.Ne2 Ba6 (Fischer Variation) • Kosten, Tony (1998). Mastering the Nimzo-Indian.
E46 – 4.e3 0-0 (includes Reshevsky Variation) B. T. Batsford Ltd. ISBN 0-7134-8383-0.
E47 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Bd3
• Yakovich, Yuri (2004). Play The 4 f3 Nimzo-
E48 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Bd3 d5 (includes Modern Indian. Gambit Publications. ISBN 978-1-904600-
Variation) 16-9.
E49 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Bd3 d5 6.a3
• Dearing, Edward (2005). Play the Nimzo-Indian.
E50 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-403-5.
E51 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5
• Ward, Chris (2005). Offbeat Nimzo-Indian. Every-
E52 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 b6 (Classical
man Chess. ISBN 1-85744-369-1.
Fianchetto/Tal Variation)
E53 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 c5 (includes • Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau-
Averbakh Variation) dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 3: Indian
E54 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 c5 7.0-0 dxc4 Defences. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-270-
8.Bxc4 (includes Karpov Variation, Bronstein 3.
Variation, Smyslov Variation)
• Raphael, Michael W. (2010). ReViewing Chess:
E55 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 c5 7.0-0 dxc4 Nimzo-Indian, Volumes 99.1–109.1. Amazon Kin-
8.Bxc4 Nbd7 (Parma Variation) dle.
E56 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 c5 7.0-0 Nc6
(includes Larsen Variation)
E57 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 c5 7.0-0 Nc6 8.12 Bogo-Indian Defence
8.a3 dxc4 9.Bxc4 cxd4
E58 – 4.e3 0-0 5.Nf3 d5 6.Bd3 c5 7.0-0 Nc6 The Bogo-Indian Defence is a chess opening charac-
8.a3 Bxc3 9.bxc3 (includes Khasin Variation) terised by the moves:
190 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
8.12.1 Variations
8.12.2 See also
White has three viable moves to meet the check. 4.Nc3 is
a transposition to the Kasparov Variation of the Nimzo- • List of chess openings
Indian, therefore the main independent variations are
4.Bd2 and 4.Nbd2. • List of chess openings named after people
This opening is distinguished from the King’s Indian De- • Pickett, L. (1984). The Old Indian Renewed.
fense by Black developing his king’s bishop on e7 rather Nottingham: The Chess Player. ISBN 978-
than the fianchetto at g7. Mikhail Chigorin pioneered this 0906042533.
defense late in his career.
The Old Indian is considered sound, though developing
the bishop at e7 is less active than the fianchetto, and it has 8.14 Kieninger Trap
never attained the popularity of the King’s Indian. Some
King’s Indian players will use the Old Indian to avoid cer- The Budapest Gambit (or Budapest Defence) is a chess
tain anti-King’s Indian systems, such as the Sämisch and opening that begins with the moves:
Averbakh variations.
The opening is classified in the Encyclopaedia of Chess 1. d4 Nf6
Openings (ECO) with the codes A53–A55.
2. c4 e5
8.13.1 Main line: 3.Nc3 e5 Despite an early debut in 1896, the Budapest Gambit re-
ceived attention from leading players only after a win as
The Main line is 3. Nc3 e5 4. Nf3 Nbd7 5. e4; White can Black by Grandmaster Milan Vidmar over Akiba Rubin-
also play 4.dxe5 dxe5 5.Qxd8+, but despite the displace- stein in 1918. It enjoyed a rise in popularity in the early
ment of Black’s king, this has long been known to offer 1920s, but nowadays is rarely played at the top level. It
no advantage, e.g. 5...Kxd8 6.Nf3 Nfd7!, with Black of- experiences a lower percentage of draws than other main
ten following up with some combination of c6, Kd8–c7, lines, but also a lower overall performance for Black.
a5, Na6 and f6. Black’s position is solid and his piece co-
After 3.dxe5 Black can try the Fajarowicz variation
ordination is good; White’s pawn exchange in the center
3...Ne4 which concentrates on the rapid development of
has allowed Black equal space and freed the f8-bishop.
the pieces, but the most common move is 3...Ng4 with
5... Be7 6. Be2 0-0 7. 0-0 c6 8. Re1 (or 8.Be3) and
three main possibilities for White. The Adler variation
White stands slightly better.
4.Nf3 sees White seeking a spatial advantage in the centre
with his pieces, notably the important d5-square. The
8.13.2 Janowski Variation: 3.Nc3 Bf5 Alekhine variation 4.e4 gives White an important spatial
advantage and a strong pawn centre. The Rubinstein vari-
The Janowski Variation, 3. Nc3 Bf5, was first intro- ation 4.Bf4 leads to an important choice for White, after
duced by Dawid Janowski in the 1920s. The idea behind 4...Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+, between 6.Nbd2 and 6.Nc3. The
the variation is that 3...Bf5 prevents White from imme- reply 6.Nbd2 brings a positional game in which White
diately grabbing space with 4.e4. The variation did not enjoys the bishop pair and tries to break through on the
gain much popularity until the 1980s. Several top-level queenside, while 6.Nc3 keeps the material advantage of
players have employed the line multiple times, including a pawn at the cost of a weakening of the white pawn
Mikhail Tal, Bent Larsen, Florin Gheorghiu, and Kamran structure. Black usually looks to have an aggressive game
Shirazi. (many lines can shock opponents that do not know the
theory) or cripple White’s pawn structure.
The Budapest Gambit contains several specific strategic
8.13.3 3.Nf3 themes. After 3.dxe5 Ng4, there is a battle over White’s
extra pawn on e5, which Black typically attacks with
This is also reached by 2.Nf3 d6 3.c4. De Firmian sug-
...Nc6 and (after ...Bc5 or ...Bb4+) ...Qe7, while White
gests 3...Bg4. 3...c6 and 3...Bf5 are also possible. 3...g6
often defends it with Bf4, Nf3, and sometimes Qd5. In
will likely transpose to the King’s Indian Defence, and
the 4.Nf3 variation the game can evolve either with Black
3...Nbd7 4.Nc3 to the Main line.
attacking White’s kingside with manoeuvres of rook lifts,
or with White attacking Black’s kingside with the push
8.13.4 See also f2–f4, in which case Black reacts in the centre against
the e3-pawn. In numerous variations the move c4–c5 al-
• List of chess openings lows White to gain space and to open prospects for his
light-square bishop. For Black, the check Bf8–b4+ often
allows rapid development.
8.13.5 Further reading
• Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau- 8.14.1 History
dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 3: Indian
Defences. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-270- In a Chess Notes feature article, Edward Winter showed
3. that the origins of this opening are not yet entirely
192 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
elucidated.[1] The first known game with the Budapest After this tournament, the gambit finally began to be
Gambit is Adler–Maróczy (played in Budapest in 1896). taken seriously. Top players like Savielly Tartakower and
This game already featured some key aspects of the gam- Siegbert Tarrasch started to play it. Schlechter published
bit, such as active play for the black pieces, and White in 1918 the monograph Die budapester Verteidigung des
making the typical mistake of moving the queen too early. Damengambits,[8] which can be considered the first book
As the player of the white pieces was not a strong player, on this opening. The gambit reached its peak of pop-
the new opening went unnoticed apart from the local ularity (around five Budapest Gambits for every thou-
experts who had witnessed the game. The Hungarians sand games played) around 1920,[9] so much so that many
István Abonyi, Zsigmond Barász and Gyula Breyer fur- White players adopted the move-order 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 to
ther developed the opening. Abonyi played it in 1916 avoid it.[10][11]
against the Dutch surgeon Johannes Esser in a small tour-
The leading exponents of 1.d4 started to look for reliable
nament in Budapest. The Austrian player Josef Emil Kre- antidotes. Alexander Alekhine showed how White could
jcik played it against Helmer in Vienna in 1917. Carl
get a strong attack with 4.e4 in his games against Ilya Ra-
Schlechter published an optimistic analysis of the gambit binovich (Baden-Baden 1925) and Adolf Seitz (Hastings
in the Deutsche Schachzeitung.[2][3][4] 1925–26). But a few weeks later a theme tournament
on the Budapest Gambit was held, in Budapest, and the
result was 14½–21½ in Black’s favor. Another tourna-
ment in Semmering the same year saw Alekhine losing
to Karl Gilg in his pet line with White against the gambit,
so that the e4-line had a mixed reputation.[10] Meanwhile,
more positional plans were also developed for White. Ru-
binstein showed how White could get a small positional
advantage with 4.Bf4 Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+ 6.Nbd2, an as-
sessment still valid today. The possibility 6.Nc3 was also
considered attractive, as structural weaknesses were not
valued as much as a material advantage of one pawn in
those days. By the end of the 1920s, despite the inven-
tion of the highly original Fajarowicz variation 3...Ne4 in
1928, the Budapest Gambit was considered theoretically
dubious.[12]
This assessment was left unchanged for decades, as few
players at the highest level used the Budapest Gambit and
information about games from lesser players could not
easily be found. During that time, various responses were
developed against the 4.Bf4 line; these included 4...g5,
invented by István Abonyi, further developed by the mas-
ters Bakonyi and Drimer. The master Kaposztas showed
that even when White succeeded in his positional plan,
it only meant for Black a worse endgame with drawish
tendencies.[notes 1] Two pawn sacrifices were also intro-
duced in the variation with 6.Nbd2 (still in the 4.Bf4
Tartakower, a practitioner of the Budapest Gambit line), based on pawn pushes d7–d6 or f7–f6 and a quick
attack against b2.[13]
The first use of the opening against a world-class player
was at Berlin in April 1918, a double round-robin The Budapest Gambit saw a short-lived revival in 1984–
tournament with four players: Akiba Rubinstein, Carl 85 when Chess Informant included three games (as many
Schlechter, Jacques Mieses and Milan Vidmar. Vidmar as in the previous fifteen years), all played at a high
had to play Black in the first round against Rubinstein, level of competition, and all won by Black.[14] But White
then ranked the fourth best player in the world with a very players found reinforcements and even invented a line
positional style.[5] At a loss for what to play, he sought with 4.e3 and 5.Nh3.[15] In the 21st century, despite
advice from his friend Abonyi, who showed him the Bu- Shakhriyar Mamedyarov's successful efforts to rehabili-
dapest Gambit and the main ideas the Hungarian players tate the line 4.Bf4 g5, the Budapest Gambit almost never
had found. Vidmar followed Abonyi’s advice and beat appears at the highest level.[16][17] Its most recent appear-
Rubinstein convincingly in just 24 moves.[6] This victory ance was when Richard Rapport defeated Boris Gelfand
so heartened Vidmar that he went on to win the tourna- with Black using the opening in round 2 of the 2014 Tata
ment, while Rubinstein was so demoralised by this defeat Steel Chess competition.[18]
that he lost another game against Mieses and drew a third
one against Schlechter in the same opening.[2][7]
8.14. KIENINGER TRAP 193
In the database of the website ChessGames.com, the Bu- White has a strong pawn centre.
dapest Gambit scores 28.9% Black wins, 44.1% White
wins and 27.1% draws. The percentage of draws is es-
In the Alekhine variation White does not try to defend his
pecially low compared to mainstream alternatives such e5-pawn and keep his material advantage, but instead he
as 2...e6 (43.7% draws) or 2...g6 (37% draws). This
concentrates on building an imposing pawn centre. This
opening gives more chance to win for both opponents, brings him good prospects of a space advantage that may
although the percentage of Black wins is still lower than
serve as a basis for a future attack on the kingside. How-
the alternative 2...c5. In the main line 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 ever, the extended pawn centre has its drawbacks, as Lalic
the percentage of Black wins already falls to 21.1%, lower explains: “White must invest some valuable tempi in pro-
than the main lines after 2...e6 or 2...g6.[19] tecting his pawn structure, which allows Black to seize the
The Budapest Gambit has never been widely used as best squares for his minor pieces with excellent prospects
Black by the top-ten chessplayers. Richard Réti used it for counterplay against the white centre.”[36]
five times in the period 1919–26 when he was among Hence in this variation Black lets White build his pawn
the ten best players in the world,[20] but he scored only centre only to undermine it later, a playing philosophy
1½ points.[21] Savielly Tartakower used it four times espoused in the teachings of the hypermodern school.
in 1928 when he was the eighth-best player in the The strategic themes are similar to the ones that can be
world,[22] including thrice in one tournament (Bad Kissin- found in other openings like the Four Pawns Attack, the
gen 1928) but he scored only ½ point against world- Alekhine Defence or the Grünfeld Defence.[36]
class opposition: Bogoljubov then ranked number four
in the world,[23] Capablanca ranked number two,[24] and
Rubinstein ranked number seven.[5][25] Rudolf Spielmann Budapest rook
used it thrice in 1922–23 when he was about number
9–12 in the world,[26] with a win against Euwe but de- The “Budapest rook” is a manoeuvre, introduced by the
feats against Yates and Sämisch.[27] Nigel Short played IM Dolfi Drimer in 1968,[37] with which Black develops
the gambit twice in the years 1992–93 when he was num- the a8 rook aggressively along the sixth rank using the
ber 7–11,[28] scoring only ½ points against Karpov (then moves a7–a5 and the rook lift Ra8–a6–h6.[38] For exam-
ranked number two[29] ) and Ivanchuk (then ranked num- ple, this can happen in the Adler variation after the move
ber three[30] ).[31] Recently, Mamedyarov used it twice in sequence 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Nf3 Bc5 5.e3
2004 (scoring 1½ with a win against Van Wely) when Nc6 6.Be2 Ngxe5 7.Nxe5 Nxe5 8.a3 a5 9.0-0 0-0 10.Nc3
he was not already among the top-players, and six times Ra6 11.b3 Rh6.
in 2008 when he was about number 6–14; he scored
five points with wins against former world champion
Kramnik (then ranked number three[32] ), and grandmas-
ters Tkachiev and Eljanov, but all six games took place in
rapid or blitz events.[33]
Nicolas Giffard summarises the modern assessment of the
Budapest Gambit:[34]
on the h4-square is facilitated by the absence of a white Black is later compelled to exchange Bxd2, that is advan-
knight on the f3-square (that would otherwise cover the tageous to White who thereby gains the bishop pair.[43]
h4-square) and of a black knight on the f6-square (that Besides, in some situations the Bb4 could be as misplaced
would block the way for the black queen).[39] If White as the Nd2.[43] Finally, if White has to play Bd2, then
tries to defend with h2–h3, this may allow the Bc8 to be Black should exchange the bishops only if White is forced
sacrificed at h3 in order to open the h-file.[39] to recapture with the Nb1, as a recapture by the Qd1
The Bc5 may not seem particularly useful in this attack, would still allow the Nb1 to reach the d5-square through
but by eyeing e3 it makes it difficult for White to play Nb1–c3–d5.
f4 to chase away the black knight;[40] furthermore, the For example in the Alekhine variation, after 1.d4 Nf6
attack on e3 is sometimes intensified with major pieces 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e4 Nxe5 5.f4 Ng6 6.Nf3, the move
doubling on the e-file. Besides, the Bc5 can sometimes be 6...Bb4+ (see diagram at right) is good because White
recycled to the b8–h2 diagonal via Bc5–a7–b8, to apply has no good reply apart from 7.Nc3. Indeed, 7.Nbd2?
still more pressure on h2.[41] It can also stay on the a7–g1 just loses a pawn after 7...Nxf4 whereas 7.Bd2?! Qe7!
diagonal to put pressure on f2, if White pushes e3–e4 at causes White great problems: both the pawn f4 and e4
some stage. pawns are attacked, and 8.Bxb4 Qxb4+ results in a dou-
[44]
The “Budapest rook” was an invigorating innovation of ble attack against b2 and f4. After 7.Nc3 Black can
the 1980s, and gave the gambit new life. However, in- either answer with 7...Bxc3+ 8.bxc3 or with 7...Qf6, si-
[notes 2]
conveniences arise from delaying d7–d6 in order to allow multaneously attacking c3 and f4.
the lift: the light-square bishop has to wait a long time to
develop, and any attack on the Bc5 is potentially annoy- Pressure against the e4-square and the e3-pawn
ing for Black (since it means either closing the sixth rank
with ...d6/...b6, abandoning the active a7–g1 diagonal, or
blocking the rook when deployed to a7). This, in addition
to the risk of awkwardness in the king side (a knight on f5
will fork the Rh6 and the Qh4) and the single-mindedness
of Black’s plan (with nothing to fall back on if the direct
attack is repelled), has made some revisit the old lines,
where it is instead the king’s rook that is developed to h6.
The queen’s rook can then be retained on the queenside,
and will be well-placed if the b-file opens as a result of
Black’s Bc5 being exchanged and recaptured with a b6
pawn.
Advantages of ...Bb4+
quately defended by the Nc3 and a possible Bf3.[45] Fi- Kieninger Trap
nally, White should not have the time to launch a quick
attack on Black’s castled position with the pawn thrust 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4
f4–f5–f6. 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.a3 Ngxe5 8.axb4 Nd3#
The Kieninger Trap. If White plays 8.axb4 then 8...Nd3
mate.
both White’s bishops. As to the exchanging 11.0-0 when 11...Ra6 would be met with 12.Nd5 Rh6
threat, the bishop may conveniently retreat on 13.e4 immediately attacking the maveric rook. So Black
a7 or f8, or even in some cases remain on c5 usually opts for 11...d6, forgetting about the Ra8–a6–h6
with support from a pawn on b6. manoeuvre. After 12.Bb2 ECO considers the situation as
favourable to White, but Tseitlin thinks Black still has a
After 5...Nc6, is 6.a3 a promising queenside attack, or lot of possibilities (e.g. the other rook lift Re8–e6–h6),
just a loss of tempo? so that “the struggle still lies ahead”.[59]
An important theoretical decision for White is to choose Line 4...Bc5 without a2–a3
whether to play a2–a3. While this move protects the b4
square and threatens the pawn advance b2–b4, it encour- After 9...Nxe5, shall White attack in the centre or on the
ages Black’s rook lift Ra8–a6–h6. As Lalic puts it: kingside?
10.Kh1 d6 11.f4 Nd7! 12.Bd3 Nf6 13.Qf3 Ng4 14.Nd1 The sideline 4...g5!? was not well regarded at the end
f5! and Black has succeeded in inhibiting White’s e3–e4 of the 20th century.[notes 3] It weakens several squares—
expansion .[66] As Black was doing fine with the 11.f4 particularly f5 and h5—as they cannot be covered by the
move-order, White has been searching for a new path g-pawn any more. White can try to exploit these weak-
with 10.Kh1 d6 11.Na4!? b6! 12.Bd2 a5 13.Nxc5 bxc5 nesses with the manoeuvres Bf4–d2–c3 (pressure along
14.f4 Nd7 15.Bf3 when Jeremy Silman prefers White.[67] the diagonal a1–h8), Ng1–e2–g3–h5 (pressure against
White has even dared the immediate 10.f4 Nc6 11.Bd3 the squares f6 and g7) and h2–h4 (to open the h-file).
when it is extremely dangerous for Black to take the of- Nonetheless, the 4...g5 line has found new supporters in
fered e3-pawn, as White gets a fierce kingside attack for recent years thanks to black wins against both 5.Bg3 and
free.[57] 5.Bd2.[70][71]
For years, the reaction 5.Bg3 was not well considered, be-
cause the retreat does not make the most out of Black’s
8.14.5 Rubinstein variation 3...Ng4 4.Bf4 provocative fourth move; as Tseitlin points out, “the
bishop is in danger of staying out of play for a long
The Rubinstein variation 4.Bf4 time”.[72] But later Lalic found that 5.Bg3 was “just as
effective” as 5.Bd2.[73] Black concentrates on capturing
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 the e5-pawn while White tries to get an advantage from
the weakening of the black kingside. After the typical
This move sequence is called the “Rubinstein variation”
moves 5...Bg7 6.Nf3 Nc6 7.Nc3 Ngxe5 8.Nxe5 Nxe5
in reference to the famous game Rubinstein–Vidmar
9.e3 d6 Lalic considers the best try to be 10.c5!, sacri-
(Berlin 1918) when 4.Bf4 was first employed.[53][68] Var-
ficing a pawn to weaken Black’s control on the e5-square
ious authors consider this move to be the most dangerous
and expose the black king further. White has also tried
for Black.[57] It aims to answer 4...Bc5 with 5.e3 with-
to quickly open the h-file with 7.h4 Ngxe5 8.Nxe5 Nxe5
out blocking the Bc1, contrary to what happens in the
9.e3 but after 9...g4! Black succeeds in keeping the file
Adler variation 4.Nf3. Another point is that in the Adler
closed.[74]
variation White faces the risk of a strong attack against
his kingside (see section "Budapest rook"), while in the The alternative to 5.Bg3 is 5.Bd2 to place the bishop on
4.Bf4 variation this is seldom the case because the Bf4 the wide-open diagonal a1–h8, after which “White can
is well placed to protect White’s kingside. On the other expect a safe advantage”.[73] Then according to Lalic, de-
hand, the early development of the bishop means that laying the recapture with 5...Bg7 6.Bc3 Nc6 7.e3 Ngxe5
White is more vulnerable to the check Bf8–b4+, the b2- is not correct as White can gain an advantage by 8.h4 or
pawn is not defended, and in some rare cases the Bf4 can 8.Qh5,[75] so the immediate 5...Nxe5 is better. For some
become subject to attack. time 6.Bc3 was well considered because Black had prob-
lems dealing with various positional threats, but the cor-
Apart from the sideline 4...g5, the main line continues
rect way for Black was found in 5...Nxe5 6.Bc3 Qe7 7.e3
with both players developing their pieces around the e5-
Rg8! 8.Nf3 Nbc6 9.Be2 d6 10.Nd4 Bd7 11.b4 g4 with
pawn with 4...Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+ when White has an im-
good counterplay for Black on the kingside.[76] White’s
portant choice between the moves 6.Nc3 and 6.Nbd2,
efforts then switched to 6.Nf3 to open the e-file, some-
each leading to extremely different play. With 6.Nc3
thing that Black cannot really avoid, as 6...Bg7 7.Nxe5
White acquiesces to the breakup of his queenside pawns
Bxe5 8.Bc3 would leave an advantage to White.[75] For
in return for a material advantage of one pawn, the bishop
example 8...Qe7 9.Bxe5 Qxe5 10.Nc3 d6 11.e3 and
pair and active play in the centre. With 6.Nbd2 White
Black is at a loss for an equalising line,[77] White’s ad-
gives back the gambited pawn to keep a healthy pawn
vantage consisting in his ability to install his knight on
structure and acquire the bishop pair. After 6.Nbd2 Qe7
the strong d5-square and to attack the weakened Black’s
White generally plays 7.a3 to force the immediate ex-
kingside with the advance h2–h4. It is better for Black to
change of bishop for knight, gaining the bishop pair, a
continue with 6...Nxf3+ 7.exf3 when both 7...h5? and
spatial advantage and chances for a minority attack on
7...Bg7 would fail to 8.Qe2+, so Black must try 7...d6
the queenside. White can also try 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.e3 to
8.Qe2+ Be6 instead.[75]
win a tempo over the 7.a3 variation, though he may end
up with the exchange at d2 made in less favourable cir-
cumstances, or not at all. The maverick gambit 6...f6 also Line 6.Nc3
exists.[69]
Black must choose between 8...Qa3 and 8...f6.
Sideline 4...g5
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+
After 4...g5 6.Nc3
This is the only important line in the Budapest where
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 g5 Black is not ensured of regaining his sacrificed pawn.
198 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
Black does best to immediately exchange the Nc3 with bishop to 10.b4 Bb6 11.c5, Black usually plays 9...Bxd2+
6...Bxc3+ 7.bxc3 as otherwise White gets a small posi- 10.Qxd2.[notes 5]
tional advantage simply by avoiding the doubled pawns After 10.Qxd2, Tseitlin explains that “opening manuals
(see the section "Advantages of ...Bb4+").[78][79] Then assess this position as favourable to White on the basis of
Black can put pressure on the e5-pawn with 7...Qe7 the bishop pair. However, considering the closed nature
when White’s only possibility to keep the pawn is 8.Qd5. of the position, White faces substantial difficulties in the
White threatens to ease the pressure with the move h2– realisation of this nominal advantage.”[83] Black has not
h3 that would force the Ng4 to the unfavourable square a lot of things to be proud of as there are no targets in
h6, so Black’s only possibilities to sustain the initiative
White’s camp, but can put up a lot of resistance thanks to
are 8...Qa3 and 8...f6. small assets. Black’s Ne5 is strongly centralised, attacks
The line 8...Qa3 puts pressure on the white queenside the c4-pawn, and restricts the Bf1 from moving to the nat-
pawns, pressure that may later be intensified with Nf6– ural squares d3 and f3. Moreover, exchanging the knight
e4. The black queen also gains access to the a5-square, with Bxe5 is not appealing for White, since that would
from where it puts pressure on the e1–a5 diagonal aimed mean losing the advantage of the bishop pair. Also, the
towards the white king. After 9.Rc1 f6 10.exf6 Nxf6 Bc8 can sometimes become better than its counterpart
11.Qd2 d6 12.Nd4 0-0 we reach the position of the fa- the Bf1, if it makes it to the good squares b7 or c6 while
mous game between Rubinstein and Vidmar, when Ru- the Bf1 remains restricted by the Ne5.
binstein erred with 13.e3? and later lost.[80] After the This explains the most natural plans for both sides. White
better 13.f3 the correct method for Black is to target the will try a minority attack on the queenside, in order to in-
c4-pawn with the regrouping Ne5/Qc5.[81] Hence Lalic crease its space advantage and to create some weaknesses
thinks 11.Qd2 is inappropriate and gives Black excellent in the black pawns (e.g. an isolated pawn or a backward
counterplay, and prefers 11.Qd3 or even 11.Qd1!? Af- pawn). So White will try to use the advances b2–b4 or
ter 11.Qd3 0-0 12.g3 d6 13.Bg2 Black should switch to a c4–c5 in good conditions, supported by the queen and the
materialistic mode with 13...Qxa2.[82] rooks on the c-file and the d-file. On the other hand, Black
In the other line 8...f6 Black does not want to decentralise will try to keep the position closed, most importantly by
his queen and prefers to concentrate on active piece play keeping the c4-pawn where it is in order to keep the Bf1
in the centre. After 9.exf6 Nxf6, 10.Qd1, 10.Qd2 and at bay. This can be achieved by moves like b7–b6 and d7–
10.Qd3 are all possible, but each has its drawbacks: on d6, and sometimes the manoeuvre Ne5–d7–f8–e6. The
d1 the queen is not developed, on d3 it is exposed to first move by Black has to be 10...d6! because otherwise
Bc8–f5 and on d2 it is exposed to Nf6–e4. Lalic con- White plays 11.c5! and gets a clear advantage immedi-
siders 10.Qd3 to be the main move, qualifies 10.Qd1 as ately. For example 10...b6? loses a pawn to 11.Qd5 Nc6
a “respectable option”, but considers 10.Qd2 as “inaccu- 12.Bxc7, and 10...0-0?! is bad because of 11.c5! Qxc5?
rate”. Meanwhile, Black will try to create counterplay by 12.Rc1 Qe7 13.Rxc7 and White is winning already.[47]
attacking either the weak c4-pawn, or the kingside with International Master Timothy Taylor has suggested an al-
g7–g5 and h7–h5. In both cases a key possibility is the ternative for Black on move 9. He regards 9...Bxd2+ as
move Nf6–e4 that centralises the knight, attacks the weak inferior, arguing that “the strong black bishop is traded
c3-pawn, controls the c5-square and supports the g7–g5 for the inoffensive knight, and white gets the long-term
thrust. advantage of the two bishops in a semi-open game”.[84]
Taylor instead advocates 9...Bc5, when Black stands well
Line 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.a3 after 10.b4 Bd4! (11.exd4?? Nd3#) 11.Rb1 d6 12.Be2
Bf5 13.Rb3 Ng6 14.Bg3 (14.exd4 Nxf4 15.Re3? Nxg2+
After 7.a3 White will win the bishop pair. wins; 14.Bxd6 exd6 15.exd4 Nf4 16.g3 Bc2! wins mate-
rial) Bf6; 10.Ne4 Ng6; 10.Nb3 Bd6; or 10.Be2 d6.[85]
and 0-0). The immediate 11.c5!? is a possible pawn sac- queenside. Hence Lalic note that “White has not wasted
rifice in order to open some diagonals for the bishops. As time with a2–a3, but in fact it is not so easy to capitalise
Lalic points out, “after 11...dxc5 Black’s knight on e5 has on this extra tempo.”[93]
lost its support and therefore all tactical motifs based on A possibility for Black is to develop his light-square
Qd5 and Bb5+ must be carefully checked”.[86] White gets bishop rapidly, by prioritising the moves b7–b6 and Bc8–
a powerful attack for his pawn but nothing decisive. The b7 over castling and d7–d6. The game Solozhenkin–
same idea can be tried with the preparatory 11.Rc1, and Stiazhkin (Leningrad 1990) continued with 9...b6 10.0-
after 11...0-0 12.c5!? dxc5 13.Qd5 Ng6 14.Bg3 White 0 Bxd2 11.Qxd2 Bb7 12.c5 bxc5 13.Qa5 d6 14.Bxe5
should be reminded that he has not finished his devel-
dxe5 15.Rfc1 and Moskalenko assesses this position as
opment with 14...Qf6! and a counter-attack on the b2- better for White;[94] Lalic suggests that 13...Ng6 is an
pawn.[87][88] Playing Black, Svidler chose a different path
improvement.[95] In the game Gausel–Reite (Norwegian
with 11...b6 but his opponent Lesiège nevertheless sacri- Team Championship 1991), after the same 9.Be2 b6
ficed the pawn with 12.c5! bxc5 13.b4 0-0 14.bxc5 Bb7
10.0-0 Bxd2 11.Qxd2 Bb7 Black introduced a highly
15.f3 and Svilder chose to destroy his own pawn structure original plan by avoiding the natural advance d7–d6, and
with 15...dxc5!? to activate his pieces and make use of
instead blocked a white c5-push by playing ...c5 himself.
the d-file.[89] The most popular move is 11.Be2, where The game continued 12.Qc3 f6 13.b4 c5!? and Lalic
White delays his queenside play until he has achieved was “deeply impressed by this plan, which really spoils
castling.[90] It also gives Black more time to organise a all of White’s fun”. The c4-pawn is never allowed to ad-
defence on the queenside with b7–b6, either now or after vance, so that the Be2 is durably restricted. The Bf4 is ob-
11...0-0. structed by the Ne5, that cannot be easily removed. The
weakness of the d7-pawn is not a worry as it can be pro-
Line 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.e3 tected by Bb7–c6 if necessary.[93]
Gambits 5.Nbd2 d6 and 6.Nbd2 f6 Taylor considers 4...Nxe5 inferior, recommending in-
stead a rarely played idea of Richard Réti, 4...h5!
The gambit 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2 d6 (Taylor’s exclamation point). Then 5.Nf3 would al-
low 5...Bc5, while Taylor suggests meeting 5.Be2 with
5...Nc6! and 5.f4 with 5...Bc5 with quick development
With 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2 d6 (see diagram at right) Black
compensating for the lost pawn. He considers the main
wants to open the diagonal a1–h8 for his queen. Af-
line to be 4...h5 5.h3 Nxe5 6.Be3 Bb4+, with good play
ter 6.exd6 Qf6 White can react to the attack on his Bf4
for Black.[108]
in several ways, the best one being 7.Nh3 to develop a
piece and protect both the Bf4 and the f2-pawn. It also
helps that the Bf4 is still guarding the Nd2, so that af- Line 5...Nec6
ter 7...Qxb2? there is not the threat of winning the ex-
change (8...Bxd2+ would be answered by 9.Bxd2) and After 5.f4 Nec6 6.Be3
White can repel Black’s attack with 8.Rb1 Qa3 9.Rb3
Qa5 10.dxc7 Nc6 11.a3! Be7 12.e3.[99] Instead, Black
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e4 Nxe5 5.f4 Nec6
must play energetically with 7...Nxf2 8.Kxf2 Bxh3 9.g3
Bxf1 10.dxc7!? Nc6 11.Rxf1 and here Lalic recom- The Knight on c6 is safer than on g6, and is well-placed
mends 11...0-0 12.Kg2 Rfe8.[100] as part of a general strategy to control the central dark
squares. It can go to d4 while the other Knight can
The other gambit, 4...Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+ 6.Nbd2 f6 7.exf6
go to c5 via a6 or d7. After 6.Nf3 Bc5 White has
Qxf6, is much riskier, as Black weakens his kingside
difficulties castling short, because the plan to exchange
and does not open a diagonal for his Bc8. Black tries
the dark-squared bishops with Bd3/Qe2/Be3 can be met
to take advantage of the fact White has moved his dark-
by Bg4/Nd4 to muddy the waters.[109] As Lalic points
squared bishop away from the queenside, leaving the b2-
out:[110]
pawn without protection. The correct plan for White
was shown by Gleizerov who played 8.e3 Qxb2 9.Be2
d6 10.0-0 0-0 11.Nb3 Qf6 12.c5! to open the a2–g8 di- White can no longer castle kingside and
agonal that was weakened precisely by the gambit move will usually have to go the other way. How-
6...f6. The move 11.Nb3 is not only useful to support ever, this is rather slow and gives Black time to
the c4–c5 push, but also to exchange the knight against try to undermine the white centre. To this end
Black’s dark-squared bishop after a possible a2–a3 forc- Bc8–g4 often comes in handy, in order to pin
ing the retreat Bb4–c5.[101] As Lalic puts it, “I doubt if the white knight on f3 against the white queen.
Black has a satisfactory answer to White’s play in this Note that Black should wait until his opponent
game”.[102] has wasted a tempo with Qe2.
Lalic’s opinion, as after 9.Bg2 Na6 10.a3 Bc5 11.Bxc5 into 8...Qd6! and both the Bd3 and the f4-pawn are
Nxc5 12.b4 Ne6 the bishop was well placed on g2 and attacked.[126] White does not need, however, bother too
Black experienced difficulties developing the Bc8.[118] much about the doubled pawns and after 7.Nc3 Bxc3+
But Lalic does not mention the game Pomar–Heidenfeld 8.bxc3 a peaceful black player might choose the quiet
cited by Borik, in which Black played the advance a7–a5 8...b6!? followed by a normal development with d6/0-
to restrict the white advance b2–b4, and achieved equality 0/Bb7/Nd7/Re8/Nc5.[107] Instead of 8...b6 a more ad-
after 9.Bg2 a5 10.Ne2 Na6.[119] Instead, he recommends venturous black player could choose 8...Qe7 9.Bd3 f5!?
7...d6 8.Nf3 0-0 9.Bd3 and now the same development as indicated by Borik, Tseitlin and Lalic,[107][127][128] but
as in Pomar’s game:[120] in his more recent book Moskalenko thinks “this move
complicates the game too much”.[129] If the black player
9...a5 and 10...Na6 deserves attention, is neither peaceful nor aggressive, Lalic proposes an alter-
when White’s movements on the queenside are native with 8...Qe7 9.Bd3 0-0 10.Qd2 and only now that
more restricted and the black knight will be Black has his king safe shall he unleash 10...f5!?, when
able to settle on the c5-square without being “it is not so easy for White to meet [10...f5] as the two
kicked by the thematic b2–b4. It may appear main responses, 11.e5 and 11.exf5, allow Black promis-
that we have reached the same position elab- ing chances with 11...d6 and 11...Nxf4 respectively”.
orated in previous games a tempo down for
Black, since he has committed his bishop to b4
and will later drop back to the c5-square in- 8.14.7 Fajarowicz variation 3...Ne4
stead of heading there at once. However, the
white knight is less actively placed on d2 and in The Fajarowicz variation 3...Ne4
fact this fully compensates Black for the slight The line 3...Ne4 4.Qc2 Bb4+
loss of time.
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ne4 The Fajarowicz variation is
Line 5...Ng6 said to have its origins in the chess circles from Leipzig,
with the first important game being H.Steiner–Fajarowicz
After 5.f4 Ng6 at the 1928 Wiesbaden tournament.[130][131] In this varia-
tion, Black makes no immediate effort to regain the gam-
bit pawn, preferring to concentrate on active piece play
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e4 Nxe5 5.f4 Ng6 and tactical tricks.[notes 8]
The Knight on g6 puts the f4-pawn under pressure, but The move 4.a3 allows White to avoid the annoying bishop
may be embarrassed later by the pawn thrust f4–f5. Now check on b4, the also annoying knight jump to b4, and
6.a3, an attempt to deny squares from the Bf8 by con- prepares Qc2 to undermine Black’s knight. Both Lalic
tinuing with b2–b4 or Bc1–e3, does not achieve its goal and de Firmian consider it to be White’s best move,[132]
after 6...Bc5! 7.b4?! Bxg1! 8.Rxg1 0-0! 9.Qf3 d6 with de Firmian assessing it as leading to a large advan-
10.g4 a5 11.b5 Nd7 12.Ra2 Nc5 when Black’s supe- tage for White.[133] Lalic considers 4...b6!? to be the best
rior pawn structure and well-positioned Nc5 gives him
answer, one point being that Qd1–c2, so effective in most
the advantage.[121] That leaves White with the choice be- of the other lines, can be met by Bc8–b7. After 5.Nd2
tween 6.Nf3 and 6.Be3.
Bb7 6.Qc2 Lalic gives 6...Nxd2 7.Bxd2 a5! when the
The move 6.Nf3 controls the e5-square in order to pre- black bishops will be excellently placed on the b7- and c5-
pare the push f4–f5. Unlike after 5...Nec6, White does squares.[134] Lalic recommends 6.Nf3 instead,[135] while
not have to fear 6...Bc5?!, which encounters difficulties de Firmian continues by 5.Nf3 Bb7 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.Qc2
after 7.f5! Nh4 8.Ng5!, when the black knight is already with a large advantage for White.[133][136]
in danger of being lost to Qd1–g4 or Qd1–h5.[122] In- The move 4.Nf3 develops a piece and covers the sensi-
stead Black must react quickly with 6...Bb4+ 7.Nc3 when tive d2-square. After 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2 Nc6 6.a3 Black
he can adopt a normal setup with d6/0-0/Nc6/b6 or act can easily get confused by the move-order. The natural
boldly with 7...Qf6 threatening both the Nc3 and the f4- 6...Nxd2 7.Bxd2 Bxd2+ 8.Qxd2 Qe7 9.Qc3 transposes
pawn.[123] One point in favour of 7...Qf6 is that after 8.e5 in the same position as after 5.Bd2, but White can also
Qb6 the black queen prevents White from castling short try 6...Nxd2 7.axb4! Nxf3+ 8.gxf3 Nxe5 9.Rg1 Qe7
and is well placed if White castles long.[124] 10.Ra3! with a strong initiative.[137] White can even re-
The move 6.Be3 takes the a7–g1 diagonal from Black’s tain his bishop with 6...Nxd2 7.Nxd2 and now Borik rec-
Bf8 and may in some lines prepare the long castle. Af- ommends 7...Bf8 with difficult play for Black as he is not
ter the mandatory 6...Bb4+ White can opt for 7.Nd2 certain to gain his pawn back.[138] To avoid these pos-
to avoid having doubled pawns, but he must be pre- sibilities Lalic advises the move-order 6...Bxd2+ 7.Bxd2
pared to sacrifice a pawn after 7...Qe7 8.Kf2!? Bxd2 Nxd2 8.Qxd2 Qe7, but does not mention the possibility
9.Qxd2 Qxe4 10.Bd3 with piece activity for the pawn of White answering 6...Bxd2+ with 7.Nxd2. A possible
deficit,[125] because the normal defence 8.Bd3? runs improvement for Black (after 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2) would be
202 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
5...d5 with compensation for the pawn in all lines.[139] Other fourth moves after 3...Ng4
The line 4.Qc2 immediately attacks the Ne4, as a retreat
After 4.Qd4
by Black would effectively surrender his temporary lead
in development, which is the compensation for the sacri-
ficed pawn. Black must continue to develop while trying A few other lines have been tried, with the outcome
to keep the Ne4 on its square, but that is by no means varying from an immediate equality to a clear advantage
easy. Borik thinks 4.Qc2 is the move “that gives Black for Black. The cooling 4.e6 avoids complications and
the most problems to solve”,[140] but Lalic does not agree heads for an equal endgame with 4...dxe6 5.Qxd8+ Kxd8,
at all, stating that the reply “4...Bb4+ [....] followed by Black’s loss of the right to castle being of no great im-
d7–d5 ensures Black a rapid development and plenty of portance since queens have been traded. If Black wants
counterplay. It is for this reason that 4.Qc2 is not on the to avoid this early endgame, he can try 4...Bb4+ 5.Nc3
danger list”.[141] The reply 4...Bb4+ (see diagram at right) Bxc3+ 6.bxc3 dxe6 and now the exchange of queens
pins the white pieces before deciding what to do with the would give a plus to Black, as the white queenside pawns
Ne4. White cannot reply 5.Bd2 as he would lose the are isolated and doubled.[148] The greedy 4.f4 is weak be-
bishop pair and Black would easily regain the e5-pawn cause White neglects his development and weakens the
with Nc6/Qe7/0-0/Re8. After 5.Nd2 this knight would a7–g1 diagonal.[149][150][151][152] Black can immediately
be misplaced and would block the Bc1, so Black could exploit this with 4...Bc5, which threatens a fork on f2 and
open the game with 5...d5 in favourable circumstances. forbids White’s castling; Black may later push d7–d6 to
Best for White is 5.Nc3 d5 6.exd6 Bf5 7.Bd2 Nxd6 8.e4! open the centre, e.g. 5.Nh3 0-0 6.Nc3 d6 7.exd6 cxd6
Bxc3 9.Bxc3 Bxe4 when Black has regained his pawn but when Black has good squares for its pieces while White’s
White has the bishop pair and possibilities of an attack on castling is delayed.
the kingside.[142] Another reasonable-looking move is 4.Qd4 as it protects
the e5-pawn and attacks the Ng4. However, “the prob-
lem for White in the Budapest is that natural moves often
lead to disaster”.[153] Best for Black is the gambit 4...d6
8.14.8 Other possibilities
5.exd6 Nc6! 6.Qd1 Bxd6, when the natural 7.Nf3?? is
an error because of 7...Nxf2! 8.Kxf2 Bg3+ winning the
Line 3...Ng4 4.e3 queen.[154] White must develop quietly with moves like
Nc3/Nf3/e3/Be2, allowing Black to find active positions
After 4.e3 Nxe5 5.Nh3 for his pieces with 0-0/Be6/Qe7/Rfd8, and preparing sev-
eral sacrificial ideas on e3 or f2, with excellent attacking
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e3 possibilities.[155] Similar to 4.Qd4 is 4.Qd5 when after
4...Nc6 White can seize the last opportunity to return to
Apart from the main lines 4.Bf4, 4.Nf3 and 4.e4, the calm waters with 5.Bf4 Bb4+ 6.Nc3 which will transpose
only significant other fourth move is 4.e3 to continue by in the Rubinstein line,[156] or he can try 5.Nf3 d6 6.exd6
4...Nxe5 5.Nh3 (or the other move-order 4.Nh3 and 5.e3) Be6 7.d7+ Bxd7 when Black’s lead in development com-
so that the white knight starts the journey Ng1–h3–f4– pensates for the pawn.[157]
d5 reach its ideal d5-square.[143] The idea with 4.e3 and
5.Nh3 was favorite of a leading Soviet coach and writer
Mikhail Shereshevsky, who wrote in his 1994 book The Declining the gambit
Soviet Chess Conveyor that the line was first shown to him
by a strong correspondence player Donatas Lapienis.[144] Declining the gambit is almost never seen in master play
Black has tried to prevent White’s idea by the suitably because it promises White equality at best. After 3.d5?!
strange-looking move 5...Ng6, taking the f4-square from Bc5 White has prematurely blocked the central position,
the Nh3. Then White can develop along various setups, giving the a7–g1 diagonal to Black for his bishop. In
the most active being 6.Qh5 with the possibility Nh3– this variation Black can either play on the queenside with
g5 in store to recycle the knight towards a more central a plan like b5/Nb6/Bd7, or on the kingside with a plan
position.[145] Black can also ignore White’s intentions and like Ne8/g6/Ng7/f5.[158] The shy 3.e3?! exd4 4.exd4
concentrate on his own play by placing the Nb8 on c5, transposes into a line of the Exchange Variation of the
in order to put pressure on the d3-square. After 5...g6 French Defence with 4...d5, but Black can also develop
6.Nf4 Bg7 7.Be2 0-0 8.0-0 d6 9.Nc3 Nbd7 10.Qd2 a5 rapidly with 4...Bb4+ 5.Bd2 Bxd2+ 6.Nxd2 0-0.[159][160]
11.b3 Nc5 the position of Black’s knights is secured and After 3.e4? Black gains a crushing attack via 3...Nxe4
Black’s position is similar to the Leningrad variation of 4.dxe5 Bc5 5.Nh3 d6 6.Qe2 f5 7.exf6 0-0! 8.fxg7 Re8
the Dutch Defence (once he has played f7–f5).[146] White 9.Be3 Bxe3 10.fxe3 Bxh3 11.gxh3 Qh4+.[161][162] After
has no reason, however, to abandon the a1–h8 diagonal to 3.Bg5?! the game Ladmann–Tartakower (Scarborough
Black, and he can try 5...g6 6.Bd2 d6 7.Nf4 Bg7 8.Bc3 0- 1929) continued with 3...exd4 4.Qxd4 Be7 5.Nf3 Nc6
0 9.Be2 Nbd7 10.Nd2 b6 and in one game White gained 6.Qd1 Ne4 7.Bxe7 Qxe7 8.a3 d6 9.e3 0-0 10.Be2 Qf6
a minimal edge.[147] 11.Nbd2 Bf5 when both Tseitlin and Borik assess the
8.14. KIENINGER TRAP 203
position as favourable for Black.[159][163] After 3.Nf3?! [2] Another example is in the game Döry–Tartakower (Vi-
the game Menchik–Tartakower (Paris 1929)[164] contin- enna 1928), when after the initial opening sequence 1.d4
ued with 3...e4 4.Nfd2 d5 5.cxd5?! Qxd5 6.e3 Bb4 7.Nc3 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e3 Nxe5 5.Nf3 the answer
Bxc3 8.bxc3 0-0 and White has problems developing his 5...Bb4+?! is bad because White can play 6.Nbd2 to avoid
kingside because of the potential weakness of g2.[163] the exchange of bishops and gain a tempo later with a2–
a3, with a small plus (see Tseitlin 1992, p.13).
A third example is in the Adler variation after 1.d4 Nf6
2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Nf3 when Black should not play
8.14.9 Illustrative games 4...Bb4+ because White can answer 5.Nbd2! Nc6 6.e3
Ngxe5 7.Nxe5 Nxe5 8.a3! Bxd2+ 9.Qxd2 and White has
Wu Shaobin–Nadanian, Singapore 2006 the better prospects. He has the bishop pair and he can
develop his Bc1 on the influential a1–h8 diagonal (see
The following game was played between the Chinese GM Tseitlin 1992, p.69).
Wu Shaobin (White) and Armenian IM Ashot Nadanian
(Black) at Singapore 2006.[notes 10] [3] Borik wrote that “the move 4...g5 creates irreparable
weaknesses in Black’s camp” (see Borik 1986, p.22),
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Nf3 Bc5 5.e3 Nc6 while Tseitlin decided “this extravagant tactical stroke
6.Be2 Ncxe5 7.Nxe5 Nxe5 8.0-0 0-0 9.b3 Re8 10.Bb2 weakens the kingside and, on general grounds alone, can-
a5 Preparing Dolfi Drimer’s rook manoeuvre Ra8–a6– not be good” (see Tseitlin 1992, p.41). Lalic warned that
h6. Nadanian calls the pawn advance a7–a5 “the soul “Black should be aware of the risks he is taking by playing
of the Budapest Gambit”.[165] 11.Nc3 Ra6 12.Ne4 Ba7 such a line” (see Lalic 1998, p.65).
13.Ng3 Qh4 14.Nf5 Qg5!? This was a new move,
[4] Black threatens both the c4-pawn and the Nf3, and 8.e3?!
before 14...Qe4 had been played. 15.Nd4 Rg6 16.g3
Nxf3+ forces either 9.gxf3 with doubled pawns or 9.Qxf3
d5?! 18...Qh6 was stronger. 17.cxd5? White should
Bxd2+ 10.Kxd2, when White cannot castle any more.
have played 17.Nb5! 17...Bh3! 18.Re1 Ng4 19.Nf3 White does not want to play 8.Bxe5?! either because it
Qxe3! Karolyi writes, “This shows Kasparov-like aggres- would cede the bishop pair, which is the main source of
sion and ingenuity.” 20.Bd4 Qxf2+!! 21.Bxf2 Bxf2+ White’s hopes for an advantage in this line.
22.Kh1 Bb6 23.Qb1? White should have defended with
23.Rf1! After 23...Ne3 24.Qd3 Bg2+ 25.Kg1 Bh3 White [5] Note that for Black, the sequence 7...Ngxe5 8...Nxe5
can either repeat moves with 26.Kh1, or try 26.Nd4. 9...Bxd2+ is not only cunning, but also the best move-
23...Nf2+ 24.Kg1 Rf6! Black has time to increase the order as another sequence would give White an early op-
pressure. 25.b4! If 25.Qc2?, then 25...Ng4+ 26.Kh1 portunity to realise the advantageous c4–c5 push (whose
Bg2+! winning the queen. 25...a4! But not 25...Rxf3? advantages are explained in the section "Breakthrough
with the c4–c5 push"). For example after 7...Bxd2+?!
26.bxa5. 26.Ng5 Black can now force mate in 8 moves.
8.Qxd2 Ngxe5 9.Nxe5 Nxe5 White should not play the
26...Ng4+! 27.Kh1 Bg2+!! “This is a marvellous move, usual 10.e3?! but should strive for more with the imme-
and it must have been such a thrill to play it on the board.” diate 10.c5! as Black cannot take in c5 without losing the
(Karolyi). 28.Kxg2 Rf2+ 29.Kh3 Rxh2+ 30.Kxg4 h5+ c7-pawn because of the possibilities Ra1–c1 and Qd2–c3
31.Kf4 Be3+ 0–1[166] (see Lalic 1998, p.33).
8.14.11 Notes [7] While Borik does not express a preference, Alekhine con-
siders 7.Nc3! is “much stronger than 7.Nd2, for with the
[1] White’s plan involves pawn advances on the queenside, knight threatening to jump to d5, Black will sooner or later
resulting in the creation of a weak pawn for Black, then be forced to exchange his important dark-squared bishop
winning this weak pawn. In this process all minor pieces for it. The doubling of the c-pawns in these circumstances
and queenside pawns are likely to disappear, so that White is not something White should fear.” Tseitlin agrees, stat-
ends up in a better ending with four pawns on the kingside ing that “after 7.Nd2 Black has no difficulty at all” (see
against three for Black, and only major pieces. This type Tseitlin 1992, pp.31 & 119). On the other hand, Lalic
of ending has drawish tendencies, as Kaposztas demon- thinks 7.Nd2! is more accurate as “White avoids the dou-
strated in his games against Meleghegyi (Budapest 1981), bled c-pawns that are likely to occur after 7.Nc3, and this
Petran (Budapest 1974) or Farago (Budapest 1975), all of knight can later be deployed via the b3-square” (see Lalic
them drawn. 1998, p.111).
204 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
[8] These tactical pitfalls include notably a Bb4+ at an annoy- [23] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Efim Bogoljubow”. Chess-
ing moment, a Qf6 with a double attack on b2 and f2, Metrics.com.
(after 1...d6 2.exd6 Bxd6) the pseudo-sacrifice 3...Nxf2
4.Kxf2 Bg3+ and 5...Qxd1 winning White’s queen for two [24] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: José Capablanca”. Chess-
minor pieces, and a concerted attack on the d3 square with Metrics.com.
the setup Nc5/Bf5/Nb4 (once White has played e3).
[25] “Player profile: Savielly Tartakower; Opening: Budapest
[9] Black mates with either 31.Kf5 g6+ 32.Kf6 Bd4 mate, or Gambit (A52)". ChessGames.com.
31. Kf3 Rf2 mate.
[26] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Rudolf Spielmann”. Chess-
[10] An interactive move list and diagram for the game is at Metrics.com.
A Budapest Gambit Assault. (Scroll down after reaching [27] “Player profile: Rudolf Spielmann; Opening: Budapest
that webpage. Also note the error there at move 31, since Gambit (A52)". ChessGames.com.
the actual game ended 31.Kf4 Be3+.)
[28] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Nigel Short”. ChessMet-
rics.com.
8.14.12 Footnotes
[29] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Anatoly Karpov”. Chess-
[1] Edward Winter,The Budapest Defence, Chess Notes Metrics.com.
[2] Tseitlin 1992, p.8 [30] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Vassily Ivanchuk”. Chess-
Metrics.com.
[3] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 3
[31] “Player profile: Nigel Short; Opening: Budapest Gambit
[4] Schlechter, Carl (1917). “Budapester Gambit”. Deutsche (A52)". ChessGames.com.
Schachzeitung. 72: 242.
[32] “Top 100 Players July 2008”. FIDE.
[5] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Akiba Rubinstein”. Chess-
Metrics.com. [33] “Player profile: Shakhriyar Mamedyarov; Opening: Bu-
dapest Gambit (A52)". ChessGames.com.
[6] Tseitlin 1992, p.7
[34] Giffard, Nicolas (1993). Le guide des échecs (in French).
[7] Moskalenko 2007, p.9 Robert Laffont. p. 307. ISBN 2-221-05913-1.
[8] Goldman, Warren (1994). Carl Schlechter ! Life and times [35] Avrukh, Boris (2010). 1.d4 Volume Two. Quality Chess.
of the Austrian chess wizard. Caïssa Editions. p. 532. p. 91. ISBN 978-1-906552-33-6.
ISBN 0-939433-18-4.
[36] Lalic 1998, p.9
[9] “Chess openings: Budapest Gambit (A52)". Chess-
[37] Moskalenko 2008, p.159
Games.com.
[38] Lalic 1998, p.12
[10] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 4
[39] Lalic 1998, p.13
[11] Moskalenko 2007, p.28
[40] Moskalenko 2008, p.162
[12] Tseitlin 1992, p.9
[41] Lalic 1998, p.76
[13] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 6
[42] Lalic 1998, p.10
[14] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 7
[43] Moskalenko 2008, p.51–52
[15] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 8
[44] Tseitlin 1992, p.37
[16] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 12
[45] Lalic 1998, p.81
[17] Moskalenko 2007, p.10
[46] Moskalenko 2008, p.54
[18] For the game score, see this link.
[47] Lalic 1998, p.32
[19] “Chess Opening Explorer”. ChessGames.com. “Gurevich–Miezis, Bad Godesburg 1996”. Chess-
Games.com.
[20] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Richard Réti”. ChessMet-
rics.com. [48] Lalic 1998, p.10
“Gligorić–Westerinen, Venice 1971”. ChessGames.com.
[21] “Player profile: Richard Reti; Opening: Budapest Gambit
(A52)". [49] Borik 1986, p.17
Akesson–Tagnon, Berlin open 1984
[22] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Saviely Tartakower”.
ChessMetrics.com. [50] Borik 1986, p.24
8.14. KIENINGER TRAP 205
[109] Borik 1986, p.47 [133] De Firmian, Nick (2008). Modern Chess Openings: MCO-
“Vaganian–Wedberg, Buenos Aires Olympiad 1978”. 15. Random House Puzzles & Games. p. 504. ISBN
ChessGames.com. 978-0-8129-3682-7.
[159] Borik 1986, p.93 • Review by: Bill McGeary. “The Budapest
Gambit”. ChessVille.com. Retrieved 2012-
[160] Tseitlin 1992, p.12 05-27.
[161] Tseitlin 1992, p.11, citing Schlechter
• Tseitlin, Mikhail; Glaskov, Igor (1992). The Budapest
[162] Borik 1986, p.94, citing Schlechter for the Tournament Player. Batsford. ISBN 978-0-8050-
2431-9.
[163] Tseitlin 1992, p.11
• Review by: Glenn Flear & Jon Tisdall. “The • Harding, Tim (1996). The fighting Fajarowicz. Chess Di-
Budapest”. ChessPublishing.com. Retrieved gest. ISBN 978-0-87568-281-5.
2009-03-12.
8.14.15 External links
• Moskalenko, Viktor (2007). The Fabulous Budapest
Gambit. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-224-6. • Gary Lane (February 2002). “A Christmas gift” (PDF).
ChessCafe.
• Review by: John Donaldson. “Fabulous Bu- • Tim Harding (November 2000). “The Kibitzer: Playing
dapest gambit”. JeremySilman.com. Re- the Budapest in Budapest” (PDF). ChessCafe.
trieved 2009-03-12.
• Tim Harding (December 1997). “The Kibitzer: How
• Review by: Carsten Hansen. “1.d4 fireworks”
Stands the Faj?". ChessCafe.
(PDF). ChessCafe.com. Retrieved 2009-03-
12. • Tim Wee. “A Budapest Gambit Assault”. Chess.com.
• Review by: Bill McGeary. “The Fabulous Bu- • Marco Saba. “Opening Report: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 (14376
dapest Gambit by GM Victor Moskalenko”. games)". Centro Studi Monetari.
ChessVille.com. Retrieved 2009-09-14.
• Oleinikov, Dmitrij (2005). Budapest Gambit (2nd ed.). 8.15 Black Knights’ Tango
Chessbase (on CD).
• Silman, Jeremy (2002). “Budapest Gambit”. JeremySil- The Black Knights’ Tango (also known as the Mexican
man.com. Retrieved 2009-05-31. Defense or Kevitz–Trajkovic Defense) is a chess open-
ing beginning with the moves:
• Taylor, Timothy (2009). The Budapest Gambit. Every-
man Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-592-3. 1. d4 Nf6
2. c4 Nc6
• Review by: Donaldson, John. “The Bu-
dapest Gambit”. JeremySilman.com. Re- This position can also be reached by transposition, for ex-
trieved 2009-09-23. ample 1.c4 Nf6, 1.d4 Nc6, or 1.c4 Nc6.
208 CHAPTER 8. D4 OPENINGS – INDIAN DEFENCE
The opening originated in the 1920s, when it was played This is White’s second most popular move.[22] After the
by both the Mexican grandmaster Carlos Torre (hence the thematic 3...e5, one possibility for White is 4.Nf3, trans-
name “Mexican Defense”)[1] and the American master posing to an English Opening.[23] Palliser recommends
Alexander Kevitz (the “Kevitz” in “Kevitz–Trajkovic 4...e4!? in response, while Orlov prefers 4...exd4 5.Nxd4
Defense”). Torre used it to defeat then-U.S. Chess Bb4.[23][24] Instead, the main line is 4.d5 Ne7.[25] Now the
Champion Frank James Marshall in only seven moves.[2] game may continue in “Tango” fashion, for example with
It was later played by the Yugoslav master Mihailo 5.Nf3 Ng6, or transpose to the King’s Indian Defense
Trajkovic[3][4] and the Soviet grandmaster Anatoly Lu- with, for example, 5.Nf3 d6 6.e4 (6.Bg5!?) g6 7.Be2 Bg7
tikov.[5][6][7][8] 8.O-O O-O, reaching the main line of the King’s Indian
by transposition.[26]
After decades of obscurity, the opening was revitalized
by International Master Georgi Orlov, who published Another interesting but relatively unexplored idea is
a booklet and a book about it in 1992 and 1998, re- 3...e6, allowing White to play 4.e4 (other moves such
spectively. Orlov rechristened the opening the “Black as 4.d5, 4.Bg5, 4.a3, 4.f3, and 4.Nf3 are also possible),
Knights’ Tango”.[9] whereupon Black follows up with 4...d5. From that po-
sition, the main possibilities are 5.e5 (the main line),
Since 1992, the opening has been employed by a num- 5.exd5, 5.cxd5, and 5.Bg5. These possibilities can also be
ber of strong grandmasters, including Victor Bologan, reached via transposition from the Flohr–Mikenas Varia-
Joel Benjamin, Larry Christiansen, and Alex Yermolin- tion of the English Opening (1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 e6 3.e4), al-
sky.[10] Yermolinsky has even ventured it against Garry though if Black wishes to play this way, the optimal move
Kasparov.[11] order is 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nc3 Nc6.
3.d5
8.15.2 Basic ideas
This ambitious move is playable but rarely seen.[27] Black
normally responds with 3...Ne5. Then after 4.e4 (invit-
Although fairly uncommon, the “Tango” has a sounder ing 4...Nxe4?? 5.Qd4 winning a knight), Black struck
positional basis than most other offbeat openings: Black back in the center with 4...Ng6 5.f4 e5 in the seminal
develops quickly, has a flexible pawn structure, and is pre- game Sämisch–Torre, Moscow 1925.[1] However, Orlov
pared to strike back in the center with 3...e5, or with considers both Torre’s fourth and fifth moves inferior.[28]
...e6 and ...d5. The opening has some distinct varia- He and Palliser both recommend instead 4...e6,[28][29]
tions but it is highly transpositional, and may transpose after which play can become extremely sharp. For ex-
to the King’s Indian Defense, Nimzo–Indian Defense, ample, Elburg–Simmelink, correspondence 1999 contin-
Bogo–Indian Defense, Chigorin Defense, Ragozin Sys- ued 5.f4 Ng6 6.Bd3 exd5 7.e5?! Ne4 8.cxd5 Qh4+
tem, Catalan Opening, and English Opening. 9.g3 Bb4+! 10.Bd2? (Better is 10.Nc3! Nxc3!
11.bxc3 Bxc3+ 12.Bd2 Bxd2+ 13.Qxd2 Qe7 14.Nf3 d6
15.Bb5+! Kf8 16.Qc3 with some practical chances for
the sacrificed pawn).[30] Nxg3 11.Nf3 (see diagram at
8.15.3 Possible continuations left) Nxf4! 12.Bf1! (12.Nxh4?? Nxd3#!; 12.Bxb4?
Nxd3+ 13.Qxd3 Qxb4+ is hopeless for White.[31] Bxd2+
3.Nf3 13.Nbxd2 (see diagram at right; 13.Qxd2? Nxf1+
14.Nxh4 Nxd2 is winning for Black.) Qh3! 14.Rg1
(White cannot take either of Black’s two hanging pieces:
The most common move, preventing 3...e5.[12] Black usu-
14.Bxh3 Nd3#; 14.hxg3 Qxg3#. Nor is 14.Ng5 Qg2! any
ally responds with 3...e6, although 3...d6, intending a
better.) Nxf1 left Black with two extra pawns.[32]
kind of Old Indian Defense, is also possible.[12][13] Af-
ter 3...e6, White can play 4.Nc3 Bb4 (transposing to the
Nimzo–Indian Defense);[14][15] 4.a3, when Black can ei- 8.15.4 References
ther play 4...d5 (reaching a kind of Queen’s Gambit De-
clined or Ragozin System),[16] or 4...d6 preparing 5...e5 Notes
or even 5...g6 (“championed by Bologan”, according to
Palliser), reaching a sort of King’s Indian Defense;[17][18] [1] ,“Fridrich Sämisch vs Carlos Torre-Repeto, Baden-Baden
or 4.g3, when Black can transpose to the Catalan Opening 1925”. Chessgames.com. Retrieved 2009-03-06.
with 4...d5, recommended by Palliser[19][20] or 4...Bb4+,
[2] Frank James Marshall vs Carlos Torre-Repetto, Baden-
preferred by Orlov, which transposes to a Nimzo–Indian
Baden, 1925
after 5.Nc3, or to a Bogo–Indian Defense after 5.Bd2 or
5.Nbd2.[19][21] [3] Palliser, p. 10.
8.15. BLACK KNIGHTS’ TANGO 209
[4] Walter Korn, Modern Chess Openings (9th ed. 1957), Pit- • Georgi Orlov, Black Knights’ Tango, International
man, p. 234 (citing a 1952 game by Trajkovic). Chess Enterprises, 1992. ISBN 1-879479-03-6.
[5] Walter Korn, Modern Chess Openings (12th ed. 1982), • Georgi Orlov, The Black Knights’ Tango: Outwit
David McKay, p. 310. ISBN 0-679-13500-6. Your Opponents from Move 2!, Batsford, 1998.
[6] Czerniak–Lutikov, IBM B 1968. Chessgames.com. Re-
ISBN 0-7134-8349-0.
trieved on 2009-03-06. • Richard Palliser, Tango! A Dynamic Answer to 1 d4,
[7] Trapl–Lutikov, Warsaw Armies Championship 1969. Everyman Chess, 2005. ISBN 1-85744-388-8.
Chessgames.com. Retrieved on 2009-03-06.
Bibliography
Chapter 9
9.1 Catalan Opening Chess Championship 2006. The Catalan was also played
four times by Viswanathan Anand in the World Chess
The Catalan is a chess opening where White adopts a Championship 2010; in both instances the opponent was
combination of the Queen’s Gambit and Réti Opening: Veselin Topalov, and in each instance White scored two
White plays d4 and c4 and fianchettoes the white bishop more points than Black.
on g2. A common opening sequence is 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6
3.g3, although the opening can arise from a large number
9.1.2 Open Catalan, Classical Line
of move orders (see transposition). ECO codes E01–E09
are for lines with 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.g3 d5 4.Bg2, and
Open Catalan, Classical line
others are part of E00.
Black has two main approaches to choose between: in the
The Open Catalan, Classical line begins 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4
Open Catalan he plays ...dxc4 and can either try to hold
e6 3.g3 d5 4.Bg2 dxc4 5.Nf3 Be7. White trades the pawn
on to the pawn with ...b5 or give it back for extra time
for a lead in development. Without the d5 pawn, White’s
to free his game. In the Closed Catalan, Black does not
kingside bishop hinders Black’s queenside development.
capture on c4; his game can be somewhat cramped for a
The Open Catalan line here has been a favorite of Anatoly
while, but is quite solid.
Karpov and Efim Geller as Black and Oleg Romanishin
The Catalan is generally seen as a safe way for White to with the white pieces. Usually, white will recover the
get a small advantage. pawn with Qc2 and a4, Ne5, or Qa4. In order to hold
the pawn, Black will have to seriously weaken the queen-
side with ...a6 and ...b5. The ECO code is E05.
9.1.1 History
The Catalan derives its name from Catalonia, after tour- 9.1.3 Illustrative games
nament organisers at the 1929 Barcelona tournament
asked Savielly Tartakower to create a new variation in Kramnik–Anand, Wijk aan Zee chess tournament, 2007
homage to the area’s chess history. It had been played
a few times before Tartakower’s usage in the tourna- 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.g3 d5 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3
ment, however: Réti–Leonhardt, Berlin 1928, for in- 0-0 6.0-0 dxc4 7.Qc2 a6 8.Qxc4 b5 9.Qc2
stance, transposed into an Open Catalan. Bb7 10.Bd2 Ra7 11.Rc1 Be4 12.Qb3 Nc6
The Catalan came to prominence at the top level when 13.e3 Qa8 14.Qd1 Nb8 15.Ba5 Rc8 16.a3
both Garry Kasparov and Viktor Korchnoi played it in Bd6 17.Nbd2 Bd5 18.Qf1 Nbd7 19.b4 e5
their Candidates Semifinal match in London in 1983: five 20.dxe5 Bxe5 21.Nxe5 Nxe5 22.f3 Nc4
games of the eleven-game match were Catalans. 23.Nxc4 Bxc4 24.Qf2 Re8 25.e4 c6 26.Rd1
Rd7 27.Rxd7 Nxd7 28.Rd1 Qb7 29.Rd6 f6
In 2004, Ruben Felgaer won a tournament celebrating the 30.f4 Re6 31.Rd2 Re7 32.Qd4 Nf8 33.Qd8
75th anniversary of Barcelona 1929 and the birth of the Rd7 34.Rxd7 Qxd7 35.Qxd7 Nxd7 36.e5
Catalan Opening, ahead of Grandmasters Viktor Korch- fxe5 37.Bxc6 Nf6 38.Bb7 exf4 39.gxf4 Nd5
noi, Mihail Marin, Lluis Comas and Viktor Moskalenko 40.Kf2 Nxf4 41.Ke3 g5 42.Bxa6 Kf7 43.a4
and International Master Manel Granados. Each game in Ke7 44.Bxb5 Bxb5 45.axb5 Kd7 46.Ke4 Ne2
the tournament, which was also held in Barcelona, began 47.Bb6 g4 48.Bf2 Nc3 49.Kf5 Nxb5 50.Kxg4
with the moves 1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.g3 Nf6. Ke6 51.Kg5 Kf7 52.Kf5 Ke7 53.Bc5 1–0[1]
With its use by Vladimir Kramnik, the Catalan has re-
cently gained a good deal of attention by high-level GMs. Kramnik–Carlsen, Dortmund Sparkassen Chess Meet-
Kramnik played the opening three times in the World ing, 2007
210
9.2. HALOSAR TRAP 211
ing to convince a child that there is no Santa Claus.” is the Classical Variation, where White aims for a slow
(Kevin Denny).[7] As a result of the intense controversy buildup to a kingside offensive. White’s other main alter-
surrounding the opening, much of the literature on the native is 8.g4!?, the Seidel–Hall Attack, where White is
opening is lacking in objectivity.[8] happy to sacrifice the d-pawn in order to gain an increased
initiative on the kingside, e.g. after 8...Qxd4 9.Be3 Qe5
10.0-0-0 e6 11.g5. Black can decline the pawn, e.g. af-
9.2.2 Main variations ter 8...e6 9.g5 Nd5 10.Bd3, leading to sharp play.[16] Al-
ternatively, after 6.h3, Black can retreat the bishop with
It is easy for Black to decline the gambit on the sec- 6...Bh5 7.g4 Bg6 8.Ne5, a line which often transposes to
ond move with 2...e6 (leading to a French Defence) or the Gunderam Defence line 5...Bf5 6.Ne5 e6 7.g4 Bg6
2...c6 (leading to a Caro-Kann Defence), although doing after a subsequent h3–h4, as White’s extra tempo with
so does not eliminate White’s ability to offer alternative h3 is not particularly useful.[17]
gambits such as the Diemer-Duhm Gambit (2...e6 3.c4)
or the Alapin-Diemer Gambit (2...e6 3.Be3), or for in-
stance 2...c6 3.Nc3 dxe4 4.f3 or 4.Bc4 intending 5.f3. Euwe Defence: 5...e6
The move 5...Bg4 pins the knight on f3, often with the The Bogoljubov Defence was played by Diemer himself
intention of swapping it off and undermining White’s in a game against Bogoljubov. By fianchettoing the king’s
central control.[14] White’s best response is to attack the bishop Black aims to gain increased pressure against the
bishop immediately with 6.h3, when play often contin- d4-pawn following a subsequent ...c5. White’s most com-
ues 6...Bxf3 7.Qxf3 c6 (but not 7...Nc6, when 8.Bb5 is mon response is the Studier Attack, 6.Bc4 Bg7 7.0-0
good for White). In this position, White can defend the 0-0 8.Qe1, intending Qh4, Bh6 and piling pressure on
attacked d-pawn with 8.Qf2 (the Ciesielski Variation), the kingside, sacrificing pawns at d4 and c2 if appropri-
but this allows Black an easy game by preparing ...e7– ate, and Black has to play accurately in order to survive.
e5, e.g. after 8...Nbd7 9.Bd3 e5.[15] Alternatively, 8.Be3 However, after Peter Leisebein’s 8...Nc6 9.Qh4 Bg4!, it
9.2. HALOSAR TRAP 213
is doubtful if White obtains enough compensation for the ing O'Kelly’s move-order 4...c6.
pawn against accurate play.[22] An alternative approach is
to castle queenside, play Bh6 and then launch the h-pawn
against the black kingside. The best way to carry out this Ryder Gambit: 5.Qxf3
approach is via 6.Bf4, as 6.Bg5 (as played by Bogoljubov
in his game against Diemer) is well met by 6...Bg7 7.Qd2 Alternatively, White can offer a second pawn with
0-0 8.0-0-0 c5!, when Black stands better.[23] If Black 5.Qxf3. Gary Lane argued in 2000 that White has serious
tries the same approach against 6.Bf4, i.e. 6...Bg7 7.Qd2 problems proving enough compensation for the sacrificed
0-0 8.0-0-0 c5, then 9.d5 a6 10.d6! gives White good pawns after 5... Qxd4 6. Be3 Qg4 7.Qf2 e5. Black can
chances.[24] also decline the pawn with 5...c6 or 5...e6, holding the
position.[33]
Ziegler Defence: 5...c6 The Halosar Trap (named after Hermann Halosar) fol-
lows after 6... Qb4 7.0-0-0 Bg4? 8.Nb5! threaten-
Black’s most critical response to the Blackmar–Diemer ing mate with 9.Nxc7#. The black queen cannot cap-
Gambit is 5...c6, known as the Ziegler Defence due to ture the knight because 8...Qxb5 9.Bxb5+ is check, gain-
Diemer’s tendency to name lines after opponents that first ing time for the white queen to escape the threat from
played them against him, but most of the theory of the line the bishop. The line continues 8...Na6 9. Qxb7 Qe4
was established by Gerhart Gunderam, who advocated (Black lost in Diemer–Halosar, Baden-Baden 1934, after
5...Bf5.[25] Most modern authors recommend this as 9...Rc8 10.Qxa6) 10. Qxa6 Qxe3+ (Worse is 10...Bxd1
Black’s antidote to the BDG,[26] sometimes via O'Kelly’s 11.Kxd1 Rd8+ 12.Bd2 and White is winning, for exam-
move order 4...c6. The old main line runs 6.Bc4 Bf5 7.0- ple 12...Ng4 13.Nxc7+ Kd7 14.Qxa7) 11. Kb1 Qc5 12.
0 e6 8.Ne5, when Black should avoid 8...Bxc2?! 9.Nxf7!, Nf3. Burgess wrote that “Although White has some ad-
but instead play 8...Bg6!, when White ends up with very vantage, Black has avoided instant loss”.[34]
little to show for the lost pawn.[27] More dangerous for
Black is 8.Ng5, the Alchemy Variation, where Black has
to be careful not to fall for various sacrifices on e6 and f7, 9.2.4 Fourth-move alternatives for Black
but White probably does not get enough compensation
for the pawn after 8...Bg6 9.Ne2 Bd6. German FIDE O'Kelly Defence: 4...c6
master Stefan Bücker regards Black as clearly better af-
ter 10.Nf4 Bxf4 11.Bxf4 0-0,[28] but Christoph Scheerer Many sources recommend the O'Kelly Defence as a
believes that White can generate attacking chances with means of transposing to the Ziegler Defence while cut-
12.c3 h6 13.Qg4!?.[29] In view of White’s problems prov- ting out White’s 6.Bd3 possibility, since White has noth-
ing compensation in these lines, ChessCafe.com reviewer ing better than 5.Bc4, when 5...exf3 6.Nxf3 Bf5 trans-
Carsten Hansen concluded, “despite all the smoke and poses directly to the 6.Bc4 Bf5 variation of the Ziegler
mirrors, the Blackmar-Diemer Gambit still isn't viable Defence. Alternatively, 5.Nxe4 is likely to land White in
beyond club-level or rapid-play games”.[30] However, Lev an inferior version of the Fantasy Variation of the Caro-
Gutman proposed the alternative 7.Bg5 e6 8.Nh4!? Bg6 Kann Defence, with equality at best in positions that may
9.Nxg6 hxg6 10.Qd3, intending to castle queenside and not attract Blackmar-Diemer players, 5.fxe4 e5! is good
tie Black down to the f7-pawn, promising long-term po- for Black and other bishop moves allow Black to achieve
sitional compensation for the pawn.[28] There are cur- superior versions of standard Blackmar–Diemer Gambit
rently insufficient practical tests to determine whether it variations.[28][35] 4...c6 also has some independent value,
amounts to enough compensation for the lost pawn.[31] for example Evgeny Bareev used the continuation 5.f3
Black cannot easily deviate from this line, since after b5!? in a game against Nigel Short, achieving a supe-
7...Nbd7 White continues 8.Qe2 e6 9.0-0-0, aiming to rior position after 6.Bb3 Be6 7.fxe4 b4 8.Nce2 Nxe4,
launch a strong attack down the e and f-files, and if but 8.Na4!? improves for White and may give sufficient
9...Bb4 then 10.d5!. If White tries to enter this setup af- compensation for the pawn.[36] Black can also try 5...Bf5,
ter 7...e6 8.Qe2, however, then 8...Bb4! prevents White when White must play accurately to prove enough com-
from safely castling queenside, leaving White with in- pensation, but probably obtains sufficient play after 6.g4
sufficient compensation for the pawn.[31] White also has Bg6 7.g5 Nd5 8.fxe4 Nxc3 9.bxc3.[37]
the dangerous, though probably objectively insufficient,
second pawn sacrifice 7.g4, analysed extensively by Ste-
fan Bücker.[28] In the 5...c6 move-order White has the Vienna Defence: 4...Bf5
alternative 6.Bd3, usually intending to sacrifice a sec-
ond pawn after 6...Bg4 7.h3 Bxf3 8.Qxf3 Qxd4, lead- The Vienna Defence was recommended by Matthias
ing to sharp complications, though Black can transpose Wahls in his book Modernes Skandinavisch, where he saw
back to the Classical Variation of the Teichmann De- it as a refutation of the Blackmar–Diemer Gambit.[38]
fence with 8...e6, since White’s only good response is White can play for compensation for a pawn with 5.fxe4
9.Be3.[32] Black can prevent this 6.Bd3 possibility by us- Nxe4 6.Qf3, when both 6...Nxc3 and 6...Nd6 lead to
214 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
complicated positions in which Black often tries to re- 3...e6 transpose to the Caro-Kann Defence and French
turn a pawn on b7 in order to catch up on develop- Defence respectively, and in the former case White can
ment, and in some cases secure a positional advantage. continue in Blackmar–Diemer Gambit style with 4.f3
White often does best to continue with a gambit pol- or 4.Bc4 intending 5.f3 (which often transposes to the
icy and simply continue developing. The main line runs O'Kelly Defence). After 3...e6, however, White cannot
6...Nd6 7.Bf4 e6 8.0-0-0 c6 9.g4 Bg6 10.Qe3 Be7, when easily force a Blackmar–Diemer Gambit type position as
Black is solid, but White retains enough compensation 4.f3 Bb4 is awkward.
for the pawn.[39] Alternatively, 5.g4 aims to regain the
pawn in most cases, e.g. after 5...Bg6 6.g5 Nd5 7.Nxe4
Nc6 8.Bb5 e6 9.Bxc6+ bxc6 10.Ne2 c5 11.dxc5 Nb4, 9.2.6 Related gambit ideas
when in a reversal of roles, White has an extra pawn but
Black has the initiative and a superior pawn structure.[40] Since Black can sidestep the BDG in several ways, BDG
White can use 5.g4 as a gambit option by continuing with adherents have developed related gambits:
6.h4!?, which leads to sharp play and approximately equal
chances.[41] • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 c6 (the Caro-Kann Defence) 3.Nc3
dxe4 4.f3 was invented by Philip Stuart Milner-
Barry in 1932 and 4.Bc4 Nf6 (or Bf5) 5.f3 by
Langeheinicke Defence: 4...e3 Heinrich Von Hennig in 1920 and thus are older than
Diemer’s idea.
The push with 4...e3 is often used by strong players to
avoid the complications arising from 4...exf3 5.Nxf3, but • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 e6 (the French Defense) 3.Be3 is the
it is one of Black’s weaker options against the Blackmar- Alapin-Diemer Gambit; sometimes White plays the
Diemer as returning the pawn in this way does not sig- typical f2–f3 a bit later.
nificantly slow down White’s initiative, and thus Black
struggles to fully equalize in this line. In most lines White • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 e6 3.Nc3 dxe4 4.f3 and 3...Nf6 4.Bg5
must seek to place a knight on f4 (taking the sting out of dxe4 5.f3 are very rare.
...Nd5) in order to secure an advantage.[42] • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 dxe4
6.f3 is the Winckelmann–Reimer Gambit.
9.2.5 Third-move alternatives for Black • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 Nc6 (the Nimzowitsch Defence) 3.Nc3
dxe4 4.d5 may be followed by 5.f3 or 5.f4.
Lemberger Counter-Gambit: 3...e5
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.f3 d5 (c5 may lead to a kind of Benoni)
The Lemberger Counter-Gambit is an important alter- 3.e4 dxe4 4.Nc3 simply transposes.
native, where Black counterattacks against the d4-pawn • 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nc3 d5 3.e4 Nxe4 is called the Hübsch
instead of defending the attacked e4-pawn. White can Gambit.
head for a drawish endgame with 4.dxe5, e.g. 4...Qxd1+
5.Kxd1 Nc6 6.Nxe4 Nxe5, or 5.Nxd1 Nc6 6.Bf4, with • 1.d4 f5 2.e4 (the Staunton Gambit)
equality and few winning chances for either side.[43] Since
these positions typically do not attract gambiteers, White • 1.f3 d5 2.e4 dxe4 3.Nc3 is the Gedult Gambit.
often chooses a riskier response in order to generate win- • 1.e4 d5 2.d4 is also a surprising transposition against
ning chances, such as 4.Qh5, 4.Nge2 or 4.Nxe4. Both the Scandinavian Defense.
4.Qh5 and 4.Nge2 are well met by 4...Nc6!, when Black
has good chances of obtaining an advantage, while against
4.Nxe4 the most critical continuation is 4...Qxd4, when The list is incomplete and transpositions abound.
White can continue with either 5.Qe2 or 5.Bd3, with
complications and some compensation for the pawn in 9.2.7 See also
either case, but it is unclear if it is enough.[44]
• List of chess openings
Other options for Black • List of chess openings named after people
[5] “Checkpoint: Bishops before knights” (PDF). Retrieved [38] Scheerer 2011, p. 103
2011-11-06.
[39] Scheerer 2011, p. 116
[6] “Shopping for a tombstone”. Retrieved 2011-11-06.
[40] Scheerer 2011, p. 129
[7] “Topnotch analysis of the Blackmar–Diemer”. Retrieved
2011-11-06. [41] Scheerer 2011, p. 120
[8] Scheerer 2011, p. 10
[42] Scheerer 2011, p. 84
[9] Scheerer 2011, p. 206.
[43] Scheerer 2011, p. 16
[10] Scheerer 2011, p. 216
[44] Scheerer 2011, p. 49
[11] Scheerer 2011, p. 218
[45] Scheerer 2011, p. 68
[12] Scheerer 2011, p. 219.
[46] Scheerer 2011, p. 60
[13] Scheerer 2011, p. 207
9.3 Diemer-Duhm Gambit After 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Be7 5.e5 Nfd7
6.Bxe7 Qxe7 7.f4 0-0 8.Nf3 c5 9.Bd3
The French Defence is a chess opening characterised by
the moves: White usually tries to exploit his extra space on the king-
side, where he will often play for a mating attack. White
1. e4 e6 tries to do this in the Alekhine–Chatard attack, for exam-
ple. Another example is the following line of the Classi-
cal French: 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Be7 5.e5
The French has a reputation for solidity and resilience,
Nfd7 6.Bxe7 Qxe7 7.f4 0-0 8.Nf3 c5 9.Bd3 (see dia-
though it can result in a somewhat cramped game for
gram). White’s light-square bishop eyes the weak h7-
Black in the early stages. Black often gains counterat-
pawn, which is usually defended by a knight on f6 but here
tacking possibilities on the queenside while White tends
it has been pushed away by e5. A typical way for White to
to concentrate on the kingside.
continue his attack is 9...cxd4 10.Bxh7+ Kxh7 11.Ng5+
when Black must give up his queen to avoid being mated,
continuing with 11...Qxg5 12.fxg5 dxc3. Black has three
9.3.1 Basics minor pieces for the queen, which gives him a slight ma-
terial superiority, but his king is vulnerable and White has
Position after 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5
good attacking chances.
Apart from a piece attack, White may play for the ad-
Following the opening moves 1.e4 e6, the game usually
vance of his kingside pawns (an especially common idea
continues 2.d4 d5 (see below for alternatives). White
in the endgame), which usually involves f2–f4, g2–g4 and
makes a claim to the centre, while Black immediately
then f4–f5 to utilise his natural spatial advantage on that
challenges the pawn on e4.
side of the board. A white pawn on f5 can be very strong
White’s options include defending the e4 pawn with as it may threaten to capture on e6 or advance to f6.
3.Nc3 or 3.Nd2, exchanging with 3.exd5, or advancing Sometimes pushing the h-pawn to h5 or h6 may also be
the pawn with 3.e5, each of which lead to different types effective. A modern idea is for White to gain space on the
of positions. Note that 3.Bd3 allows 3...dxe4 4.Bxe4 Nf6, queenside by playing a2–a3 and b2–b4. If implemented
after which White must concede to Black either a tempo successfully, this will further restrict Black’s pieces.
or the advantage of the two bishops.
Tarrasch–Teichmann, 1912
Position after 15...Nxc5
9.3.2 General themes
One of the drawbacks of the French Defence for Black
Typical pawn structure is his queen’s bishop, which is blocked in by his pawn on
e6. If Black is unable to free it by means of the pawn
breaks ...c5 and/or ...f6, it can remain passive through-
See the diagram for the pawn structure most typical of the
out the game. An often-cited example of the potential
French. Black has more space on the queenside, so tends
weakness of this bishop is S. Tarrasch–R. Teichmann,
to focus on that side of the board, almost always playing
San Sebastián 1912, in which the diagrammed position
...c7–c5 at some point to attack White’s pawn chain at its
was reached after fifteen moves of a Classical French.
base, and may follow up by advancing his a- and b-pawns.
Black’s position is passive because his light-square bishop
Alternatively or simultaneously, Black will play against
is hemmed in by pawns on a6, b5, d5, e6 and f7. White
White’s centre, which is cramping his position. The flank
will probably try to exchange Black’s knight, which is the
attack ...c7–c5 is usually insufficient to achieve this, so
only one of his pieces that has any scope. Although it
Black will often play ...f7–f6. If White supports the
might be possible for Black to hold on for a draw, it is not
pawn on e5 by playing f2–f4, then Black has two com-
easy and, barring any mistakes by White, Black will have
mon ideas. Black may strike directly at the f-pawn by
few chances to create counterplay, which is why, for many
playing ...g7–g5. The pawn on g5 may also threaten to
years, the classical lines fell out of favour, and 3...Bb4 be-
advance to g4 to drive away a white knight on f3, aug-
gan to be seen more frequently after World War I, due to
menting Black’s play against the White centre. Another
the efforts of Nimzowitsch and Botvinnik. In Tarrasch–
idea is to play ...fxe5, and if White recaptures with fxe5,
Teichmann, White won after 41 moves. In order to avoid
then Black gains an open f-file for his rook. Then, as
this fate, Black usually makes it a priority early in the
White usually has a knight on f3 guarding his pawns on
game to find a useful post for the bishop. Black can
d4 and e5, Black may sacrifice the exchange with ...Rxf3
play ...Bd7–a4 to attack a pawn on c2, which occurs in
to destroy the white centre and attack the king. On the
many lines of the Winawer Variation. If Black’s f-pawn
other hand, if White plays dxe5, then the a7–g1 diago-
has moved to f6, then Black may also consider bringing
nal is opened, making it less desirable for White to castle
the bishop to g6 or h5 via d7 and e8. If White’s light-
kingside.
9.3. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 217
square bishop is on the f1–a6 diagonal, Black can try to at some point. This solid line has undergone a modest re-
exchange it by playing ...b6 and ...Ba6, or ...Qb6 followed vival, featuring in many GM games as a drawing weapon
by ...Bd7–Bb5. but theory still gives White a slight edge. After 3... dxe4
A general theme in the Advance French is that White 4. Nxe4, Black has the following options:
would like to put his light-square bishop on d3, maximis-
• The most popular line is: 4...Nd7 5.Nf3 Ngf6
ing its scope. White cannot play this move immediately
6.Nxf6+ Nxf6 when Black is ready for ...c5.
after 5...Qb6 without losing the d4 pawn. Black can-
not gain the extra pawn immediately since 6.Bd3 cxd4 • 4...Bd7 5.Nf3 Bc6 (the Fort Knox Variation) acti-
7.cxd4 Nxd4? 8.Nxd4 Qxd4?? 9.Bb5+ wins the black vating the light-square bishop, which is often played
queen by a discovered attack with check. Thus, theory by Alexander Rustemov.
holds that Black should play 7...Bd7 instead to obviate
this idea. White has often sacrificed the d-pawn anyway
by continuing 8.0-0 Nxd4 9.Nxd4 Qxd4 10.Nc3. This is Winawer Variation: 3...Bb4 This variation, named
the Milner-Barry Gambit, named after Sir Stuart Milner- after Szymon Winawer and pioneered by Nimzowitsch
Barry, considered of marginal soundness by present-day and Botvinnik, is one of the main systems in the French,
theory, and has never had proponents at the highest levels due chiefly to the latter’s efforts in the 1940s, becoming
of play. the most often seen rejoinder to 3.Nc3, though in the
1980s, the Classical Variation with 3...Nf6 began a re-
Another theme is that White wants to expand on the king- vival, and has since become more popular.
side and attack the black king; the long-term advantages
in many French structures lie with Black, so White is of- 3... Bb4 pins the knight on c3, forcing White to resolve
ten more or less forced to attack by various methods, such the central tension. White normally clarifies the central
as driving the black knight off f5 with g4 or playing h4– situation for the moment with 4. e5, gaining space and
h5 to expel the knight from g6. Because of the blocked hoping to show that Black’s b4-bishop is misplaced. The
centre, sacrificial mating attacks are often possible. It main line then is: 4... c5 5. a3 Bxc3+ 6. bxc3, resulting
is said by French players that the classic bishop sacrifice in the diagrammed position:
(Bd3xh7) should be evaluated every move. Black, how- After 3...Bb4 4.e5 c5 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.bxc3
ever, often welcomes an attack as the French is notorious
for producing defensive tactics and maneuvers that leave
While White has doubled pawns on the queenside, which
Black up material for an endgame. Viktor Korchnoi who,
form the basis for Black’s counterplay, they can also help
along with Botvinnik, was the strongest player who advo-
White since they strengthen his centre and give him a
cated the French, talked about how he would psycholog-
semi-open b-file. White has a spatial advantage on the
ically lure his opponents into attacking him so that they
kingside, where Black is even weaker than usual because
would eventually sacrifice material and he would halt his
he has traded off his dark-square bishop. Combined with
opponent’s army and win the endgame easily.
the bishop pair, this gives White attacking chances, which
he must attempt to utilise as the long-term features of this
pawn structure favour Black.
9.3.3 Main line: 2.d4 d5
In the diagrammed position, Black most frequently plays
3.Nc3 6... Ne7 (The main alternative is 6...Qc7, which can sim-
ply transpose to main lines after 7.Qg4 Ne7, but Black
Played in over 40% of all games after 1. e4 e6 2. d4 also has the option of 7.Qg4 f5 or ...f6. 6...Qa5 has re-
d5, 3. Nc3 is the most commonly seen line against the cently become a popular alternative). Now White can ex-
French. Black has three main options, 3...dxe4 (the Ru- ploit the absence of Black’s dark-square bishop by play-
binstein Variation), 3...Bb4 (the Winawer Variation) ing 7. Qg4, giving Black two choices: he may sacri-
and 3...Nf6 (the Classical Variation). An eccentric idea fice his kingside pawns with 7...Qc7 8.Qxg7 Rg8 9.Qxh7
is 3...Nc6!? 4.Nf3 Nf6 with the idea of 5.e5 Ne4; Ger- cxd4 but destroy White’s centre in return, the so-called
man IM Helmut Reefschlaeger has been fond of this "Poisoned Pawn Variation"; or he can play 7...0-0 8.Bd3
move. Nbc6, which avoids giving up material, but leaves the
king on the flank where White is trying to attack. Ex-
perts on the 7.Qg4 line include Judit Polgár.
Rubinstein Variation: 3...dxe4 After 3.Nc3 dxe4 If the tactical complications of 7.Qg4 are not to White’s
4.Nxe4 taste, 7.Nf3 and 7.a4 are good positional alternatives:
7. Nf3 is a natural developing move, and White usually
This variation is named after Akiba Rubinstein and can follows it up by developing the king’s bishop to d3 or e2
also arise from a different move order: 3.Nd2 dxe4. (occasionally to b5) and castling kingside. This is called
White has freer development and more space in the cen- the Winawer Advance Variation. This line often contin-
tre, which Black intends to neutralise by playing ...c7–c5 ues 7... Bd7 8. Bd3 c4 9. Be2 Ba4 10. 0-0 Qa5 11.
218 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
Bd2 Nbc6 12. Ng5 h6 13. Nh3 0-0-0. Its assessment is Classical Variation: 3...Nf6 Classical Variation
unclear, but most likely Black would be considered “com- 3...Nf6
fortable” here.
The purpose behind 7. a4 is threefold: it prepares Bc1– This is another major system in the French. White can
a3, taking advantage of the absence of Black’s dark- continue with the following options:
square bishop. It also prevents Black from playing
...Qa5–a4 or ...Bd7–a4 attacking c2, and if Black plays
...b6 (followed by ...Ba6 to trade off the bad bishop), 4.Bg5 White threatens 5.e5, attacking the pinned
White may play a5 to attack the b6-pawn. knight. Black has a number of ways to meet this threat:
Sidelines 5th move deviations for White include: • Burn Variation, named after Amos Burn is the
most common reply at the top level: 4... dxe4 5.
Nxe4 and usually there now follows: 5... Be7 6.
• 5.Qg4 Bxf6 Bxf6 7. Nf3 Nd7 or 7... 0-0, resulting in
• 5.dxc5 a position resembling those arising from the Ru-
binstein Variation. However, here Black has the
• 5.Nf3 bishop pair, with greater dynamic chances (although
White’s knight is well placed on e4), so this line is
• 5.Bd2 more popular than the Rubinstein and has long been
a favourite of Evgeny Bareev. Black can also try 5...
4th move deviations for White include: Be7 6. Bxf6 gxf6, as played by Alexander Moroze-
vich and Gregory Kaidanov; by following up with
• 4.exd5 exd5, transposing to a line of the Exchange ...f5 and ...Bf6, Black obtains active piece play in
Variation. return for his shattered pawn structure. Another line
that resembles the Rubinstein is 5... Nbd7 6. Nf3
• 4.Ne2 (the Alekhine Gambit) 4...dxe4 5.a3 Be7 Be7 (6...h6 is also tried) 7. Nxf6+ Bxf6.
(5...Bxc3+ is necessary if Black wants to try to hold
the pawn) 6.Nxe4 to prevent Black from doubling • 4... Be7 5. e5 Nfd7 used to be the main line and
his pawns. remains important, even though the Burn Variation
has overtaken it in popularity. The usual continua-
• 4.Bd3 defending e4. tion is 6. Bxe7 Qxe7 7. f4 0-0 8. Nf3 c5, when
White has a number of options, including 9.Bd3,
• 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 dxe4 6.Qg4, another attempt to
9.Qd2 and 9.dxc5. An alternative for White is the
exploit Black’s weakness on g7.
gambit 6. h4, which was devised by Adolf Albin
• 4.e5 c5 5.Bd2, again preventing the doubled pawns and played by Chatard, but not taken seriously un-
and making possible 6.Nb5, where the knight may til the game Alekhine–Fahrni, Mannheim 1914. It
hop into d6 or simply defend d4. is known today as the Albin–Chatard Attack or
the Alekhine–Chatard Attack. After 6... Bxg5 7.
• 4.Bd2 (an old move sometimes played by Nezh- hxg5 Qxg5 8. Nh3 Qe7 9. Nf4 Nc6 10. Qg4 (the
metdinov, notably against Mikhail Tal) reason for 8.Nh3 rather than 8.Nf3), White has sac-
rificed a pawn to open the h-file, thereby increasing
Deviations for Black include: his attacking chances on the kingside. Black may
also decline the gambit in several ways such 6... a6
and 6... f6, but most strong players prefer 6... c5.
• 4...Ne7 although this move usually transposes to the
main line. • A third choice for Black is to counterattack with
• 4...b6 followed by ...Ba6, or 4...Qd7 with the idea the McCutcheon Variation. In this variation, the
of meeting 5.Qg4 with 5...f5. However, theory cur- second player ignores White’s threat of e4-e5 and
rently prefers White’s chances in both lines. instead plays 4... Bb4. The main line continues:
5. e5 h6 6. Bd2 Bxc3 7. bxc3 Ne4 8. Qg4.
• Another popular way for Black to deviate is 4.e5 At this point Black may play 8...g6, which weak-
c5 5.a3 Ba5, the Armenian Variation, as its the- ens the kingside dark squares but keeps the option
ory and practice have been much enriched by play- of castling queenside, or 8...Kf8. The McCutcheon
ers from that country, the most notable of whom is Variation is named for John Lindsay McCutcheon
Rafael Vaganian. Black maintains the pin on the of Philadelphia (1857–1905), who brought the vari-
knight, which White usually tries to break by play- ation to public attention when he used it to defeat
ing 6.b4 cxb4 7.Qg4 or 7.Nb5 (usually 7.Nb5 bxa3+ World Champion Steinitz in a simultaneous exhibi-
8.c3 Bc7 9.Bxa3 and white has the upper hand). tion in Manhattan in 1885.[1][2][3]
9.3. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 219
4.e5 The Steinitz Variation (named after Wilhelm time for development by harassing Black’s
Steinitz) is 4. e5 Nfd7 5. f4 (the most common but queen. This interplay of static and dynamic
White has other options: 5.Nce2, the Shirov–Anand advantages is the reason why this line has be-
Variation), White gets ready to bolster his centre with come popular in the last decade. Play usu-
c2–c3 and f2–f4. Or 5.Nf3 (aiming for piece play) 5... ally continues 5. Ngf3 cxd4 6. Bc4 Qd6 7.
c5 6. Nf3 Nc6 7. Be3 (7.Nce2 transposes to the Shirov– 0-0 Nf6 (preventing 8.Ne4) 8. Nb3 Nc6 9.
Anand Variation; a trap is 7.Be2 cxd4 8.Nxd4 Ndxe5! Nbxd4 Nxd4, and here White may stay in the
9.fxe5 Qh4+ winning a pawn), Black has several options. middlegame with 10.Nxd4 or offer the trade
He may step up pressure on d4 by playing 7...Qb6 or of queens with 10.Qxd4, with the former far
7...cxd4 8.Nxd4 Qb6, or choose to complete his devel- more commonly played today.
opment, either beginning with the kingside by playing
7...cxd4 8.Nxd4 Bc5, or with the queenside by playing • 3... Nf6 While the objective of 3...c5 was to break
7...a6 8.Qd2 b5. open the centre, 3... Nf6 aims to close it. After 4.
e5 Nfd7 5. Bd3 c5 6. c3 Nc6 (6...b6 intends ...Ba6
next to get rid of Black’s “bad” light-square bishop,
Tarrasch Variation: 3.Nd2 a recurring idea in the French) 7. Ne2 (leaving f3
open for the queen’s knight) 7... cxd4 8. cxd4 f6 9.
After 3.Nd2 Nf6 exf6 Nxf6 10. Nf3 Bd6 Black has freed his pieces
at the cost of having a backward pawn on e6. White
The Tarrasch Variation is named after Siegbert Tar- may also choose to preserve his pawn on e5 by play-
rasch. This move became particularly popular during the ing 4. e5 Nfd7 5. c3 c5 6. f4 Nc6 7. Ndf3, but
1970s and early 1980s when Anatoly Karpov used it to his development is slowed as a result, and Black will
great effect. Though less aggressive than the alternate gain dynamic chances if he can open the position to
3.Nc3, it is still used by top-level players seeking a small, advantage.
safe advantage. • 3... Nc6 is known as the Guimard Variation: after
Like 3.Nc3, 3.Nd2 protects e4, but is different in several 4.Ngf3 Nf6 5.e5 Nd7 Black will exchange White’s
key respects: it does not block White’s c-pawn from ad- cramping e-pawn next move by ...f6. However,
vancing, which means he can play c3 at some point to sup- Black does not exert any pressure on d4 because he
port his d4-pawn. Hence, it avoids the Winawer Variation cannot play ...c5, so White should maintain a slight
as 3...Bb4 is now readily answered by 4.c3. On the other advantage, with 6.Be2 or 6 Nb3.
hand, 3.Nd2 develops the knight to an arguably less ac-
• 3... Be7 is known as the Morozevich Varia-
tive square than 3.Nc3, and in addition, it hems in White’s
tion.[4] A fashionable line among top GMs in re-
dark-square bishop. Hence, white will typically have to
cent years, this odd-looking move aims to prove that
spend an extra tempo moving the knight from d2 at some
every White move now has its drawbacks, e.g. af-
point before developing said bishop.
ter 4.Ngf3 Nf6 5.e5 Nfd7 White cannot play f4,
whereas 4.Bd3 c5 5.dxc5 Nf6 and 4.e5 c5 5. Qg4
• 3... c5 4. exd5 and now Black has two ways to re- Kf8!? lead to obscure complications. 3...h6?!,
capture: with a similar rationale, has also gained some ad-
• 4... exd5 this was a staple of many old venturous followers in recent years, including GM
Karpov–Korchnoi battles, including seven Alexander Morozevich.
games in their 1974 match, usually leads to • Another rare line is 3... a6, which gained some pop-
Black having an isolated queen’s pawn (see ularity in the 1970s. Similar to 3...Be7, the idea is
isolated pawn). The main line continues 5. to play a waiting move to make White declare his in-
Ngf3 Nc6 6. Bb5 Bd6 7. 0-0 Nge7 8. dxc5 tentions before Black commits to a plan of his own.
Bxc5 9. Nb3 Bb6 with a position where, if 3...a6 also controls the b5-square, which is typically
White can neutralise the activity of Black’s useful for Black in most French lines because, for
pieces in the middlegame, he will have a slight example, White no longer has the option of playing
advantage in the ending. Another possibility Bb5.
for White is 5.Bb5+ Bd7 (5...Nc6 is also pos-
sible) 6.Qe2+ Be7 7.dxc5 to trade off the bish-
ops and make it more difficult for Black to re- Exchange Variation: 3.exd5 exd5
gain the pawn.
• 4... Qxd5 is an important alternative for After 3.exd5 exd5
Black; the idea is to trade his c- and d-pawns
for White’s d- and e-pawns, leaving Black with Many players who begin with 1.e4 find that the French
an extra centre pawn. This constitutes a slight Defence is the most difficult opening for them to play
structural advantage, but in return White gains against due to the closed structure and unique strategies
220 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
of the system. Thus, many players choose to play the ex- 4. c3 Nc6 5. Nf3 and then we have a branching point:
change so that the position becomes simple and clearcut. 5... Qb6, the idea is to increase the pressure on d4
White makes no effort to exploit the advantage of the and eventually undermine the White centre. The queen
first move, and has often chosen this line with expec- also attacks the b2-square, so White’s dark-square bishop
tation of an early draw, and indeed draws often occur cannot easily defend the d4-pawn without losing the b2-
if neither side breaks the symmetry. An extreme ex- pawn. White’s most common replies are 6.a3 and 6.Be2.
ample was Capablanca–Maróczy, Lake Hopatcong 1926,
which went: 4.Bd3 Bd6 5.Nf3 Nf6 6.0-0 0-0 7.Bg5 Bg4 6.a3 is currently the most important line in the Advance:
8.Re1 Nbd7 9.Nbd2 c6 10.c3 Qc7 11.Qc2 Rfe8 12.Bh4 it prepares 7.b4, gaining space on the queenside. Black
Bh5 13.Bg3 Bxg3 14.hxg3 Bg6 15.Rxe8+ Rxe8 16.Bxg6 may prevent this with 6...c4 intending to take en passant if
hxg6 17.Re1 Rxe1+ 18.Nxe1 Ne8 19.Nd3 Nd6 20.Qb3 White plays b4, which creates a closed game where Black
a6 21.Kf1 ½–½ (the game can be viewed here). fights for control of the b3-square. On the other hand,
Black may continue developing with 6...Nh6, intending
Despite the symmetrical pawn structure, White cannot ...Nf5, which might seem strange as White can double
force a draw. An obsession with obtaining one some- the pawn with Bxh6, but this is actually considered good
times results in embarrassment for White, as in Tatai– for Black. Black plays ...Bg7 and ...0-0 and Black’s king
Korchnoi, Beer Sheva 1978, which continued 4.Bd3 has adequate defence and White will miss his apparently
c5!? 5.Nf3 Nc6 6.Qe2+ Be7 7.dxc5 Nf6 8.h3 0-0 9.0-0 'bad' dark-square bishop.
Bxc5 10.c3 Re8 11.Qc2 Qd6 12.Nbd2 Qg3 13.Bf5 Re2
14.Nd4 Nxd4 0–1 (the game can be watched here). A less 6.Be2 is the other alternative, aiming simply to castle.
extreme example was Mikhail Gurevich–Short, Manila Once again, a common Black response is 6...Nh6 intend-
1990 where White, a strong Russian grandmaster, played ing 7...cxd4 8.cxd4 Nf5 attacking d4. White usually re-
openly for the draw but was ground down by Short in 42 sponds to this threat with 7.Bxh6 or 7.b3 preparing Bb2.
moves. 5... Bd7 was mentioned by Greco as early as 1620, and
To create genuine winning chances, White will often play was revived and popularised by Viktor Korchnoi in the
c2–c4 at some stage to put pressure on Black’s d5-pawn. 1970s. Now a main line, the idea behind the move is that
Black can give White an isolated queen’s pawn by cap- since Black usually plays ...Bd7 sooner or later, he plays
turing on c4, but this gives White’s pieces greater free- it right away and waits for White to show his hand. If
dom, which may lead to attacking chances. This occurs in White plays 6.a3 in response, modern theory says that
lines such as 3.exd5 exd5 4.c4 (played by GMs Normunds Black equalises or is better after 6...f6! The lines are
Miezis and Maurice Ashley) and 4.Nf3 Bd6 5.c4, which complex, but the main point is that a3 is a wasted move if
may transpose to the Petroff. Conversely, if White de- the black queen is not on b6 and so Black uses the extra
clines to do this, Black may play ...c7–c5 himself, e.g. tempo to attack the white centre immediately.
4.Bd3 c5, as in the above-cited Tatai–Korchnoi game. 5...Nh6 has recently become a popular alternative
If c2–c4 is not played, White and Black have two main There are alternative strategies to 3... c5 that were tried
piece setups. White may put his pieces on Nf3, Bd3, in the early 20th century such as 3...b6, intending to
Bg5 (pinning the black knight), Nc3, Qd2 or the queen’s fianchetto the bad bishop and which can transpose to
knight can go to d2 instead and White can support the Owen’s Defence or 3...Nc6, played by Carlos Guimard,
centre with c3 and perhaps play Qb3. Conversely, when intending to keep the bad bishop on c8 or d7 which is pas-
the queen’s knight is on c3, the king’s knight may go to sive and obtains little counterplay. Also, 4...Qb6 5.Nf3
e2 when the enemy bishop and knight can be kept out of Bd7 intending 6...Bb5 to trade off the “bad” queen’s
the key squares e4 and g4 by f3. When the knight is on bishop is possible.
c3 in the first and last of the above strategies, White may
choose either short or long castling. The positions are so
symmetrical that the options and strategies are the same 9.3.4 Early deviations for White
for both sides.
Another way to unbalance the position is for White or After 1.e4 e6, almost 90 percent of all games continue
Black to castle on opposite sides of the board. An ex- 2.d4 d5, but White can try other ideas. The most im-
ample of this is the line 4.Bd3 Nc6 5.c3 Bd6 6.Nf3 Bg4 portant of these is 2.d3 d5 3.Nd2, with a version of the
7.0-0 Nge7 8.Re1 Qd7 9.Nbd2 0-0-0. King’s Indian Attack. White will likely play Ngf3, g3,
Bg2, 0-0, c3 and/or Re1 in some order on the next few
moves. Black has several ways to combat this setup:
3...c5 followed by ...Nc6, ...Bd6, ...Nf6 or ...Nge7 and
Advance Variation: 3.e5
...0-0 is common, 3...Nf6 4.Ngf3 Nc6 plans ...dxe4 and
...e5 to block in the Bg2, and 3...Nf6 4.Ngf3 b6 makes
After 3.e5 c5 4. c3 Nc6 5. Nf3 ...Ba6 possible if White’s light-square bishop leaves the
a6–f1 diagonal. 2.d3 has been used by many leading play-
The main line of the Advance Variation continues 3... c5 ers over the years, including GMs Pal Benko, Bobby Fis-
9.3. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 221
cher and Lev Psakhis. 1834 (although earlier examples of games with the open-
ing do exist). It was Chamouillet, one of the players of
• 2.f4 is the Labourdonnais Variation, named after the Paris[7]team, who persuaded the others to adopt this
Louis-Charles Mahé de La Bourdonnais, the 19th- defence.
century French master.[5] As a reply to 1.e4, the French Defence received relatively
little attention in the nineteenth century compared to
• 2.Qe2 is the Chigorin Variation, which discour- 1...e5. The first world chess champion Wilhelm Steinitz
ages 2...d5 because after 3.exd5 the black pawn is said “I have never in my life played the French Defence,
pinned, meaning Black would need to recapture with which is the dullest of all openings”.[8] In the early 20th
the queen. Black usually replies 2...c5, after which century, Géza Maróczy was perhaps the first world-class
play can resemble the 2.d3 variation or the Closed player to make it his primary weapon against 1.e4. For
Variation of the Sicilian Defence. a long time, it was the third most popular reply to 1.e4,
behind only 1...c5 and 1...e5. However, according to the
• 2.Nf3 d5 3.Nc3 is the Two Knights Variation:
Mega Database 2007, in 2006, 1...e6 was second only to
3...d4 and 3...Nf6 are good replies for Black.
the Sicilian in popularity.
• 2.c4 (attempting to discourage 2...d5 by Black) is Historically important contributors to the theory of
the Steiner Variation. But Black can reply 2...d5 the defence include Mikhail Botvinnik, Viktor Korch-
anyway, when after 3.cxd5 exd5 4.exd5 Nf6 the only noi, Aron Nimzowitsch, Tigran Petrosian, Lev Psakhis,
way for White to hold on to his extra pawn on d5 is Wolfgang Uhlmann and Rafael Vaganian. More re-
to play 5.Bb5+. Black gets good compensation in cently, its leading practitioners include Evgeny Bareev,
return for the pawn, however. Alexey Dreev, Mikhail Gurevich, Alexander Khalifman,
Smbat Lputian, Alexander Morozevich, Teimour Rad-
• 2.Bb5 has occasionally been tried. Notably, Henry jabov, Nigel Short, Gata Kamsky, and Yury Shulman.
Bird defeated Max Fleissig with the variation during
the Vienna 1873 chess tournament.[6] The Exchange Variation was recommended by Howard
Staunton in the 19th century,[9] but has been in decline
• 2.b3 leads to the Réti Gambit after 2...d5 3.Bb2 ever since. In the early 1990s Garry Kasparov briefly ex-
dxe4, but Black can also decline it with 3...Nf6 4.e5 perimented with it before switching to 3.Nc3. Note that
Nd7 with White going for f4 and Qg4 before putting Black’s game is made much easier as his queen’s bishop
the knight on f3. has been liberated. It has the reputation of giving im-
mediate equality to Black, due to the symmetrical pawn
There are also a few rare continuations after 1.e4 e6 2.d4 structure.
d5, including 3.Bd3 (the Schlechter Variation), 3.Be3 Like the Exchange, the Advance Variation was fre-
(the Alapin Gambit), and 3.c4 (the Diemer-Duhm Gam- quently played in the early days of the French Defence.
bit, which can also be reached via the Queen’s Gambit Aron Nimzowitsch believed it to be White’s best choice
Declined). and enriched its theory with many ideas. However, the
Advance declined in popularity throughout most of the
20th century until it was revived in the 1980s by GM
9.3.5 Early deviations for Black and prominent opening theoretician Evgeny Sveshnikov,
who continues to be a leading expert in this line. In re-
Although 2...d5 is the most consistent move after 1.e4 e6 cent years, it has become nearly as popular as 3.Nd2; GM
2.d4, Black occasionally plays other moves. Chief among Alexander Grischuk has championed it successfully at the
them is 2...c5, the Franco-Benoni Defence, so-called highest levels. It is also a popular choice at the club level
because it features the c7–c5 push characteristic of the due to the availability of a simple, straightforward plan
Benoni Defence. White may continue 3.d5, when play involving attacking chances and extra space.
can transpose into the Benoni, though White has extra
options since c2–c4 is not mandated. 3.Nf3, transposing
into a normal Sicilian Defence, and 3.c3, transposing into 9.3.7 ECO codes
a line of the Alapin Sicilian (usually arrived at after 1.e4
c5 2.c3 e6 3.d4) are also common. Play may also lead The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings includes an al-
back to the French; for example, 1.e4 e6 2.d4 c5 3.c3 d5 phanumeric classification system for openings that is
4.e5 transposes into the Advance Variation. widely used in chess literature. Codes C00 to C19 are
the French Defence, broken up in the following way (all
apart from C00 start with the moves 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5):
9.3.6 History
The French Defence is named after a match played by • C00 – 1.e4 e6 without 2.d4, or 2.d4 without 2...d5
correspondence between the cities of London and Paris in (early deviations)
222 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
• C01 – 2.d4 d5 (includes the Exchange Variation, [3] Steinitz–McCutcheon, New York simul 1885
3.exd5)
[4] http://chesstempo.com/gamedb/opening/688
• C02 – 3.e5 (Advance Variation)
[5] http://www.365chess.com/opening.php?m=4&n=209&
• C03 – 3.Nd2 (includes 3...Be7; C03–C09 cover the ms=e4.e6.f4&ns=3.16.209
Tarrasch Variation)
[6] http://chesstempo.com/gamedb/game/2183872/
• C04 – 3.Nd2 Nc6 (Guimard Variation) rnbqkbnr/pppp1ppp/4p3/1B6/4P3/8/PPPP1PPP/
RNBQK1NR%20b%20KQkq%20-%201%202
• C05 – 3.Nd2 Nf6
• C06 – 3.Nd2 Nf6 4.e5 Nfd7 5.Bd3 [7] Le Palamède edited by St. Amant (1846), p. 20.
• C07 – 3.Nd2 c5 (includes 4.exd5 Qxd5) [8] “The Cable Match Between Messrs.Tschigorin and
Steinitz”. The International Chess Magazine. 7.1. January
• C08 – 3.Nd2 c5 4.exd5 exd5 1891. p. 27. Retrieved 16 September 2013.
• C09 – 3.Nd2 c5 4.exd5 exd5 5.Ngf3 Nc6 [9] p369, Howard Staunton, The Chess-Player’s Handbook,
1847, H.G.Bohn.
• C10 – 3.Nc3 (includes the Rubinstein Variation,
3...dxe4)
Bibliography
• C11 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 (includes the Steinitz Variation,
4.e5; C11–C14 cover the Classical Variation)
• Watson, John (2003). Play the French (3rd ed.). Ev-
• C12 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 (includes the McCutcheon eryman Chess.
Variation, 4...Bb4)
• Eingorn, Viacheslav (2008). Chess Explained: The
• C13 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 dxe4 (Burn Variation) French. Gambit Publications. ISBN 1-904600-95-
6.
• C14 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Be7
• C15 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 (C15–C19 cover the Winawer
Variation) 9.3.10 Further reading
• C16 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e5 • Keene, Raymond (1984). French Defence: Tarrasch
• C17 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e5 c5 Variation. Batsford. ISBN 0-7134-4577-7.
• C18 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e5 c5 5.a3 (includes the Arme- • Psakhis, Lev (2003). Advance and Other
nian Variation, 5...Ba5) Anti-French Variations. Batsford. ISBN
9780713488432.
• C19 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4 e5 c5 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.bxc3 Ne7
7.Nf3 and 7.a4 • Psakhis, Lev (2003). French Defence 3 Nd2. Ster-
ling Pub. ISBN 9780713488258.
9.3.8 See also • Moskalenko, Viktor (2008). The Flexible French.
New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-245-1.
• List of chess openings
• List of chess openings named after places • Tzermiadianos, Andreas (2008). How to Beat the
French Defence: The Essential Guide to the Tar-
rasch. Everyman Chess. ISBN 9781857445671.
9.3.9 References
• Vitiugov, Nikita (2010). The French Defence.
[1] T.D. Harding, French: MacCutcheon [sic] and Advance Chess Stars. ISBN 978-954-8782-76-0.
Lines, Batsford, 1979, pp. 12, 56. ISBN 0-7134-2026-X.
• Moskalenko, Viktor (2010). The Wonderful
[2] Although many sources refer to John Lindsay Mc- Winawer. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-327-
Cutcheon and his eponymous variation as “Mac-
4.
Cutcheon”, “McCutcheon” is the correct spelling. Jeremy
Gaige, Chess Personalia, McFarland & Company, 1987,
pp. 260, 275. ISBN 0-7864-2353-6; David Hooper and
Kenneth Whyld, The Oxford Companion to Chess (2nd 9.3.11 External links
ed. 1992), Oxford University Press, p. 240, p. 478 n.
1205. ISBN 0-19-866164-9. • The Anatomy of the French Advance
9.4. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 223
9.4 Diemer-Duhm Gambit After 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Be7 5.e5 Nfd7
6.Bxe7 Qxe7 7.f4 0-0 8.Nf3 c5 9.Bd3
The French Defence is a chess opening characterised by
the moves: White usually tries to exploit his extra space on the king-
side, where he will often play for a mating attack. White
1. e4 e6 tries to do this in the Alekhine–Chatard attack, for exam-
ple. Another example is the following line of the Classi-
cal French: 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Be7 5.e5
The French has a reputation for solidity and resilience,
Nfd7 6.Bxe7 Qxe7 7.f4 0-0 8.Nf3 c5 9.Bd3 (see dia-
though it can result in a somewhat cramped game for
gram). White’s light-square bishop eyes the weak h7-
Black in the early stages. Black often gains counterat-
pawn, which is usually defended by a knight on f6 but here
tacking possibilities on the queenside while White tends
it has been pushed away by e5. A typical way for White to
to concentrate on the kingside.
continue his attack is 9...cxd4 10.Bxh7+ Kxh7 11.Ng5+
when Black must give up his queen to avoid being mated,
continuing with 11...Qxg5 12.fxg5 dxc3. Black has three
9.4.1 Basics minor pieces for the queen, which gives him a slight ma-
terial superiority, but his king is vulnerable and White has
Position after 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5
good attacking chances.
Apart from a piece attack, White may play for the ad-
Following the opening moves 1.e4 e6, the game usually
vance of his kingside pawns (an especially common idea
continues 2.d4 d5 (see below for alternatives). White
in the endgame), which usually involves f2–f4, g2–g4 and
makes a claim to the centre, while Black immediately
then f4–f5 to utilise his natural spatial advantage on that
challenges the pawn on e4.
side of the board. A white pawn on f5 can be very strong
White’s options include defending the e4 pawn with as it may threaten to capture on e6 or advance to f6.
3.Nc3 or 3.Nd2, exchanging with 3.exd5, or advancing Sometimes pushing the h-pawn to h5 or h6 may also be
the pawn with 3.e5, each of which lead to different types effective. A modern idea is for White to gain space on the
of positions. Note that 3.Bd3 allows 3...dxe4 4.Bxe4 Nf6, queenside by playing a2–a3 and b2–b4. If implemented
after which White must concede to Black either a tempo successfully, this will further restrict Black’s pieces.
or the advantage of the two bishops.
Tarrasch–Teichmann, 1912
Position after 15...Nxc5
9.4.2 General themes
One of the drawbacks of the French Defence for Black
Typical pawn structure is his queen’s bishop, which is blocked in by his pawn on
e6. If Black is unable to free it by means of the pawn
breaks ...c5 and/or ...f6, it can remain passive through-
See the diagram for the pawn structure most typical of the
out the game. An often-cited example of the potential
French. Black has more space on the queenside, so tends
weakness of this bishop is S. Tarrasch–R. Teichmann,
to focus on that side of the board, almost always playing
San Sebastián 1912, in which the diagrammed position
...c7–c5 at some point to attack White’s pawn chain at its
was reached after fifteen moves of a Classical French.
base, and may follow up by advancing his a- and b-pawns.
Black’s position is passive because his light-square bishop
Alternatively or simultaneously, Black will play against
is hemmed in by pawns on a6, b5, d5, e6 and f7. White
White’s centre, which is cramping his position. The flank
will probably try to exchange Black’s knight, which is the
attack ...c7–c5 is usually insufficient to achieve this, so
only one of his pieces that has any scope. Although it
Black will often play ...f7–f6. If White supports the
might be possible for Black to hold on for a draw, it is not
pawn on e5 by playing f2–f4, then Black has two com-
easy and, barring any mistakes by White, Black will have
mon ideas. Black may strike directly at the f-pawn by
few chances to create counterplay, which is why, for many
playing ...g7–g5. The pawn on g5 may also threaten to
years, the classical lines fell out of favour, and 3...Bb4 be-
advance to g4 to drive away a white knight on f3, aug-
gan to be seen more frequently after World War I, due to
menting Black’s play against the White centre. Another
the efforts of Nimzowitsch and Botvinnik. In Tarrasch–
idea is to play ...fxe5, and if White recaptures with fxe5,
Teichmann, White won after 41 moves. In order to avoid
then Black gains an open f-file for his rook. Then, as
this fate, Black usually makes it a priority early in the
White usually has a knight on f3 guarding his pawns on
game to find a useful post for the bishop. Black can
d4 and e5, Black may sacrifice the exchange with ...Rxf3
play ...Bd7–a4 to attack a pawn on c2, which occurs in
to destroy the white centre and attack the king. On the
many lines of the Winawer Variation. If Black’s f-pawn
other hand, if White plays dxe5, then the a7–g1 diago-
has moved to f6, then Black may also consider bringing
nal is opened, making it less desirable for White to castle
the bishop to g6 or h5 via d7 and e8. If White’s light-
kingside.
224 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
square bishop is on the f1–a6 diagonal, Black can try to at some point. This solid line has undergone a modest re-
exchange it by playing ...b6 and ...Ba6, or ...Qb6 followed vival, featuring in many GM games as a drawing weapon
by ...Bd7–Bb5. but theory still gives White a slight edge. After 3... dxe4
A general theme in the Advance French is that White 4. Nxe4, Black has the following options:
would like to put his light-square bishop on d3, maximis-
• The most popular line is: 4...Nd7 5.Nf3 Ngf6
ing its scope. White cannot play this move immediately
6.Nxf6+ Nxf6 when Black is ready for ...c5.
after 5...Qb6 without losing the d4 pawn. Black can-
not gain the extra pawn immediately since 6.Bd3 cxd4 • 4...Bd7 5.Nf3 Bc6 (the Fort Knox Variation) acti-
7.cxd4 Nxd4? 8.Nxd4 Qxd4?? 9.Bb5+ wins the black vating the light-square bishop, which is often played
queen by a discovered attack with check. Thus, theory by Alexander Rustemov.
holds that Black should play 7...Bd7 instead to obviate
this idea. White has often sacrificed the d-pawn anyway
by continuing 8.0-0 Nxd4 9.Nxd4 Qxd4 10.Nc3. This is Winawer Variation: 3...Bb4 This variation, named
the Milner-Barry Gambit, named after Sir Stuart Milner- after Szymon Winawer and pioneered by Nimzowitsch
Barry, considered of marginal soundness by present-day and Botvinnik, is one of the main systems in the French,
theory, and has never had proponents at the highest levels due chiefly to the latter’s efforts in the 1940s, becoming
of play. the most often seen rejoinder to 3.Nc3, though in the
1980s, the Classical Variation with 3...Nf6 began a re-
Another theme is that White wants to expand on the king- vival, and has since become more popular.
side and attack the black king; the long-term advantages
in many French structures lie with Black, so White is of- 3... Bb4 pins the knight on c3, forcing White to resolve
ten more or less forced to attack by various methods, such the central tension. White normally clarifies the central
as driving the black knight off f5 with g4 or playing h4– situation for the moment with 4. e5, gaining space and
h5 to expel the knight from g6. Because of the blocked hoping to show that Black’s b4-bishop is misplaced. The
centre, sacrificial mating attacks are often possible. It main line then is: 4... c5 5. a3 Bxc3+ 6. bxc3, resulting
is said by French players that the classic bishop sacrifice in the diagrammed position:
(Bd3xh7) should be evaluated every move. Black, how- After 3...Bb4 4.e5 c5 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.bxc3
ever, often welcomes an attack as the French is notorious
for producing defensive tactics and maneuvers that leave
While White has doubled pawns on the queenside, which
Black up material for an endgame. Viktor Korchnoi who,
form the basis for Black’s counterplay, they can also help
along with Botvinnik, was the strongest player who advo-
White since they strengthen his centre and give him a
cated the French, talked about how he would psycholog-
semi-open b-file. White has a spatial advantage on the
ically lure his opponents into attacking him so that they
kingside, where Black is even weaker than usual because
would eventually sacrifice material and he would halt his
he has traded off his dark-square bishop. Combined with
opponent’s army and win the endgame easily.
the bishop pair, this gives White attacking chances, which
he must attempt to utilise as the long-term features of this
pawn structure favour Black.
9.4.3 Main line: 2.d4 d5
In the diagrammed position, Black most frequently plays
3.Nc3 6... Ne7 (The main alternative is 6...Qc7, which can sim-
ply transpose to main lines after 7.Qg4 Ne7, but Black
Played in over 40% of all games after 1. e4 e6 2. d4 also has the option of 7.Qg4 f5 or ...f6. 6...Qa5 has re-
d5, 3. Nc3 is the most commonly seen line against the cently become a popular alternative). Now White can ex-
French. Black has three main options, 3...dxe4 (the Ru- ploit the absence of Black’s dark-square bishop by play-
binstein Variation), 3...Bb4 (the Winawer Variation) ing 7. Qg4, giving Black two choices: he may sacri-
and 3...Nf6 (the Classical Variation). An eccentric idea fice his kingside pawns with 7...Qc7 8.Qxg7 Rg8 9.Qxh7
is 3...Nc6!? 4.Nf3 Nf6 with the idea of 5.e5 Ne4; Ger- cxd4 but destroy White’s centre in return, the so-called
man IM Helmut Reefschlaeger has been fond of this "Poisoned Pawn Variation"; or he can play 7...0-0 8.Bd3
move. Nbc6, which avoids giving up material, but leaves the
king on the flank where White is trying to attack. Ex-
perts on the 7.Qg4 line include Judit Polgár.
Rubinstein Variation: 3...dxe4 After 3.Nc3 dxe4 If the tactical complications of 7.Qg4 are not to White’s
4.Nxe4 taste, 7.Nf3 and 7.a4 are good positional alternatives:
7. Nf3 is a natural developing move, and White usually
This variation is named after Akiba Rubinstein and can follows it up by developing the king’s bishop to d3 or e2
also arise from a different move order: 3.Nd2 dxe4. (occasionally to b5) and castling kingside. This is called
White has freer development and more space in the cen- the Winawer Advance Variation. This line often contin-
tre, which Black intends to neutralise by playing ...c7–c5 ues 7... Bd7 8. Bd3 c4 9. Be2 Ba4 10. 0-0 Qa5 11.
9.4. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 225
Bd2 Nbc6 12. Ng5 h6 13. Nh3 0-0-0. Its assessment is Classical Variation: 3...Nf6 Classical Variation
unclear, but most likely Black would be considered “com- 3...Nf6
fortable” here.
The purpose behind 7. a4 is threefold: it prepares Bc1– This is another major system in the French. White can
a3, taking advantage of the absence of Black’s dark- continue with the following options:
square bishop. It also prevents Black from playing
...Qa5–a4 or ...Bd7–a4 attacking c2, and if Black plays
...b6 (followed by ...Ba6 to trade off the bad bishop), 4.Bg5 White threatens 5.e5, attacking the pinned
White may play a5 to attack the b6-pawn. knight. Black has a number of ways to meet this threat:
Sidelines 5th move deviations for White include: • Burn Variation, named after Amos Burn is the
most common reply at the top level: 4... dxe4 5.
Nxe4 and usually there now follows: 5... Be7 6.
• 5.Qg4 Bxf6 Bxf6 7. Nf3 Nd7 or 7... 0-0, resulting in
• 5.dxc5 a position resembling those arising from the Ru-
binstein Variation. However, here Black has the
• 5.Nf3 bishop pair, with greater dynamic chances (although
White’s knight is well placed on e4), so this line is
• 5.Bd2 more popular than the Rubinstein and has long been
a favourite of Evgeny Bareev. Black can also try 5...
4th move deviations for White include: Be7 6. Bxf6 gxf6, as played by Alexander Moroze-
vich and Gregory Kaidanov; by following up with
• 4.exd5 exd5, transposing to a line of the Exchange ...f5 and ...Bf6, Black obtains active piece play in
Variation. return for his shattered pawn structure. Another line
that resembles the Rubinstein is 5... Nbd7 6. Nf3
• 4.Ne2 (the Alekhine Gambit) 4...dxe4 5.a3 Be7 Be7 (6...h6 is also tried) 7. Nxf6+ Bxf6.
(5...Bxc3+ is necessary if Black wants to try to hold
the pawn) 6.Nxe4 to prevent Black from doubling • 4... Be7 5. e5 Nfd7 used to be the main line and
his pawns. remains important, even though the Burn Variation
has overtaken it in popularity. The usual continua-
• 4.Bd3 defending e4. tion is 6. Bxe7 Qxe7 7. f4 0-0 8. Nf3 c5, when
White has a number of options, including 9.Bd3,
• 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 dxe4 6.Qg4, another attempt to
9.Qd2 and 9.dxc5. An alternative for White is the
exploit Black’s weakness on g7.
gambit 6. h4, which was devised by Adolf Albin
• 4.e5 c5 5.Bd2, again preventing the doubled pawns and played by Chatard, but not taken seriously un-
and making possible 6.Nb5, where the knight may til the game Alekhine–Fahrni, Mannheim 1914. It
hop into d6 or simply defend d4. is known today as the Albin–Chatard Attack or
the Alekhine–Chatard Attack. After 6... Bxg5 7.
• 4.Bd2 (an old move sometimes played by Nezh- hxg5 Qxg5 8. Nh3 Qe7 9. Nf4 Nc6 10. Qg4 (the
metdinov, notably against Mikhail Tal) reason for 8.Nh3 rather than 8.Nf3), White has sac-
rificed a pawn to open the h-file, thereby increasing
Deviations for Black include: his attacking chances on the kingside. Black may
also decline the gambit in several ways such 6... a6
and 6... f6, but most strong players prefer 6... c5.
• 4...Ne7 although this move usually transposes to the
main line. • A third choice for Black is to counterattack with
• 4...b6 followed by ...Ba6, or 4...Qd7 with the idea the McCutcheon Variation. In this variation, the
of meeting 5.Qg4 with 5...f5. However, theory cur- second player ignores White’s threat of e4-e5 and
rently prefers White’s chances in both lines. instead plays 4... Bb4. The main line continues:
5. e5 h6 6. Bd2 Bxc3 7. bxc3 Ne4 8. Qg4.
• Another popular way for Black to deviate is 4.e5 At this point Black may play 8...g6, which weak-
c5 5.a3 Ba5, the Armenian Variation, as its the- ens the kingside dark squares but keeps the option
ory and practice have been much enriched by play- of castling queenside, or 8...Kf8. The McCutcheon
ers from that country, the most notable of whom is Variation is named for John Lindsay McCutcheon
Rafael Vaganian. Black maintains the pin on the of Philadelphia (1857–1905), who brought the vari-
knight, which White usually tries to break by play- ation to public attention when he used it to defeat
ing 6.b4 cxb4 7.Qg4 or 7.Nb5 (usually 7.Nb5 bxa3+ World Champion Steinitz in a simultaneous exhibi-
8.c3 Bc7 9.Bxa3 and white has the upper hand). tion in Manhattan in 1885.[1][2][3]
226 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
4.e5 The Steinitz Variation (named after Wilhelm time for development by harassing Black’s
Steinitz) is 4. e5 Nfd7 5. f4 (the most common but queen. This interplay of static and dynamic
White has other options: 5.Nce2, the Shirov–Anand advantages is the reason why this line has be-
Variation), White gets ready to bolster his centre with come popular in the last decade. Play usu-
c2–c3 and f2–f4. Or 5.Nf3 (aiming for piece play) 5... ally continues 5. Ngf3 cxd4 6. Bc4 Qd6 7.
c5 6. Nf3 Nc6 7. Be3 (7.Nce2 transposes to the Shirov– 0-0 Nf6 (preventing 8.Ne4) 8. Nb3 Nc6 9.
Anand Variation; a trap is 7.Be2 cxd4 8.Nxd4 Ndxe5! Nbxd4 Nxd4, and here White may stay in the
9.fxe5 Qh4+ winning a pawn), Black has several options. middlegame with 10.Nxd4 or offer the trade
He may step up pressure on d4 by playing 7...Qb6 or of queens with 10.Qxd4, with the former far
7...cxd4 8.Nxd4 Qb6, or choose to complete his devel- more commonly played today.
opment, either beginning with the kingside by playing
7...cxd4 8.Nxd4 Bc5, or with the queenside by playing • 3... Nf6 While the objective of 3...c5 was to break
7...a6 8.Qd2 b5. open the centre, 3... Nf6 aims to close it. After 4.
e5 Nfd7 5. Bd3 c5 6. c3 Nc6 (6...b6 intends ...Ba6
next to get rid of Black’s “bad” light-square bishop,
Tarrasch Variation: 3.Nd2 a recurring idea in the French) 7. Ne2 (leaving f3
open for the queen’s knight) 7... cxd4 8. cxd4 f6 9.
After 3.Nd2 Nf6 exf6 Nxf6 10. Nf3 Bd6 Black has freed his pieces
at the cost of having a backward pawn on e6. White
The Tarrasch Variation is named after Siegbert Tar- may also choose to preserve his pawn on e5 by play-
rasch. This move became particularly popular during the ing 4. e5 Nfd7 5. c3 c5 6. f4 Nc6 7. Ndf3, but
1970s and early 1980s when Anatoly Karpov used it to his development is slowed as a result, and Black will
great effect. Though less aggressive than the alternate gain dynamic chances if he can open the position to
3.Nc3, it is still used by top-level players seeking a small, advantage.
safe advantage. • 3... Nc6 is known as the Guimard Variation: after
Like 3.Nc3, 3.Nd2 protects e4, but is different in several 4.Ngf3 Nf6 5.e5 Nd7 Black will exchange White’s
key respects: it does not block White’s c-pawn from ad- cramping e-pawn next move by ...f6. However,
vancing, which means he can play c3 at some point to sup- Black does not exert any pressure on d4 because he
port his d4-pawn. Hence, it avoids the Winawer Variation cannot play ...c5, so White should maintain a slight
as 3...Bb4 is now readily answered by 4.c3. On the other advantage, with 6.Be2 or 6 Nb3.
hand, 3.Nd2 develops the knight to an arguably less ac-
• 3... Be7 is known as the Morozevich Varia-
tive square than 3.Nc3, and in addition, it hems in White’s
tion.[4] A fashionable line among top GMs in re-
dark-square bishop. Hence, white will typically have to
cent years, this odd-looking move aims to prove that
spend an extra tempo moving the knight from d2 at some
every White move now has its drawbacks, e.g. af-
point before developing said bishop.
ter 4.Ngf3 Nf6 5.e5 Nfd7 White cannot play f4,
whereas 4.Bd3 c5 5.dxc5 Nf6 and 4.e5 c5 5. Qg4
• 3... c5 4. exd5 and now Black has two ways to re- Kf8!? lead to obscure complications. 3...h6?!,
capture: with a similar rationale, has also gained some ad-
• 4... exd5 this was a staple of many old venturous followers in recent years, including GM
Karpov–Korchnoi battles, including seven Alexander Morozevich.
games in their 1974 match, usually leads to • Another rare line is 3... a6, which gained some pop-
Black having an isolated queen’s pawn (see ularity in the 1970s. Similar to 3...Be7, the idea is
isolated pawn). The main line continues 5. to play a waiting move to make White declare his in-
Ngf3 Nc6 6. Bb5 Bd6 7. 0-0 Nge7 8. dxc5 tentions before Black commits to a plan of his own.
Bxc5 9. Nb3 Bb6 with a position where, if 3...a6 also controls the b5-square, which is typically
White can neutralise the activity of Black’s useful for Black in most French lines because, for
pieces in the middlegame, he will have a slight example, White no longer has the option of playing
advantage in the ending. Another possibility Bb5.
for White is 5.Bb5+ Bd7 (5...Nc6 is also pos-
sible) 6.Qe2+ Be7 7.dxc5 to trade off the bish-
ops and make it more difficult for Black to re- Exchange Variation: 3.exd5 exd5
gain the pawn.
• 4... Qxd5 is an important alternative for After 3.exd5 exd5
Black; the idea is to trade his c- and d-pawns
for White’s d- and e-pawns, leaving Black with Many players who begin with 1.e4 find that the French
an extra centre pawn. This constitutes a slight Defence is the most difficult opening for them to play
structural advantage, but in return White gains against due to the closed structure and unique strategies
9.4. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 227
of the system. Thus, many players choose to play the ex- 4. c3 Nc6 5. Nf3 and then we have a branching point:
change so that the position becomes simple and clearcut. 5... Qb6, the idea is to increase the pressure on d4
White makes no effort to exploit the advantage of the and eventually undermine the White centre. The queen
first move, and has often chosen this line with expec- also attacks the b2-square, so White’s dark-square bishop
tation of an early draw, and indeed draws often occur cannot easily defend the d4-pawn without losing the b2-
if neither side breaks the symmetry. An extreme ex- pawn. White’s most common replies are 6.a3 and 6.Be2.
ample was Capablanca–Maróczy, Lake Hopatcong 1926,
which went: 4.Bd3 Bd6 5.Nf3 Nf6 6.0-0 0-0 7.Bg5 Bg4 6.a3 is currently the most important line in the Advance:
8.Re1 Nbd7 9.Nbd2 c6 10.c3 Qc7 11.Qc2 Rfe8 12.Bh4 it prepares 7.b4, gaining space on the queenside. Black
Bh5 13.Bg3 Bxg3 14.hxg3 Bg6 15.Rxe8+ Rxe8 16.Bxg6 may prevent this with 6...c4 intending to take en passant if
hxg6 17.Re1 Rxe1+ 18.Nxe1 Ne8 19.Nd3 Nd6 20.Qb3 White plays b4, which creates a closed game where Black
a6 21.Kf1 ½–½ (the game can be viewed here). fights for control of the b3-square. On the other hand,
Black may continue developing with 6...Nh6, intending
Despite the symmetrical pawn structure, White cannot ...Nf5, which might seem strange as White can double
force a draw. An obsession with obtaining one some- the pawn with Bxh6, but this is actually considered good
times results in embarrassment for White, as in Tatai– for Black. Black plays ...Bg7 and ...0-0 and Black’s king
Korchnoi, Beer Sheva 1978, which continued 4.Bd3 has adequate defence and White will miss his apparently
c5!? 5.Nf3 Nc6 6.Qe2+ Be7 7.dxc5 Nf6 8.h3 0-0 9.0-0 'bad' dark-square bishop.
Bxc5 10.c3 Re8 11.Qc2 Qd6 12.Nbd2 Qg3 13.Bf5 Re2
14.Nd4 Nxd4 0–1 (the game can be watched here). A less 6.Be2 is the other alternative, aiming simply to castle.
extreme example was Mikhail Gurevich–Short, Manila Once again, a common Black response is 6...Nh6 intend-
1990 where White, a strong Russian grandmaster, played ing 7...cxd4 8.cxd4 Nf5 attacking d4. White usually re-
openly for the draw but was ground down by Short in 42 sponds to this threat with 7.Bxh6 or 7.b3 preparing Bb2.
moves. 5... Bd7 was mentioned by Greco as early as 1620, and
To create genuine winning chances, White will often play was revived and popularised by Viktor Korchnoi in the
c2–c4 at some stage to put pressure on Black’s d5-pawn. 1970s. Now a main line, the idea behind the move is that
Black can give White an isolated queen’s pawn by cap- since Black usually plays ...Bd7 sooner or later, he plays
turing on c4, but this gives White’s pieces greater free- it right away and waits for White to show his hand. If
dom, which may lead to attacking chances. This occurs in White plays 6.a3 in response, modern theory says that
lines such as 3.exd5 exd5 4.c4 (played by GMs Normunds Black equalises or is better after 6...f6! The lines are
Miezis and Maurice Ashley) and 4.Nf3 Bd6 5.c4, which complex, but the main point is that a3 is a wasted move if
may transpose to the Petroff. Conversely, if White de- the black queen is not on b6 and so Black uses the extra
clines to do this, Black may play ...c7–c5 himself, e.g. tempo to attack the white centre immediately.
4.Bd3 c5, as in the above-cited Tatai–Korchnoi game. 5...Nh6 has recently become a popular alternative
If c2–c4 is not played, White and Black have two main There are alternative strategies to 3... c5 that were tried
piece setups. White may put his pieces on Nf3, Bd3, in the early 20th century such as 3...b6, intending to
Bg5 (pinning the black knight), Nc3, Qd2 or the queen’s fianchetto the bad bishop and which can transpose to
knight can go to d2 instead and White can support the Owen’s Defence or 3...Nc6, played by Carlos Guimard,
centre with c3 and perhaps play Qb3. Conversely, when intending to keep the bad bishop on c8 or d7 which is pas-
the queen’s knight is on c3, the king’s knight may go to sive and obtains little counterplay. Also, 4...Qb6 5.Nf3
e2 when the enemy bishop and knight can be kept out of Bd7 intending 6...Bb5 to trade off the “bad” queen’s
the key squares e4 and g4 by f3. When the knight is on bishop is possible.
c3 in the first and last of the above strategies, White may
choose either short or long castling. The positions are so
symmetrical that the options and strategies are the same 9.4.4 Early deviations for White
for both sides.
Another way to unbalance the position is for White or After 1.e4 e6, almost 90 percent of all games continue
Black to castle on opposite sides of the board. An ex- 2.d4 d5, but White can try other ideas. The most im-
ample of this is the line 4.Bd3 Nc6 5.c3 Bd6 6.Nf3 Bg4 portant of these is 2.d3 d5 3.Nd2, with a version of the
7.0-0 Nge7 8.Re1 Qd7 9.Nbd2 0-0-0. King’s Indian Attack. White will likely play Ngf3, g3,
Bg2, 0-0, c3 and/or Re1 in some order on the next few
moves. Black has several ways to combat this setup:
3...c5 followed by ...Nc6, ...Bd6, ...Nf6 or ...Nge7 and
Advance Variation: 3.e5
...0-0 is common, 3...Nf6 4.Ngf3 Nc6 plans ...dxe4 and
...e5 to block in the Bg2, and 3...Nf6 4.Ngf3 b6 makes
After 3.e5 c5 4. c3 Nc6 5. Nf3 ...Ba6 possible if White’s light-square bishop leaves the
a6–f1 diagonal. 2.d3 has been used by many leading play-
The main line of the Advance Variation continues 3... c5 ers over the years, including GMs Pal Benko, Bobby Fis-
228 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
cher and Lev Psakhis. 1834 (although earlier examples of games with the open-
ing do exist). It was Chamouillet, one of the players of
• 2.f4 is the Labourdonnais Variation, named after the Paris[7]team, who persuaded the others to adopt this
Louis-Charles Mahé de La Bourdonnais, the 19th- defence.
century French master.[5] As a reply to 1.e4, the French Defence received relatively
little attention in the nineteenth century compared to
• 2.Qe2 is the Chigorin Variation, which discour- 1...e5. The first world chess champion Wilhelm Steinitz
ages 2...d5 because after 3.exd5 the black pawn is said “I have never in my life played the French Defence,
pinned, meaning Black would need to recapture with which is the dullest of all openings”.[8] In the early 20th
the queen. Black usually replies 2...c5, after which century, Géza Maróczy was perhaps the first world-class
play can resemble the 2.d3 variation or the Closed player to make it his primary weapon against 1.e4. For
Variation of the Sicilian Defence. a long time, it was the third most popular reply to 1.e4,
behind only 1...c5 and 1...e5. However, according to the
• 2.Nf3 d5 3.Nc3 is the Two Knights Variation:
Mega Database 2007, in 2006, 1...e6 was second only to
3...d4 and 3...Nf6 are good replies for Black.
the Sicilian in popularity.
• 2.c4 (attempting to discourage 2...d5 by Black) is Historically important contributors to the theory of
the Steiner Variation. But Black can reply 2...d5 the defence include Mikhail Botvinnik, Viktor Korch-
anyway, when after 3.cxd5 exd5 4.exd5 Nf6 the only noi, Aron Nimzowitsch, Tigran Petrosian, Lev Psakhis,
way for White to hold on to his extra pawn on d5 is Wolfgang Uhlmann and Rafael Vaganian. More re-
to play 5.Bb5+. Black gets good compensation in cently, its leading practitioners include Evgeny Bareev,
return for the pawn, however. Alexey Dreev, Mikhail Gurevich, Alexander Khalifman,
Smbat Lputian, Alexander Morozevich, Teimour Rad-
• 2.Bb5 has occasionally been tried. Notably, Henry jabov, Nigel Short, Gata Kamsky, and Yury Shulman.
Bird defeated Max Fleissig with the variation during
the Vienna 1873 chess tournament.[6] The Exchange Variation was recommended by Howard
Staunton in the 19th century,[9] but has been in decline
• 2.b3 leads to the Réti Gambit after 2...d5 3.Bb2 ever since. In the early 1990s Garry Kasparov briefly ex-
dxe4, but Black can also decline it with 3...Nf6 4.e5 perimented with it before switching to 3.Nc3. Note that
Nd7 with White going for f4 and Qg4 before putting Black’s game is made much easier as his queen’s bishop
the knight on f3. has been liberated. It has the reputation of giving im-
mediate equality to Black, due to the symmetrical pawn
There are also a few rare continuations after 1.e4 e6 2.d4 structure.
d5, including 3.Bd3 (the Schlechter Variation), 3.Be3 Like the Exchange, the Advance Variation was fre-
(the Alapin Gambit), and 3.c4 (the Diemer-Duhm Gam- quently played in the early days of the French Defence.
bit, which can also be reached via the Queen’s Gambit Aron Nimzowitsch believed it to be White’s best choice
Declined). and enriched its theory with many ideas. However, the
Advance declined in popularity throughout most of the
20th century until it was revived in the 1980s by GM
9.4.5 Early deviations for Black and prominent opening theoretician Evgeny Sveshnikov,
who continues to be a leading expert in this line. In re-
Although 2...d5 is the most consistent move after 1.e4 e6 cent years, it has become nearly as popular as 3.Nd2; GM
2.d4, Black occasionally plays other moves. Chief among Alexander Grischuk has championed it successfully at the
them is 2...c5, the Franco-Benoni Defence, so-called highest levels. It is also a popular choice at the club level
because it features the c7–c5 push characteristic of the due to the availability of a simple, straightforward plan
Benoni Defence. White may continue 3.d5, when play involving attacking chances and extra space.
can transpose into the Benoni, though White has extra
options since c2–c4 is not mandated. 3.Nf3, transposing
into a normal Sicilian Defence, and 3.c3, transposing into 9.4.7 ECO codes
a line of the Alapin Sicilian (usually arrived at after 1.e4
c5 2.c3 e6 3.d4) are also common. Play may also lead The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings includes an al-
back to the French; for example, 1.e4 e6 2.d4 c5 3.c3 d5 phanumeric classification system for openings that is
4.e5 transposes into the Advance Variation. widely used in chess literature. Codes C00 to C19 are
the French Defence, broken up in the following way (all
apart from C00 start with the moves 1.e4 e6 2.d4 d5):
9.4.6 History
The French Defence is named after a match played by • C00 – 1.e4 e6 without 2.d4, or 2.d4 without 2...d5
correspondence between the cities of London and Paris in (early deviations)
9.4. DIEMER-DUHM GAMBIT 229
• C01 – 2.d4 d5 (includes the Exchange Variation, [3] Steinitz–McCutcheon, New York simul 1885
3.exd5)
[4] http://chesstempo.com/gamedb/opening/688
• C02 – 3.e5 (Advance Variation)
[5] http://www.365chess.com/opening.php?m=4&n=209&
• C03 – 3.Nd2 (includes 3...Be7; C03–C09 cover the ms=e4.e6.f4&ns=3.16.209
Tarrasch Variation)
[6] http://chesstempo.com/gamedb/game/2183872/
• C04 – 3.Nd2 Nc6 (Guimard Variation) rnbqkbnr/pppp1ppp/4p3/1B6/4P3/8/PPPP1PPP/
RNBQK1NR%20b%20KQkq%20-%201%202
• C05 – 3.Nd2 Nf6
• C06 – 3.Nd2 Nf6 4.e5 Nfd7 5.Bd3 [7] Le Palamède edited by St. Amant (1846), p. 20.
• C07 – 3.Nd2 c5 (includes 4.exd5 Qxd5) [8] “The Cable Match Between Messrs.Tschigorin and
Steinitz”. The International Chess Magazine. 7.1. January
• C08 – 3.Nd2 c5 4.exd5 exd5 1891. p. 27. Retrieved 16 September 2013.
• C09 – 3.Nd2 c5 4.exd5 exd5 5.Ngf3 Nc6 [9] p369, Howard Staunton, The Chess-Player’s Handbook,
1847, H.G.Bohn.
• C10 – 3.Nc3 (includes the Rubinstein Variation,
3...dxe4)
Bibliography
• C11 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 (includes the Steinitz Variation,
4.e5; C11–C14 cover the Classical Variation)
• Watson, John (2003). Play the French (3rd ed.). Ev-
• C12 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 (includes the McCutcheon eryman Chess.
Variation, 4...Bb4)
• Eingorn, Viacheslav (2008). Chess Explained: The
• C13 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 dxe4 (Burn Variation) French. Gambit Publications. ISBN 1-904600-95-
6.
• C14 – 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 Be7
• C15 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 (C15–C19 cover the Winawer
Variation) 9.4.10 Further reading
• C16 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e5 • Keene, Raymond (1984). French Defence: Tarrasch
• C17 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e5 c5 Variation. Batsford. ISBN 0-7134-4577-7.
• C18 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.e5 c5 5.a3 (includes the Arme- • Psakhis, Lev (2003). Advance and Other
nian Variation, 5...Ba5) Anti-French Variations. Batsford. ISBN
9780713488432.
• C19 – 3.Nc3 Bb4 4 e5 c5 5.a3 Bxc3+ 6.bxc3 Ne7
7.Nf3 and 7.a4 • Psakhis, Lev (2003). French Defence 3 Nd2. Ster-
ling Pub. ISBN 9780713488258.
9.4.8 See also • Moskalenko, Viktor (2008). The Flexible French.
New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-245-1.
• List of chess openings
• List of chess openings named after places • Tzermiadianos, Andreas (2008). How to Beat the
French Defence: The Essential Guide to the Tar-
rasch. Everyman Chess. ISBN 9781857445671.
9.4.9 References
• Vitiugov, Nikita (2010). The French Defence.
[1] T.D. Harding, French: MacCutcheon [sic] and Advance Chess Stars. ISBN 978-954-8782-76-0.
Lines, Batsford, 1979, pp. 12, 56. ISBN 0-7134-2026-X.
• Moskalenko, Viktor (2010). The Wonderful
[2] Although many sources refer to John Lindsay Mc- Winawer. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-327-
Cutcheon and his eponymous variation as “Mac-
4.
Cutcheon”, “McCutcheon” is the correct spelling. Jeremy
Gaige, Chess Personalia, McFarland & Company, 1987,
pp. 260, 275. ISBN 0-7864-2353-6; David Hooper and
Kenneth Whyld, The Oxford Companion to Chess (2nd 9.4.11 External links
ed. 1992), Oxford University Press, p. 240, p. 478 n.
1205. ISBN 0-19-866164-9. • The Anatomy of the French Advance
230 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
The London System is a chess opening that usually arises Play often goes 3...Bg7 4.e3 d6 5.Be2 0-0 6.0-0. As is
after 1.d4 and 2.Bf4 or 2.Nf3 & 3.Bf4. It is a “system” usual in the King’s Indian, Black can strike in the center
opening that can be used against virtually any black de- with ...c5 or ...e5. After 6...c5 7.c3, Black often plays
fense and thus comprises a smaller body of opening the- either 7...b6, 7...Qb6, 7...Nc6, 7...Be6, or 7...cxd4. Black
ory than many other openings. The London System is one can prepare ...e5 in a number of ways, usually starting
of the "Queen’s Pawn Game", where White opens with with either 6...Nbd7, 6...Nc6, or 6...Nfd7.
1.d4 but doesn't play the Queen’s Gambit. It normally
results in a closed game.
9.5.3 Example game
Sverre Johnsen and Vlatko Kovačević, in the introduction
to their 2005 book Win with the London System, state:
Kotov vs. Petrosian, Gagra 1952
The line came into fashion in the 1922 London tourna- [2] Donaldson, John. “London System (review of Win With
ment as a way of meeting hypermodern setups. The line the London System)". jeremysilman.com. Retrieved
gives White a solid position, and critics of the line refer to 2009-03-21.
it as the “old man’s variation” or the “boring system”.[2]
Even so, the opening can lead to sharp attacks and Vlatko [3] Marsh, Sean. “Colle, Torre, and London System”. Chess-
Kovačević and David Bronstein are among the sharp tac- base. Retrieved 2009-03-21.
tical players who have played the London System.[3]
[4] Alexander Kotov vs Tigran Vartanovich Petrosian (1952)
“Kotov Guard”
9.5.2 Early play
1.d4 d5 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.Bf4 9.5.6 Further reading
This position can also be reached via 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nf3 d5 • Lakdawala, Cyrus (2010). Play the London System.
3.Bf4. Black usually plays either 3...c5, 3...e6, 3...Bf5, Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85-7446-39-5.
3...c6, 3...g6, or 3...Nc6.
The opening dates back as far as the game Marshall– • List of chess openings
Wolf, Monte Carlo 1902. However, it was Savielly Tar- • List of chess openings named after people
takower who played it regularly in the 1920s and even
to the end of his life, and featuring it in his victory over
Donner at Staunton Centenary 1951. Tartakower’s inter- 9.6.4 Notes
pretation and treatment of the opening generally led to a
closed, manoeuvring game. [1] “David Bronstein vs Gavriil Veresov (1959)". Chess-
games.com. Retrieved 2007-04-24.
Kurt Richter was the next player to develop new ideas in
the opening, during the 1930s. He mostly found it useful
to facilitate his risk-taking style, and he produced some 9.6.5 References
dazzling victories which contributed to a whole chapter
of his book of best games. Some theoreticians refer to • Chessgames.com: Richter–Veresov Attack (D01)
the opening as the Richter Attack.
• CHESS magazine, Jimmy Adams, Volume 44 Nos.
It was Gavriil Veresov, however, who greatly strength-
805–6, November 1978, pp. 57–62.
ened both the theory and practice of the opening from
World War II to his heyday in the 1950s and 1960s. He
is credited with demonstrating that the opening contained 9.6.6 Further reading
more subtlety and depth than was previously considered,
often culminating in a central advance or direct assault on • Gufeld, Eduard; Stetsko, Oleg (2000). Richter–
the enemy king. As a tool for rapid piece development, Veresov System: The Chameleon Chess Repertoire.
it resembled a king pawn opening, and requiring fewer Thinkers Pr Inc / Chessco. ISBN 9780938650973.
pawn moves than standard queen pawn fare.
• Davies, Nigel (2003). The Veresov. Everyman
The opening has never been very popular at the top level,
Chess. ISBN 9781857443356.
though various prominent players have employed it on oc-
casion. In 1959, for example, David Bronstein played the • Cyrus Lakdawala (2010). A Ferocious Open-
Richter Attack against Veresov himself.[1] ing Repertoire. Everyman Chess. ISBN
9781857446616.
1. d4 Nf6 The Modern Benoni, 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6, is the
2. c4 c5 most common form of Benoni apart from the Benko
Gambit. Black’s intention is to play ...exd5 and create
3. d5 a queenside pawn majority, whose advance will be sup-
ported by fianchettoed bishop on g7. The combination of
these two features differentiates Black’s setup from the
Black can then sacrifice a pawn by 3...b5 (the Benko other Benoni defenses and the King’s Indian Defense, al-
Gambit), but if Black does not elect this line then 3...e6 is though transpositions between these openings are com-
the most common move (though 3...d6 or 3...g6 are also mon. The Modern Benoni is classified under the ECO
seen, typically leading to main lines). codes A60–A79.
Classical Benoni:
9.7.8 References and further reading
• A70 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6 4.Nc3
exd5 5.cxd5 d6 6.e4 g6 7.Nf3 • Bronznik, Valeri (2011). 1.d4 - Beat the Guerrillas!.
Alkmaar: New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-373-
• A71 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6 4.Nc3 1.
exd5 5.cxd5 d6 6.e4 g6 7.Nf3 Bg7 8.Bg5
• A72 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6 4.Nc3 • Franco, Zenon (2007). Chess Explained: The Mod-
exd5 5.cxd5 d6 6.e4 g6 7.Nf3 Bg7 8.Be2 ern Benoni. Gambit. ISBN 978-1-904600-77-0.
0-0 • Hall, Jesper (August 1999). “Seek, and thou shalt
• A73 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6 4.Nc3 find!". In Giddins, Steve. New In Chess–The First 25
exd5 5.cxd5 d6 6.e4 g6 7.Nf3 Bg7 8.Be2 Years. Alkmaar: New In Chess (published 2009).
0-0 9.0-0 ISBN 978-90-5691-296-3.
• A74 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6 4.Nc3 • Komarov, Dmitry; Djuric, Stefan; Pantaleoni, Clau-
exd5 5.cxd5 d6 6.e4 g6 7.Nf3 Bg7 8.Be2 dio (2009). Chess Opening Essentials, Vol. 3: Indian
0-0 9.0-0 a6 Defences. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-270-
• A75 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6 4.Nc3 3.
exd5 5.cxd5 d6 6.e4 g6 7.Nf3 Bg7 8.Be2
0-0 9.0-0 a6 10.a4 Bg4 • Norwood, David (1995). The Modern Benoni.
Cadogan. ISBN 91-976005-2-0.
• A76 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 e6 4.Nc3
exd5 5.cxd5 d6 6.e4 g6 7.Nf3 Bg7 8.Be2 • Psakhis, Lev (2003). The Complete Benoni. Sterling
0-0 9.0-0 Re8 Pub. ISBN 0-7134-7765-2.
234 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
• Watson, John (2001). The Gambit Guide to the Mod- 9.8.2 Theory
ern Benoni. Gambit. ISBN 1-901983-23-4.
The main line continues with the moves 4. cxb5 a6
5. bxa6 Bxa6 followed by Black fianchettoing the f8-
9.8 Benko Gambit bishop. (Black players leery of the double-fianchetto sys-
tem, where White plays g3 and b3, and fianchettos both
bishops, have preferred 5...g6 intending 6.b3 Bg7 7.Bb2
The Benko Gambit (or Volga Gambit) is a chess open-
Nxa6! The point is that it is awkward for White to meet
ing characterised by the move 3...b5 in the Benoni De-
the threat of ...Nb4, hitting d5 and a2, when Nc3 may of-
fense arising after:
ten be met by ...Nfxd5 because of the latent pin down the
long diagonal.) Black’s compensation for the pawn takes
1. d4 Nf6 several forms. First, White, who is already behind in de-
2. c4 c5 velopment, must solve the problem of developing the f1-
bishop. After 6. Nc3 d6, if White plays 7.e4, then Black
3. d5 b5
will play 7...Bxf1, and after recapturing with the king,
White will have to spend time castling artificially with
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings (ECO) has three g3 and Kg2, as in the line 7...Bxf1 8.Kxf1 g6 9.g3 Bg7
codes for the Benko Gambit:[1] 10.Kg2. If White avoids this by fianchettoing the bishop,
it will be in a rather passive position, being blocked by
• A57 3...b5 White’s own pawn on d5.
• A58 3...b5 4.cxb5 a6 5.bxa6 Apart from this, Black also obtains fast development and
good control of the a1–h8 diagonal and can exert pres-
• A59 3...b5 4.cxb5 a6 5.bxa6 Bxa6 6.Nc3 d6 7.e4 sure down the half-open a- and b-files. These are benefits
which can last well into the endgame and so, unusual for
a gambit, Black does not generally mind if queens are
9.8.1 Origin and predecessors exchanged; indeed, exchanging queens can often remove
the sting from a kingside attack by White.
The idea of sacrificing a pawn with ...b5 and ...a6 is quite
Although the main line of the Benko is considered accept-
old. Karel Opočenský applied the idea against, among
able for White, there are various alternatives which avoid
others, Gideon Ståhlberg at Poděbrady 1936, Paul Keres
some of the problems entailed in the main line. The sim-
at Pärnu 1937, and Erich Eliskases at Prague 1937. Later
plest is to just decline the gambit with 4.Nf3. Other pos-
the Mark Taimanov versus David Bronstein game at the
sible moves are 4.Nd2, 4.a4, and 4.Qc2. Another idea,
Candidates Tournament, Zürich 1953, drew attention.
popular at the grandmaster level as of 2004, is to accept
Most of these games began as a King’s Indian, with Black
the pawn but then immediately return it with 4.cxb5 a6
only later playing ...c5 and ...b5. Possibly the first to use
5.b6. Another popular alternative is 5.e3.
the now-standard move order 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 b5
was Thorvaldsson–Vaitonis, Munich Olympiad 1936.
In many countries, particularly in the Eastern Bloc, the 9.8.3 Use
opening is known as the Volga Gambit. This name
is derived from the Volga River after an article about The gambit’s most notable practitioner has been its
3...b5!? by B. Argunow written in Kuibyshev (Samara eponym, Pal Benko. Many of the world’s strongest play-
since 1991), Russia, that was published in the second ers have used it at one time or another, including for-
1946 issue of the magazine Shakhmaty v SSSR. mer world champions Viswanathan Anand, Garry Kas-
parov, Veselin Topalov and Mikhail Tal, and Grandmas-
Beginning in the late 1960s, this opening idea was
ters Vassily Ivanchuk, Michael Adams, Alexei Shirov,
also promoted by Pal Benko, a Hungarian-American
Boris Gelfand, and Evgeny Bareev.
Grandmaster, who provided many new suggestions and
published his book The Benko Gambit in 1974. The name
Benko Gambit stuck and is particularly used in English- 9.8.4 See also
speaking countries.
In his 1974 book, Benko drew a distinction between the • List of chess openings
Benko Gambit and the Volga Gambit: “Volga Gambit”
• List of chess openings named after people
referred to the move 3...b5 (sometimes followed by an
early ...e6), while the “Benko Gambit” consisted of the
moves 3...b5 4.cxb5 a6, which is now considered the main 9.8.5 References
line.[2] Now the terms are synonyms and are used in-
terchangeably or joined together with a hyphen (Volga– [1] Chess Archaeology: Openings classified under ECO
Benko Gambit).[3] A57–A59
9.10. ENGLISH DEFENCE 235
[2] Benko, Pal (1974). The Benko Gambit. B. T. Batsford, 9.9.1 General considerations
London. ISBN 0-7134-1058-2.
Black sacrifices a wing pawn to establish an imposing
[3] Konikowski, Jerry (November 2002). “A weapon against
centre with pawns on c5, d5 and e6. The natural devel-
the Volga Gambit”. ChessBase Magazine. ChessBase
opment of the bishops to b7 and d6, combined with the
GmbH (98).
open f-file for a rook, tend to facilitate Black’s play on the
kingside. White, on the other hand, will typically look to
9.8.6 Further reading counter in the centre by playing e4 at some point, while
his additional queenside pawn also offers him some ini-
• Benko, Pal (1974). The Benko Gambit. Batsford. tiative on that side of the board.
• Gufeld, Eduard (1988). Benko Gambit Accepted. Si- The opening is named after the Russian master Benjamin
mon & Schuster. ISBN 978-0-02-043281-4. Blumenfeld, and was later played by World Chess Cham-
pion Alexander Alekhine.
• Fedorowicz, John (1990). The Complete Benko
Gambit. Summit. ISBN 978-0-945806-14-1. The opening position can also be reached via the Benko
Gambit (1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.d5 b5 4.Nf3 e6). Pos-
• Ravikumar, V (1992). Play the Benko Gambit. sible continuations are 5.dxe6 (Kan-Goldenov, 1946),
Cadogan. ISBN 978-1-85744-014-0. 5.Bg5 (Vaganian-K. Grigorian, 1971), 5.e4, or 5.a4
(Rubinstein-Spielmann, 1922),[2] with 5.Bg5 being most
• McDonald, Neil (2004). Benko Gambit Revealed. frequently seen when this gambit is employed.
Batsford. ISBN 978-0-7134-8868-5.
• Pinski, Jan (2005). The Benko Gambit. Quality 9.9.3 See also
Chess. ISBN 978-91-975243-8-4.
• List of chess openings
• Bellin, Robert & Ponzetto, Pietro (1990). Mastering
the Modern Benoni and the Benko Gambit. Batsford. • List of chess openings named after people
ISBN 978-0-7134-6288-3.
9.9.4 References
9.9 Blumenfeld Gambit [1] Opening Report: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 c5 4.d5 b5
(1914 games)
The Blumenfeld Gambit is a chess opening charac- [2] Kasparov, Gary; Raymond Keene (1982). Batsford Chess
terised by the moves 3...e6 4.Nf3 b5 in the Benoni De- Openings. B. T. Batsford, London. ISBN 0-7134-2114-2.
fence arising after:
9.9.5 Further reading
1. d4 Nf6
2. c4 c5 • Przewoznik, Jan; Pein, Malcolm (1991). The Blu-
menfeld Gambit. Pergamon Chess. ISBN 0-08-
3. d5 e6 037132-9.
4. Nf3 b5
can allow White to play e4: 3...Qe7 4.e4 d5 (Black ob- 9.12 Dutch Defence
tained a good game in Llanos–Hoffman, San Luis Clarin
1995 with 4...Nf6 5.a3 Bxd2+ 6.Nxd2 d6 7.Bd3 e5 The Dutch Defence is a chess opening characterised by
8.d5 0-0)[4] 5.Bxb4 (5.e5 Timman–Spraggett, Montpel- the moves:
lier 1985)[5][6] Qxb4+ 6.Qd2! Qxd2+ (if 6...Nc6 then
7.Nc3!) 7.Nxd2 with slight advantage for White.[7]
1. d4 f5
• A80: 1.d4 f5
9.12.3 White continuations
• A81: 1.d4 f5 2.g3
2.g3 Nf6 3.Bg2 g6 4.Nf3 Bg7 5.0-0 0-0 6.c4 d6
• A82: 1.d4 f5 2.e4 (Staunton Gambit)
The traditional move order involves White playing 2.c4. • A83: 1.d4 f5 2.e4 fxe4 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.Bg5 (Staunton
More commonly, White will start with 2.g3. Some com- Gambit)
mon continuations are: c4 is played after g3 and Bg2; c4
is played after Nf3; and c4 is played after 0-0. • A84: 1.d4 f5 2.c4
Other second moves • A89: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 g6 4.Bg2 Bg7 5.Nf3
0-0 6.0-0 d6 7.Nc3 Nc6 (Leningrad Dutch)
White has various more aggressive alternatives to the • A90: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2
standard moves, including
• A91: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7
• 2.Nc3 Nf6 (or d5) 3.Bg5;
• A92: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-0
• 2.Bg5 (hoping for the naive 2...h6 3.Bh4 g5 4.Bg3
• A93: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-0
(4.e4!? is also playable) f4? 5.e3 fxg3?? 6.Qh5#);
6.0-0 d5 7.b3 (Botvinnik Variation)
• 2.e4!?, the Staunton Gambit, named after Howard
• A94: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-0
Staunton, who introduced it in his match against
6.0-0 d5 7.b3 c6 8.Ba3 (Stonewall)
Bernhard Horwitz.[3][4] The Staunton Gambit was
once a feared attacking line,[5] but it has been out • A95: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-0
of favor for over 80 years.[6] Grandmaster Larry 6.0-0 d5 7.Nc3 c6 (Stonewall)
Christiansen and International Master Jeremy Sil-
man have opined that it “offers White equality at • A96: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-0
best.”[7] 6.0-0 d6
• Carl Mayet introduced a completely different gam- • A97: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-0
bit approach to the Dutch in 1839 against von der 6.0-0 d6 7.Nc3 Qe8 (Ilyin–Genevsky Variation)
[8]
Lasa, playing 2.h3 followed by 3.g4. Von der
• A98: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-0
Lasa later published analysis of this line in the
6.0-0 d6 7.Nc3 Qe8 8.Qc2 (Ilyin–Genevsky Varia-
first edition of the Handbuch des Schachspiels.[9][10]
tion)
Viktor Korchnoi, one of the world’s leading play-
ers, reintroduced the line into tournament practice • A99: 1.d4 f5 2.c4 Nf6 3.g3 e6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.Nf3 0-
in Korchnoi–Känel, Biel 1979.[11] GM Christiansen 0 6.0-0 d6 7.Nc3 Qe8 8.b3 (Ilyin–Genevsky Varia-
later concluded, as von der Lasa and Staunton had tion)
done over 140 years earlier, that Black could get a
good game by declining the gambit with 2...Nf6 3.g4
d5![12] 9.12.5 See also
Black sometimes starts with the move-order 1...e6 to • List of chess openings
avoid these lines although then Black must be ready to • List of chess openings named after places
play the French Defense if White plays 2.e4 and Black
can no longer play the Leningrad Dutch. • Stonewall Attack
9.13. STAUNTON GAMBIT 239
• List of chess openings named after people • 2.c4 e5 3.d5 Nd4 (Cannstatter Gambit)
• 2.c4 e5 3.d5 Nce7 (Lithuanian Variation)
9.13.3 Notes
9.14.3 Illustrative game
[1] http://www.chessgames.com/perl/chessgame?gid=
1001250
Erich Weinitschke vs Efim Bogoljubov, Bad Elster (Ger-
many) 1938:[1]
1. d4 Nc6 2. d5 Ne5 3. f4 Ng6 4. e4 e5 (this position
9.13.4 External links
more commonly occurs from the Nimzowitsch Defense
by 1.e4 Nc6 2.d4 e5 3.d5 Nce7 4.f4 Ng6) 5. f5 Qh4+
• The Staunton Gambit 1.d4 f5 2.e4
6. Kd2 Qxe4 7. fxg6 Qxd5+ 8. Ke1 Qxd1+ 9. Kxd1
• Opening Report: 1.d4 f5 2.e4 (3566 games) hxg6 10. Nc3 c6 11. Nf3 f6 12. Bd3 Ne7 13. Re1 d5
14. h3 e4 15. Bxe4 dxe4 16. Nxe4 Kf7 17. Bd2 Nf5
• Campbell Report, Mark Morss, Staunton Gambit 18. b3 g5 19. Ke2 Nd6 20. Nf2 Bf5 21. Nd4 Bg6 22.
9.15. ENGLUND GAMBIT 241
Kf1 Nf5 23. Ne2 Bc5 24. Ne4 Bb6 25. c4 Rad8 26. be able to obtain a greater advantage against the En-
Red1 Rxd2 27. Nxd2 Ne3+ 0–1 glund than against the Budapest and Albin, against all ap-
proaches by Black. However, since the Budapest and Al-
bin rely upon White continuing with 2.c4, and can thus
9.14.4 Notes be avoided by continuations such as 2.Nf3 (when 2...e5?
can be met by 3.Nxe5 in either case), it is easier for expo-
[1] Erich Weinitschke vs Efim Bogoljubov game at
nents of the Englund Gambit to get their opening on the
ChessGames.com
board and avoid getting into a typical queen’s pawn type
of game.
9.14.5 References
• David Hooper and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox- 9.15.1 History
ford Companion to Chess (2nd ed.). Oxford Univer-
sity. ISBN 0-19-280049-3. 1.d4 e5 is also known as the Charlick Gambit af-
ter Henry Charlick (1845–1916), the second Australian
• Eric Schiller (1997). Unorthodox Chess Openings. chess champion, who introduced the 2...d6 line in the
Cardoza. ISBN 0-940685-73-6. early 1890s.[5] The main line Englund Gambit (2...Nc6,
3...Qe7) was introduced by Kārlis Bētiņš (1867–1943),
who also established the Latvian Gambit. The Swedish
9.15 Englund Gambit player Fritz Carl Anton Englund (1871–1933) sponsored
a thematic tournament in which all games had to begin
The Englund Gambit is a rarely played chess opening with the position after 4.Qd5; the 1.d4 e5 gambit com-
that starts with the moves: plex was later named after him.[3]
1. d4 e5?!
9.15.2 Main variations
Black’s idea is to avoid the traditional closed queen’s pawn
Blackburne–Hartlaub Gambit
games and create an open game with tactical chances, but
at the cost of a pawn. The gambit is considered weak;
The Blackburne–Hartlaub Gambit, 2...d6, was Char-
Boris Avrukh writes that 1...e5 “seems to me the worst
lick’s original idea to avoid the closed openings, aim-
possible reply to White’s first move”.[1] It is almost never
ing for compensation for a pawn after 3.exd6 Bxd6.[5] A
seen in top-level play, although Paul Keres once tried it.[2]
sample continuation is 4.Nf3 Nf6 5.Bg5 h6 6.Bh4, when
The gambit is occasionally seen in amateur games and
White remains a pawn up with some advantage. White
in correspondence chess, and the 3...Qe7 version of the
can also delay the immediate 3.exd6, playing 3.Nf3 first,
gambit was frequently used by Henri Grob.[3]
when after 3...Bg4, 4.e4 Nd7 transposes into a gam-
Black has numerous ways to continue after 1.d4 e5 bit line of the Philidor Defence played by Blackburne.
2.dxe5. Black can offer to exchange the d-pawn for Black gets partial compensation for the pawn after 5.exd6
White’s e-pawn with 2...d6, arguing that after White cap- Bxd6 6.Be2 Ngf6 7.Nc3 Qe7.[6] However, White obtains
tures with exd6, ...Bxd6 will offer Black a lead in devel- a large advantage after 2...d6 3.Nf3 Bg4 4.Bg5! Qd7
opment to compensate for the pawn. After the contin- 5.exd6 Bxd6 6.Nbd2.[7]
uation 2...Nc6 3.Nf3, Black may round up the e5-pawn
with 3...Qe7, intending to meet 4.Bf4 with the disruptive
4...Qb4+, and ensuring that White’s only way to maintain Soller Gambit
the extra pawn is to expose the queen with 4.Qd5, but
in subsequent play the queen can prove to be awkwardly The Soller Gambit, 2...Nc6 3.Nf3 f6, was named after
placed on e7. 3...Nge7 intending 4...Ng6 is another way its German exponent Karl Soller. The immediate 2...f6 is
to round up the e5-pawn, but requires two tempi, while sometimes seen as well, when 3.Nf3 Nc6 transposes, but
Black can also offer to exchange the f-pawn with 3...f6, 3.e4! Nc6 4.Bc4 gives White a large advantage.[8] In the
or 3...Bc5 intending a subsequent...f6, with similar play Soller Gambit proper, International Master Gary Lane
to the Blackmar–Diemer Gambit except that Black has recommends 4.exf6 Nxf6 5.Bg5.[9] In this line Black
one tempo less. gets partial compensation via 5...h6!, e.g. 6.Bh4 Bc5 (or
The gambit can be considered an inferior relative of the 6...g5 at once) 7.e3 g5 or 6.Bxf6 Qxf6 7.c3 Bc5, although
[10][11]
Budapest Gambit and Albin Countergambit, as by com- White keeps some advantage.
parison with those gambits, White has not weakened White can also return the pawn via 4.e4, securing the bet-
the b4-square with c2–c4, and may be able to put that ter chances. Then after 4...fxe5 5.Bc4, 5...Nf6 6.Ng5!
tempo to better use in order to avoid giving away any key leads to complications that are very good for White, but
squares.[4] Accordingly, with careful play White should 5...d6 may be an improvement.[12]
242 CHAPTER 9. D4 OPENINGS – OTHER VARIATIONS
The Felbecker Gambit, 3...Bc5, usually followed by must avoid the notorious trap 6.Bc3?? Bb4!, which wins
...f6, is a variant on the Soller Gambit approach, when for Black after 7.Bxb4 Nxb4 or 7.Qd2 Bxc3 8.Qxc3
again Black may get partial compensation in such lines Qc1#.[23]
as 4.Nc3 f6 5.exf6 Nxf6 6.Bg5 d6 7.e3 h6, but 4.e4 is After 6.Nc3, 6...Nb4? is refuted by 7.Nd4 c6 8.a4.[3] The
also critical, when Black’s best is 4...Qe7 as 4...f6 5.Bc4! main line instead continues 6...Bb4 7.Rb1 Qa3 8.Rb3
gives White a large advantage.[13] Qa5 9.e4 Nge7 or 9.a3 Bxc3 10.Bxc3 Qc5, when White
has some advantage due to the lead in development, but
Black is not without chances due to the loose white pieces
Zilbermints Gambit
and shattered white pawn structure.[24] However, in 2006
Bücker pointed out that 8.Nd5!, previously analysed by
The Zilbermints Gambit, 2...Nc6 3.Nf3 Nge7, was
Grob as leading only to an unclear position, has been
named after the American chess player Lev D. Zilber-
improved for White, and Black has yet to find a good
mints who had extensive analysis published on the line in
response.[3][25] Avrukh also considers this very strong,
Blackmar Diemer Gambit World issues 61–63. German
analyzing 8...Bxd2+ 9.Qxd2 Qxa2 10.Rd1 Kd8 11.Ng5
FIDE Master Stefan Bücker provided further analysis in
Nh6 12.e6! d6 (12...Qa5? 13.e7+! Ke8 14.Qxa5 Nxa5
Kaissiber 5 and 6.[14] The idea is to play ...Ng6 and win
15.Nxc7+ wins) 13.exf7 Rf8 14.Nxc7 Kxc7 15.Qxd6+
the pawn back.
Kb6 16.Ne4! Qxc2 (or 16...Bf5 17.Nc3 Qxc2 18.Nd5+)
Gary Lane recommends the response 4.Bf4.[15] After 17.Nd2 Rxf7 18.Rb1+ Qxb1+ 19.Nxb1 with “a de-
4...Ng6 5.Bg3, Zilbermints recommends either 5...Bc5 cisive advantage”. Stefan Bücker offers 13...Qa5 for
or 5...Qe7 6.Nc3 Qb4, when White’s main responses are Black[25] but concludes that White is clearly better after
7.Rb1, 7.Qd2 and 7.a3. After 7.Rb1, a possible continua- 14.c3 Rf8 15.Nxh7 Rxf7 16.Ng5 Rf8 17.g3 Ne5 18.Bg2
tion is 7...Qa5 8.Qd5 Bb4 9.Qxa5 Bxa5 10.e3 0-0 11.Bd3 Nhf7 19.Nxf7+ Rxf7 20.Qd4. Avrukh also considers
Re8 12.Bxg6 Bxc3+ 13.bxc3 fxg6, when Black’s superior 8...Ba5 9.Rb5 Bxd2+ (9...a6? 10.Rxa5 Nxa5 11.Nxc7+)
pawn structure compensates for the lost pawn, while both 10.Qxd2 Kd8 11.Ng5 (the traditional reply 11.e4 may al-
7.Qd2 and 7.a3 lead to considerable complications.[16] An low Black a playable game after 11...a6!? according to
alternative for White is 5.e3, but Black may get some Bücker[25] ) 11...Nh6 12.f4!? a6 13.Rb3 Qxa2 14.Nc3
compensation for the pawn after 5...d6.[17] If 4.Bg5, then Qa1+ 15.Rb1 Qa5 16.e3 when Black is “close to los-
Black obtains a good game via 4...h6 5.Bh4 g5 6.Bg3 ing”, for example 16...Re8 17.Bc4 Nxe5 18.fxe5 Qxe5
Nf5.[15] 19.Bxf7! Qxg5 20.Bxe8 Kxe8 21.Nd5 Qe5 22.0-0 and
Thus 4.Nc3 is the most critical response, when 4...Ng6 is “White wins.”[26] Bücker also considers 9.e4!? to be a
ineffective in view of 5.Bg5! Be7 6.Bxe7 Qxe7 7.Nd5,[18] strong alternative to 9.Rb5, leading to a clear advantage
so Black may need to fall back upon 4...h6.[17] for White.[25] Black therefore sometimes tries 4...d6 in-
stead, continuing 5.exd6 Qf6 6.Qc1 (or 6.e3, returning
the pawn).
Englund Gambit main line White’s other major try for advantage is 4.Nc3 Nxe5
5.e4, securing a lead in development and leaving Black’s
Most common today is 2.dxe5 Nc6 3.Nf3 Qe7. queen awkwardly placed on e7.[27] Stefan Bücker recom-
White can try to keep the extra pawn with 4.Qd5!?, the mends 5...Nf6 6.Bg5 c6 7.Nxe5 Qxe5 8.f4 Qe6, with a
Stockholm Variation. Black can try a queenside fi- playable game but some advantage for White.[3] Viktor
anchetto with 4...b6, or attempt to regain the pawn with Korchnoi won a miniature in a 1978 simultaneous ex-
4...h6, but neither of those lines provide enough compen- hibition with 4.Nc3 Nxe5 5.Nd5 Nxf3+ 6.gxf3 Qd8
sation for the pawn.[19][20] Thus, Black usually challenges 7.Qd4 d6 8.Bg5!,[28] but according to Bücker Black gets
the e5-pawn immediately with 4...f6, when play contin- a playable game with 8...f6 9.Bd2 c6 10.Nf4 Qb6.[3]
ues 5.exf6 Nxf6 6.Qb3. Black does not get enough com-
pensation with the delayed queenside fianchetto 6...b6[21]
Alternatives for White
so the main line continues 6...d5. After 6...d5, 7.Nc3
Bd7!, threatening 8...Na5, leads to complications and White can decline the Englund Gambit in a number of
good play for Black (e.g. 8.Bg5 Na5 or 8.Qxb7 Rb8 ways, including 2.e4 (transposing to the Centre Game)
9.Qxc7 Qc5).[3] However, after the stronger responses or 2.c3 (transposing to the Saragossa Opening). 2.d5 is
7.Bf4 and 7.Bg5 (intending 7...Bd7 8.e3), while Black sometimes seen, but leaves Black with a good game af-
retains some compensation for the pawn, White keeps an ter 2...Bc5, while 2.e3 can be met by 2...exd4 3.exd4 d5
edge.[3][22] transposing to the Exchange Variation of the French De-
Instead, White often allows Black to regain the pawn at fence, and in addition Black can avoid 3...d5 and simply
the cost of lagging development. The main line runs develop with a good game. 2...Nc6 and 2...e4 may also
4.Bf4 Qb4+ 5.Bd2 (5.Nc3!? is perfectly playable, as be playable. After 2.Nf3, Black gets a good game with
5...Qxf4 is well met by 6.Nd5!, while 5...Qxb2 6.Bd2 2...exd4 3.Nxd4 d5, preparing ...c5, and 2...e4 3.Ne5 d6
transposes to the main line) 5...Qxb2 6.Nc3![3] White 4.Nc4 d5 is also good for Black.[29]
9.15. ENGLUND GAMBIT 243
After 2.dxe5 Nc6, instead of 3.Nf3, White can also de- [24] Andrew Martin, Chess Monthly 2000.
fend the e5-pawn with 3.Bf4, when Bücker suggests ei-
ther 3...g5 followed by 4...Bg7, or 3...f6 hoping to get an [25] “Over the Horizons: Repairing the Englund Gambit”
improved version of the Soller Gambit.[3] 3.f4 is some- (PDF). Retrieved 2010-04-22.
times seen, but Black has reasonable chances after 3...f6
or 3...d6. White can also transpose to a line of the [26] Avrukh 2010, pp. 595–96.
Nimzowitsch Defence with 3.e4.
[27] Avrukh 2010, pp. 594–95.
Bibliography
9.15.4 References
Notes • Avrukh, Boris (2010). “1.d4 Volume Two”. Quality
Chess. ISBN 978-1-906552-33-6.
[1] Avrukh 2010, p. 594.
• Bücker, Stefan (1988). Englund Gambit. Edition
[2] Bücker 1988, p. 111. Madler Im Walter Rau Verlag / Düsseldorf. ISBN
3-7919-0301-2.
[3] “Over the Horizons: Visiting Planet Englund” (PDF). Re-
trieved 2008-11-19.
• Burgess, Graham (2000). “The Mammoth Book of
[4] “Daring Defences to 1.d4”. Retrieved 2009-05-03. Chess”. Carroll & Graf. ISBN 0-7867-0725-9.
[5] Hooper and Whyld 1992, p. 73 (“Charlick Gambit” en- • Donnelly, Mike (2005). “Another look at the En-
try).
glund Gambit”., Chess Monthly, April 2005.
[6] Bücker 1988, p. 28.
• Hooper, David and Whyld, Kenneth (1992). The
[7] Smith and Hall 1994, p. 110. Oxford Companion to Chess. Oxford University.
[8] Bücker 1988, p. 51.
ISBN 0-19-866164-9.
[9] “Opening Lanes: The World Cup” (PDF). Retrieved • Martin, Andrew (2000). “The Englund Gambit”.,
2008-11-19. Chess Monthly, August 2000.
[10] Bücker 1988, p.64.
• Smith, Ken; Hall, John (1994). The Englund Gam-
[11] Kaissiber 5, p. 31. bit and the Blackburne–Hartlaub Gambit Complex.
Chess Digest. ISBN 0-87568-242-1.
[12] Kaissiber 5, p. 33.
[15] “Opening Lanes: The Dashing Danish”. Retrieved 2008- • Gary Lane (2000). “Opening Lanes” (PDF). Chess-
11-19. cafe.com.
[16] Kaissiber 5, p. 37. • Gary Lane (2002). “Opening Lanes” (PDF). Chess-
[17] Kaissiber 5, p. 36. cafe.com.
[18] Bücker 1988,p.54. • Stefan Bücker (2006). “Over the Horizons” (PDF).
Chesscafe.com.
[19] Bücker 1988, p. 83.
9.16 Polish Defense The Polish can be used to combat certain variations of
the Réti Opening or King’s Indian Attack.[9] In particu-
The Polish Defense is the name commonly given to one lar, 1.Nf3 Nf6 2.g3 b5 is a fully respectable opening that
of several sequences of chess opening moves character- has been successfully played by former World Champion
[10][11][12]
ized by an early ...b5 by Black. The name “Polish De- Anatoly Karpov, among others. It prepares to
fense” is given by analogy to the Polish Opening (ECO fianchetto Black’s queen bishop and prevents White from
A40), 1.b4. The original line was playing the otherwise desirable c4. Note that here 3.e4
would allow 3...Nxe4. White’s second move commits him
to fianchettoing his king bishop rather than developing
1. d4 b5 it along the f1–a6 diagonal, due to the weakness which
would result on the long diagonal.
as played by Alexander Wagner, a Polish player and open- 1...b5 against the English Opening is known as the Hal-
ings analyst, against Kuhn in the 1913 Swiss Correspon- ibut Gambit (or Jaenisch gambit).[13][14][15]
dence Championship. Wagner published an analysis of
the opening in Deutsches Wochenschach in 1914, when
he was living in Stanislau, Galicia, Austria-Hungary (now 9.16.2 See also
Ivano-Frankivsk, Ukraine).[1] Later the name was also
applied to • List of chess openings
• List of chess openings named after places
1.d4 Nf6
2.Nf3 b5 9.16.3 References
[1] Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). “Polish De-
and other variants where Black delays playing ...b5 until
fence”. The Oxford Companion To Chess. Oxford Univer-
the second or third move, which are sometimes called the sity. p. 313. ISBN 0-19-280049-3.
Polish Defense Deferred.
[2] De Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings: MCO-
14. Random House Puzzles & Games. p. 497. ISBN
0-8129-3084-3.
9.16.1 Details
[3] Korn, Walter (1957). Modern Chess Openings: Ninth Edi-
With ...b5, Black tries to take control of c4, but 1.d4 tion. Pitman Publishing. p. 225.
b5 is generally considered dubious after 2.e4, threaten- [4] Korn, Walter and Larry Evans (1965). Modern Chess
ing 3.Bxb5. Modern Chess Openings (MCO-14, 1999) Openings: Tenth Edition. Sir Isaac Pitman and Sons. p.
allots two columns to the Polish, commenting that the 332.
variants where Black waits and plays 2...b5 instead of
1...b5 are much safer.[2] Earlier editions of MCO give [5] Korn, Walter (1982). Modern Chess Openings: Twelfth
only a single column of analysis and consider only the Edition. David McKay. p. 310. ISBN 0-679-13500-6.
2...b5 lines. MCO-9 (1957), states that the Polish “fails [6] Horowitz, I. A. (1964). Chess Openings: Theory and Prac-
because it neglects the centre”.[3] That negative verdict tice. Simon & Schuster. p. 780. ISBN 0-671-20553-6.
was softened in the next edition, MCO-10 (1965), to say
[7] MCO-14, p.503 note (j)
that the Polish “neglects the centre, but is not refuted”.[4]
MCO-12 (1982) retains the “not refuted” assessment and [8] Tigran Vartanovich Petrosian vs Boris Spassky game
notes that the Polish can result by transposition from the score. (Chessgames.com)
Réti system.[5] Other judgments have been more harsh. [9] “Chess Opening Explorer: 1. Nf3 Nf6 2. g3 b5”.
The 1...b5 Polish was deemed “entirely valueless” by I. Chessgames.com. Retrieved 2007-05-02.
A. Horowitz in 1964.[6]
[10] Mednis, Edmar (1994). How Karpov Wins (2nd ed.).
1.Nf3 Nf6 2.g3 b5 Dover. p. 128. ISBN 0-486-27881-6.
[11] “Saidy v. Karpov, San Antonio 1972”. Chessgames.com.
The Polish is closely related to the St. George Defence Retrieved 2007-05-02.
(1.e4 a6, usually followed by 2.d4 b5) into which it often
transposes. Boris Spassky played 1.d4 b5 against Tigran [12] “Korchnoi v. Karpov, Moscow 1973”. Chessgames.com.
Petrosian in the decisive 22nd game of their world cham- Retrieved 2007-05-02.
pionship match in 1966. Spassky equalized,[7] but re- [13] Chess Opening Explorer
jected an opportunity to draw, as he was behind by a point
[14] English Opening: Halibut Gambit (A10) – Openings –
in the match and with at most three games remaining, he
Chess.com
was practically forced to play for a win. Petrosian won
the game, thus ensuring retention of his title.[8] [15] English Opening Halibut Gambit – Chess Opening
9.17. WADE DEFENCE 245
9.17 Wade Defence 42. Rxh5 c4 43. Rh4 c3 44. Rc4 Rxd5 45. Rxc3
Rxa5 46. h4 Rh5 47. Rh3 b5 48. Kg2 Kb6 49.
The Wade Defence is a chess opening characterised by Kf3 a5 50. Ke2 b4 51. Kd2 Kb5 52. Kc2 a4 53.
the initial moves: Kb2 Rf5 54. h5 a3 55. Kb1 Rf1+ 56. Ka2 Ka4
57. Rh4 Rf2+ 58. Ka1 a2 59. h6 Ka3 0–1[4]
1. d4 d6 • Reynaldo Vera–Boris Gulko, Lucerne 1993:[5]
2. Nf3 Bg4 1. d4 d6 2. Nf3 Bg4 3. c4 Nd7 4. Nc3 e5 5. e3
c6 6. h3 Bh5 7. Be2 Be7 8. 0-0 f5!? (8...Ngf6 is
more solid) 9. c5? (better is 9.e4! f4 10.c5!) e4!
The position can also arise from the move order 1.Nf3 d6
10. cxd6 Bxd6 11. Nd2 Bxe2 12. Qxe2 Ngf6 13.
2.d4 Bg4.
Nc4 Bc7 14. b3?! b5! 15. Nd2 Qe7 16. Rd1
0-0 17. Nf1 Nb6 18. Bb2 Nfd5 19. a4 f4! 20.
9.17.1 History exf4 Nxf4 21. Qxe4 Qg5 22. Qf3 Rae8 23. Qg4?
(23.Re1) Qxg4 24. hxg4 b4 25. Na2 Ne2+ 26.
The opening is named after British IM Bob Wade[1] Kh1 Nd5 27. f3 Re6 28. Bc1 Rff6 29. g5 Rf5 30.
(1921–2008), originally from New Zealand, who played Nh2 Bxh2 0–1 (31.Kxh2 Rh6+! 32.gxh6 Rh5#)[6]
it for over 30 years. A number of grandmasters have often
played the opening, including Julian Hodgson, Michael
Adams, Vlastimil Jansa, and Tony Miles.
9.17.3 See also
Jouni Yrjölä and Jussi Tella, in their book An Explosive • List of chess openings
Chess Opening Repertoire for Black, state that the open-
ing: • List of chess openings named after people
In recognition of Hodgson’s contributions, the authors re- [5] Reynaldo Vera vs Boris Gulko game at ChessGames.com
fer to the opening as the “Hodgson Variation” rather than
[6] Notes based on those in Yrjölä and Tella, pp. 96-97.
the “Wade Defence”.
Flank openings
246
10.2. LARSEN’S OPENING 247
With Bird’s Opening White tries to get a strong grip on The flank opening move 1.b3 prepares to fianchetto the
the e5-square. The opening can resemble a Dutch De- queen’s bishop where it will help control the central
fense in reverse after 1.f4 d5, or Black may try to disrupt squares in hypermodern fashion and put useful pressure
White by playing 1...e5!? (From’s Gambit). on Black’s kingside. The b2-bishop is often a source
of recurring irritation for Black, who should not treat it
lightly.
10.1.5 Others
Although Bent Larsen was initially very successful with
this opening, it suffered a setback in the 1970 USSR
Larsen’s Opening (1.b3) and the Sokolsky Opening
vs. Rest of the World match in Belgrade, in which
(1.b4) are occasionally seen in grandmaster play. Benko
Larsen played this opening against reigning World Cham-
used 1.g3 (Benko Opening) to defeat both Fischer and
pion Boris Spassky and lost in 17 moves.[1] (Of the 42
Tal in the 1962 Candidates Tournament in Curaçao.
games between Spassky and Larsen, Spassky won over-
all with 19 wins, 6 losses, and 17 draws.)[2] Larsen was
10.1.6 See also also decisively defeated when playing this opening against
Rosendo Balinas, Jr. at Manila in 1975.[3]
• Open Game (1.e4 e5) Notably, the opening received interest from Bobby Fis-
cher the same year, who employed 1.b3 on at least five
• Semi-Open Game (1.e4 other) occasions, winning all five, including games with GMs
Filip and Mecking (Palma de Mallorca 1970 Interzonal),
• Closed Game (1.d4 d5)
GM Tukmakov (Buenos Aires 1970), and GM Andersson
• Semi-Closed Game (1.d4 other) (Siegen 1970).
10.1.7 References The move 1.b3 is less popular than 1.g3 (Benko’s Open-
ing), which prepares a quick kingside castling. According
• Hooper, David; Whyld, Kenneth (1992), The Ox- to ChessBase, 1.b3 ranks sixth in popularity out of the
ford Companion to Chess, Oxford University, ISBN possible twenty first moves while the fifth-ranking 1.g3
0-19-280049-3 is about three times as popular. Larsen frequently used
unconventional openings of this sort. He believed it to
• De Firmian, Nick (1999), Modern Chess Openings be an advantage in that Black, usually unfamiliar with
(MCO-14 ed.), Random House Puzzles & Games, such openings, is forced to rely on his own abilities in-
ISBN 0-8129-3084-3 stead of relying on memorized, well-analyzed moves of
more common White openings.
Larsen’s Opening (also called the Queen’s Fianchetto Black has several options to meet 1.b3. The most com-
Opening) is a chess opening starting with the move: mon are:
serving the option to fianchetto the king’s bishop to 10.2.4 Nimzowitsch–Larsen Attack (A06)
oppose the White one. White can play 2.Nf3 to
transpose to the A06 line (see more below). Or else, 1.Nf3 d5 2.b3
White can play 2.Bb2 to proceed in the A01 line.
The opening 1.Nf3 d5 2.b3 (ECO A06) is called the
• 1...Nf6, the Indian Variation, developing a piece Nimzowitsch–Larsen Attack. It can be derived from 1.b3,
and not committing to a particular pawn formation but 1.Nf3 is more usual. Common replies for Black are
just yet. 2.Bb2 and if 2...g6 then 3.e4, taking advan- 2...c5, 2...Nf6, and 2...Bg4. 2...Nf6 is not that great for
tage of the pinned knight (e.g., not 3...Nxe4 4.Bxh8, the usual reasons that Black should not make ...d5 and
winning a rook at the price of a pawn). 3.g4 is called ...Nf6. 2...c5 is more common although 2...Bg4 is also
the Spike Variation possible. For each, White can play 3.Bb2 or 3.e3. Then
3.Bb2 can be followed by 4.e3.[5]
• 1...c5, the English Variation, retaining the options
of ...d5, or ...d6 followed by ...e5. 2.c4 transpos-
ing to an English Opening or 2.e4 transposing to a 10.2.5 Example games
Sicilian Defence.
Larsen vs. Eley, 1972
• 1...f5, the Dutch Variation. 2.Nf3.
1.b3 e5 2.Bb2 Nc6 3.e3 Nf6 4.Bb5 d6 5.Ne2
Less common lines include: Bd7 6.0-0 Be7 7.f4 e4 8.Ng3 0-0 9.Bxc6 bxc6
10.c4 d5 11.Nc3 Re8 12.Rc1 Bg4 13.Nce2
• 1...e6, with Black setting up a variation on the Nd7 14.h3 Be2 15.Qxe2 Nc5 16.Qg4 g6 17.f5
French Defence. Here Keene recommends 2.e4 and Nd3 18.fxg6 hxg6 19.Rf7 Kf7 20.Rf1 Bf6
if 2...d5 then 3.Bb2.[4] 21.Bxf6 1-0
• 1...c6, a Caro–Kann variant preparing for ...d5. Keene vs. Kovacevic, 1973
Again Keene recommends 2.e4 and if 2...d5, 3.Bb2.
1.Nf3 d5 2.b3 Bg4 3.Bb2 Nd7 4.g3 Bxf3
• 1...b6, the Symmetrical variation, is completely 5.exf3 Ngf6 6.f4 e6 7.Bg2 Be7 8.0-0 0-0 9.d3
fine for Black. a5 10.a4 c6 11.Nd2 b5 12.Qe2 bxa4 13.Rxa4
Nb6 14.Ra2 a4 15.Rfa1 axb3 16.Rxa8 Nxa8
• 1...b5, the Polish Variation. 17.Nxb3 Nb6 18.f5 exf5 19.Nd4 Qd7 20.Bh3
g6 21.Bxf5 gxf5 22.Ra7 Qxa7 23.Nxc6 Qd7
• 1...Nc6, a variant of the Nimzowitsch Defence, with 24.Nxe7 Kg7 25.Qh5 1-0
this move, Black aims to provide support for the ad-
vance of e-file pawn. The most common sequence
that Black applies is 2...e5 or less commonly 2...d5. 10.2.6 See also
• List of chess openings
10.2.3 1.Nf3 Nf6 2.b3
• List of chess openings named after people
1.Nf3 Nf6 2.b3 d5 3.Bb2
10.2.7 References
1.Nf3 Nf6 2.b3 is a similar opening. Nimzowitsch pre-
ferred to make the knight move first. Black may play Notes
2...d5 (given below) or 2...g6. After 2...d5, White usually
plays 3.Bb2. With this move, Black usually plays 3...e6. [1] Larsen–Spassky 1970
1.Nf3 Nf6 2.b3 g6 3.g3 Bg7 4.Bb2
[2] http://www.chessgames.com/perl/chess.pl?page=1&
pid=21136&pid2=11227&eresult=
After 2...g6, White can play 3.g3, 3.Bb2, or 3.c4. The
move 3.g3 is the same as 2.g3 g6 3.b3, which gives Reti [3] Larsen–Balinas 1975
Opening (A05) or King’s Indian, Fianchetto without c4
[4] Keene, Raymond (1977). Nimzowitsch/Larsen Attack.
(A49). With move 3.Bb2, Black usually plays 3...Bg7. London: B.T. Batsford Ltd.
White may play 4.g3 or 4.c4; 4.e3 is also possible. With
move 3.c4, Black usually plays 3...Bg7. Then White will [5] Jacobs, Byron & Jonathan Tait. Nimzo-Larsen Attack.
play 4.Bb2. London: Gloucester Publishers plc, (2001)
10.3. ENGLISH OPENING 249
• Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox Opening theoreticians who write on the English Opening
Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744- break the opening down into three broad categories, gen-
285-4. erally determined by Black’s choice of defensive setups.
• Schiller, Eric (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings The Symmetrical Defense (classified A30–39 in ECO),
(Second ed.). Cardoza. pp. 320–29. ISBN 1- which is 1...c5, and is so named because both of the c-
58042-072-9. pawns are advanced two squares, maintaining symme-
try. Note that Black can reach the Symmetrical Defense
through many move orders by deferring ...c5, and often
10.2.8 Further reading does. For example, 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 (or 2.Nf3) c5 is a
Symmetrical Defense even though Black played ...Nf6
• Odessky, Ilya (2008). Play 1.b3!. New In Chess. before ...c5.
ISBN 978-9056912567.
There are several types of positions that can arise from
the Symmetrical Defense. Among the ideas are:[6]
10.2.9 External links
• The Hedgehog system[7] involves a solid but flexible
• ECO A01: Nimzovich–Larsen Attack defence where Black develops by b6, e6, Bb7, and
Be7, before controlling the fifth rank with moves
such as a6 and d6. The game typically involves ex-
10.3 English Opening tended maneuvering, but both players need to be on
the lookout for favorable pawn advances and pawn
breaks.
The English Opening is a chess opening that begins with
the move: • The double fianchetto defence involves Black devel-
oping both bishops by fianchetto to g7 and b7. The
1. c4 line is fairly solid and difficult to defeat at the grand-
master level. Some lines are considered highly draw-
ish, for instance if White’s bishops are also fianchet-
A flank opening, it is the fourth most popular[1][2] and, ac-
toed to g2 and b2 there may be many simplifications
cording to various databases, anywhere from one of the
leading to a simplified and equal position.
two most successful[1] to the fourth most successful[3] of
White’s twenty possible first moves. White begins the
fight for the centre by staking a claim to the d5 square Either player may make an early break in the centre with
from the wing, in hypermodern style. Although many the d-pawn.
lines of the English have a distinct character, the opening
is often used as a transpositional device in much the same • An early d2–d4 for White can arise in 1.c4 c5 2.Nf3
way as 1.Nf3 – to avoid such highly regarded responses Nf6 3.d4. Since this position is often reached af-
to 1.d4 as the Nimzo–Indian and Grünfeld defences, and ter the transposition 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 c5 3.Nf3, where
is considered reliable and flexible. [4] White avoided the Benoni Defense that would arise
after 3.d5, this line is often called the Anti-Benoni.
The English derives its name from the English (unoffi- The games can give a large variety of positional and
cial) world champion, Howard Staunton, who played it tactical ideas. Games usually continue with 3...cxd4
during his 1843 match with Saint-Amant and at London 4.Nxd4 when Black can choose between the sharp
1851, the first international tournament.[5] It did not in- 4...e5 or more sedate moves like the Hedgehog-like
spire Staunton’s contemporaries, and only caught on in the 4...b6 or the more common 4...e6.
twentieth century.[5] It is now recognised as a solid open-
ing that may be used to reach both classical and hyper- • A typical line of play where Black plays an early d5
modern positions. Mikhail Botvinnik, Tigran Petrosian, is 1.c4 c5 2.Nc3 Nf6 3.Nf3 d5, when White usu-
Anatoly Karpov, Garry Kasparov and Magnus Carlsen ally trades off in the centre 4.cxd5 Nxd5. White
employed it during their world championship matches. can either challenge the centre with 5.d4 or 5.e4 or
Bobby Fischer created a stir when he switched to it from allow Black a space advantage in the centre with
his customary 1.e4 late in his career, employing it against 5.g3. In the latter case, Black can play 5...Nc6
Lev Polugaevsky and Oscar Panno at the Palma de Mal- 6.Bg2 Nc7 followed by 7...e5, reaching a reversed
lorca Interzonal in 1970 and in his 1972 world champi- Maróczy Bind position called the Rubinstein Sys-
onship match against Boris Spassky. tem.
250 CHAPTER 10. FLANK OPENINGS
Reversed Sicilian: 1...e5 May lead to a Modern Defense or after Nf6 and
d6 or d5 to the King’s Indian Defence or the
The Reversed Sicilian (classified A20–29 in ECO) is an- Grünfeld Defence, respectively, or stay within
other broad category of defence, introduced by the re- English lines. Often dubbed the Great Snake
sponse 1...e5. Note again, that Black can delay playing variation.
...e5, for example 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.Nf3 e5 where-
upon even though ...e5 has been delayed, once it is played • 1...c6
the defence is classified as a Reversed Sicilian.
Can lead to a Slav Defence after 2.d4 d5, but
• 1...e5 White has Black’s position in the Sicilian but White will often prefer a Caro–Kann Defence
with an extra tempo. This is often called the Re- with 2.e4 d5, or a Réti Opening after 2.Nf3 d5
versed Sicilian,[8] though others call it the King’s 3.b3.
English.[9] Bruce Leverett, writing the English chap-
ter in MCO14, stated, “It is natural to treat the En-
glish as a Sicilian reversed, but the results are often • 1...b6
surprising—main lines in the Sicilian Defense corre-
spond to obscure side variations in the English, and The English Defence. This setup involves
vice versa.” the fianchetto of the queenside bishop and
2...e6. Often Black will defer the move ....Nf6,
choosing to attack the centre with ...f5 and/or
Other variations ...Qh4. The English grandmasters Tony Miles
and Jonathan Speelman have successfully used
The third broad category are the non-...e5 and non-...c5 this opening.
responses, classified A10–19 in ECO. Most often these
defences consist of ...Nf6, ...e6, and ...d5 or ...Bb4 sys-
temic responses by Black, or a Slav-like system consist- • 1...g5
ing of ...c6 and ...d5, a direct King’s Indian Defense setup
with ...Nf6, ...g6, ...Bg7, ...0-0, after which ...c5 and ...e5 An eccentric response known as Myers’ De-
are eschewed, or 1...f5, which usually transposes to a fense after Hugh Myers' advocacy of it in print
Dutch Defense once White plays d4. All irregular re- and actual play.[10][11][12] It is intended as an
sponses such as 1...b6 and 1...g5 are also lumped into this improved Grob’s Attack; after 2.d4, Black will
third broad category. put pressure on the d4 square with moves such
as ...Bg7, ...c5, and ...Qb6.[11][13] According to
Common responses include:[1]
Nunn’s Chess Openings, White obtains a small
advantage after 2.d4 Bg7 (offering a Grob-like
• 1...Nf6 gambit: 3.Bxg5 c5) 3.Nc3 h6 4.e4.[14] Myers
recommended 3...c5 (instead of 3...h6); in re-
The most common response to 1.c4, often sponse, Joel Benjamin advocates 4.dxc5![11]
played to arrive at an Indian Defence. How-
ever, more than half the time, Black subse-
• 1...b5
quently elects to transpose into either a Sym-
metrical Defense with ...c5, or a Reversed Si-
cilian with ...e5. Called the Jaenisch gambit after Carl
Jaenisch,[15] and dubbed the Halibut Gam-
bit by Eric Schiller “because it belongs at
• 1...e6
the bottom of the sea.” Black obtains no
compensation for the sacrificed pawn.[16]
Can lead to a Queen’s Gambit Declined after
2.Nc3 d5 3.d4, but White often prefers 2.Nf3,
which may lead to a variety of openings. 10.3.2 Transposition potential
• 1...f5 If White plays an early d4, the game will usually transpose
into either the Queen’s Gambit or an Indian Defence. For
Leads to a Dutch Defense when White fol- example, after 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 g6 3.d4 d5 the game has
lows up with d4. Other choices for White are transposed into the Grünfeld Defence, usually reached by
2.Nc3, 2.Nf3, and 2.g3, where Black usually the move order 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 g6 3.Nc3 d5.
plays ...Nf6. Note, however, that White can also play 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3
g6 3.e4, making it impossible for Black to reach a Grün-
• 1...g6 feld, instead more or less forcing him into lines of the
10.3. ENGLISH OPENING 251
King’s Indian Defence with 3...d6. Black also cannot • A26 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.g3 g6 4.Bg2 Bg7 5.d3 d6
force a Grünfeld with 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 d5, since White
can deviate with 3.cxd5 Nxd5 4.g3, a line played several • A27 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.Nf3 (Three Knights Sys-
times by Mikhail Botvinnik in 1958, in his final match for tem)
the world championship with Vasily Smyslov.
Instead of playing an early d4, White can also play Nf3 • A28 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.Nf3 Nf6
and fianchetto the king’s bishop (g3 and Bg2), transposing
into a Réti Opening. • A29 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.Nf3 Nf6 4.g3 (Four
Knights, Kingside Fianchetto)
Also, after 1.c4 c6, White can transpose into the Polish
Opening, Outflank Variation, by playing 2.b4!?, which
• A30 1.c4 c5 (Symmetrical Variation)
can be used as a surprise weapon if Black does not know
very much about the Polish Opening.[17]
• A31 1.c4 c5 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.d4 (Symmetrical, Benoni
The many different transpositional possibilities available Formation)
to White make the English a slippery opening for Black to
defend against, and make it necessary for him to consider • A32 1.c4 c5 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 e6
carefully what move order to employ. For instance, if
Black would like to play a Queen’s Gambit Declined, the • A33 1.c4 c5 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.d4 cxd4 4.Nxd4 e6 5.Nc3
most accurate move order to do so is 1...e6 2.d4 d5. (Of Nc6
course, White can again play the Reti instead with 2.Nf3
d5 3.b3.) If Black plays instead 1...Nf6 2.Nc3 e6, White
• A34 1.c4 c5 2.Nc3
can avoid the QGD by playing 3.e4, the Flohr-Mikenas
Attack.
• A35 1.c4 c5 2.Nc3 Nc6
The Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings has classified the • A37 1.c4 c5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.g3 g6 4.Bg2 Bg7 5.Nf3
English Opening under the codes A10 through A39:
• A38 1.c4 c5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.g3 g6 4.Bg2 Bg7 5.Nf3
• A10 1.c4 Nf6
• A11 1.c4 c6 • A39 1.c4 c5 2.Nc3 Nc6 3.g3 g6 4.Bg2 Bg7 5.Nf3
• A12 1.c4 c6 2.Nf3 d5 3.b3 Nf6 6.0-0 0-0 7.d4
• A13 1.c4 e6
• A14 1.c4 e6 2.Nf3 d5 3.g3 Nf6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.0-0 10.3.4 Depiction in cinema
• A15 1.c4 Nf6 The English Opening is used by Professor Moriarty in
• A16 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 the film Sherlock Holmes: A Game of Shadows as he
and Holmes discuss their competing plans over a game
• A17 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 e6 of chess. Both Holmes and Moriarty eventually play the
final moves blindfolded by citing out the last moves in
• A18 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 e6 3.e4 (Mikenas-Carls Vari- descriptive notation (rather than algebraic, as the former
ation) was contemporary in the late 19th century), ending in
• A19 1.c4 Nf6 2.Nc3 e6 3.e4 c5 Holmes checkmating Moriarty, just as Watson foils Mo-
riarty’s plans.
• A20 1.c4 e5
The English Opening is also used in Pawn Sacrifice by
• A21 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Bobby Fischer in the climactic game six of the 1972
World Chess Championship against Boris Spassky.
• A22 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nf6
• A23 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nf6 3.g3 c6 (Bremen System,
Keres Variation) 10.3.5 See also
• A24 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nf6 3.g3 g6 (Bremen System
• List of chess openings
with ...g6)
• A25 1.c4 e5 2.Nc3 Nc6 • List of chess openings named after places
252 CHAPTER 10. FLANK OPENINGS
[1] Meyer-Kahlen, Stefan. “Shredder opening database • Kallai, Gabor; Ribli, Zoltán (1993). Winning With
statistics”. Retrieved 2008-01-19. the English. Henry Holt. ISBN 978-0-8050-2642-9.
[2] “Chess Opening Explorer”. Chessgames.com. Retrieved
2008-01-19.
• Kosten, Tony (1999). The Dynamic English. Gam-
bit Publications. ISBN 978-1-901983-14-2.
[3] “Chess Openings Database statistics”. Retrieved 2009-
08-16. • Hansen, Carsten (2001). The Symmetrical English.
Gambit. ISBN 978-1-901983-40-1.
[4] Chess Life. 59 (1–7 ed.). United States Chess Federation.
2004. p. 303. • Pritchett, Craig (2008). Play the English. Everyman
Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-545-9.
[5] De Firmian, Nick (2008). Modern Chess Openings: MCO-
15. New York: David McKay Co. p. 675. ISBN 978-0-
8129-3682-7.
10.3.8 External links
[6] Cummings, David (October 1, 2001). Symmetrical En-
glish. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-292-2. • Database Of English Opening Variations
ISBN 1-85744-292-X.
[8] Weeks, Mark. “Chess Opening Tutorial : English – Bird’s Opening (or the Dutch Attack) is a chess opening
1...e5”. About, Inc. Archived from the original on De- characterised by the move:
cember 3, 2007. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
10.4.2 1...d5 all lines, although play remains extremely sharp, e.g.
13...Rde8 14.Nd2; 13...Rxh2 14.Rxh2 Bxg3+ 15.Kd1
Black’s most common response is 1...d5, when the game Bxh2 16.exf5! Re8 17.fxg6! Qxe3 18.Qxe3 Rxe3
can take on the character of a Dutch Defence (1.d4 19.gxf7; or 13...Bd7 (threatening 14...Rxh2!) 14.Bf2![9]
f5) with colors reversed. White will then often either
fianchetto his king’s bishop with Nf3, g3, Bg2, and 0-
0 with a reversed Leningrad Dutch; adopt a Stonewall 10.4.4 Other Black responses
formation with pawns on d4, e3, and f4 and attempt a
kingside attack; or fianchetto his queen’s bishop to in- • The flexible 1...Nf6 is also possible. Then if White
crease his hold on the e5 square. Another strategy, by plays 2.b3?! (2.Nf3 is safer), 2...d6! 3.Bb2?! (or
analogy with the Ilyin–Zhenevsky variation of the Dutch 3.Nf3 e5! 4.fxe5 dxe5 5.Nxe5?? Qd4!) e5!, a
Defence, involves White playing e3, Be2, 0-0, d3 and at- sort of From’s Gambit Deferred introduced by IM
tempting to achieve the break e3–e4 by various means, Michael Brooks, is dangerous for White, e.g. 4.fxe5
e.g. Ne5, Bf3, Qe2 and finally e3–e4, or simply Nc3 dxe5 5.Bxe5 Ng4! Then 6.Bb2 Bd6 “leaves White in
followed by e4. Timothy Taylor’s book on Bird’s Open- huge trouble down the e1–h4 diagonal”, and Black
ing puts the main line Bird’s Opening as follows: 1.f4 d5 wins an exchange after 7.Nf3 Bxh2! 8.Rxh2 Nxh2.
2.Nf3 g6 3.e3 Bg7 4.Be2 Nf6 5.0-0 0-0 6.d3 c5. After the alternative 6.Bg3, 6...Qf6! (even better
than 6...Bd6) 7.c3 (not 7.Nc3? Ne3! 8.dxe3 Bb4)
Bd6 is strong for Black.[10]
10.4.3 From’s Gambit • Another popular response is 1...g6, a sort of Modern
Defense, which may transpose into a reversed Dutch
Black’s sharpest try is 1...e5!?, From’s Gambit, named
Defense (if Black plays ...d5 and ...c5), or a Sicilian
for the Danish chess player Martin Severin From (1828–
Defence (if White plays e4 and Black plays ...c5).
1895). White then has the option to transpose into the
Black thus prevents White from playing on the a1–
King’s Gambit with 2.e4. This is an important option
h8 diagonal.
which may cause Black to consider playing a different
line if he wishes to avoid the King’s Gambit. It has been • Also reasonable is 1...c5, hoping for a transposition
observed that one of the possible disadvantages of From’s into the Tal Gambit, a favorable variation of the
Gambit is that it is very easy for White to avoid. Sicilian Defence, after 2.e4 d5! 3.exd5 (3.Nc3, the
If White accepts the gambit with 2.fxe5, Black must mellifluously-named “Toilet Variation,” is also pos-
choose between the main line 2...d6 and the rather ob- sible) Nf6, but White need not oblige, and may build
scure 2...Nc6. After 2...Nc6, International Master (IM) up more slowly with 2.Nf3, followed by g3, Bg2, d3
Timothy Taylor, in his 2005 book on the Bird’s, rec- and possibly a later e4.
ommends 3.Nc3! Nxe5 4.d4 intending 5.e4, rather
• The offbeat 1...b6!? is also known, and more
than 3.Nf3?! g5! when Black stands well.[6] Af-
soundly based than the same move after 1.e4 or
ter the normal 2...d6 3.exd6 Bxd6, White must play
1.d4, since 1.f4 does not aid White’s development,
4.Nf3, avoiding 4.Nc3?? Qh4+ 5.g3 Qxg3+ 5.hxg3
and weakens the a8–h1 diagonal as the move f3 is
Bxg3 checkmate. Then Black again has two alterna-
no longer available to shore up White’s center. Tay-
tives: 4...g5 to drive away White’s knight, and 4...Nf6,
lor recommends 2.e4 Bb7 3.d3 e6 4.Nf3 Ne7 5.c3
threatening 5...Ng4 and 6...Nxh2! Future World Cham-
d5 6.Qc2 Nd7 7.Be3, with a spatial advantage for
pion Emanuel Lasker introduced 4...g5 in the game Bird–
White.[11]
Lasker, Newcastle upon Tyne, 1892, so it is known as
“Lasker’s Variation”.[7] Taylor considers 4...g5 dubious; • Also possible is 1...b5!?, a form of Polish Defense.
a quiet response that he considers favorable for White After the natural 2.e4 Bb7, White has no good way
is 5.d4 g4 6.Ne5! (6.Ng5? leads to a dubious piece to protect e4 while maintaining his attack on b5,
sacrifice) Bxe5 7.dxe5 Qxd1+ 8.Kxd1 Nc6 9.Nc3! Be6 since 3.Nc3? b4 4.Nd5 e6 wins a pawn.
(9...Nxe5?! 10.Bf4 f6 11.Nd5 Kd8 12.Nxf6!) 10.Bf4
0-0-0+ 11.Ke1 Nge7 12.e3 Ng6 13.Bg5 Rdf8 14.Bf6 • If Black chooses the symmetrical reply 1...f5, Tay-
Rhg8 15.Be2 Ngxe5 16.Rf1 “with the typical edge for lor considers White’s best line to be quiet play with
White that is characteristic of this variation”, according 2.b3 b6 3.Bb2 Bb7 4.e3, when 4...Nf6 5.Bxf6! exf6
to Taylor.[8] He also considers the sharper 5.g3 g4 6.Nh4 6.Nf3 left White with the better pawn structure in
favorable for White, giving as the main line 6...Ne7 7.d4 Larsen–Colon Romero, San Juan 1969. Instead,
Ng6 8.Nxg6 hxg6 9.Qd3 Nc6 (9...Rh5 10.Bg2; 9...Na6 4...e6 5.Qh5+ forces the weakening 5...g6, with a
10.c3) 10.c3 (10.Nc3? Nxd4! 11.Qxd4?? Bg3+ wins slight advantage to White according to Taylor.[12]
White’s queen) Bf5 (10...Qe7 11.Bg2! Bd7 12.Nd2 0- Also possible is the aggressive 2.e4!?, when Tay-
0-0 13.Ne4! favored White in Taylor–Becerra Rivero, lor analyzes 2...fxe4 3.d3 exd3 4.Bxd3 Nf6 5.Nf3
Minneapolis 2005) 11.e4 Qe7 12.Bg2 0-0-0 13.Be3. (5.g4 is well met by 5...d5, when after 6.g5, 6...Bg4
According to Taylor, White has a large advantage in and 6...Ne4 both favor Black) 5...d5 6.0-0, when
254 CHAPTER 10. FLANK OPENINGS
he considers White to have some, but not enough, more successful for White: 1.e4 (53.15%), 1.d4 (54.8%),
compensation for the sacrificed pawn.[13] Another 1.Nf3 (55.4%), 1.c4 (54.65%), and 1.g3 (54.9%).[18]
possible continuation is 2...fxe4 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.g4,
the Swiss Gambit. This gambit was named by
Alexander Wagner (1868–1942), a Polish chess 10.4.6 See also
player and openings analyst who introduced it in the
Swiss correspondence game Wagner–Kostin, 1910–
• List of chess openings
11. The term “Swiss Gambit” is often used to re-
fer more generally to 1.f4 f5 2.e4. Chess historian
• List of chess openings named after people
Edward Winter has criticized that usage, pointing
out that 1.f4 f5 2.e4 was analyzed by F.A. Lange
in the June 1859 Deutsche Schachzeitung, and was
played by many players, including Adolf Anderssen, 10.4.7 Notes
in the nineteenth century.[14]
[1] “Having forgotten familiar openings, I commenced adopt-
• An aggressive but rare response is 1...g5?!, the ing KBP for first move, and finding it led to highly inter-
Hobbs Gambit, with play possibly continuing 2.fxg5 esting games out of the usual groove, I became partial to
h6, a sort of mirror image Benko Gambit. White it.” —Henry Bird (1873, entering match play after a six
can simply return the pawn with 3.g6, leaving Black year absence from chess); Hooper and Whyld (1987), p.
with a weakened kingside after 3...fxg6. A variant 32.
is the Hobbs–Zilbermints Gambit, 1...h6 intending
2...g5; against this, White could proceed with 2. e4 [2] Hooper and Whyld (1992), p. 40.
g5 3. d4, when Black has lost time and weakened
his kingside. [3] de Firmian (2008), p. 732.
• Another offbeat try is Martin Appleberry’s [4] “The chess games of Lars Karlsson”. Chessgames.com.
1...Nh6!?. The idea is to meet 2. b3 with 2...e5, an- Retrieved 2012-09-07.
other deferred From Gambit, and 2.e4 with 2...d5,
when 3.exd5 Qxd5 would result in a Scandinavian [5] “The chess games of Henrik Danielsen”. Chess-
Defense where White’s pawn is oddly placed on f4. games.com. 2010-07-26. Retrieved 2012-09-07.
However, 2.Nf3 avoids both of these lines.
[6] Taylor (2005), p. 182.
• Another possible reply by Black is 1...Nc6. With
this move, Black lays the support for the advance of [7] Taylor (2005), pp. 150–51.
the e-file pawn. The general sequence of moves that
Black may opt for is g6, Bg7 and d6 and eventually [8] Taylor (2005), pp. 149–52.
advance the e-file pawn.
[9] Taylor (2005), pp. 135–45.
Out of the twenty possible opening moves, 1.f4 ranks [11] Taylor (2005), pp. 202–03.
sixth in popularity in ChessGames.com's database, be-
hind 1.e4, 1.d4, 1.Nf3, 1.c4, and 1.g3.[15] It is less than [12] Taylor (2005), p. 210.
one-twentieth as popular as the mirror image English
Opening (1.c4).[15] The move 1.f4 slightly weakens [13] Taylor (2005), pp. 214–16.
White’s king's position.[16] ChessGames.com’s statistics
indicate that the opening is not an effective way of pre- [14] Edward Winter, 'The Swiss Gambit' (1998).
serving White’s first-move advantage: as of February
2013, out of 3,872 games with 1.f4, White had won [15] Opening Explorer. ChessGames.com. Retrieved on
30.7%, drawn 32%, and lost 37.7%, for a total score of 2009-02-06.
46.7%.[15][17] White scores much better with the more
popular 1.e4 (54.25%), 1.d4 (55.95%), 1.Nf3 (55.8%), [16] Adorján (1998), p. 27.
1.c4 (56.3%), and 1.g3 (55.8%).[15]
[17] White’s overall winning percentage is calculated by taking
According to the similar site 365chess.com, which in- the percentage of games won by White and adding half of
cludes data for lower level games, as of August 2015, the percentage of drawn games, in this case 32.8 plus half
out of 20,010 games with 1.f4, White had won 35.1%, of 25.3.
drawn 25%, and lost 39.9%, for a total score of 47.6%.[18]
The five more popular openings are still substantially [18] http://www.365chess.com/opening.php
10.5. BENKO’S OPENING 255
White’s 1.g3 ranks as the fifth most popular opening 10.5.3 Notes
move, but it is far less popular than 1.e4, 1.d4, 1.c4
and 1.Nf3. It is usually followed by 2.Bg2, fianchettoing [1] Batsford’s Modern Chess Openings, 15th Edition (2008),
the bishop. Nick de Firmian writes that 1.g3 “can, and Nick De Firmian
usually does, transpose into almost any other opening in
[2] Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings, Volume A, Fourth Edi-
which White fianchettos his king’s bishop”.[1] Included
tion. Chess Informant.
among these are the Catalan Opening, the King’s Indian
Attack and some variations of the English Opening. For [3] Gulam Kassim, Analysis of the Muzio Gambit and Match
this reason, the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings has no of Two Games at Chess between Madras and Hyderabad,
specific code devoted to 1.g3. The move itself is classified Madras, 1829
256 CHAPTER 10. FLANK OPENINGS
[4] Mednis, Edmar (1994). How Karpov Wins. Courier 10.6.1 Continuations
Dover Publications.
The Black responses which are given one or more chap-
[5] Timman, Jan (2005). Curaçao 1962: The Battle of Minds ters in the Encyclopedia of Chess Openings (ECO) are
that Shook the Chess World. New in Chess. ISBN 978-90- given below, ranked in order of popularity.[8]
5691-139-3.
1...Nf6
10.5.4 References Like White’s move, Black’s move is non-committal as to
opening. 2. d4 is identical to 1. d4 Nf6 2. Nf3 (see
• Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox Queen’s Pawn Game). 2. c4 is a common start for the
Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744- English Opening or it may be brought back to the Queen’s
285-4. Gambit Declined 2. g3 is a common start for the King’s
Indian Attack.
The Zukertort Opening is a chess opening named after Black stakes a claim to the center. White has many trans-
Johannes Zukertort that begins with the move: positional options. 2. d4 is again the same as 1. d4 d5 2.
Nf3 (see Queen’s Pawn Game). 2. g3 is the King’s Indian
Attack. 2. c4 is the Reti Opening or English Opening.
1. Nf3
1...c5
Sometimes the term "Réti Opening" is used to describe
the opening move 1.Nf3,[1] although most sources define Black invites White to play 2. e4, transitioning into the
the Réti more narrowly as the sequence 1.Nf3 d5 2.c4.[2] Sicilian Defense, or 2. c4, the Symmetrical Defense of
A flank opening, it is the third most popular of the twenty the English Opening.
legal opening moves White has, behind only 1.e4 and
1.d4.[3][4][5] 1...g6
The move has been described by Edmar Mednis as a “per-
fect and flexible opening”[6] and by others such as Aron White can play 2. c4 for the English Opening, 2. e4 for
Nimzowitsch as “certainly the most solid move, whereas the Sicilian Defense, 2. g3 for the King’s Indian Attack,
moves such as 1.e4 and 1.d4 are both 'committal' and or 2. d4 for the King’s Indian Defense.
'compromising'.”[7] The game can transpose into a large
number of other openings which usually start with 1.e4,
1.d4, or 1.c4. In most games, 1.Nf3 transposes into an- 1...f5
other opening. If Black is not careful, there is the risk
of running unprepared into a highly theoretical opening, After 1...f5, 2. d4 is the Dutch Defense. 2. e4 borrows
e.g. after 1.Nf3 c5 White can play 2.e4 leading to the ideas from the Staunton Gambit.
mainline Sicilian Defense. Other common transpositions
are to various lines of the Queen’s Gambit Declined (after
e.g. 1.Nf3 d5 2.d4 Nf6 3.c4) or the Catalan Opening (af-
10.6.2 See also
ter e.g. 1.Nf3 Nf6 2.g3 d5 3.Bg2 e6 4.0-0 Be7 5.c4).[6]
• List of chess openings
The main independent lines which usually start with
1.Nf3 are the Réti Opening (1.Nf3 d5 2.c4) and the
King’s Indian Attack (where White plays 1.Nf3, 2.g3, 10.6.3 Further reading
3.Bg2, 4.0-0, and 5.d3, though not always in that order).
By playing 1.Nf3 White has prevented Black from play- • Djuric, Stefan (2010). Chess Opening Essentials,
ing 1...e5, and many players who want to play the English Volume 4- 1.Nf3. New in Chess. ISBN 978-90-
Opening but avoid the reversed Sicilian lines beginning 5691-308-3.
with 1.c4 e5 opt to start the game with 1.Nf3 instead.[6]
In the Encyclopedia of Chess Openings, Zukertort Open- 10.6.4 References
ings are classified in the coding series A04 - A09. 1...d5
is under A06-A09, 1...Nf6 is under A05, and any other [1] “Reti Opening (A04)". Chessgames.com. Retrieved
Black move is under A04. 2009-04-04.
10.7. RÉTI OPENING 257
If Black takes the pawn, then in the same manner as the After 2.c4 c6 3.e3 Nf6 4.Nc3 e6, White can play 5.d4 for
QGA, 3.e3 or 3.e4 regain the pawn with a slight advan- the Semi-Slav Defense.
tage to White—Black being left somewhat undeveloped.
3.Na3 and 3.Qa4+ are also good, and commonly played. 1.Nf3 d5 2.c4 c6 3.e3 Nf6 4.Nc3 e6 5.d4 to
This variety of White options limits the popularity of
2...dxc4. 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 d5 4.Nc3 c6 5.e3
After 2.c4 e6, White can play 3.d4 for the Queen’s Gam- • List of chess openings
bit Declined.
• List of chess openings named after people
1.Nf3 d5 2.c4 e6 3.d4 to • Zukertort Opening
1.d4 d5 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 • Réti Opening, King’s Indian Attack
After 4.Bg2, Black may play ...Be7 or ...dxc4. With move [3] Richard Reti vs Akiba Rubinstein, Karlsbad 1923
4...Be7, White can then play 5.d4.
[4] Tartakower, Savielly; du Mont, Julius (1975). 500 Mas-
ter Games of Chess (1952). Dover Publications. p. 636.
1.Nf3 d5 2.c4 e6 3.g3 Nf6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.d4 to ISBN 0-486-23208-5.
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 d5 4.g3 Be7 5.Bg2 [5] Modern Chess Openings, 15th edition, by Nick de Firmian,
ISBN 978-0-8129-3682-7, p. 718
This goes to the Closed Catalan, avoiding Open Catalan
(except classical line).[5] Or else White can castle, then
Black probably castles as well. 10.7.6 Further reading
• Dunnington, Angus (1998). Easy Guide to the Reti
1.Nf3 d5 2.c4 e6 3.g3 Nf6 4.Bg2 Be7 5.O-O Opening. Cadogan. ISBN 978-1-85744-518-3.
O-O 6.d4 to
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e6 3.Nf3 d5 4.g3 Be7 5.Bg2 O- • Davies, Nigel (2004). The Dynamic Reti. Everyman
O 6.O-O Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-352-3.
After 2.c4 c6 3.e3 Nf6, White can play 4.d4 for the Slav
Defense.
Irregular Openings
11.1 Irregular chess opening a general and well known classification in preference to
arranging these peculiar débuts under separate and less
In chess, irregular opening is a traditional term for any familiar heads.” Under this heading, Staunton considers
opening considered unusual or unorthodox. In the early the French Defence, Sicilian Defence, Scandinavian De-
19th century it was used for any opening not beginning fence, Owen’s Defence, Dutch Defence, Benoni Defence,
with 1.e4 e5 (the Open Game) or 1.d4 d5 (the Closed Bird’s Opening and English Opening.[4]
Game). As opening theory has developed and openings
formerly considered “irregular” have become standard,
11.1.2 Examples
the term has been used less frequently.[1]
Unusual first moves by White
11.1.1 Usage of the term The vast majority of high level chess games begin with ei-
ther 1.e4, 1.d4, 1.Nf3 or 1.c4.[5] Also seen occasionally
While the term has frequently been used in chess litera- are 1.g3, 1.b3 and 1.f4. Other opening moves by White,
ture, its meaning has never been precise and has varied along with a few non-transposing lines beginning 1.g3,
between writers. are classified under the code “A00” by the Encyclopaedia
One of the earliest references to “irregular openings” in of Chess Openings and described as “uncommon” or
chess literature was made by William Lewis in his 1832 “irregular”.[6][7] Although they are classified under a sin-
work Second Series of Lessons on the Game of Chess. gle code, these openings are unrelated to each other.
Lewis classified openings under the headings "King’s The openings classified as A00 are:
Bishop’s Game" (1.e4 e5 2.Bc4), "King’s Knight’s Game"
(1.e4 e5 2.Nf3), "Queen’s Bishop’s Pawn Game" (1.e4 e5
• 1.a3 – Anderssen’s Opening
2.c3), "King’s Gambit" (1.e4 e5 2.f4), "Queen’s Gam-
bit" (1.d4 d5 2.c4) and “Irregular Openings” (all other • 1.a4 – Ware Opening
openings). Lewis comments that the irregular openings
are “seldom played, because they are generally dull and • 1.b4 – Sokolsky Opening, also known as the Polish
uninteresting”. Among the openings he analyzes under Opening or Orangutan Opening
this heading are the French Defence and English Open- • 1.c3 – Saragossa Opening
ing (both now considered standard), Bird’s Opening and
a few 1.d4 d5 lines without the Queen’s Gambit. Lewis • 1.d3 – Mieses Opening
assigns no names to these openings.[2]
• 1.e3 – Van 't Kruijs Opening
Carl Jaenisch, who was an early advocate of the French
and Sicilian defences, rejected this use of the term “ir- • 1.f3 – Barnes Opening, also known as Gedult’s
regular”, saying that openings should rather be classified Opening
as “correct”, “incorrect” or “hazardous”.[3] In The Chess-
• 1.g3 - King’s Fianchetto Opening or Benko’s Open-
Player’s Handbook (1847), for many years the standard
ing
English-language reference book on the game of chess,
Howard Staunton accepted Lewis’s overall classification • 1.g4 – Grob’s Attack
system while tacitly acknowledging Jaenisch’s objections.
He wrote “Those methods of commencing the game, in • 1.h3 – Clemenz Opening, or Basman’s Attack
which the first or second player moves other than (1.e4 • 1.h4 – Desprez Opening, or Kadas Opening
e5 or 1.d4 d5) are usually designated “Irregular”. With-
out assenting to the propriety of this distinction, I have • 1.Na3 – Durkin Opening, also known as Durkin’s
thought it advisable, for the sake of perspicuity, to adopt Attack or the Sodium Attack
259
260 CHAPTER 11. IRREGULAR OPENINGS
• 1.e4 h6 – Carr Defence [3] Carl Jaenisch,Jaenisch’s Chess Preceptor: A New Analy-
sis of the Openings of Game, Longman, Brown, Green &
• 1.e4 Na6 – Lemming Defence Longman, London, 1847 (original in French, St. Peters-
burg 1843)
• 1.e4 Nc6 – Nimzowitsch Defence
[4] Howard Staunton, The Chess-Player’s Handbook, Henry
• 1.e4 Nh6 – Adams Defence G. Bohn, London 1847
• 1.e4 a5 – Cornstalk Defence [5] Randy Olson, Popularity of chess openings over time,
ChessBase, 24 June 2014
• 1.e4 b5 – Polish Gambit
[6] “Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings Classification Code
• 1.e4 f5 – Fred Defence
Index” (PDF). chessinformant. Retrieved 6 July 2016.
• 1.e4 g5 – Borg Defence [7] “A00-A99”. chessarch. Retrieved 5 July 2016.
• 1.e4 h5 – Goldsmith Defence [8] Savielly Tartakower & Jules Du Mont, 500 Master Games
of Chess, Dover, 1952, p651
Of these, 1...Nc6, 1...b6, 1...a6 and 1...g5 have received
the most theoretical attention.[9] Tony Miles famously [9] Nick de Firmian, Batsford’s Modern Chess Openings, 2014
used 1...a6 to defeat Anatoly Karpov.[10] [10] Les Bunning, Miles known for unorthodox style of play,
Ottawa Citizen, 28 June 1980
11.2.1 Discussion
11.2.5 References
This opening move does little for development or control
of the center. In some cases, White can transpose the Notes
game to an opening where 1.a3 might have been useful,
but using a tempo on such a move already on move one [1] Anderssen vs Morphy, Paris 1858
seems premature. In fact, this opening is based on the
[2] Anderssen vs Morphy, Paris 1858
idea that White is playing with the black pieces, but he
has the move 1.a3 already played. If a game starts 1.a3 [3] Anderssen vs Morphy, Paris 1858
e5 2.e4 Nf6 3.Nc3, Black cannot proceed in Ruy Lopez-
fashion, and if Black plays 3...Bc5, then 4.Nf3 puts Black [4] Dr. Zvonko Krecak games at ChessGames.com
into the Two Knights’ Defence and White’s a3 precludes
[5] Carlsen vs Ivanchuk, Nice 2010
many possibilities.
Anderssen’s Opening is not a very constructive move for Bibliography
White, more a waiting move. Some players may enjoy
the psychological value of such a move, however, or be-
lieve it will help them against an opponent with a superior • Angus Dunnington (2000). Winning Unorthodox
knowledge of opening theory. Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
285-4.
Among the more common Black responses to Ander-
ssen’s Opening are: • Eric Schiller (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings
(Second ed.). Cardoza. p. 48. ISBN 1-58042-072-
• 1...d5, which makes a straightforward claim on the 9.
center;
• Benjamin, Joel; Schiller, Eric (1987). Unorthodox
• 1...g6, which prepares to fianchetto the bishop to g7 Openings. Macmillan Publishing Company. ISBN
(since developing the bishop to b4 is unlikely) where 0-02-016590-0.
it puts pressure on the slightly weakened queenside
squares;
11.3 Ware Opening
• 1...e5 is also possible, but White can then play 2.c4,
leading to a kind of Sicilian Defence with colors
reversed, where a pawn on a3 can be useful. An- The Ware Opening (or Meadow Hay Opening) is an
other approach is 2.e4 Nf6 3.Nc3, transposing to uncommon chess opening for White beginning with the
Mengarini’s Opening. move:
1. a4
11.2.2 Use
It is named after U.S. chess player Preston Ware, who of-
A modern proponent of the move is Croatian ten played uncommon openings. The Ware is considered
International Master Dr. Zvonko Krecak.[4] In March an irregular opening, so it is classified under the A00 code
2010 the then world number one Magnus Carlsen in the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings.
played the opening in the blindfold game against Vassily
Ivanchuk at the Amber chess tournament. Carlsen later
lost the game.[5] 11.3.1 Opening idea
The Ware Opening attacks the b5-square and prepares to
11.2.3 Named variations bring the a1-rook into the game. The b5-square is non-
essential and if Black plays 1...e5, the f8-bishop prevents
• 1.a3 g6 2.g4 (Andersspike)
the development of the white rook for the moment. The
• 1.a3 e5 2.h3 d5 (Creepy Crawly Formation) reply 1...e5 also gains space for Black in the center, a typ-
ical objective of most openings but one completely ig-
• 1.a3 a5 2.b4 (Polish Gambit) nored by the Ware Opening. Noting all this, the Ware
262 CHAPTER 11. IRREGULAR OPENINGS
Opening is normally seen played only by players com- • Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox
pletely new to chess. Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
An experienced player using the Ware Opening will usu- 285-4.
ally meet a response of 1...d5 or 1...e5 with 2.d4 or 2.e4,
• Eric Schiller (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings
respectively, since a reversed Scandinavian or Englund
(Second ed.). Cardoza. pp. 506–508. ISBN 1-
Gambit would be unsound here. At some later point the
58042-072-9.
move a5 will be played, followed by Ra4 (as Ra3?? in-
vites ...Bxa3 Nxa3 with a definite advantage for Black).
In the 2012 World Blitz Championship, 1.a4 was em-
ployed as a little joke by Magnus Carlsen against Teimour
11.4 Sokolsky Opening
Radjabov, who during the blitz championship two years
earlier had told him “Everyone is getting tired. You might The Sokolsky Opening (also known as the Orangutan
as well start with 1.a4 and you can still beat them.” The or Polish) is an uncommon chess opening that begins
game soon turned into a sort of Four Knights Game where with the move:
Carlsen finally prevailed.[1]
1. b4
11.3.2 Variations
According to various databases, out of the twenty possi-
There are several named variations of the Ware Opening. ble first moves from White, the move 1.b4 ranks ninth in
The best known of these are: popularity.[1] It is considered an irregular opening, so it
is classified under the A00 code in the Encyclopaedia of
Chess Openings (ECO).
• 1...e5 2.h4 – the Crab Variation. This does nothing
to help White, but instead weakens his position even
more.
11.4.1 Details
• 1...e5 2.a5 d5 3.e3 f5 4.a6 – the Ware Gambit.
The opening has never been popular at the top level,
• 1...b6 2.d4 d5 3.Nc3 Nd7 – the Cologne Gambit. though a number of prominent players have employed it
on occasion (for example, Richard Réti against Abraham
• 1...b5 2.axb5 Bb7 – the Wing Gambit of the Ware Speijer in Scheveningen 1923 and Boris Spassky against
Opening. Vasily Smyslov in the 1960 Moscow–Leningrad match).
Soviet player Alexei Pavlovich Sokolsky (1908–69) wrote
• 1...a5 – the rarely seen Symmetric Variation. a monograph on this opening in 1963, Debyut 1 b2–b4.
Perhaps its most famous use came in the game
11.3.3 See also Tartakower versus Maróczy, in the New York 1924 chess
tournament on March 21, 1924.[2] The name “Orangutan
• Corn Stalk Defense – sometimes known as the Opening” originates from that game: the players visited
“Ware Defense” the Bronx Zoo the previous day, where Tartakower con-
sulted an orangutan named Susan, and she somehow indi-
• Preston Ware cated, Tartakower insisted, that he should open with b4.
Also Tartakower noted that the climbing movement of the
• List of chess openings pawn to b5 reminded him of the orangutan. In that par-
ticular game, Tartakower came out of the opening with a
• List of chess openings named after people decent position, but the game was drawn.[3][4] Alekhine,
who played in the tournament and wrote a book on it, said
that 1.b4 was an old move, and that the problem is that
11.3.4 Notes it reveals White’s intentions, before White knows what
Black’s intentions are.[5]
[1] “Grischuk wins 2nd World Blitz title in Astana”.
The opening is largely based upon tactics on the queenside
ChessVibes. 10 July 2012. Retrieved 11 July 2012.
or the f6- and g7-squares. Black can respond in a vari-
ety of ways: For example, Black can make a claim on
11.3.5 References the centre (which White’s first move ignores) with 1...d5
(possibly followed by 2.Bb2 Qd6, attacking b4 and sup-
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox- porting e7–e5),[6] 1...e5 or 1...f5. Less ambitious moves
ford Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN like 1...Nf6, 1...c6 (called the Outflank Variation, prepar-
0-19-280049-3. ing ...Qb6 or ...a5), and 1...e6 are also reasonable. Rarer
11.5. SARAGOSSA OPENING 263
attempts have been made with 1...a5 or 1...c5. Black’s re- [6] Martin, Andrew (2004). “How To Meet The Polish &
ply 1...e6 is usually followed by ...d5, ...Nf6 and an even- Grob”. www.jeremysilman.com.
tual ...c5. After 1.b4 e5 it is normal for White to ignore
the attack on the b-pawn and play 2.Bb2, when 2...d6,
Bibliography
2...f6, and 2...Bxb4 are all playable. After 1...a5 White
will most likely play 2.b5 and take advantage of Black’s
queenside weakness. Black’s 1...c5 is much sharper and • Hooper, David; Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Oxford
more aggressive and is normally used to avoid theory. Af- Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN 0-
ter the capture Black will generally place pressure on the 19-280049-3.
c5-square and will develop an attack against White’s weak
queenside structure. • Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox
Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
285-4.
11.4.2 See also
• List of chess openings • Eric Schiller (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings
(Second ed.). Cardoza. ISBN 1-58042-072-9. p.
• List of chess openings named after people 354-357
• 1...e5 2.Bb2 f6 3.e4 Bxb4 (Tartakower Gambit) • ECO A00: Polish (Sokolsky) opening
• 1...e5 2.Bb2 f6 3.e4 Bxb4 4.Bc4 Nc6 5.f4 Qe7 6.f5
g6 (Brinckmann Variation) • 1. b4 variations and games by Marek Trokenheim
(Marek’s 1.b4 Encyclopaedia)
• 1...Na6 (Bucker Defense Kingsley Variation)
• Sokolsky
• 1...Nc6 (Grigorian Variation)
• 1...Nf6 2.Bb2 g6 3.g4 (Polish Spike) • Opening Report. Birmingham Gambit: 1.b4 c5
(148 games)
• 1...Nh6 (Karniewski Variation)
• Opening Report. Tartakower Gambit: 1.b4 e5
11.4.4 References 2.Bb2 f6 3.e4 Bxb4 (783 games)
Notes
11.5 Saragossa Opening
[1] See for example ChessBase, 365chess opening explorer,
and ChessGames.com opening explorer
The Saragossa Opening (or Hempel’s Opening) is a
[2] “Savielly Tartakower vs Geza Maroczy”. Chess- chess opening defined by the opening move:
games.com. Retrieved 2008-01-20.
• Benjamin, Joel; Schiller, Eric (1987). Unorthodox • Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox
Openings. Macmillan Publishing Company. pp. Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
10–11. ISBN 0-02-016590-0. 285-4.
266 CHAPTER 11. IRREGULAR OPENINGS
11.7.4 External links If Black replies 1...e5, the game might proceed into a pas-
sive line known as the Blue Moon Defence. It usually oc-
• Interactive chessboard showing the Amsterdam At- curs after the moves 1.f3 e5 2.Nh3 d5 3.Nf2 (avoiding
tack variation 3...Bxh3 4.gxh3 weakening the kingside) Nf6 4.e3 Nc6
5.Be2 Bc5 6.0-0 0-0. White has no stake in the center,
• Short biography of Maarten van't Kruijs
but hopes to make a hole to break into.
• The chess games of Maarten Van't Kruijs If White plays poorly and leaves too many lines open
against his king after 2.Kf2, he might be quickly check-
mated. One example: 1.f3 d5 2.Kf2 e5 (Black places two
11.8 Barnes Opening pawns in the center to prepare for quick development)
3.e4 Bc5+ 4.Kg3 Qg5#.
Barnes Opening (or Gedult’s Opening) is a chess open-
ing where White opens with:
11.8.2 Fool’s Mate
1. f3
Barnes Opening can lead to Fool’s mate, 1.f3 e5 2.g4 Qh4
The opening is named after Thomas Wilson Barnes mate. Of all of White’s legal moves on his second move,
(1825–74), an English player who had an impressive only one allows mate in one, while another, 2.h3, allows
eight wins over Paul Morphy, including one game where mate in two.
Barnes answered 1.e4 with 1...f6, known as Barnes De-
fense.
11.8.3 A transposition
It is considered an irregular opening, so it is classified un-
der the A00 code in the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings David Gedult, a cult hero of the Blackmar-Diemer Gam-
(ECO). bit community, often played 1.f3 d5 2.e4 dxe4 3.Nc3.
This is sometimes called the Gedult Opening. Play often
transposes to the Blackmar-Diemer Gambit proper, with
11.8.1 Strategy 3...exf3 4.Nxf3 Nf6 5.d4.
• Eric Schiller (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings After 1. g4 d5 2.Bg2 Bxg4!? 3.c4
(Second ed.). Cardoza. p. 51. ISBN 1-58042-072- After 3.c4 d4 4.Bxb7 Nd7
9. OCLC 51747780. Romford Countergambit, after 5. Bxa8 Qxa8 6. f3 d3!
• Bill Wall (1988). Grob’s Attack. Chess Enterprises. 11.10.2 See also
ISBN 0-931462-86-X.
• List of chess openings
• Angus Dunnington (2000). Winning Unorthodox
Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744- • List of chess openings named after people
285-4.
• Martin, Andrew (2004). “How To Meet The Polish • Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox
& Grob”. www.jeremysilman.com. Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
285-4.
• Eric Schiller (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings
11.10 Clemenz Opening (Second ed.). Cardoza. p. 108. ISBN 1-58042-
072-9.
The Clemenz Opening is a chess opening beginning with
the move:
11.11 Desprez Opening
1. h3
The Desprez Opening is a chess opening characterized
This opening is named after Hermann Clemenz (1846– by the opening move:
1908), an Estonian player. It is considered an irregular
opening, and is classified under the code A00 (miscella- 1. h4
neous first moves by White) in the Encyclopaedia of Chess
Openings. The opening is named after the French player Marcel De-
sprez. Like a number of other rare openings, 1.h4 has
some alternate names such as “Kadas Opening”, “Anti-
11.10.1 Discussion Borg Opening”, "Samurai Opening”, and “Reagan’s
Attack”. Gabor Kadas is a Hungarian player. Accord-
Like Anderssen’s Opening, 1.a3, 1.h3 is a time-wasting ing to Eric Schiller's Unorthodox Chess Openings, the last
move, as it makes no claim on the central squares, nor name is because 1.h4 is “thoroughly unmotivated and cre-
does it aid development. It also leads to a slight weaken- ates weaknesses with only vague promises of future po-
ing of White’s kingside, albeit not as severely as Grob’s tential”, a political gibe against Ronald Reagan.
Attack (1.g4) or Barnes Opening (1.f3). Since there is no
need for White to make such a time-wasting first move, As the Desprez Opening is very rare, it is considered an
it is among the rarest of the 20 possible first moves. Nev- irregular opening, so it is classified under the A00 code
ertheless, IM Michael Basman has experimented with in the Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings.
1.h3, usually following it up with 2.g4 (transposing to the
Grob), or 2.a3 followed by a quick c2–c4, a line that has
11.11.1 Assessment
been dubbed the “Creepy Crawly”.
Black has a number of playable responses, the most com- Like 1.a4, the Ware Opening, 1.h4 is an irrelevant pawn
mon being 1...d5 and 1...e5, which stake out a claim for move which does nothing in the fight over central space,
central space. Another response, 1...b6 (or even 1...b5),and does very little for development. The only piece re-
intends to fianchetto a bishop to pressure White’s weak- leased is the rook, and this piece is usually not developed
ened pawns, and forestall a White kingside expansion by moving it to h3. In addition, 1.h4 weakens White’s
with g2–g4. kingside. For all of these reasons, 1.h4 is among the rarest
1...f5 is probably not Black’s best reply to 1.h3, since of the twenty possible first moves for White.
White can then play 2.d4, transposing to a sharp line Black usually responds by grabbing the center with 1...d5
against the Dutch Defense once tried by Viktor Korch- or 1...e5, and simple and sound development by 1...Nf6
noi. is also possible. However, 1...g6, intending to fianchetto
11.13. DUNST OPENING 269
Black’s bishop on g7, is rare because White can under- is White’s plan, it is stronger to play 1.c4 (the English
mine Black’s pawn structure with 2.h5, making 1.h4 seem Opening). As such, this opening is probably most valu-
like a logical move. able as a way to avoid opening preparation. On the other
Grandmaster David Bronstein once remarked that he hand, there are better ways to avoid an opponent’s open-
knew of a Russian player who always opened 1.h4 and ing preparation, for example by developing the b1-knight
always won. His point was that after 1. ...e5 2.g3 d5 to c3.
3.d4! exd4 4.Qxd4 Nc6 5.Qd1 Nf6 6.Nh3! Be7 7.Nf4
0-0 8.Bg2 the f4 knight is well placed and White has a 11.12.2 See also
good position.[1] However, Black does not have to be so
cooperative. • List of chess openings
• List of chess openings named after people
11.11.2 See also
• List of chess openings 11.12.3 References
• List of chess openings named after people • Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld. “Durkin Open-
ing.” Oxford Companion to Chess. Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 1992. 117.
11.11.3 Notes
• Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox
[1] McDonald, Neil (2001). Concise Chess Openings. Every- Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
man. p. 301. ISBN 1-85744-297-0. 285-4.
• Eric Schiller (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings
11.11.4 References (Second ed.). Cardoza. p. 454. ISBN 1-58042-
072-9.
• Eric Schiller (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings
(Second ed.). Cardoza. ISBN 1-58042-072-9. p. • Benjamin, Joel; Schiller, Eric (1987). “Durkin At-
237 tack”. Unorthodox Openings. Macmillan Publishing
Company. pp. 103–04. ISBN 0-02-016590-0.
• Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox
Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
285-4. 11.13 Dunst Opening
The Dunst Opening is a chess opening where White
11.12 Durkin Opening opens with the move:
van Geet (March 1, 1932 – April 29, 2012) frequently 11.13.3 Possible continuations
played 1.Nc3, so it is often called the van Geet’s Opening
in the Netherlands. The appellation Sleipnir seems 1...d5
to come from Germany. Sleipnir is Odin's (Wotan in
German) magical eight-legged horse, and chess knights This is one of Black’s best replies, occupying the cen-
are horses with up to eight different possible moves ter and underscoring the unsettled position of White’s
each turn. Czech Jan Kotrč (1862–1943), editor and knight. White can prevent 2...d4 by playing 2.d4 himself,
publisher of the magazine České Listy, said the opening but he then obtains a somewhat inflexible position in the
was analyzed by English players. Zvonimir Meštrović Queen’s Pawn Game with his knight blocking the c-pawn
(b. October 17, 1944) is a Slovenian International (Kaufman 2004:469, 473). Also possible is 2.Nf3 (and if
Master who often adopts this opening. Tim Harding 2...d4, 3.Ne4), a sort of Black Knights’ Tango with an ex-
refers to it as the “Queen’s Knight Attack” (Harding tra move (Harding 1974:10). A third line is 2.e3, which
1974:8). National Master Hugh Myers called it “Mil- Keilhack calls “the Müller game,” when White hopes for
lard’s Opening” after Henry Millard (1824–91), a blind 2...e5 (other moves are also playable, of course) 3.Qh5!?,
correspondence chess player who drew with the opening e.g. 3...Nc6 4.Bb5 Qd6 5.d4 exd4 6.exd4 Nf6 7.Qe5+!
in a simultaneous exhibition against Joseph Henry Black- Be6?! (Keilhack recommends 7...Kd8!! 8.Bxc6 bxc6
burne. Blackburne later played the opening himself 9.Nf3 Bg4) 8.Bf4 0-0-0 9.Bxc6 Qxc6? 10.Nb5!, when
against Josef Noa in the London 1883 international chess White wins at least a pawn (Keilhack 2005:307–11).
tournament (Myers 2002:24–25).[1] The German FIDE
Master Harald Keilhack in his 2005 book on the opening White’s most common response to 1...d5 is 2.e4. This is
states that it has also been referred to as the Romanian the same position as 1.e4 d5 2.Nc3, an obscure branch
Defense, and that he prefers the neutral appellation “Der of the Scandinavian Defense. Black has five plausi-
Linksspringer” or, in English, “the Knight on the Left” ble responses to 2.e4: 2...e6 and 2...c6 transpose to the
(Keilhack 2005:7). French and Caro–Kann Defenses, and 2...Nf6 to a varia-
tion of Alekhine’s Defence. The move 2...d4 gives Black
a spatial advantage, which White may work to undermine
11.13.2 General remarks along the lines of hypermodernism. Keilhack writes,
“2...d4 is chosen either by somewhat naive players who
The opening move 1.Nc3 develops the knight to a good are attracted by the fact that Black wins time and space ...
square where it attacks the central e4 and d5 squares. or by strong players who are aware of the strategic risks
Although quite playable, 1.Nc3 is rarely seen; it is but are striving for a complex battle.” (Keilhack 2005:44)
only the eighth most popular of the 20 possible first He considers the Van Geet Attack, 2...d4 3.Nce2 fol-
moves, behind 1.e4, 1.d4, 1.Nf3, 1.c4, 1.g3, 1.f4, and lowed by Ng3, to be “the core of the 1.Nc3 opening,”
1.b3. As of February 6, 2009, out of the over 500,000 “a fully independent entity which strives for early knight
games in ChessGames.com's database, only 644—about activity on the kingside,” usually with Ng3, Nf3, Bc4 or
1 out of every 780—begins with 1.Nc3.[2] The third- Bb5, 0-0, and d3 (Keilhack 2005:44). Alternative lines
ranking 1.Nf3 is 66 times as popular.[2] Some very strong for White include the unusual 3.Nb1!?, with which van
Geet once drew Spassky, and, after 3.Nce2, playing a sort
correspondence chess players employ 1.Nc3 frequently,
and it is occasionally seen over-the-board. of King’s Indian Attack with d3, g3, Bg2, f4, Nf3, and 0-
0 – a line Keilhack calls the “Lizard Attack” (Keilhack
The reasons for 1.Nc3’s lack of popularity are that it 2005:125).
does not stop Black from occupying the center (while
1.Nf3 prevents 1...e5, 1.Nc3 does not prevent 1...d5 be- The fifth alternative, 1...d5 2.e4 dxe4, leads to more open
cause the d-pawn is guarded by the queen), and it blocks play. After 3.Nxe4, Black has a number of playable
White’s c-pawn from moving, thus making it impossi- moves, including 3...e5, 3...Nc6, 3...Bf5, 3...Nd7,
ble to play c3 or c4 (which are often desirable moves) 3...Nf6, and even 3...Qd5!?, when 4.Nc3 transposes to
without moving the knight first. In addition, after 1...d5, the Scandinavian Defense (Keilhack 2005:131, 144, 146,
the knight’s position is unstable because Black may at- 158, 172, 176). After 3...e5, White’s thematic move is
tack it with ...d4. Although 1.Nc3 develops a piece 4.Bc4, when several of Black’s plausible moves lead to
to a good square (unlike 1.Na3 or 1.Nh3), and does disaster, e.g. 4...Be7? 5.Qh5! and White wins at least
not weaken White’s position (unlike, e.g., 1.g4 or 1.f3) a pawn after 5...g6 6.Qxe5 or 5...Nh6 6.d3; or 4...Nf6?
or waste time (unlike, e.g., 1. c3), the above-stated 5.Ng5! Nd5 and now 6.d4!, 6.Qf3!, and 6.Nxf7!? Kxf7
drawbacks make it an inferior way of attempting to ex- 7.Qf3+ are all possible, with positions similar to the line
ploit White’s first-move advantage. Of the 644 games of the Two Knights Defense beginning 1.e4 e5 2.Nf3
with 1.Nc3 in ChessGames.com's database, White won Nc6 3.Bc4 Nf6 4.Ng5 d5 5.exd5 Nxd5?! (Keilhack
34.8%, drew 23.9%, and lost 41.3%, for a total winning 2005:133–34). However, 3...e5 4.Bc4 Nc6! is playable
percentage of only 46.75%.[2][3] White scores much bet- (Keilhack 2005:135–43).
ter with the more popular 1.e4 (54.25%), 1.d4 (55.95%), International Master Richard Palliser, in his 2006 book
1.Nf3 (55.8%), 1.c4 (56.3%), and 1.g3 (55.8%).[2] Beating Unusual Chess Openings, recommends 1...d5 2.e4
11.13. DUNST OPENING 271
dxe4 3.Nxe4 Nd7 for Black. He explains, “Black doesn't of Queen’s Pawn Game where White, having blocked
attempt to refute White’s opening or to gain lots of space his c-pawn, has little chance for advantage (Kaufman
(as with 2...d4), but simply settles for sensible devel- 2004:469, 473). After 2.e4, Black can again play 2...d5
opment. The position should be compared to both a with a type of Alekhine’s Defense; or 2...d6 3.d4 g6
Caro-Kann Defense and a French Rubinstein. Black will with a Pirc Defense or 3...e5 with a Philidor’s Defense.
hope to demonstrate that he has gained from the omis- The most solid response to 2.e4 is 2...e5, leading to a
sion of an early ...c6 or ...e6, while White will generally Vienna Game or, after 3.Nf3 Nc6, to a Four Knights
omit d4, preferring a setup with Bc4 and d3” (Palliser Game—neither of which offers White an appreciable ad-
2006:143). After 4.Bc4, the natural move 4...Ngf6!? vantage (Kaufman 2004:364–65) (de Firmian 2008:121).
leads to very sharp and unclear play if White responds Keilhack also analyzes a number of offbeat possibilities,
with 5.Bxf7+!? Kxf7 6.Ng5+ Kg8 7.Ne6 Qe8 8.Nxc7 including 2.b3, 2.Nf3, 2.f4 (an unusual form of Bird’s
(Keilhack 2005:158–63) (Palliser 2006:144–46). More Opening that Keilhack calls the “Aasum System”), 2.g3,
solid is 4...e6 ("!" – Keilhack) (Keilhack 2005:164–70) and even the gambit 2.g4?! Palliser writes that none of
(Palliser 2006:144–48). the alternatives to 2.e4 “really convince or should greatly
trouble Black over the board” (Palliser 2006:142).
1...c5
1...e5
1...c5 is often played by devotees of the Sicilian Defence,
into which the game often transposes, either immediately
This natural move is playable, but dangerous if Black does
after 2.e4 or at a later point. Alternatively, White can
not know what he is doing. One of the main lines is
remain in independent 1.Nc3 lines, at least for the time
1...e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4, with poor chances for Black, con-
being, with 2.Nf3 followed by 3.d4, which gives Black
tinued by 3...exd4 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.Bg5. Keilhack writes
a large choice of possible responses. One line Palliser
that this variation “occurs rather often and offers excel-
recommends for Black is 2.Nf3 Nf6 3.d4 (3.e4 transposes
lent chances for an early knockout” by White and that
to a Sicilian) cxd4 4.Nxd4 d5!? (seizing the center) 5.Bg5
“only two [moves] (5...Bb4 and 5...Bc5) do not immedi-
Nbd7! 6.e4 (more critical than the passive 6.e3?!) dxe4
ately ruin Black’s game” (Keilhack 2005:26). (See, e.g.,
7.Qe2 e6!? 8.0-0-0 Be7 9.Nxe4 0-0 when “White doesn't
the Dunst–Gresser game given below.)
appear to have any advantage” (Palliser 2006:154–56).
If White chooses to transpose to standard Sicilian lines,
the fact that his knight is committed to c3 may be a dis- 11.13.4 Transpositions to other openings
advantage in certain lines. The Closed Sicilian, com-
monly reached by 1.e4 c5 2.Nc3, without an early d4 by The move 1.Nc3 is considered an irregular opening, so
White, gives Black few theoretical difficulties (de Fir- it is classified under the A00 code in the Encyclopaedia
mian 2008:346). If White instead chooses to play an of Chess Openings (also see List of chess openings).
Open Sicilian with 2.e4 and 3.Nf3 or Nge2, followed by Transpositions to more common openings are possible,
d4, the knight’s placement on c3 prevents White from many of which are discussed in the preceding section.
playing the Maróczy Bind with c4. This makes the In addition, 1.Nc3 d5 2.e4 reaches a position in the
Accelerated Dragon Variation with 2...Nc6 and 3...g6 Scandinavian Defense; 1.Nc3 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.d4 exd4
particularly attractive (Gallagher 1994:146). Black may 4.Nxd4 Nf6 5.e4 leads to a Scotch Four Knights Game;
also stop White’s intended d4 by playing an early ...e5, 1.Nc3 e5 2.Nf3 Nc6 3.e4 Bc5 or 3...g6 gives a Three
e.g. 1.Nc3 c5 2.e4 Nc6 3.Nf3 e5 (Gallagher 1994:151– Knights Game; 1.Nc3 Nc6 2.d4 d5 3.e4, or 2...e5 and
55) or 3.Nge2 e5 (Gallagher 1994:148–51). now 3.d5 Nce7 4.e4 or 3.dxe5 Nxe5 4.e4, yields a
Nimzowitsch Defense; and 1.Nc3 b6 2.e4 Bb7 3.d4 is
1...Nf6 an Owen’s Defense. Transposition to a Dutch Defense
is also possible after 1.Nc3 f5 2.d4, but Keilhack con-
Grandmaster Larry Kaufman recommends 1...Nf6, in- siders 2.e4! more dangerous, intending 2...fxe4 3.d3, a
tending to meet 2.e4 with 2...e5 or 2.d4 with 2...d5 reversed From’s Gambit (Keilhack 2005:369–70). Black
(Kaufman 2004:484). Keilhack writes that “1...Nf6 is alternatives to 2...fxe4 include 2...d6, when 3.d4 trans-
one of the most unpleasant replies for the 1.Nc3 player. poses to the Balogh Defense; and 2...e5?!, when 3.Nf3
Black keeps all options open, he can choose between produces a Latvian Gambit, but 3.exf5!, as in a game be-
a central (...d5, possibly followed by ...c5) and an In- tween Steinitz and Sam Loyd, may be stronger.[4]
dian (...g6, ...Bg7) setup. ... Among the many pos-
sible [second] moves [for White], none really stands
out.” (Keilhack 2005:338). The most straightforward 11.13.5 Sample games
moves for White are 2.d4 and 2.e4, but neither promises
White a significant advantage. After 2.d4, 2...d5 leads • Here is a quick victory by Dunst himself against
to the Richter-Veresov Attack (3.Bg5) or another type nine-time U.S. Women’s Champion Gisela Gresser.
272 CHAPTER 11. IRREGULAR OPENINGS
11.13.7 References
[1] Blackburne–Noa, London 1883. ChessGames.com. Re-
11.14 Amar Opening
trieved on 2009-02-06.
The Amar Opening (also known as Paris Opening,
[2] Opening Explorer. ChessGames.com. Retrieved on Drunken Knight Opening, or Ammonia Opening) is
2009-02-06. a chess opening defined by the move:
[3] White’s overall winning percentage is derived by taking
the percentage of games won by White and adding half of 1. Nh3
the percentage of drawn games, in this case 34.8 plus half
of 23.9. This opening is sometimes known as the Ammonia Open-
[4] Steinitz–Loyd, London 1867 ing, since NH3 is the chemical formula for ammonia. The
Parisian amateur Charles Amar played it in the 1930s.
[5] Who Dunst It? It was probably named by Savielly Tartakower who used
11.14. AMAR OPENING 273
11.14.1 Discussion
Like the Durkin Opening, White develops a knight to a
rim square without having much reason to do so, and such
a development is quite awkward. (One of Siegbert Tar-
rasch's proverbs is “A knight on the rim is dim”.) Nev-
ertheless, developing the king’s knight prepares kingside
castling, and therefore 1.Nh3 is a more common move
than 1.Na3.
Black’s most common reply is 1...d5 which threatens
2...Bxh3, ruining White’s kingside pawn structure. White
usually plays 2.g3 to prevent this, and Black can then take
a grip of the center with 2...e5.
11.14.3 References
• Dunnington, Angus (2000). Winning Unorthodox
Openings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-
285-4.
• Hooper, David; Whyld, Kenneth (1996). The Ox-
ford Companion To Chess (second ed.). Oxford:
Oxford University Press. ISBN 0-19-280049-3.
• Schiller, Eric (2002). Unorthodox Chess Openings
(Second ed.). Cardoza. pp. 45–46. ISBN 1-58042-
072-9.
• Winter, Edward (1996). Chess Explorations. Lon-
don: Cadogan Books. ISBN 978-1-85744-171-0.
Traps
274
12.2. SCHOLAR’S MATE 275
• Checkmate patterns Unlike Fool’s Mate, which rarely occurs at any level,
games ending in Scholar’s Mate are quite common among
beginners. After 1. e4 e5 2. Qh5 Nc6 3. Bc4, if Black
12.1.4 References continues 3... Nf6?? then White can end the game im-
mediately with 4. Qxf7#. However, Black can easily
[1] Teed vs. Delmar avoid the mate: either 3...Qe7 or 3...g6 defend against the
threat. If White renews the Qxf7 threat after 3... g6 4.
[2] The names are also recorded as Mayfield or Mansfield and Qf3, Black can easily defend by 4... Nf6 (see diagram),
Trinks or Trent depending on the source consulted. and develop the f8-bishop later via fianchetto (...Bg7).
[3] Mike Fox and Richard James (1993). The Even More White might also try this sequence of moves, starting
Complete Chess Addict. Faber and Faber. p. 177. from the Bishop’s Opening: 1. e4 e5 2. Bc4 Bc5 3. Qh5
(threatening Scholar’s Mate on f7) and now 3... Qe7!
[4] Winter, Edward (2005). Chess Facts and Fables. McFar- (see diagram; 3...g6? instead would be a big mistake, al-
land & Co. pp. 253–254. ISBN 978-0-7864-2310-1. lowing 4.Qxe5+ and 5.Qxh8) and Black is not only safe,
but will attack the white queen later with ...Nf6. Alter-
[5] Edward G. Winter (August 2006). “Chess Notes 4493. natively, Black could have stopped White’s plans early on
Short game”.
by playing 2...Nf6 instead of 2...Bc5.
[6] Edward G. Winter (August 2006). “Chess Notes 4506.
Short game (C.N. 4493)".
12.2.2 Openings
[7] Averbakh, Yuri Lvovich; Beilin, Mikhail Abramovich
(1972). Путешествие в шахматное королевство (in Although a quick mate on f7 is almost never seen in play
Russian). Fizkultura i sport. p. 227. above beginner level, the basic idea underlying it—that
the f7-square and f2-square, defended only by the king,
[8] Lev Alburt (2011). Chess Openings for White, Explained.
is weak and therefore a good target for early attack—is
Chess Information Research Center. p. 509.
the motivating principle behind a number of chess open-
ings.[1] For example, after 1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. Bc4
Nf6 (the Two Knights Defense), White’s most popular
12.1.5 Further reading continuation is 4. Ng5 attacking f7, which is awkward for
Black to defend. The Fried Liver Attack even involves a
• Hooper, David; Whyld, Kenneth (1992), “Fool’s sacrifice of the knight on f7.
Mate”, The Oxford Companion to Chess (2nd ed.),
Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-280049-3 The Wayward Queen Attack (1. e4 e5 2. Qh5?!) and
Napoleon Opening (1. e4 e5 2. Qf3?!) are both
aimed at threatening Scholar’s Mate on the next move (3.
Bc4). Although the Napoleon Opening is never seen in
12.2 Scholar’s mate high-level competition, the Wayward Queen Attack has
occasionally been tried in tournaments by Grandmaster
In chess, Scholar’s Mate is the checkmate achieved by Hikaru Nakamura to achieve a practical middlegame for
the following moves, or similar: White.
276 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
12.2.5 References
Black has set a trap; if White tries to win a
pawn by ...
[1] Gabor Kallai (1997). Basic Chess Openings. Everyman
Chess. p. 7. ISBN 978-1-85744-113-0.
5. cxd5 exd5 6. Nxd5?? (first diagram)
• Kidder, Harvey (1960), Illustrated Chess for Chil- 6... Nxd5! 7. Bxd8 Bb4+ (second diagram)
dren, Doubleday, ISBN 0-385-05764-4
Black regains the queen as White has only one
• Sunnucks, Anne (1970), “Scholar’s Mate”, The En- legal move to get out of check.
cyclopaedia of Chess, St. Martins Press, ISBN 978-
0-7091-4697-1 8. Qd2 Bxd2+
12.4. HALOSAR TRAP 277
Harrwitz played the equally good 8...Kxd8, in- (when 4...e5? is ineffective as 5.dxe5 hits Black’s knight,
tending 9...Bxd2+. and after 5...Qxd1+ 6.Kxd1 the knight has to retreat to
d7 or g8). The position resulting after 3... Nf6 4.f3 re-
9. Kxd2 Kxd8 flects the main line of the gambit accepted, although other
Black responses on move three are possible. After many
years of analysis, Diemer wrote a book on the opening
Black comes out a minor piece ahead.
in the late 1950s, titled Vom Ersten Zug An Auf Matt!
(Toward Mate From The First Move!), with most of the
12.3.2 Notes published analysis devoted to the Ryder Gambit (and
associated Halosar Trap), a double-pawn sacrifice char-
[1] K. Mayet–D. Harrwitz, Berlin 1848 at Chessgames.com acterized by the moves 4...exf3 5.Qxf3.
This gambit is considered an aggressive opening, but its
soundness continues to be the subject of much debate
12.3.3 References
both on and off the chessboard. The ChessOK Opening
• Barden, Leonard (1987). Play Better Chess • Re- Tree Mode lists the Blackmar–Diemer as scoring 49%
vised Edition. Treasure Press. p. 24. ISBN 978- wins for White, 34% wins for Black, and 17% draws.[3]
1850512318. Dismissed by many masters on the one hand, and em-
braced enthusiastically by many amateurs on the other,
many consider that Black has good chances of defend-
ing successfully and converting the extra pawn in the
12.4 Halosar Trap endgame, while theory suggests that Black has many ways
to equalize. As a result, this opening is rarely seen in
The Blackmar–Diemer Gambit (or BDG) is a chess top-level play, but enjoys a certain popularity among club
opening characterized by the moves: players. Some titled players, including International Mas-
ter Gary Lane, consider the opening to be suitable at the
1. d4 d5 club level and for young and improving players. In one of
2. e4 dxe4 his Keybooks, the Rev Tim Sawyer said, “Stop playing for
the endgame, play to end the game! Be a winner. Play the
3. Nc3 Blackmar–Diemer Gambit!"[4] On the other hand, Sam
Collins (in his book Understanding the Chess Openings)
where White intends to follow up with f2–f3, usually on noted the tendency for some Blackmar–Diemer fanat-
the fourth move. White obtains a move and a half-open f- ics to try to get the opening in every game, thus limit-
file in return for a pawn, and as with most gambits, White ing their chess experience, and concluded, “Nobody who
aims to achieve rapid development and active posting of plays good chess plays this line, and nobody who plays
his pieces in order to rapidly build up an attack at the cost good chess ever will.”[5] Other dismissive quotes include
of the gambit pawn. It is one of the very few gambits “playing the Blackmar–Diemer Gambit is like shopping
available to White after 1.d4.[1] for a tombstone” (Andrew Martin)[6] and “To convince
an adherent of the BDG that it is unsound, is like try-
ing to convince a child that there is no Santa Claus.”
12.4.1 History (Kevin Denny).[7] As a result of the intense controversy
surrounding the opening, much of the literature on the
The Blackmar–Diemer Gambit arose as a development opening is lacking in objectivity.[8]
of the earlier Blackmar Gambit, named after Armand
Blackmar, a relatively little-known New Orleans player
of the late 19th century who popularized its characteristic
moves (1.d4 d5 2.e4 dxe4 3.f3) and was the first player to
publish analysis on the opening in the chess literature.[2]
The popularity of the original Blackmar Gambit, how-
ever, was short-lived, as it was basically unsound, allow-
ing Black to secure a superior position after White’s im-
12.4.2 Main variations
mediate 3.f3 with 3...e5!. In 1889, Ignatz von Popiel
came up with the idea of 3.Nc3, though his main idea was
It is easy for Black to decline the gambit on the sec-
to meet 3...Nf6 with 4.Bg5 (rather than the more usual
ond move with 2...e6 (leading to a French Defence) or
4.f3) and provided analysis of the Lemberger Counter-2...c6 (leading to a Caro-Kann Defence), although doing
Gambit (3.Nc3 e5). so does not eliminate White’s ability to offer alternative
The evolved, modern form of this gambit owes much to gambits such as the Diemer-Duhm Gambit (2...e6 3.c4)
the German master Emil Josef Diemer (1908–90), who or the Alapin-Diemer Gambit (2...e6 3.Be3), or for in-
popularized the continuation 3.Nc3 Nf6 and then 4.f3 stance 2...c6 3.Nc3 dxe4 4.f3 or 4.Bc4 intending 5.f3.
278 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
After 1.d4 d5 2.e4 dxe4 3.Nc3 Nf6 4.f3 exf3 5.Nxf3, The 5...e6 line, analysed by Max Euwe, aims to reach
Black has five main options: a French Defence type position, but with Black having
an extra pawn. Play usually continues 6.Bg5 Be7, when
White’s most popular option is 7.Bd3. Black can attack
the centre immediately with 7...c5!? here, as recom-
mended by Joe Gallagher and James Rizzitano.[18] Play
Gunderam Defence: 5...Bf5
can continue 8.dxc5 Qa5 9.0-0 Qxc5+ 10.Kh1, when
White has to play accurately to prove compensation for
The line 5...Bf5 (along with most of the ...c6/...Bf5 de- the pawn. Alternatively 7...Nc6 can be considered the
fences for Black in general) was extensively analysed main line of this variation, when 8.0-0 Nxd4 9.Kh1 is
by Gerhart Gunderam, who published his analysis in a the notorious Zilbermints Gambit, sacrificing a second
book Blackmar–Diemer Gambit in 1984.[9] The main pawn in order to increase White’s initiative. The Zil-
response for White is 6.Ne5, intending to attack the bermints Gambit has scored well in practice, but objec-
black bishop with an advance of the kingside pawns and, tively it probably does not give White enough compen-
if appropriate, weaken Black’s kingside pawn structure sation for two pawns. However, the alternative 8.a3, de-
with Ne5xBg6. Black can respond with 6...e6, when spite the loss of time, offers White good compensation
after 7.g4, 7...Be4 leads to tremendous complications, for the pawn, and White can also consider 8.Qd2, allow-
e.g. after 8.Nxe4 Nxe4 9.Qf3 Qxd4 10.Qxf7+ Kd8 ing the trade of the bishop on d3 but avoiding any loss
11.Qf4.[10] More common is 7...Bg6, which leads to qui- of time.[19] White’s main alternative to 7.Bd3 is 7.Qd2,
eter play, when White’s best response is probably 8.Bg2 aiming to castle queenside and giving additional support
c6 9.h4, with a sustained kingside initiative in return for to the d4-pawn, while aiming to launch a kingside of-
the pawn.[11] However, Black also has the option 6...c6 fensive with Qd2–f4 and meeting ...h6 with a dangerous
intending 7.g4 Be6, when White has to play accurately to Bxh6 sacrifice. Play can continue 7...0-0 8.0-0-0 (8.Bd3
prove enough compensation for the pawn after 8.g5 Nd5 c5! is better for Black) 8...c5 9.Qf4!? cxd4 10.Rxd4[20]
or 8.Bc4 Nd5 9.Qe2 Nd7.[12] White has an alternative or 7...h6 8.Bh4 (8.Bf4 is also possible, aiming to keep
in 6.Bd3, directly challenging the bishop, but Christoph the Bxh6 sacrifice possibility open, but allowing 8...Bb4
Scheerer doubts that White gets enough compensation af- 9.Bc4 Ne4)[21] 8...Ne4 9.Nxe4 Bxh4+ 10.g3 Be7 11.Bg2,
ter 6...Bxd3 7.Qxd3 c6 intending ...e6, ...Nbd7, ...Be7 when White has some compensation for the pawn but the
and ...0-0 with a solid position.[13] final verdict on the resulting positions is still yet to be
reached.
Ziegler Defence: 5...c6 The Halosar Trap (named after Hermann Halosar) fol-
lows after 6... Qb4 7.0-0-0 Bg4? 8.Nb5! threaten-
Black’s most critical response to the Blackmar–Diemer ing mate with 9.Nxc7#. The black queen cannot cap-
Gambit is 5...c6, known as the Ziegler Defence due to ture the knight because 8...Qxb5 9.Bxb5+ is check, gain-
Diemer’s tendency to name lines after opponents that first ing time for the white queen to escape the threat from
played them against him, but most of the theory of the line the bishop. The line continues 8...Na6 9. Qxb7 Qe4
was established by Gerhart Gunderam, who advocated (Black lost in Diemer–Halosar, Baden-Baden 1934, after
5...Bf5.[25] Most modern authors recommend this as 9...Rc8 10.Qxa6) 10. Qxa6 Qxe3+ (Worse is 10...Bxd1
Black’s antidote to the BDG,[26] sometimes via O'Kelly’s 11.Kxd1 Rd8+ 12.Bd2 and White is winning, for exam-
move order 4...c6. The old main line runs 6.Bc4 Bf5 7.0- ple 12...Ng4 13.Nxc7+ Kd7 14.Qxa7) 11. Kb1 Qc5 12.
0 e6 8.Ne5, when Black should avoid 8...Bxc2?! 9.Nxf7!, Nf3. Burgess wrote that “Although White has some ad-
but instead play 8...Bg6!, when White ends up with very vantage, Black has avoided instant loss”.[34]
little to show for the lost pawn.[27] More dangerous for
Black is 8.Ng5, the Alchemy Variation, where Black has
to be careful not to fall for various sacrifices on e6 and f7, 12.4.4 Fourth-move alternatives for Black
but White probably does not get enough compensation
for the pawn after 8...Bg6 9.Ne2 Bd6. German FIDE O'Kelly Defence: 4...c6
master Stefan Bücker regards Black as clearly better af-
ter 10.Nf4 Bxf4 11.Bxf4 0-0,[28] but Christoph Scheerer Many sources recommend the O'Kelly Defence as a
believes that White can generate attacking chances with means of transposing to the Ziegler Defence while cut-
12.c3 h6 13.Qg4!?.[29] In view of White’s problems prov- ting out White’s 6.Bd3 possibility, since White has noth-
ing compensation in these lines, ChessCafe.com reviewer ing better than 5.Bc4, when 5...exf3 6.Nxf3 Bf5 trans-
Carsten Hansen concluded, “despite all the smoke and poses directly to the 6.Bc4 Bf5 variation of the Ziegler
mirrors, the Blackmar-Diemer Gambit still isn't viable Defence. Alternatively, 5.Nxe4 is likely to land White in
beyond club-level or rapid-play games”.[30] However, Lev an inferior version of the Fantasy Variation of the Caro-
Gutman proposed the alternative 7.Bg5 e6 8.Nh4!? Bg6 Kann Defence, with equality at best in positions that may
9.Nxg6 hxg6 10.Qd3, intending to castle queenside and not attract Blackmar-Diemer players, 5.fxe4 e5! is good
tie Black down to the f7-pawn, promising long-term po- for Black and other bishop moves allow Black to achieve
sitional compensation for the pawn.[28] There are cur- superior versions of standard Blackmar–Diemer Gambit
rently insufficient practical tests to determine whether it variations.[28][35] 4...c6 also has some independent value,
amounts to enough compensation for the lost pawn.[31] for example Evgeny Bareev used the continuation 5.f3
Black cannot easily deviate from this line, since after b5!? in a game against Nigel Short, achieving a supe-
7...Nbd7 White continues 8.Qe2 e6 9.0-0-0, aiming to rior position after 6.Bb3 Be6 7.fxe4 b4 8.Nce2 Nxe4,
launch a strong attack down the e and f-files, and if but 8.Na4!? improves for White and may give sufficient
9...Bb4 then 10.d5!. If White tries to enter this setup af- compensation for the pawn.[36] Black can also try 5...Bf5,
ter 7...e6 8.Qe2, however, then 8...Bb4! prevents White when White must play accurately to prove enough com-
from safely castling queenside, leaving White with in- pensation, but probably obtains sufficient play after 6.g4
sufficient compensation for the pawn.[31] White also has Bg6 7.g5 Nd5 8.fxe4 Nxc3 9.bxc3.[37]
the dangerous, though probably objectively insufficient,
second pawn sacrifice 7.g4, analysed extensively by Ste-
Vienna Defence: 4...Bf5
fan Bücker.[28] In the 5...c6 move-order White has the
alternative 6.Bd3, usually intending to sacrifice a sec-
The Vienna Defence was recommended by Matthias
ond pawn after 6...Bg4 7.h3 Bxf3 8.Qxf3 Qxd4, lead-
Wahls in his book Modernes Skandinavisch, where he saw
ing to sharp complications, though Black can transpose
it as a refutation of the Blackmar–Diemer Gambit.[38]
back to the Classical Variation of the Teichmann De-
White can play for compensation for a pawn with 5.fxe4
fence with 8...e6, since White’s only good response is
Nxe4 6.Qf3, when both 6...Nxc3 and 6...Nd6 lead to
9.Be3.[32] Black can prevent this 6.Bd3 possibility by us-
complicated positions in which Black often tries to re-
ing O'Kelly’s move-order 4...c6.
turn a pawn on b7 in order to catch up on develop-
ment, and in some cases secure a positional advantage.
White often does best to continue with a gambit pol-
Ryder Gambit: 5.Qxf3 icy and simply continue developing. The main line runs
6...Nd6 7.Bf4 e6 8.0-0-0 c6 9.g4 Bg6 10.Qe3 Be7, when
Alternatively, White can offer a second pawn with Black is solid, but White retains enough compensation
5.Qxf3. Gary Lane argued in 2000 that White has serious for the pawn.[39] Alternatively, 5.g4 aims to regain the
problems proving enough compensation for the sacrificed pawn in most cases, e.g. after 5...Bg6 6.g5 Nd5 7.Nxe4
pawns after 5... Qxd4 6. Be3 Qg4 7.Qf2 e5. Black can Nc6 8.Bb5 e6 9.Bxc6+ bxc6 10.Ne2 c5 11.dxc5 Nb4,
also decline the pawn with 5...c6 or 5...e6, holding the when in a reversal of roles, White has an extra pawn but
position.[33] Black has the initiative and a superior pawn structure.[40]
280 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
White can use 5.g4 as a gambit option by continuing with • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 c6 (the Caro-Kann Defence) 3.Nc3
6.h4!?, which leads to sharp play and approximately equal dxe4 4.f3 was invented by Philip Stuart Milner-
chances.[41] Barry in 1932 and 4.Bc4 Nf6 (or Bf5) 5.f3 by
Heinrich Von Hennig in 1920 and thus are older than
Diemer’s idea.
Langeheinicke Defence: 4...e3
• 1.d4 d5 2.e4 e6 (the French Defense) 3.Be3 is the
The push with 4...e3 is often used by strong players to Alapin-Diemer Gambit; sometimes White plays the
avoid the complications arising from 4...exf3 5.Nxf3, but typical f2–f3 a bit later.
it is one of Black’s weaker options against the Blackmar-
Diemer as returning the pawn in this way does not sig- • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 e6 3.Nc3 dxe4 4.f3 and 3...Nf6 4.Bg5
nificantly slow down White’s initiative, and thus Black dxe4 5.f3 are very rare.
struggles to fully equalize in this line. In most lines White • 1.d4 d5 2.e4 e6 3.Nc3 Bb4 4.a3 Bxc3+ 5.bxc3 dxe4
must seek to place a knight on f4 (taking the sting out of 6.f3 is the Winckelmann–Reimer Gambit.
...Nd5) in order to secure an advantage.[42]
• 1.d4 d5 2.e4 Nc6 (the Nimzowitsch Defence) 3.Nc3
dxe4 4.d5 may be followed by 5.f3 or 5.f4.
12.4.5 Third-move alternatives for Black
• 1.d4 Nf6 2.f3 d5 (c5 may lead to a kind of Benoni)
Lemberger Counter-Gambit: 3...e5 3.e4 dxe4 4.Nc3 simply transposes.
The Lemberger Counter-Gambit is an important alter- • 1.d4 Nf6 2.Nc3 d5 3.e4 Nxe4 is called the Hübsch
native, where Black counterattacks against the d4-pawn Gambit.
instead of defending the attacked e4-pawn. White can • 1.d4 f5 2.e4 (the Staunton Gambit)
head for a drawish endgame with 4.dxe5, e.g. 4...Qxd1+
5.Kxd1 Nc6 6.Nxe4 Nxe5, or 5.Nxd1 Nc6 6.Bf4, with • 1.f3 d5 2.e4 dxe4 3.Nc3 is the Gedult Gambit.
equality and few winning chances for either side.[43] Since
these positions typically do not attract gambiteers, White • 1.e4 d5 2.d4 is also a surprising transposition against
often chooses a riskier response in order to generate win- the Scandinavian Defense.
ning chances, such as 4.Qh5, 4.Nge2 or 4.Nxe4. Both
4.Qh5 and 4.Nge2 are well met by 4...Nc6!, when Black The list is incomplete and transpositions abound.
has good chances of obtaining an advantage, while against
4.Nxe4 the most critical continuation is 4...Qxd4, when
White can continue with either 5.Qe2 or 5.Bd3, with 12.4.7 See also
complications and some compensation for the pawn in
• List of chess openings
either case, but it is unclear if it is enough.[44]
• List of chess openings named after people
Other options for Black
12.4.8 References
3...f5 is an important option for Black, since 4.f3 is well
met by 4...e5!, with some advantage for Black. Instead [1] Blackmar–Diemer Gambit, Chess Digest (1977), p.5.
White does better to prevent ...e5 with 4.Bf4, and then
obtain compensation for a pawn with a subsequent f3.[45] [2] Armand Edward Blackmar at Chessgames.com.
3...Bf5 is well met by 4.f3, and if 4...exf3 then 5.Qxf3 [3] http://chessok.com/?page_id=352
attacking the bishop (thus Black may be better off trans-
posing to the Vienna Defence with 4...Nf6).[46] 3...c6 and [4] Scheerer 2011, p. 9.
3...e6 transpose to the Caro-Kann Defence and French
[5] “Checkpoint: Bishops before knights” (PDF). Retrieved
Defence respectively, and in the former case White can 2011-11-06.
continue in Blackmar–Diemer Gambit style with 4.f3
or 4.Bc4 intending 5.f3 (which often transposes to the [6] “Shopping for a tombstone”. Retrieved 2011-11-06.
O'Kelly Defence). After 3...e6, however, White cannot
[7] “Topnotch analysis of the Blackmar–Diemer”. Retrieved
easily force a Blackmar–Diemer Gambit type position as
2011-11-06.
4.f3 Bb4 is awkward.
[8] Scheerer 2011, p. 10
[18] Scheerer 2011, p. 145 • Purser, Tom & Anders Tejler (1998). Blackmar,
Diemer & Gedult. Blackmar Press. ISBN 0-
[19] Scheerer 2011, p. 155. 9619606-3-9.
[20] Scheerer 2011, p. 163
• Sawyer, Tim (1992). Blackmar–Diemer Gambit
[21] Scheerer 2011, p. 167 Keybook. Thinkers’ Press.
[29] Scheerer 2011, p. 293 • Emil Diemer (1908–90) et les gambits sur le site
Mieux jouer aux échecs
[30] “Checkpoint: Good and Bad Weapons” (PDF). Retrieved
2011-11-06. • Blackmar–Diemer Gambit Games
[31] Scheerer 2011, p. 279 • Tim Sawyer’s blog
[32] Scheerer 2011, p. 300 • Opening Report: 1.d4 d5 2.e4 (6503 games)
[33] “Gary Lane on Ryder Gambit”. Retrieved 2011-11-06. • Stefan Bücker (2009). “Over the Horizons” (PDF).
[34] Burgess, Graham (2000). The Mammoth Book of Chess Chesscafe.com.
(2nd edition). UK: Robinson. pp. 202–3. ISBN 1-84119-
126-4.
sessment still valid today. The possibility 6.Nc3 was also used it thrice in 1922–23 when he was about number
considered attractive, as structural weaknesses were not 9–12 in the world,[26] with a win against Euwe but de-
valued as much as a material advantage of one pawn in feats against Yates and Sämisch.[27] Nigel Short played
those days. By the end of the 1920s, despite the inven- the gambit twice in the years 1992–93 when he was num-
tion of the highly original Fajarowicz variation 3...Ne4 in ber 7–11,[28] scoring only ½ points against Karpov (then
1928, the Budapest Gambit was considered theoretically ranked number two[29] ) and Ivanchuk (then ranked num-
dubious.[12] ber three[30] ).[31] Recently, Mamedyarov used it twice in
This assessment was left unchanged for decades, as few 2004 (scoring 1½ with a win against Van Wely) when
he was not already among the top-players, and six times
players at the highest level used the Budapest Gambit and
information about games from lesser players could not in 2008 when he was about number 6–14; he scored
five points with wins against former world champion
easily be found. During that time, various responses were
developed against the 4.Bf4 line; these included 4...g5, Kramnik (then ranked number three[32] ), and grandmas-
ters Tkachiev and Eljanov, but all six games took place in
invented by István Abonyi, further developed by the mas-
ters Bakonyi and Drimer. The master Kaposztas showed rapid or blitz events.[33]
that even when White succeeded in his positional plan, Nicolas Giffard summarises the modern assessment of the
it only meant for Black a worse endgame with drawish Budapest Gambit:[34]
tendencies.[notes 1] Two pawn sacrifices were also intro-
duced in the variation with 6.Nbd2 (still in the 4.Bf4
line), based on pawn pushes d7–d6 or f7–f6 and a quick [It is] an old opening, seldom used by
attack against b2.[13] champions without having fallen in disgrace.
While White has several methods to get a small
The Budapest Gambit saw a short-lived revival in 1984–
advantage, this defence is strategically sound.
85 when Chess Informant included three games (as many
Black gets a good pawn structure and possibil-
as in the previous fifteen years), all played at a high
[14] ities of attack on the kingside. His problems
level of competition, and all won by Black. But White
generally come from the white pressure on the
players found reinforcements and even invented a line
[15] d-column and a lack of space to manoeuvre his
with 4.e3 and 5.Nh3. In the 21st century, despite
pieces.
Shakhriyar Mamedyarov's successful efforts to rehabili-
tate the line 4.Bf4 g5, the Budapest Gambit almost never
appears at the highest level.[16][17] Its most recent appear- Boris Avrukh writes, “The Budapest Gambit is almost a
ance was when Richard Rapport defeated Boris Gelfand respectable opening; I doubt there is a refutation. Even
with Black using the opening in round 2 of the 2014 Tata in the lines where White manages to keep an extra pawn,
Steel Chess competition.[18] Black always has a lot of play for it.”[35]
Advantages of ...Bb4+
Nc6 8.a3 Nc5 9.dxc7 Qe7! when White, trying to save Line 4...Bc5 with a2–a3
his queen, fell into 10.Qd1 Nd3 mate.[51]
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Nf3 Bc5 5.e3 Nc6 6.a3
After 6.a3
12.5.4 Adler variation 3...Ng4 4.Nf3
The Adler variation 4.Nf3 The opinion of the move 6.a3 has gradually shifted from
being the main continuation to being a possible continu-
ation, then down to its present status of being considered
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Nf3 a mistake. The threat to push b2–b4 must be taken seri-
The Adler variation is named after the game Adler– ously by Black, who typically answers 6...a5. But in the
Maróczy, played at the 1896 Budapest tournament.[52][53] 1980s it was discovered that the push a7–a5 was actually a
White is ready to return the e5-pawn in order to develop very useful one for Black, as it allows the Ra8 to be devel-
his pieces on their best squares, i.e. the d5-square for the oped along the sixth rank. Meanwhile, the push a2–a3 is
Nb1, the f3-square for the Ng1 and the a1–h8 diagonal less useful for White, as he will not be able to easily push
for the Bc1. b2–b4. As Tseitlin puts it, “the point is that 6...a5 fits into
the plan of attacking White’s kingside, whereas 6.a3 does
Black can try the minor line 4...Nc6 that delays the de- little in the way of defending it”.[55] Thus if White does
velopment of its dark-square bishop, to develop it along not find a clear way to make good use of his move a2–a3,
the a1–h8 diagonal instead of the a3–f8 diagonal, de- it may turn out to be a critical waste of tempo.[56][57]
pending on the circumstances. But the main line is
4...Bc5 to attack the f2-pawn, forcing 5.e3, blocking inAfter the topical moves 7.b3 0-0 8.Bb2 Re8 9.Nc3
White’s bishop on c1, so that after 5...Nc6 White will Ngxe5 10.Nxe5 Nxe5 11.Be2 Black has regained the in-
vested pawn. White has a space advantage in the cen-
not have enough pieces to protect his e5-pawn in the long
tre and can initiate pressure here or on the queenside by
run. Placing the bishop on the c5-square also has subtler
points, as Tseitlin explains:[54] pawn pushes like b3–b4 and c4–c5 (possibly supported
by a knight on the d5-square). Meanwhile, the white
king lacks defenders so Black can start a pieces-driven
At first sight the bishop on c5 lacks attack with the rook lift 11...Ra6 (see section "Budapest
prospects, being held at bay by the pawn on rook"). The stem game continued with 12.Nd5 Rh6
e3, and is insecure in view of the threat to ex- 13.Bd4 d6 14.Ra2 Bf5 15.Bxc5 dxc5 and Black won
change it by Nc3–a4/e4. In reality, posting the in 26 moves.[58] To avoid such an unfavourable devel-
bishop here has a deep strategic significance. opment, White players have changed the move-order to
It holds up the advance of the e- and the f- keep the Bc1 on its original square as long as possible, so
pawns (assuming the white bishop will go to that it can help the defence. Thus, the typical move-order
b2), and thereby secures e5 as a future knight became 7.b3 0-0 8.Nc3 Re8 9.Be2 Ngxe5 10.Nxe5 Nxe5
outpost, which in turn restricts the activity of 11.0-0 when 11...Ra6 would be met with 12.Nd5 Rh6
both White’s bishops. As to the exchanging 13.e4 immediately attacking the maveric rook. So Black
threat, the bishop may conveniently retreat on usually opts for 11...d6, forgetting about the Ra8–a6–h6
a7 or f8, or even in some cases remain on c5 manoeuvre. After 12.Bb2 ECO considers the situation as
with support from a pawn on b6. favourable to White, but Tseitlin thinks Black still has a
lot of possibilities (e.g. the other rook lift Re8–e6–h6),
[59]
After 5...Nc6, is 6.a3 a promising queenside attack, or so that “the struggle still lies ahead”.
just a loss of tempo?
gets an important space advantage in the centre, but Black out blocking the Bc1, contrary to what happens in the
can attack the kingside with rook lifts. After 10.b3 a5 Adler variation 4.Nf3. Another point is that in the Adler
White can try to capture the Bc5 with 11.Na4 or 11.Ne4, variation White faces the risk of a strong attack against
one point being that the retreat 11...Ba7 would lock the his kingside (see section "Budapest rook"), while in the
Ra8 because Black has not played Ra8–a6 already. Lalic 4.Bf4 variation this is seldom the case because the Bf4
still thinks 11...Ba7 is the right move after 11.Ne4 due to is well placed to protect White’s kingside. On the other
the importance of the a7–g1 diagonal, but Black can also hand, the early development of the bishop means that
reroute the bishop with 11...Bf8 and “White has no ob- White is more vulnerable to the check Bf8–b4+, the b2-
vious path to even a minute advantage”.[60] After 11.Na4 pawn is not defended, and in some rare cases the Bf4 can
Black can also simply react by 11...b6 when the loss of become subject to attack.
the bishop pair is compensated by the semi-open b-file
Apart from the sideline 4...g5, the main line continues
and improved control of the central squares.[61] Tseitlin with both players developing their pieces around the e5-
considers that after the exchange on c5 Black has the bet-
pawn with 4...Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+ when White has an im-
ter position.[62] Hence the main continuation is 11.Bb2, portant choice between the moves 6.Nc3 and 6.Nbd2,
keeping the knight jumps for later. Then the most com- each leading to extremely different play. With 6.Nc3
mon plan for Black is a rook lift: the plan Ra8–a6– White acquiesces to the breakup of his queenside pawns
h6 was tried in the much-commented game Åkesson– in return for a material advantage of one pawn, the bishop
Tagnon (Berlin Open 1984). Black duly won, but after pair and active play in the centre. With 6.Nbd2 White
the game continuation 11...Ra6 12.Qd5! Qe7 13.Ne4 gives back the gambited pawn to keep a healthy pawn
Ba7 14.c5 Rg6 15.Rac1 Bb8 16.f4 authors do not agree structure and acquire the bishop pair. After 6.Nbd2 Qe7
on which side had the advantage. Borik and Tseitlin White generally plays 7.a3 to force the immediate ex-
both consider White to have a positional advantage, with change of bishop for knight, gaining the bishop pair, a
Tseitlin recommending instead 15...Nc6!, with danger- spatial advantage and chances for a minority attack on
ous threats.[63][64] However Lalic writes of 15...Bb8, “it the queenside. White can also try 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.e3 to
is true that the bishop pair looks a bit pathetic lined up on win a tempo over the 7.a3 variation, though he may end
the back rank just now, but there is no way to stop them up with the exchange at d2 made in less favourable cir-
breaking out later”.[41] cumstances, or not at all. The maverick gambit 6...f6 also
The second plan for White, unveiled by Spassky in 1990, exists.[69]
aims at a kingside blitzkrieg with moves like Kg1–h1, f2–
f4, Be2–d3 and Qd1–h5. In the original game Black did
not fathom White’s idea, so that after 10.Kh1 a5?! 11.f4 Sideline 4...g5
Nc6 12.Bd3 d6 13.Qh5! h6 14.Rf3 Black’s pieces were
ill-placed to counter White’s attack.[65] A more princi- After 4...g5
pled plan for Black is to react in the centre, specifically
targeting the backward e3-pawn and e4-square. After 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 g5
10.Kh1 d6 11.f4 Nd7! 12.Bd3 Nf6 13.Qf3 Ng4 14.Nd1
f5! and Black has succeeded in inhibiting White’s e3–e4 The sideline 4...g5!? was not well regarded at the end
expansion .[66] As Black was doing fine with the 11.f4 of the 20th century.[notes 3] It weakens several squares—
move-order, White has been searching for a new path particularly f5 and h5—as they cannot be covered by the
with 10.Kh1 d6 11.Na4!? b6! 12.Bd2 a5 13.Nxc5 bxc5 g-pawn any more. White can try to exploit these weak-
14.f4 Nd7 15.Bf3 when Jeremy Silman prefers White.[67] nesses with the manoeuvres Bf4–d2–c3 (pressure along
White has even dared the immediate 10.f4 Nc6 11.Bd3 the diagonal a1–h8), Ng1–e2–g3–h5 (pressure against
when it is extremely dangerous for Black to take the of- the squares f6 and g7) and h2–h4 (to open the h-file).
fered e3-pawn, as White gets a fierce kingside attack for Nonetheless, the 4...g5 line has found new supporters in
free.[57] recent years thanks to black wins against both 5.Bg3 and
5.Bd2.[70][71]
For years, the reaction 5.Bg3 was not well considered, be-
12.5.5 Rubinstein variation 3...Ng4 4.Bf4 cause the retreat does not make the most out of Black’s
provocative fourth move; as Tseitlin points out, “the
The Rubinstein variation 4.Bf4 bishop is in danger of staying out of play for a long
time”.[72] But later Lalic found that 5.Bg3 was “just as
effective” as 5.Bd2.[73] Black concentrates on capturing
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 the e5-pawn while White tries to get an advantage from
This move sequence is called the “Rubinstein variation” the weakening of the black kingside. After the typical
in reference to the famous game Rubinstein–Vidmar moves 5...Bg7 6.Nf3 Nc6 7.Nc3 Ngxe5 8.Nxe5 Nxe5
(Berlin 1918) when 4.Bf4 was first employed.[53][68] Var- 9.e3 d6 Lalic considers the best try to be 10.c5!, sacri-
ious authors consider this move to be the most dangerous ficing a pawn to weaken Black’s control on the e5-square
for Black.[57] It aims to answer 4...Bc5 with 5.e3 with- and expose the black king further. White has also tried
288 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
to quickly open the h-file with 7.h4 Ngxe5 8.Nxe5 Nxe5 ter 11.Qd3 0-0 12.g3 d6 13.Bg2 Black should switch to a
9.e3 but after 9...g4! Black succeeds in keeping the file materialistic mode with 13...Qxa2.[82]
closed.[74] In the other line 8...f6 Black does not want to decentralise
The alternative to 5.Bg3 is 5.Bd2 to place the bishop on his queen and prefers to concentrate on active piece play
the wide-open diagonal a1–h8, after which “White can in the centre. After 9.exf6 Nxf6, 10.Qd1, 10.Qd2 and
expect a safe advantage”.[73] Then according to Lalic, de- 10.Qd3 are all possible, but each has its drawbacks: on
laying the recapture with 5...Bg7 6.Bc3 Nc6 7.e3 Ngxe5 d1 the queen is not developed, on d3 it is exposed to
is not correct as White can gain an advantage by 8.h4 or Bc8–f5 and on d2 it is exposed to Nf6–e4. Lalic con-
8.Qh5,[75] so the immediate 5...Nxe5 is better. For some siders 10.Qd3 to be the main move, qualifies 10.Qd1 as
time 6.Bc3 was well considered because Black had prob- a “respectable option”, but considers 10.Qd2 as “inaccu-
lems dealing with various positional threats, but the cor- rate”. Meanwhile, Black will try to create counterplay by
rect way for Black was found in 5...Nxe5 6.Bc3 Qe7 7.e3 attacking either the weak c4-pawn, or the kingside with
Rg8! 8.Nf3 Nbc6 9.Be2 d6 10.Nd4 Bd7 11.b4 g4 with g7–g5 and h7–h5. In both cases a key possibility is the
good counterplay for Black on the kingside.[76] White’s move Nf6–e4 that centralises the knight, attacks the weak
efforts then switched to 6.Nf3 to open the e-file, some- c3-pawn, controls the c5-square and supports the g7–g5
thing that Black cannot really avoid, as 6...Bg7 7.Nxe5 thrust.
Bxe5 8.Bc3 would leave an advantage to White.[75] For
example 8...Qe7 9.Bxe5 Qxe5 10.Nc3 d6 11.e3 and
Black is at a loss for an equalising line,[77] White’s ad- Line 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.a3
vantage consisting in his ability to install his knight on
the strong d5-square and to attack the weakened Black’s After 7.a3 White will win the bishop pair.
kingside with the advance h2–h4. It is better for Black to
continue with 6...Nxf3+ 7.exf3 when both 7...h5? and
7...Bg7 would fail to 8.Qe2+, so Black must try 7...d6
8.Qe2+ Be6 instead.[75] On the way till 10...d6 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4
4.Bf4 Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+ 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.a3
The Bb4 is attacked but Black can play 7...Ngxe5 to get
Line 6.Nc3
the gambitted pawn back, as 8.axb4?? would allow the
Kieninger trap 8...Nd3 mate (see the section "Kieninger
Black must choose between 8...Qa3 and 8...f6. trap"). Now White is more or less forced to exchange
a pair of knights with 8.Nxe5 Nxe5.[notes 4] White still
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+ cannot win a piece with 9.axb4?? Nd3# or 9.Bxe5?!
6.Nc3 Bxd2+ 10.Qxd2 Qxe5, so he usually plays 9.e3 in order
This is the only important line in the Budapest where to protect the c4-pawn and defuse the mating threat, so
Black is not ensured of regaining his sacrificed pawn. that now Black is obliged to move his Bb4. As 9...Bd6
Black does best to immediately exchange the Nc3 with would misplace the bishop and 9...Ba5?? would lose the
bishop to 10.b4 Bb6 11.c5, Black usually plays 9...Bxd2+
6...Bxc3+ 7.bxc3 as otherwise White gets a small posi-
tional advantage simply by avoiding the doubled pawns 10.Qxd2.[notes 5]
(see the section "Advantages of ...Bb4+").[78][79] Then After 10.Qxd2, Tseitlin explains that “opening manuals
Black can put pressure on the e5-pawn with 7...Qe7 assess this position as favourable to White on the basis of
when White’s only possibility to keep the pawn is 8.Qd5. the bishop pair. However, considering the closed nature
White threatens to ease the pressure with the move h2– of the position, White faces substantial difficulties in the
h3 that would force the Ng4 to the unfavourable square realisation of this nominal advantage.”[83] Black has not
h6, so Black’s only possibilities to sustain the initiative a lot of things to be proud of as there are no targets in
are 8...Qa3 and 8...f6. White’s camp, but can put up a lot of resistance thanks to
The line 8...Qa3 puts pressure on the white queenside small assets. Black’s Ne5 is strongly centralised, attacks
pawns, pressure that may later be intensified with Nf6– the c4-pawn, and restricts the Bf1 from moving to the nat-
e4. The black queen also gains access to the a5-square, ural squares d3 and f3. Moreover, exchanging the knight
from where it puts pressure on the e1–a5 diagonal aimed with Bxe5 is not appealing for White, since that would
towards the white king. After 9.Rc1 f6 10.exf6 Nxf6 mean losing the advantage of the bishop pair. Also, the
11.Qd2 d6 12.Nd4 0-0 we reach the position of the fa- Bc8 can sometimes become better than its counterpart
mous game between Rubinstein and Vidmar, when Ru- the Bf1, if it makes it to the good squares b7 or c6 while
binstein erred with 13.e3? and later lost.[80] After the the Bf1 remains restricted by the Ne5.
better 13.f3 the correct method for Black is to target the This explains the most natural plans for both sides. White
c4-pawn with the regrouping Ne5/Qc5.[81] Hence Lalic will try a minority attack on the queenside, in order to in-
thinks 11.Qd2 is inappropriate and gives Black excellent crease its space advantage and to create some weaknesses
counterplay, and prefers 11.Qd3 or even 11.Qd1!? Af- in the black pawns (e.g. an isolated pawn or a backward
12.5. KIENINGER TRAP 289
pawn). So White will try to use the advances b2–b4 or Line 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.e3
c4–c5 in good conditions, supported by the queen and the
rooks on the c-file and the d-file. On the other hand, Black After 7.e3, White concentrates on castling.
will try to keep the position closed, most importantly by
keeping the c4-pawn where it is in order to keep the Bf1
1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.Bf4 Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+
at bay. This can be achieved by moves like b7–b6 and d7–
6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.e3
d6, and sometimes the manoeuvre Ne5–d7–f8–e6. The
first move by Black has to be 10...d6! because otherwise In this variation White tries to avoid the move a2–a3 in
White plays 11.c5! and gets a clear advantage immedi- order to gain a tempo over the 7.a3 variation. After the
ately. For example 10...b6? loses a pawn to 11.Qd5 Nc6 standard moves 7...Ngxe5 8.Nxe5 Nxe5 9.Be2 followed
12.Bxc7, and 10...0-0?! is bad because of 11.c5! Qxc5? by 10.0-0 it is Black’s last chance to exchange the Bb4 for
12.Rc1 Qe7 13.Rxc7 and White is winning already.[47] the Nd2. The game will take an entirely different struc-
ture depending on whether Black gives up the bishop pair
International Master Timothy Taylor has suggested an al-
or tries to keep it.
ternative for Black on move 9. He regards 9...Bxd2+ as
inferior, arguing that “the strong black bishop is traded Lalic thinks the strategies in which Black gives up the
for the inoffensive knight, and white gets the long-term bishop pair (by exchanging its Bb4 for the Nd2) for noth-
advantage of the two bishops in a semi-open game”.[84] ing are a mistake. He does not like the strategy to re-
Taylor instead advocates 9...Bc5, when Black stands well treat the Bb4 in d6 either, because they are too drawish.
after 10.b4 Bd4! (11.exd4?? Nd3#) 11.Rb1 d6 12.Be2 He recommends the strategy to retreat the bishop in c5,
Bf5 13.Rb3 Ng6 14.Bg3 (14.exd4 Nxf4 15.Re3? Nxg2+ and maintain its position there with the help of the a7–a5
[91]
wins; 14.Bxd6 exd6 15.exd4 Nf4 16.g3 Bc2! wins mate- pawn advance.
[85]
rial) Bf6; 10.Ne4 Ng6; 10.Nb3 Bd6; or 10.Be2 d6.
tected by Bb7–c6 if necessary.[93] pawn without protection. The correct plan for White
was shown by Gleizerov who played 8.e3 Qxb2 9.Be2
d6 10.0-0 0-0 11.Nb3 Qf6 12.c5! to open the a2–g8 di-
Black keeps the bishop pair After 10.0-0 d6 11.Nb3 agonal that was weakened precisely by the gambit move
6...f6. The move 11.Nb3 is not only useful to support
After 9.Be2 0-0 10.0-0 Black can avoid the immediate the c4–c5 push, but also to exchange the knight against
exchange of his Bb4 against the Nd2 in several ways. Black’s dark-squared bishop after a possible a2–a3 forc-
The first one, resurrected and elaborated by the grand- ing the retreat Bb4–c5.[101] As Lalic puts it, “I doubt if
master Pavel Blatny, is to exchange the Bb4 for the Bf4. Black has a satisfactory answer to White’s play in this
This can be achieved via 10...Ng6 11.Bg3 (11.Bxc7?? d6 game”.[102]
loses a piece) 11...Bd6 12.Bxd6 Qxd6. White still has
possibilities to play for an advantage due to his more ad-
12.5.6 Alekhine variation 3...Ng4 4.e4
vanced development, his space advantage on the queen-
side and the possibility to install his knight on the good
The Alekhine variation 4.e4
square d5. Taylor considers this Black’s best line, stating
that Black has not given White the bishop pair, nor weak-
ened his pawn structure, and should be able to gradually 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e4
equalize.[96] This variation is named after Alekhine thanks to his wins
The other possibility for Black is to keep his Bb4 as long in the games Alekhine–Rabinovic (Baden Baden, 1925)
as possible, exchanging it against the white knight only and Alekhine–Seitz (Hastings, 1926).[53][103][notes 6]
in favourable circumstances. A couple of attempts have White does not try to keep its material advantage (the
been done with this in mind, with subtle variations along e5-pawn) and concentrates on establishing a strong pawn
the moves a7–a5, b7–b6 and d7–d6. Against the mun- center and space advantage. A controversial point is
dane 10...d6 White can continue with 11.Nb3 (see dia- whether the typical black manoeuvre Bf8–b4–xc3 is
gram at right) to play on the queenside against the ex- advantageous for Black (as it saddles White with doubled
posed Bb4, or 11.Nb1 to recycle the knight on the ideal pawns) or for White (as it reinforces his centre). Lalic
d5-square. Another idea is the immediate 10...a5, to have thinks both, considering 6...Bb4+ to be a bad move after
the d6-square for the bishop, inhibit the b2–b4 push and 4...Nxe5 5.f4 Nec6 6.Nf3,[104] but a good one after
have the possible a5–a4 pawn advance if the white knight 4...Nxe5 5.f4 Nec6 6.Be3.[105] After 4.e4 the main line
moves to b3. In the game Mikhalevski–Chabanon (Bad is 4...Nxe5 5.f4 when Black has an important choice
Endbach 1995)[97] Black kept the bishop with 11.Nb3 a4 to make about where to move the Ne5. The retreat
12.a3 Bd6 13.Nd4 Bc5 14.Nb5 d6 15.Nc3 Ng6 16.Bg3 to the queenside with 5...Nec6 is considered best,[106]
f5 and had dynamic play.[98] while the retreat to the kingside with 5...Ng6 is probably
playable.[107]
Taylor considers 4...Nxe5 inferior, recommending in-
Gambits 5.Nbd2 d6 and 6.Nbd2 f6 stead a rarely played idea of Richard Réti, 4...h5!
(Taylor’s exclamation point). Then 5.Nf3 would al-
The gambit 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2 d6 low 5...Bc5, while Taylor suggests meeting 5.Be2 with
5...Nc6! and 5.f4 with 5...Bc5 with quick development
With 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2 d6 (see diagram at right) Black compensating for the lost pawn. He considers the main
wants to open the diagonal a1–h8 for his queen. Af- line to be 4...h5 5.h3 Nxe5 6.Be3 Bb4+, with good play
ter 6.exd6 Qf6 White can react to the attack on his Bf4 for Black.[108]
in several ways, the best one being 7.Nh3 to develop a
piece and protect both the Bf4 and the f2-pawn. It also
helps that the Bf4 is still guarding the Nd2, so that af- Line 5...Nec6
ter 7...Qxb2? there is not the threat of winning the ex-
change (8...Bxd2+ would be answered by 9.Bxd2) and After 5.f4 Nec6 6.Be3
White can repel Black’s attack with 8.Rb1 Qa3 9.Rb3
Qa5 10.dxc7 Nc6 11.a3! Be7 12.e3.[99] Instead, Black 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e4 Nxe5 5.f4 Nec6
must play energetically with 7...Nxf2 8.Kxf2 Bxh3 9.g3 The Knight on c6 is safer than on g6, and is well-placed
Bxf1 10.dxc7!? Nc6 11.Rxf1 and here Lalic recom- as part of a general strategy to control the central dark
mends 11...0-0 12.Kg2 Rfe8.[100] squares. It can go to d4 while the other Knight can
The other gambit, 4...Nc6 5.Nf3 Bb4+ 6.Nbd2 f6 7.exf6 go to c5 via a6 or d7. After 6.Nf3 Bc5 White has
Qxf6, is much riskier, as Black weakens his kingside difficulties castling short, because the plan to exchange
and does not open a diagonal for his Bc8. Black tries the dark-squared bishops with Bd3/Qe2/Be3 can be met
to take advantage of the fact White has moved his dark- by Bg4/Nd4 to muddy the waters.[109] As Lalic points
squared bishop away from the queenside, leaving the b2- out:[110]
12.5. KIENINGER TRAP 291
said to have its origins in the chess circles from Leipzig, 12.5.8 Other possibilities
with the first important game being H.Steiner–Fajarowicz
at the 1928 Wiesbaden tournament.[130][131] In this varia- Line 3...Ng4 4.e3
tion, Black makes no immediate effort to regain the gam-
bit pawn, preferring to concentrate on active piece play After 4.e3 Nxe5 5.Nh3
and tactical tricks.[notes 8]
The move 4.a3 allows White to avoid the annoying bishop 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 3.dxe5 Ng4 4.e3
check on b4, the also annoying knight jump to b4, and
Apart from the main lines 4.Bf4, 4.Nf3 and 4.e4, the
prepares Qc2 to undermine Black’s knight. Both Lalic
only significant other fourth move is 4.e3 to continue by
and de Firmian consider it to be White’s best move,[132]
4...Nxe5 5.Nh3 (or the other move-order 4.Nh3 and 5.e3)
with de Firmian assessing it as leading to a large advan-
so that the white knight starts the journey Ng1–h3–f4–
tage for White.[133] Lalic considers 4...b6!? to be the best
d5 reach its ideal d5-square.[143] The idea with 4.e3 and
answer, one point being that Qd1–c2, so effective in most
5.Nh3 was favorite of a leading Soviet coach and writer
of the other lines, can be met by Bc8–b7. After 5.Nd2
Mikhail Shereshevsky, who wrote in his 1994 book The
Bb7 6.Qc2 Lalic gives 6...Nxd2 7.Bxd2 a5! when the
Soviet Chess Conveyor that the line was first shown to him
black bishops will be excellently placed on the b7- and c5-
by a strong correspondence player Donatas Lapienis.[144]
squares.[134] Lalic recommends 6.Nf3 instead,[135] while
Black has tried to prevent White’s idea by the suitably
de Firmian continues by 5.Nf3 Bb7 6.Nbd2 Qe7 7.Qc2
strange-looking move 5...Ng6, taking the f4-square from
with a large advantage for White.[133][136]
the Nh3. Then White can develop along various setups,
The move 4.Nf3 develops a piece and covers the sensi- the most active being 6.Qh5 with the possibility Nh3–
tive d2-square. After 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2 Nc6 6.a3 Black g5 in store to recycle the knight towards a more central
can easily get confused by the move-order. The natural position.[145] Black can also ignore White’s intentions and
6...Nxd2 7.Bxd2 Bxd2+ 8.Qxd2 Qe7 9.Qc3 transposes concentrate on his own play by placing the Nb8 on c5,
in the same position as after 5.Bd2, but White can also in order to put pressure on the d3-square. After 5...g6
try 6...Nxd2 7.axb4! Nxf3+ 8.gxf3 Nxe5 9.Rg1 Qe7 6.Nf4 Bg7 7.Be2 0-0 8.0-0 d6 9.Nc3 Nbd7 10.Qd2 a5
10.Ra3! with a strong initiative.[137] White can even re- 11.b3 Nc5 the position of Black’s knights is secured and
tain his bishop with 6...Nxd2 7.Nxd2 and now Borik rec- Black’s position is similar to the Leningrad variation of
ommends 7...Bf8 with difficult play for Black as he is not the Dutch Defence (once he has played f7–f5).[146] White
certain to gain his pawn back.[138] To avoid these pos- has no reason, however, to abandon the a1–h8 diagonal to
sibilities Lalic advises the move-order 6...Bxd2+ 7.Bxd2 Black, and he can try 5...g6 6.Bd2 d6 7.Nf4 Bg7 8.Bc3 0-
Nxd2 8.Qxd2 Qe7, but does not mention the possibility 0 9.Be2 Nbd7 10.Nd2 b6 and in one game White gained
of White answering 6...Bxd2+ with 7.Nxd2. A possible a minimal edge.[147]
improvement for Black (after 4...Bb4+ 5.Nbd2) would be
5...d5 with compensation for the pawn in all lines.[139]
Other fourth moves after 3...Ng4
The line 4.Qc2 immediately attacks the Ne4, as a retreat
by Black would effectively surrender his temporary lead
After 4.Qd4
in development, which is the compensation for the sacri-
ficed pawn. Black must continue to develop while trying
to keep the Ne4 on its square, but that is by no means A few other lines have been tried, with the outcome
easy. Borik thinks 4.Qc2 is the move “that gives Black varying from an immediate equality to a clear advantage
the most problems to solve”,[140] but Lalic does not agree for Black. The cooling 4.e6 avoids complications and
at all, stating that the reply “4...Bb4+ [....] followed by heads for an equal endgame with 4...dxe6 5.Qxd8+ Kxd8,
d7–d5 ensures Black a rapid development and plenty of Black’s loss of the right to castle being of no great im-
counterplay. It is for this reason that 4.Qc2 is not on the portance since queens have been traded. If Black wants
danger list”.[141] The reply 4...Bb4+ (see diagram at right) to avoid this early endgame, he can try 4...Bb4+ 5.Nc3
pins the white pieces before deciding what to do with the Bxc3+ 6.bxc3 dxe6 and now the exchange of queens
Ne4. White cannot reply 5.Bd2 as he would lose the would give a plus to Black, as the white queenside pawns
bishop pair and Black would easily regain the e5-pawn are isolated and doubled.[148] The greedy 4.f4 is weak be-
with Nc6/Qe7/0-0/Re8. After 5.Nd2 this knight would cause White neglects his development and weakens the
be misplaced and would block the Bc1, so Black could a7–g1 diagonal.[149][150][151][152] Black can immediately
open the game with 5...d5 in favourable circumstances. exploit this with 4...Bc5, which threatens a fork on f2 and
Best for White is 5.Nc3 d5 6.exd6 Bf5 7.Bd2 Nxd6 8.e4! forbids White’s castling; Black may later push d7–d6 to
Bxc3 9.Bxc3 Bxe4 when Black has regained his pawn but open the centre, e.g. 5.Nh3 0-0 6.Nc3 d6 7.exd6 cxd6
White has the bishop pair and possibilities of an attack on when Black has good squares for its pieces while White’s
the kingside.[142] castling is delayed.
Another reasonable-looking move is 4.Qd4 as it protects
the e5-pawn and attacks the Ng4. However, “the prob-
12.5. KIENINGER TRAP 293
lem for White in the Budapest is that natural moves often Qxe3! Karolyi writes, “This shows Kasparov-like aggres-
lead to disaster”.[153] Best for Black is the gambit 4...d6 sion and ingenuity.” 20.Bd4 Qxf2+!! 21.Bxf2 Bxf2+
5.exd6 Nc6! 6.Qd1 Bxd6, when the natural 7.Nf3?? is 22.Kh1 Bb6 23.Qb1? White should have defended with
an error because of 7...Nxf2! 8.Kxf2 Bg3+ winning the 23.Rf1! After 23...Ne3 24.Qd3 Bg2+ 25.Kg1 Bh3 White
queen.[154] White must develop quietly with moves like can either repeat moves with 26.Kh1, or try 26.Nd4.
Nc3/Nf3/e3/Be2, allowing Black to find active positions 23...Nf2+ 24.Kg1 Rf6! Black has time to increase the
for his pieces with 0-0/Be6/Qe7/Rfd8, and preparing sev- pressure. 25.b4! If 25.Qc2?, then 25...Ng4+ 26.Kh1
eral sacrificial ideas on e3 or f2, with excellent attacking Bg2+! winning the queen. 25...a4! But not 25...Rxf3?
possibilities.[155] Similar to 4.Qd4 is 4.Qd5 when after 26.bxa5. 26.Ng5 Black can now force mate in 8 moves.
4...Nc6 White can seize the last opportunity to return to 26...Ng4+! 27.Kh1 Bg2+!! “This is a marvellous move,
calm waters with 5.Bf4 Bb4+ 6.Nc3 which will transpose and it must have been such a thrill to play it on the board.”
in the Rubinstein line,[156] or he can try 5.Nf3 d6 6.exd6 (Karolyi). 28.Kxg2 Rf2+ 29.Kh3 Rxh2+ 30.Kxg4 h5+
Be6 7.d7+ Bxd7 when Black’s lead in development com- 31.Kf4 Be3+ 0–1[166]
pensates for the pawn.[157]
would cede the bishop pair, which is the main source of [5] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Akiba Rubinstein”. Chess-
White’s hopes for an advantage in this line. Metrics.com.
[5] Note that for Black, the sequence 7...Ngxe5 8...Nxe5 [6] Tseitlin 1992, p.7
9...Bxd2+ is not only cunning, but also the best move-
order as another sequence would give White an early op- [7] Moskalenko 2007, p.9
portunity to realise the advantageous c4–c5 push (whose [8] Goldman, Warren (1994). Carl Schlechter ! Life and times
advantages are explained in the section "Breakthrough of the Austrian chess wizard. Caïssa Editions. p. 532.
with the c4–c5 push"). For example after 7...Bxd2+?! ISBN 0-939433-18-4.
8.Qxd2 Ngxe5 9.Nxe5 Nxe5 White should not play the
usual 10.e3?! but should strive for more with the imme- [9] “Chess openings: Budapest Gambit (A52)". Chess-
diate 10.c5! as Black cannot take in c5 without losing the Games.com.
c7-pawn because of the possibilities Ra1–c1 and Qd2–c3
(see Lalic 1998, p.33). [10] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 4
[6] As cited by Tseitlin (p.21), Alekhine himself stated: [11] Moskalenko 2007, p.28
[8] These tactical pitfalls include notably a Bb4+ at an annoy- [23] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Efim Bogoljubow”. Chess-
ing moment, a Qf6 with a double attack on b2 and f2, Metrics.com.
(after 1...d6 2.exd6 Bxd6) the pseudo-sacrifice 3...Nxf2
4.Kxf2 Bg3+ and 5...Qxd1 winning White’s queen for two [24] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: José Capablanca”. Chess-
minor pieces, and a concerted attack on the d3 square with Metrics.com.
the setup Nc5/Bf5/Nb4 (once White has played e3). [25] “Player profile: Savielly Tartakower; Opening: Budapest
Gambit (A52)". ChessGames.com.
[9] Black mates with either 31.Kf5 g6+ 32.Kf6 Bd4 mate, or
31. Kf3 Rf2 mate. [26] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Rudolf Spielmann”. Chess-
Metrics.com.
[10] An interactive move list and diagram for the game is at
A Budapest Gambit Assault. (Scroll down after reaching [27] “Player profile: Rudolf Spielmann; Opening: Budapest
that webpage. Also note the error there at move 31, since Gambit (A52)". ChessGames.com.
the actual game ended 31.Kf4 Be3+.)
[28] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Nigel Short”. ChessMet-
rics.com.
12.5.12 Footnotes [29] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Anatoly Karpov”. Chess-
Metrics.com.
[1] Edward Winter,The Budapest Defence, Chess Notes
[30] “Chessmetrics Player Profile: Vassily Ivanchuk”. Chess-
[2] Tseitlin 1992, p.8 Metrics.com.
[3] Oleinikov 2005, chapter 3 [31] “Player profile: Nigel Short; Opening: Budapest Gambit
(A52)". ChessGames.com.
[4] Schlechter, Carl (1917). “Budapester Gambit”. Deutsche
Schachzeitung. 72: 242. [32] “Top 100 Players July 2008”. FIDE.
12.5. KIENINGER TRAP 295
[33] “Player profile: Shakhriyar Mamedyarov; Opening: Bu- [63] Borik 1986, p.17
dapest Gambit (A52)". ChessGames.com.
[64] Tseitlin 1992, p.80
[34] Giffard, Nicolas (1993). Le guide des échecs (in French).
Robert Laffont. p. 307. ISBN 2-221-05913-1. [65] Tseitlin 1992, p.132
“Spassky–Illescas, Linares 1990”. ChessGames.com.
[35] Avrukh, Boris (2010). 1.d4 Volume Two. Quality Chess.
p. 91. ISBN 978-1-906552-33-6. [66] Lalic 1998, p.81
Alekseev–Bliumberg, Minsk 1993
[36] Lalic 1998, p.9
[67] Silman 2002
[37] Moskalenko 2008, p.159 “Beliavsky–Mohr, Portoroz 1997”. ChessGames.com.
[41] Lalic 1998, p.76 [70] “Van Wely–Mamedyarov (Ciudad Real 2004)".
[107] Borik 1986, p.46 [132] Lalic calls it “undoubtedly the most critical line”. Lalic
1998, p.132
[108] Taylor 2009, p.?
[133] De Firmian, Nick (2008). Modern Chess Openings: MCO-
[109] Borik 1986, p.47 15. Random House Puzzles & Games. p. 504. ISBN
“Vaganian–Wedberg, Buenos Aires Olympiad 1978”. 978-0-8129-3682-7.
ChessGames.com.
[134] Lalic 1998, p.139
[110] Lalic 1998, p.104 “Timoschenko–Welling, Ostend 1991”. Chess-
Games.com.
[111] Lalic 1998, p.110
[135] Lalic 1998, p.139
[112] Tseitlin 1992, p.118 Ricardi–Perez, Olivos 1993
“Rudakovsky–Ratner, Moscow 1945”. Chess-
Games.com. [136] “Hillarp Persson–Romero Holmes, Hotel Bali Stars
2003”. ChessGames.com.
[113] Borik 1986, p.51; Tseitlin 1992, p.119
“Alekhine–Seitz, Hastings 1925–26”. ChessGames.com. [137] Lalic 1998, p.143
Kullamaa–Starke, Correspondence 1991
[114] Borik 1986, p.53
“Keres–Gilg, Prague 1937”. ChessGames.com. [138] Borik 1986, p.91
[145] Lalic 1998, p.101 • Review by: Glenn Flear & Jon Tisdall. “The
Marin–de la Villa, Szirak interzonal 1987 Budapest”. ChessPublishing.com. Retrieved
2009-03-12.
[146] Lalic 1998, p.98–99
Zwikowski–Gurieli, Genting Highlands 1990
“Gurevich–Tisdall, Akureyri 1988”. ChessGames.com. • Moskalenko, Viktor (2007). The Fabulous Budapest
Zayats - Malaniuk, Minsk 1988 Gambit. New In Chess. ISBN 978-90-5691-224-6.
[147] Lalic 1998, p.98 • Review by: John Donaldson. “Fabulous Bu-
Aleksandrov–Pavlenko, Ashkhabad 1990 dapest gambit”. JeremySilman.com. Re-
[148] Lalic 1998, p.127 trieved 2009-03-12.
Henriksson–Wiander, Helsingborg 1991 • Review by: Carsten Hansen. “1.d4 fireworks”
(PDF). ChessCafe.com. Retrieved 2009-03-
[149] Pachman, Ludek (1983). Opening game in chess. Rout- 12.
ledge. ISBN 978-0-7100-9222-9.
• Review by: Bill McGeary. “The Fabulous Bu-
[150] Lalic 1998, p.129 dapest Gambit by GM Victor Moskalenko”.
Akhundov–Simonenko, Ashkhabad 1990 ChessVille.com. Retrieved 2009-09-14.
[151] Borik 1986, p.55
• Oleinikov, Dmitrij (2005). Budapest Gambit (2nd ed.).
[152] Tseitlin 1992, p.111 Chessbase (on CD).
“Helmar–Krejcik, Vienna 1917”. ChessGames.com.
• Silman, Jeremy (2002). “Budapest Gambit”. JeremySil-
[153] Lalic 1998, p.129 man.com. Retrieved 2009-05-31.
“Beliavsky–Epishin, Reggio Emilia 1991”. Chess-
Games.com. • Taylor, Timothy (2009). The Budapest Gambit. Every-
man Chess. ISBN 978-1-85744-592-3.
[154] Tseitlin 1992, p.18
• Review by: Donaldson, John. “The Bu-
[155] Tseitlin 1992, p.20
dapest Gambit”. JeremySilman.com. Re-
[156] Tseitlin 1992, p.15 trieved 2009-09-23.
[165] Nadanian, Ashot. “The Soul of the Budapest Gambit”. • Gutman, Lev (2004). Budapest Fajarowicz: The
Chessville. Retrieved 31 December 2011. Fajarowicz-Richter Gambit in Action. Batsford. ISBN 0-
7134-8708-9.
[166] Karolyi, Tibor; Aplin, Nick (2009). “6”. Genius in the
Background. Quality Chess. pp. 198–203. ISBN 978-1-
906552-37-4.
• Review by: Matthew Sadler. “Sadler on
books” (PDF). NewInChess.com. Retrieved
2009-03-10.
12.5.13 References • Review by: Carsten Hansen. “Budapest
Fajarowicz by Lev Gutman” (PDF). Chess-
• Borik, Otto (1986). Budapest Gambit. The Macmil- Cafe.com. Retrieved 2009-03-10.
lan Chess Library. ISBN 978-0-02-017500-1. • Review by: Erik Sobjerg. “Budapest Fa-
• Shereshevsky, Mikhail (1994). The Soviet Chess jarowicz”. SeaGaard.dk. Retrieved 2009-03-
Conveyor. Semko (Sofia). ISBN 954-8782-01-4. 10.
• Lalić, Bogdan (1998). The Budapest Gambit. Bats- • Harding, Tim (1996). The fighting Fajarowicz. Chess Di-
ford. ISBN 978-0-7134-8456-4. gest. ISBN 978-0-87568-281-5.
298 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
• Tim Wee. “A Budapest Gambit Assault”. Chess.com. Now 7.Kxf2 would lose the queen to 7...Qxd1,
so White must play 7.Ke2.
• Marco Saba. “Opening Report: 1.d4 Nf6 2.c4 e5 (14376
games)". Centro Studi Monetari. 7. Ke2 fxg1=N+! (see diagram)
1. d4 d5 2. c4 e5
12.6.2 See also
The Albin Countergambit. • List of chess traps
3. dxe5 d4
12.6.3 References
The black pawn on d4 is stronger than it ap-
pears. Notes
4. e3? [1] Hooper & Whyld 1996 say that Dubois pointed out the
trap in 1872 (p. 219). Although they don't specify where
Careless. Usual and better is 4.Nf3. Dubois published the trap, it could refer to the three-
volume work on the openings that Dubois published from
4... Bb4+ 5. Bd2 dxe3! (see diagram) 1868 to 1873 (p.116). Elsewhere they state that the Al-
bin Countergambit was not introduced until 1881 (p. 6),
which seems to be a contradiction. It isn't clear if the trap
Now White’s best option is to accept doubled discovery date 1872 should perhaps instead be 1882, or if
pawns with 6.fxe3. 1881 was the tournament introduction of an opening that
had been published in 1872 or earlier.
6. Bxb4??
Bibliography
Blundering into the Lasker Trap. In an 1899
consultation game in Moscow, Blumenfeld, • Burgess, Graham (2000), The Mammoth Book of
Boyarkow, and Falk playing White against Chess, Carroll & Graf, ISBN 0-7867-0725-9
Lasker tried 6.Qa4+?, but Black wins after
• Hooper, David; Whyld, Kenneth (1996), The Ox-
this move also. The game continued 6...Nc6
ford Companion to Chess (2 ed.), Oxford University,
7.Bxb4 Qh4 8.Ne2 Qxf2+ 9.Kd1 Bg4 10.Nc3
ISBN 0-19-280049-3
0-0-0+ 11.Bd6 cxd6 12.e6 fxe6 13.Kc1 Nf6
14.b4 d5 15.b5 Ne5 16.cxd5 Nxd5 17.Qc2 • Blumenfeld/Boyarkow/Falk vs Emanuel Lasker,
Nb4 18.Nd1+ Nxc2 19.Nxf2 Rd2 White Moscow 1899, retrieved 2008-01-24 (game score at
resigned. chessgames.com)
12.7. LÉGAL TRAP 299
12.7 Légal Trap White remains a pawn ahead, but Black can at
least play on. Instead, if Black takes the queen,
The Légal Trap or Blackburne Trap (also known as Lé- White has checkmate in two moves:
gal Pseudo-Sacrifice and Légal Mate) is a chess open-
ing trap, characterized by a queen sacrifice followed by 6... Bxd1?? 7. Bxf7+ Ke7 8. Nd5#
checkmate with minor pieces if Black accepts the sacri- The final position (see diagram) is a pure mate, meaning
fice. The trap is named after the French player Sire de Lé- that for each of the eight squares around the black king,
gal (1702–92). Joseph Henry Blackburne (1841–1924), there is exactly one reason the king cannot move there.[1]
a British master and one of the world’s top five players in
the latter part of the 19th century, set the trap on many
occasions. 12.7.2 Légal versus Saint Brie
The original game featured Légal playing at rook odds
12.7.1 Natural move sequence (without Ra1)[2] against Saint Brie in Paris 1750:
There are a number of ways the trap can arise, the one be- 1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 d6 3. Bc4 Bg4?! 4. Nc3
low shows a natural move sequence from a simultaneous g6? 5. Nxe5 Bxd1?? 6. Bxf7+ Ke7 7. Nd5#
exhibition in Paris. André Cheron, one of France’s lead- 1–0[3][4]
ing players, won with the trap as White against Jeanlose:
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. Bc4 d6 Note: the above is the move order found in most publica-
tions. However, Recent research published at Chessbase
[5]
suggests that the move order has been altered retro-
The Semi-Italian Opening.
spectively in order to remove a flaw present in the origi-
nal game. Also the date of 1750 is assumed to be wrong.
4. Nc3 Bg4?! It is more likely that the game has in fact been played in
1787, and the original move order was:
Black pins the knight in the fight over the cen-
ter. Strategically this is a sound idea, but there 1. e4 e5 2. Bc4 d6 3. Nf3 Nc6 4. Nc3 Bg4 5.
is a tactical flaw with the move. Nxe5? Bxd1?? 6. Bxf7+ Ke7 7. Nd5# 1–0
In general, making a “trap” by luring a bishop into a Notes column (hosted at the Chess History Center), chess
queen capture is not strictly necessary. Any game fea- historian Edward Winter wrote: “We believe that ‘Mag-
turing an advanced knight and Bxf7+ (or ...Bxf2+) fol- nus Smith Trap’ is a misnomer, although in the Sicilian
lowed by mate with minor pieces would be considered a Defence there is a ‘Magnus Smith Variation’ (a very rare
Légal Mate. The mate succeeds because the square of instance of a player’s forename and surname being used
the advanced knight is unguarded, and the enemy king is jointly in openings terminology).”
blocked by several of its own pieces.
The Magnus Smith Trap is a chess opening trap in the Position after 10.Re1?; Black wins with 10...Bxh2+!
Sicilian Defence, named after three-time Canadian chess
champion Magnus Smith (1869–1934). In an article ti- The Marshall Trap is a chess opening trap in Petrov’s
tled "'The Magnus Smith Trap'" published in his Chess Defence named after Frank Marshall.
12.10. MONTICELLI TRAP 301
An unexpected blow.
10...Ne4 11.Bxe4 Bxe4 12.Qxe4 Qxg5
11. Kxh2 Nxf2 13.Qxa8 Nc6 14.Qb7 Nxd4 15.Rd1 c5 16.e3
Nc2+ 17.Kd2 Qf5 18.Qg2 Nb4 19.e4 Qf6
Black forks the white queen and bishop, forc- 20.Kc1 Nxa2+ 21.Kb1 Nb4 22.Rxd7 Nc6
ing the queen to move. 23.f4 e5 24.Rhd1 Nd4 25.Rxa7 exf4 26.gxf4
Qxf4 27.Re1 Nf3 28.Re2 Nd4 29.Re1 ½–½
12. Qe2 Nxd3 13. Qxd3 Bxf3 14. Qxf3 Qh4+
The line has been played several times over the years at
Followed by Qxe1 winning the e1-rook. Black
the highest levels, including Portisch–Andersson 1983,[3]
has a winning material advantage.
which ended in a draw, and Aronian–Postny 2005,[4]
which White won. The offer of the exchange has in fact
12.9.2 References been refused by White in grandmaster games (either by
10.Qxc3 or 10.Ng5 Ne4 11.Bxe4 Bxe4 12.Nxe4[5] ).
• Hooper, David and Kenneth Whyld (1996). The Ox-
ford Companion to Chess. Oxford University. ISBN
0-19-280049-3. 12.10.2 See also
The trap begins with the moves: [2] Euwe vs. Capablanca, 1931
Black plays the Bogo–Indian De- [5] Psakhis vs. Marin, 2005
fence.
4. Bd2 Bxd2+ Bibliography
5. Qxd2 b6
6. g3 Bb7 • Brace, Edward R. (1977), An Illustrated Dictionary
7. Bg2 O-O of Chess, Hamlyn Publishing Group, p. 191, ISBN
1-55521-394-4
8. Nc3 Ne4
9. Qc2 Nxc3 • Znosko-Borovsky, Eugene (1977), The Art of Chess
10. Ng5! (see diagram) Combination, Dover, p. 82, ISBN 0-486-20583-5
302 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
12.11 Mortimer Trap Black forks the white bishop and knight, win-
ning a piece for two pawns.
Position after 5...c6. Black wins a piece.
12.11.2 Discussion
The Mortimer Trap is a chess opening trap in the Ruy
Lopez named after James Mortimer. The Mortimer Trap Mortimer played his defense at the 1883 London tourna-
is a true trap in the sense that Black deliberately plays an ment against Berthold Englisch, Samuel Rosenthal, and
inferior move hoping to trick White into making a mis- Josef Noa, losing all three games.[3] Johannes Zuker-
take. tort, the tournament winner, also played it against En-
glisch, the game resulting in a draw.[4] Zukertort wrote
of 4...Ne7, “Mr. Mortimer claims to be the inventor of
12.11.1 Analysis this move. I adopted it on account of its novelty.”[5] The
first edition of the treatise Chess Openings, Ancient and
1. e4 e5 2. Nf3 Nc6 3. Bb5 Nf6 Modern analyzed 5.Nc3 Ng6 6.0-0 c6 7.Ba4 d6 8.Bb3
and now the authors gave either 8...Be6 or 8...Be7 as giv-
The trap begins with Black playing the Berlin ing Black an equal game.[6] A bit more recently, Horowitz
Defense to the Ruy Lopez. Although the Berlin and Reinfeld observed of 4...Ne7, “This time-wasting re-
was much more popular in the 19th century treat of the Knight to an inferior square blocks the de-
than in the 20th, it “became the height of velopment of the King Bishop ... . Yet it is a matter of
theory when Vladimir Kramnik used it as his record that this pitfall had a vogue for many years.”[2]
main defense to defeat Garry Kasparov in their
Today, 4...Ne7 is rarely seen, and is not mentioned in
2000 World Championship match.”[1]
either Modern Chess Openings (which relegates 4.d3 to
a footnote, and mentions only 4...d6 in response)[7] or
4. d3 the Encyclopedia of Chess Openings (which mentions only
4...d6 and 4...Bc5).[8]
White plays a quiet alternative to the more
common 4.0-0, 4.d4, or 4.Nc3 (the last would
transpose to the Four Knights Game). I. A. 12.11.3 References
Horowitz and Fred Reinfeld wrote that 4.d3 is
"Steinitz’s move, with which he scored many Notes
spectacular successes during his long reign as
World Champion.”[2] [1] De Firmian 2008, p. 43.
The origin of the name is uncertain. The shape of the The Rubinstein Trap is a chess opening trap in the
black pawns on a6, b5, and c4 may resemble an ark, or Queen’s Gambit Declined, Orthodox Defense. Black
the name may suggest that the trap is "as old as Noah’s loses a pawn after Nxd5 due to the threat of his queen
Ark". being trapped on the back rank by White’s Bc7.
5... b5 6. Bb3 Nxd4 7. Nxd4 exd4 8. Qxd4?? Alekhine–Rubinstein, San Remo 1930[1]
1. d4 d5 2. Nf3 Nf6 3. c4 e6
Alexander Alekhine recommended
this move in the tournament book The Queen’s Gambit Declined, Or-
for New York 1924 as a means for thodox Defense.
White to draw, but it is a mistake
4. Bg5 Nbd7 5. e3 Be7 6. Nc3 0-0 7. Rc1
that loses material. White should
Re8 8. Qc2 a6 9. cxd5 exd5 10. Bd3 c6 11.
instead play 8.Bd5 or try a gambit
0-0 Ne4 12. Bf4 f5? (see diagram)
with 8.c3.
Black falls into the trap.
8... c5 9. Qd5 Be6 10. Qc6+ Bd7 11. Qd5
13. Nxd5
c4 (see diagram)
White wins a pawn since
The white king bishop is trapped. 13...cxd5?? loses to 14.Bc7,
White resigned after 32 moves. trapping Black’s queen.
304 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
12.14.2 References
12.14 Siberian Trap
• Burgess, Graham (1994). Winning with the Smith–
This article is about the chess opening. For the geophys- Morra Gambit. Batsford. ISBN 0-8050-3574-5.
ical feature, see Siberian Traps. • de Firmian, Nick (1999). Modern Chess Openings:
MCO-14. Random House Puzzles & Games. ISBN
The Siberian Trap is a chess opening trap. After a se- 0-8129-3084-3.
ries of natural moves in the Smith–Morra Gambit of the
• Nunn, John (ed.); et al. (1999). Nunn’s Chess Open-
Sicilian Defence, White can lose a queen. The name ap-
ings. Everyman Chess. ISBN 1-85744-221-0.
pears to result from Boris Schipkov of Novosibirsk in
southwestern Siberia. • Langrock, Hannes (2006). The Modern Morra
The trap has occurred at least twice in tournament play: Gambit: A Dynamic Weapon Against the Sicilian.
Kolenbet–Schipkov, Khabarovsk 1987, and Tesinsky– Russell Enterprises. ISBN 1-888690-32-1.
Magerramov, Budapest 1990.
12.14.3 External links
12.14.1 Analysis
• Chess Siberia
1. e4 c5
Falling into the trap. Better is 14...Bh4 15.g3 Nxg3 16.hxg3 Bxg3
where Black get two pawns for the knight.
12. Nxe6
15. Nxc5 Nxc5 16. Bg5 Rd5 17. Be7 Re8 18. c4 1–0
Black’s pawn on d5 will be pinned (along the d-
file or along the a2–g8 diagonal) no matter how White wins at least the exchange, so Marco
he recaptures. After 12...Qxe6 or 12...fxe6 resigned.
White wins a piece with 13.Rxe4.
12.15.3 Notes
12.15.2 Tarrasch Trap in the Steinitz Vari-
ation [1] Tarrasch versus Marco
5. Nc3 Nf6 6. 0-0 Be7 7. Re1 (see diagram) 12.16.1 The trap
7... 0-0? 8. Bxc6 Bxc6 9. dxe5 dxe5 10. Qxd8 Raxd8 3... d5
11. Nxe5
Thought to be the best reply.
Black’s best move here is probably 11...Bd7,
although White would remain a pawn ahead.
4. fxe5 Nxe4 5. d3
11... Bxe4?! 12. Nxe4 Nxe4
White also has lines beginning 5.Qf3
(Steinitz) and 5.Nf3, but neither achieves an
White can go astray too, 13.Rxe4?? would be
advantage.[1]
a horrible blunder as Black would checkmate
with 13...Rd1+ 14. Re1 Rxe1#. White blocks
that possibility with his next move, making the 5... Qh4+?
threat real against the black knight on e4.
Initiating the trap. Black has other choices
13. Nd3 f5 5...Bb4 and 5...Nxc3.[2]
The black knight cannot move because of the 6. g3 Nxg3 7. Nf3 Qh5 8. Nxd5 Bg4
pin against the bishop on e7.
8...Nxh1? 9.Nxc7+ Kd8 10.Nxa8 leads to ad-
14. f3 Bc5+?! vantage for White.[2]
306 CHAPTER 12. TRAPS
9. Nf4
12.16.2 References
Notes
Bibliography
13.1 Text
• Chess opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chess_opening?oldid=751857210 Contributors: AxelBoldt, Bryan Derksen, Eclec-
ticology, Arvindn, Fritzlein, Ellmist, Camembert, Dwheeler, Lir, Michael Hardy, Kwertii, Dominus, Sannse, Aofl, Morhippo~enwiki,
DavidWBrooks, Angela, BigFatBuddha, Charles Matthews, Dino, Wik, Furrykef, Populus, Lord Emsworth, Sandman~enwiki, SuPERL-
man, Robbot, Romanm, Academic Challenger, Dehumanizer, Reid, Randyoo, Dina, Cronian~enwiki, Giftlite, Dbenbenn, Jao, Elf, Bfinn,
No Guru, Andris, Neilc, Zeimusu, Sonjaaa, Bob.v.R, Karol Langner, H Padleckas, Sam Hocevar, MartinBiely, Klin~enwiki, Andreas
Kaufmann, Jtmendes, ThreeE, Stupid girl, Rich Farmbrough, Invictus~enwiki, TomPreuss, ZeroOne, Jules991, Shanes, Remember,
Art LaPella, Themindset, Lokifer, DannyMuse, Grutness, Eleland, Damburger, Kotasik, Gene Nygaard, Adrian.benko, Velho, Cygnus-
Pius, GrouchyDan, Jeff3000, GregorB, Jon Harald Søby, Audiovideo, Mendaliv, Sjakkalle, Rjwilmsi, Quale, TheRingess, Bubba73,
Tbone, Falphin, Moskvax, Margosbot~enwiki, Zubizuva, Mstroeck, Nehalem, Bgwhite, YurikBot, Borgx, Alvinrune, Wimt, Mfero,
Krakatoa, DGJM, BOT-Superzerocool, Jemptymethod, Sandman1142, Cobblet, Guillom, Mebden, David A Bozzini, SmackBot, Mel-
choir, Vanisher user 73xjd032848jc23, Bryan Nguyen, Skizzik, Jprg1966, MalafayaBot, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, Magore, Spiritia,
Rigadoun, Bjankuloski06en~enwiki, Feureau, MTSbot~enwiki, Ioannes Pragensis, CmdrObot, ShelfSkewed, BigGoose2006, Cydebot,
ST47, B, Devassal thibault, Whipster, Thijs!bot, Sopranosmob781, Marek69, PhiLiP, AntiVandalBot, VictorAnyakin, Sluzzelin, The
Transhumanist, Rothorpe, .anacondabot, VoABot II, Sideshow Bob Roberts, Ling.Nut, Baccyak4H, Hmshiau, Icenine378, Orang Utan,
Philcha, MikeLeahyAtBookup, Spinach Dip, Ghindo, Aquatics, STBotD, StupidFatHobbit, Black Kite, Blitzacetidus, VolkovBot, Menasim-
Bot, TXiKiBoT, Mercurywoodrose, Rei-bot, Flakelviv, Voorlandt, MaxBrowne, FourteenDays, Bob f it, Karophyr, JStripes, Mblub,
SieBot, StAnselm, Accounting4Taste, Soler97, Sophia91, Helikophis, DixonD, JL-Bot, ClueBot, PipepBot, AmitavaGhose, Panchoy,
Hajimemori, M4gnum0n, Rhododendrites, Sun Creator, Kardolus~enwiki, ParaGreen13, Mau84~enwiki, Masugly, XLinkBot, Wertu-
ose, Balokrop~enwiki, Kubrick114, Addbot, LinkFA-Bot, Tamberlaine, Tassedethe, Lightbot, OlEnglish, Kiril Simeonovski, ScAvenger,
Mohsenkazempur, Thepillow, Legobot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, TaBOT-zerem, Emildaed, AnomieBOT, Materialscientist, Citation bot, Dirl-
Bot, Xqbot, MrsHudson, Unityandoutsider, Adrignola, Hushpuckena, FrescoBot, Haosys, Khb33, Citation bot 1, A412, RedBot, Jaxde-
laguerre, Mmb993, Aoidh, Some Wiki Editor, EmausBot, WikitanvirBot, TrueCHoJiN, Faolin42, Dcirovic, Phoenixthebird, H3llBot,
Ihardlythinkso, ClueBot NG, Qarakesek, Bohdan Vovk, MerlIwBot, Helpful Pixie Bot, TriEqlzWun, Noelevans, Jkmaskell, MildRook,
Toccata quarta, Kjbinukj, BattyBot, Teammm, Dexbot, Antipas Scribe, PeterLFlomPhD, Rastus Vernon, Stoneymansion, GretDrabba,
Monkbot, Jamalmunshi, HalSmitty, Arunprasathame, Smkindian, MasterChessOpenings, KasparBot, SaxXiz, Ontario Teacher BFA BEd,
Joemax55555, Chess SuperGM and Anonymous: 207
• King’s Pawn Game Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King’{}s_Pawn_Game?oldid=744235729 Contributors: Arvindn, No Guru,
Bob.v.R, ThreeE, ZeroOne, Hbdragon88, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, Nihiltres, YurikBot, Krakatoa, Cobblet, SmackBot, Whispering,
Colonies Chris, Shalom Yechiel, Insanephantom, Banedon, KnightMove, Nick Number, Matthew Proctor, Escarbot, Robin Goodfellow,
Albmont, Lord Seth, Lyctc, TXiKiBoT, MaxBrowne, Synthebot, AlleborgoBot, SieBot, MuzikJunky, Swedish fusilier, Rhododendrites,
Sun Creator, Rossen4, Fastily, Mm40, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Luckas-bot, AnomieBOT, MrsHudson, Adrignola, Citation bot 1, Tom.Reding,
Double sharp, Kolobochek, Updatehelper, Bounce1337, EmausBot, Ihardlythinkso, Whoop whoop pull up, Checkrepublic, Frietjes, Ugaba,
Compfreak7, Notthebestusername, Chess SuperGM, GreenC bot and Anonymous: 22
• Open Game Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_Game?oldid=744924291 Contributors: Mike Rosoft, Eric Shalov, Kms, Isnow,
Quale, Bubba73, Spasemunki, Krakatoa, Cobblet, FrozenPurpleCube, SmackBot, Chrish68, Bluebot, Whispering, EdGl, Rigadoun, Bane-
don, Cydebot, Thijs!bot, Marek69, MarshBot, Giler, Albmont, Kyle the bot, Voorlandt, BotMultichill, Moonraker12, PipepBot, Sun
Creator, Chesslover96, ChessA4, Addbot, Ronhjones, Johannesbjarki, Mohsenkazempur, Luckas-bot, Ptbotgourou, Spaideris, Xqbot, Mr-
sHudson, GrouchoBot, Adrignola, Hushpuckena, Citation bot 1, Smuckola, Fryedk, Double sharp, Alph Bot, EmausBot, Laszlovszky
András, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes and Anonymous: 22
• Semi-Open Game Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Semi-Open_Game?oldid=708731615 Contributors: Isnow, Quale, Bubba73,
SmackBot, Cydebot, Thijs!bot, Idioma-bot, VolkovBot, OTAVIO1981, Sun Creator, Addbot, Mohsenkazempur, Luckas-bot, Plutoni-
umPawn, ArthurBot, Xqbot, Citation bot 1, Double sharp, ZéroBot, Ragnarblood, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Sandric and Anonymous: 8
• King’s Knight Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King’{}s_Knight_Opening?oldid=641781407 Contributors: ZeroOne,
Sjakkalle, Bubba73, YurikBot, FrozenPurpleCube, SmackBot, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, Idioma-bot, Black Kite, VolkovBot, TXiKi-
BoT, Synthebot, Sun Creator, Addbot, LaaknorBot, Yobot, Rubinbot, MrsHudson, Adrignola, DixonDBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes and
Anonymous: 5
307
308 CHAPTER 13. TEXT AND IMAGE SOURCES, CONTRIBUTORS, AND LICENSES
Nylex, Bgwhite, Billbrock, Krakatoa, Cobblet, FrozenPurpleCube, SmackBot, Whispering, Colonies Chris, Shalom Yechiel, OneEuro-
peanHeart, KNM, Safalra, Storeye, Thijs!bot, Zickzack, Escarbot, Raghunc, JAnDbot, Michig, Nmcmurdo, Talaris, SyG, Anonywiki,
Furorimpius, Trimagna, MaxBrowne, Rodrigo170988, M4gnum0n, Sun Creator, SilvonenBot, Mm40, Addbot, SpellingBot, Johannesb-
jarki, LaaknorBot, Lightbot, Kiril Simeonovski, Conroy23, Rojypala, Whiteknight, Ben Ben, Gebminds, AnomieBOT, MrsHudson, Latest
Incarnation, Adrignola, BukMer, Hushpuckena, Apdency, Johnnyc24, A2soup, Thomasdav, H3llBot, Savedra, Ihardlythinkso, ClueBot
NG, Frietjes, Jogmiers, Green Rain, Twaburov~enwiki, BG19bot, Compfreak7, Toccata quarta, Hasire, DoctorKubla, I am One of Many,
RynMasters, Monkbot, Jamalmunshi, Aussie589, Tsubakura, Debanjan Bhowmik and Anonymous: 62
• Sicilian Defence, Scheveningen Variation Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicilian_Defence%2C_Scheveningen_Variation?
oldid=724839309 Contributors: Webhat, Andycjp, Bob.v.R, Andreas Kaufmann, Longhair, Sjakkalle, Backward Development, Otto ter
Haar, FrozenPurpleCube, SmackBot, Fetofs, Shalom Yechiel, OrphanBot, CmdrObot, R'n'B, Lyctc, VolkovBot, TXiKiBoT, Randy Kryn,
Sun Creator, SilvonenBot, Addbot, LaaknorBot, Dr Zimbu, Luckas-bot, Yobot, MrsHudson, Adrignola, BukMer, FrescoBot, Phoenixthe-
bird, H3llBot, Ihardlythinkso, TitaniumCarbide, Acrazydiamond, Frietjes, Green Rain, Jkmaskell, YFdyh-bot, TuxLibNit and Anonymous:
19
• Chekhover Sicilian Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicilian_Defence%2C_Chekhover_Variation?oldid=702574743 Contributors:
Zundark, Gromlakh, MBisanz, Gary, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, CosmicPenguin, DGG, R'n'B, TXiKiBoT, Undoubtedly0, Sun Creator,
Rror, SilvonenBot, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Yobot, Thehistorychannel, LilHelpa, MrsHudson, BukMer, HRoestBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes
and Anonymous: 4
• Wing Gambit Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wing_Gambit?oldid=721078783 Contributors: Camembert, Sonjaaa, Rich Farm-
brough, ZeroOne, Camitommy, Jacobolus, Quale, Bubba73, Cobblet, FrozenPurpleCube, SmackBot, Nick Number, S43, Magioladitis,
R'n'B, VolkovBot, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Chesslover96, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Ronald Reuel, Yobot, JackieBot, ArthurBot, MrsHudson,
Fryedk, IllCom, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Ukasm and Anonymous: 18
• Smith-Morra Gambit Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicilian_Defence%2C_Smith%E2%80%93Morra_Gambit?oldid=
670123329 Contributors: Camembert, Cimon Avaro, Evercat, SuPERLman, Asparagus, No Guru, Andris, Mdob, Danko Georgiev,
Modargo, ZeroOne, CanisRufus, Chvsanchez, Ynhockey, Brian Merz, Jacobolus, Fenya~enwiki, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, War-
masterKron, Cobblet, SmackBot, Shalom Yechiel, Shir Khan, Random name, Storeye, WinBot, Anonywiki, Manuel0302, Cbigorgne,
TXiKiBoT, StAnselm, PixelBot, Rhododendrites, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Against the current, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot,
AnomieBOT, Shotcallerballerballer, MrsHudson, PeskyGnat, BukMer, EmausBot, H3llBot, Mlang.Finn, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes,
BZTMPS, Toccata quarta, Jhimmane, A86EH and Anonymous: 32
• Bishop’s Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bishop’{}s_Opening?oldid=750506197 Contributors: Arvindn, Jao, No Guru,
Galaxy07, Sonjaaa, Zfr, ThreeE, ZeroOne, Shanes, Yurik, Quale, Bubba73, Krakatoa, Sam Sloan, Cobblet, SmackBot, Shalom
Yechiel, Ligulembot, RiseRover, Rigadoun, Tws45, JAnDbot, The Transhumanist, Pawnkingthree, Idioma-bot, Voorlandt, MaxBrowne,
OTAVIO1981, JL-Bot, Bob1960evens, Rhododendrites, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Lightbot, Kiril Simeonovski, Luckas-
bot, AnomieBOT, Unara, Citation bot, Spaideris, MrsHudson, Adrignola, Hushpuckena, HRoestBot, RedBot, Double sharp, Ripchip Bot,
Ihardlythinkso, Neutrophil, Green Rain, Jkmaskell, Toccata quarta, FoCuSandLeArN, Facultative, GretDrabba and Anonymous: 23
• Portuguese Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_Opening?oldid=641784077 Contributors: Arvindn, Lostkiwi, Ze-
roOne, Quale, Bubba73, That Guy, From That Show!, SmackBot, Shalom Yechiel, Ri st, Anonywiki, STBotD, Idioma-bot, Goliadkin, Sun
Creator, Rossen4, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Yobot, Kelisa English, Citation bot, Spaideris, Xqbot, Adrignola, BukMer, CABAR, EmausBot,
ZéroBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes and Anonymous: 3
• King’s Gambit Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King’{}s_Gambit?oldid=753999632 Contributors: AxelBoldt, Furrykef, Gren-
delkhan, Thue, Asparagus, Giftlite, Djinn112, No Guru, Andycjp, Sonjaaa, Danko Georgiev, Bob.v.R, Klin~enwiki, ThreeE, ZeroOne, El
C, Sietse Snel, Gene Nygaard, LukeSurl, WilliamKF, CygnusPius, Jacobolus, GregorB, Male1979, Audiovideo, Sjakkalle, Koavf, Quale,
Bubba73, Matt Deres, YurikBot, RussBot, Van der Hoorn, Frederick R, Krakatoa, Cinik, Mike Dillon, Cobblet, SmackBot, McGed-
don, The Gnome, Chris the speller, TimBentley, Whispering, Srue, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, JudahH, Rodrigo Novaes, Banedon,
Grj23, Gagueci, Thijs!bot, Mibelz, Zickzack, Useazebra, Mack2, Tws45, HolyT, Michig, Rothorpe, Hedgeh0g, Albmont, Baccyak4H,
J mareeswaran, Pawnkingthree, FrankEldonDixon, Use the force, Idioma-bot, VolkovBot, TXiKiBoT, MaxBrowne, Scottywong, SieBot,
Termgrauzis, Rodrigo170988, Jojalozzo, Vanadamme, ClueBot, Wysprgr2005, Dejvas, Rhododendrites, Sun Creator, Mlaffs, Rossen4,
Chesslover96, ChessA4, Addbot, Lightbot, Kiril Simeonovski, Zorrobot, Yobot, AnomieBOT, Materialscientist, LilHelpa, Xqbot, Mr-
sHudson, GrouchoBot, SassoBot, Adrignola, Hushpuckena, Khb33, Mydimle, Frogsterking, Double sharp, TobeBot, Jthemphill, TjBot,
Subvert47, Grondilu, A2soup, Other Choices, H3llBot, Ihardlythinkso, ClueBot NG, Wukai, Frietjes, Green Rain, SverreJ0, Rayous, Toc-
cata quarta, Boeing720, MyTuppence, Burninthruthesky, GretDrabba, Monkbot, Muhammad Areez, Bender the Bot and Anonymous:
108
• Fischer Defense Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King’{}s_Gambit%2C_Fischer_Defense?oldid=641781379 Contributors: Green-
man, Danko Georgiev, CanisRufus, Quale, Bubba73, Quuxplusone, Krakatoa, Lumaga, TimBentley, Shalom Yechiel, RomanSpa, Rodrigo
Novaes, Microbe20504, Stuzart, OTAVIO1981, Sun Creator, Addbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Legobot II, MrsHudson, Ehird, Adrignola,
BukMer, Ihardlythinkso, ClueBot NG, Frietjes, Helpful Pixie Bot, NickWoolner and Anonymous: 18
• Falkbeer Countergambit Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King’{}s_Gambit%2C_Falkbeer_Countergambit?oldid=694588662
Contributors: Recury, Quale, Bubba73, FlaBot, Krakatoa, Myasuda, VanWiel, Thijs!bot, Voorlandt, SieBot, Blahblah5555, Mild Bill
Hiccup, Sun Creator, ChessA4, Addbot, Dawynn, SpBot, Yobot, Ulric1313, MrsHudson, Bruce Edward Williams, Adrignola, BukMer,
Hushpuckena, Dinamik-bot, Jesse V., KosmoKnot, EmausBot, ZéroBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Green Rain, KLBot2, Boeing720 and
Anonymous: 7
• Rice Gambit Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King’{}s_Gambit%2C_Rice_Gambit?oldid=730604505 Contributors: Quale,
Bubba73, Krakatoa, Brittle heaven, Banedon, SieBot, Euryalus, Sun Creator, Lab-oratory, Addbot, MrOllie, Yobot, AnomieBOT, Ul-
ric1313, MrsHudson, BukMer, D'ohBot, Aschwole, Billwall2, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes and Anonymous: 5
• Center Game Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Center_Game?oldid=750158133 Contributors: Arvindn, Cyde, Robbot, Binand, Dis-
cospinster, ZeroOne, Quale, Bubba73, Metropolitan90, Msikma, Alphatango~enwiki, Tcsetattr, Cobblet, SmackBot, Colonies Chris,
Shalom Yechiel, Banedon, Thijs!bot, Escarbot, .anacondabot, LordAnubisBOT, Idioma-bot, TXiKiBoT, SieBot, Goliadkin, Sun Cre-
ator, Addbot, Rapanui73, Tassedethe, Kiril Simeonovski, Luckas-bot, Yobot, ArthurBot, MrsHudson, GrouchoBot, Adrignola, FrescoBot,
RedBot, Double sharp, Alzarian16, ZéroBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Green Rain, Jkmaskell, InternetArchiveBot and Anonymous: 13
312 CHAPTER 13. TEXT AND IMAGE SOURCES, CONTRIBUTORS, AND LICENSES
WTHarvey, Nicholasink, YurikBot, Frederick R, Introgressive, Krakatoa, Georgeslegloupier, Cobblet, KnightRider~enwiki, SmackBot,
Unyoyega, Colonel Tom, Wkargel, Whispering, Shalom Yechiel, Mitrius, Cryptic C62, Thijs!bot, JAnDbot, Narssarssuaq, Michig, SyG,
Albmont, Baccyak4H, SwiftBot, Lenin333, Dinochess3, FrankEldonDixon, VolkovBot, MaxBrowne, JhsBot, Jose Fernandez-Calvo, Road-
creature, SieBot, Swedish fusilier, Sun Creator, J.Gowers, Rossen4, DumZiBoT, Addbot, Rjsolcruz, LaaknorBot, Tassedethe, Lightbot,
Matěj Grabovský, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Ptbotgourou, MrsHudson, GrouchoBot, PeskyGnat, Adrignola, BukMer, Hushpuckena, Citation
bot 1, RedBot, TjBot, Bounce1337, ZéroBot, Ihardlythinkso, Slimepot636, Frietjes, Delusion23, Green Rain, Actuaryesquire, Archrith,
Toccata quarta, Makecat-bot, Wywin, Archvenison, ♥Golf, Shreyas61196, Chess SuperGM, Vwermisso and Anonymous: 38
• Pirc Defence, Austrian Attack Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pirc_Defence%2C_Austrian_Attack?oldid=723763005 Contribu-
tors: Sasata, Cryptic C62, Mack2, Piledhigheranddeeper, Sun Creator, J.Gowers, Luckas-bot, Yobot, PeskyGnat, EmausBot, Dcirovic,
Ihardlythinkso, Slimepot636, Frietjes, Helpful Pixie Bot and Anonymous: 1
• Balogh Defense Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balogh_Defense?oldid=641771935 Contributors: H Padleckas, ZeroOne, Bubba73,
Krakatoa, Felix III, TimBentley, Shalom Yechiel, The Transhumanist, Voorlandt, Sun Creator, Chesslover96, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Luckas-
bot, Yobot, Spaideris, MrsHudson, Adrignola, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes and Anonymous: 2
• Scandinavian Defense Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scandinavian_Defense?oldid=749406311 Contributors: Camembert,
Gentgeen, Isopropyl, No Guru, Adam McMaster, Neilc, Andycjp, Sonjaaa, ThreeE, Rich Farmbrough, ZeroOne, CanisRufus, Wareh,
Eleland, Ronark, Jacobolus, BD2412, Sjakkalle, Rjwilmsi, Quale, Bubba73, FlaBot, DVdm, Miconian, YurikBot, Introgressive, Krakatoa,
Jemptymethod, Cobblet, Eskimbot, Silly rabbit, Colonies Chris, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, Dnheff, Rodrigo Novaes, CapitalR, Tawkerbot2,
Jlowery, Rnickel, Thijs!bot, Tgok, Nick Number, Goldenband, Tws45, JAnDbot, SyG, Baccyak4H, No-genius, Pawnkingthree, FrankEl-
donDixon, Mrabinowitz, Voorlandt, MaxBrowne, SieBot, Belthor, Newzild, Betaben, Lartoven, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Chesslover96, Ad-
dbot, Tassedethe, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Greg Holden 08, Rubinbot, Ulric1313, Citation bot, MrsHudson, Adrignola, BukMer,
Hushpuckena, Citation bot 1, HRoestBot, CarlesMartin, WikitanvirBot, Dcirovic, Grondilu, ZéroBot, Status, Ihardlythinkso, ClueBot NG,
Frietjes, Green Rain, MathKeduor7, Editorinator, Helpful Pixie Bot, BG19bot, Proxyma, MyTuppence, KJBIBLE1611, Bender the Bot
and Anonymous: 54
• Nimzowitsch Defence Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nimzowitsch_Defence?oldid=742479458 Contributors: Robbot, Neilc, Son-
jaaa, ZeroOne, Fenya~enwiki, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, Nihiltres, RussBot, Frederick R, Krakatoa, BOT-Superzerocool, Shalom Yechiel,
Gustave G., VanWiel, Thijs!bot, WinBot, JAnDbot, TAnthony, Baccyak4H, Rei-bot, MaxBrowne, Randy Kryn, Sun Creator, XLinkBot,
Lab-oratory, Addbot, LaaknorBot, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, JackieBot, Xqbot, MrsHudson, Einheitlix, Adrignola, BukMer, Emaus-
Bot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Green Rain, Helpful Pixie Bot, Mr. Guye, Barnabas1717, Chessmasterguy, Chess SuperGM and Anonymous:
20
• Alekhine’s Defence Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alekhine’{}s_Defence?oldid=753819017 Contributors: Zundark, Camembert,
Furrykef, No Guru, Neilc, Sonjaaa, Mschlindwein, ThreeE, Bender235, ZeroOne, CanisRufus, Gilgamesh he, Fermatprime, Amontero,
La goutte de pluie, Lectonar, CygnusPius, Jacobolus, Tmassey, Fenya~enwiki, Josh Parris, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, WTHarvey, Yurik-
Bot, Hede2000, Frederick R, Krakatoa, Tonywalton, Wknight94, Cobblet, Kgf0, Eskimbot, Colonel Tom, Chris the speller, TimBentley,
Caissa’s DeathAngel, Brittle heaven, Verrai, Drkirkby, Shalom Yechiel, Courcelles, Banedon, WeggeBot, Thijs!bot, JAnDbot, The Transhu-
manist, Michig, Dmvalio, TXiKiBoT, Voorlandt, MaxBrowne, Msavere, Serprex, SieBot, BotMultichill, Underdoggum, Swedish fusilier,
M4gnum0n, PixelBot, Sun Creator, SchreiberBike, Rossen4, DumZiBoT, Chesslover96, Power2084, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Download,
CarsracBot, Tassedethe, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, AnomieBOT, Xqbot, MrsHudson, Trizob, GrouchoBot, RibotBOT, WebCiteBOT,
Adrignola, BukMer, Hushpuckena, I dream of horses, Double sharp, Ripchip Bot, Subvert47, EmausBot, John of Reading, ZéroBot,
Aschwole, Ihardlythinkso, Wukai, Frietjes, Green Rain, Helpful Pixie Bot, BG19bot, Laanders, Legolover26, Toccata quarta, Khazar2,
Twyndylyng, Freeze3 and Anonymous: 54
• Modern Defense Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Defense?oldid=735570255 Contributors: Djinn112, No Guru, Neilc, Ze-
roOne, Chi Sigma, Velho, Jacobolus, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, Falphin, WTHarvey, Nicholasink, YurikBot, Krakatoa, Georgeslegloupier,
Cobblet, Melchoir, Brittle heaven, Shalom Yechiel, Thijs!bot, Nick Number, SwiftBot, Idioma-bot, VolkovBot, Rossen3, GBizzle, Flyer22
Reborn, WilhelmHH~enwiki, Randy Kryn, Swedish fusilier, PixelBot, Sun Creator, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Ronhjones, Lightbot, Luckas-bot,
Yobot, ChristopheS, ArthurBot, Spaideris, MrsHudson, Adrignola, FrescoBot, TjBot, ZéroBot, ChuispastonBot, Ihardlythinkso, ClueBot
NG, Frietjes, Smcker, Heronils, Mscoobs, SeanG007, Willneibergall and Anonymous: 23
• Monkey’s Bum Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Defense%2C_Monkey’{}s_Bum?oldid=641422248 Contributors: Ze-
roOne, Bubba73, Georgeslegloupier, Skittle, Dsreyn, Melchoir, Colonies Chris, Shalom Yechiel, Tawkerbot2, Myasuda, WinBot, J.delanoy,
Anonywiki, GBizzle, Rhododendrites, DOI bot, Lightbot, Yobot, MrsHudson, FrescoBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, KWiki, Monkbot and
Anonymous: 7
• Owen’s Defence Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Owen’{}s_Defence?oldid=739742830 Contributors: ZeroOne, Bobo192, Alan-
sohn, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, Miastko, Krakatoa, FrozenPurpleCube, SmackBot, Shalom Yechiel, Fvasconcellos, Thijs!bot, Michig,
Xeno, Acroterion, Rjbox, Anonywiki, Pawnkingthree, Voorlandt, Quantpole, Roadcreature, Randy Kryn, Sun Creator, Rossen4,
Chesslover96, Addbot, Ronhjones, Tassedethe, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Newportm, AnomieBOT, Citation bot, ArthurBot, Xqbot,
MrsHudson, Adrignola, BukMer, Louperibot, Alexander.kure, Double sharp, Updatehelper, EmausBot, ZéroBot, Haegint, Ihardlythinkso,
Frietjes, Toccata quarta, Pocorod11, Edgemen, Chess SuperGM and Anonymous: 23
• St. George Defence Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._George_Defence?oldid=752291735 Contributors: Andycjp, AxSkov, Ze-
roOne, RoyBoy, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, Falphin, Cantthinkofagoodname, Celestianpower, YurikBot, Frederick R, Introgressive,
Krakatoa, Cobblet, SmackBot, Hydrogen Iodide, Hmains, Shalom Yechiel, Thijs!bot, Mentifisto, SmokeyTheCat, SyG, Chromancer, Alle-
borgoBot, Soler97, AMackenzie, Drmies, Fivesided, Sun Creator, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Steak, Mro, Luckas-bot, Turbine27, Ulric1313,
Gsmgm, Adrignola, Full-date unlinking bot, Alzarian16, Ihardlythinkso, Whoop whoop pull up, Frietjes, Helpful Pixie Bot, Chess Su-
perGM, Bender the Bot and Anonymous: 13
• Queen’s Pawn Game Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Queen’{}s_Pawn_Game?oldid=720328677 Contributors: No Guru, Andycjp,
Bob.v.R, Karol Langner, ThreeE, ZeroOne, Sjakkalle, Koavf, Quale, S Chapin, Bubba73, Cobblet, TimBentley, Whispering, Shalom
Yechiel, Amarande, Rigadoun, Thijs!bot, Matthew Proctor, Escarbot, SyG, Black Kite, TXiKiBoT, Rei-bot, MaxBrowne, AlleborgoBot,
SieBot, Joe Gatt, Sophia91, Elassint, Swedish fusilier, Niceguyedc, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Mm40, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot,
ArthurBot, Xqbot, Adrignola, HRoestBot, Mentac, Alzarian16, EmausBot, ZéroBot, Maxim11maxim, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Primergrey,
Toccata quarta, MyTuppence, ASM999 and Anonymous: 25
314 CHAPTER 13. TEXT AND IMAGE SOURCES, CONTRIBUTORS, AND LICENSES
Lady Mondegreen, Randy Kryn, ClueBot, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Chesslover96, SilvonenBot, Menthaxpiperita, Addbot, MrOllie, Lightbot,
Luckas-bot, Yobot, Citation bot, MrsHudson, Adrignola, BukMer, Hushpuckena, Mr. Comodor, Citation bot 1, HRoestBot, Double sharp,
LegesRomanorum, ZéroBot, Alexlatham96, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Tkarcher, Green Rain, Helpful Pixie Bot, BG19bot, Shreyas61196,
Chess SuperGM and Anonymous: 31
• English Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Opening?oldid=752822223 Contributors: Zundark, Camembert,
Francs2000, Robbot, Webhat, Asparagus, Ludraman, Djinn112, Andris, Edcolins, Neilc, Andycjp, Modargo, Rubicon, ZeroOne, Gil-
gamesh he, RJFJR, Gene Nygaard, Jacobolus, GregorB, Mandarax, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, Kmorozov, YurikBot, Red Slash, DanMS,
Krakatoa, Acwazytomato, Cobblet, Eskimbot, Colonies Chris, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, DaDoc540, DanQuigley, MTSbot~enwiki, East-
frisian, CmdrObot, Dynzmoar, Banedon, Mack2, Michig, Rothorpe, Magioladitis, JNW, Albmont, Baccyak4H, Mokru, STBotD, A4bot,
Anonymous Dissident, MaxBrowne, Synthebot, Abhishikt, WilhelmHH~enwiki, Alexbot, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Addbot, Arbitrarily0,
Mohsenkazempur, Yobot, AnomieBOT, Ulric1313, Citation bot, ArthurBot, Xqbot, MrsHudson, Locobot, Adrignola, BukMer, WHPratt,
Hushpuckena, FoxBot, RjwilmsiBot, EmausBot, ZéroBot, H3llBot, Brandmeister, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Green Rain, MathKeduor7,
Helpful Pixie Bot, ZirconiumX, Toccata quarta, Cliff12345, Cyberbot II, Francois-Pier, Monkbot, King Nook, Bender the Bot and Anony-
mous: 64
• Bird’s Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bird’{}s_Opening?oldid=751342752 Contributors: Camembert, No Guru, Neilc,
ThreeE, Byrial, Modargo, ZeroOne, CanisRufus, Art LaPella, Themindset, Jacobolus, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, DoubleBlue, Falphin,
WarmasterKron, YurikBot, Krakatoa, BOT-Superzerocool, Cobblet, SmackBot, Silly rabbit, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, Birdsf4, Ligulem-
bot, Cantoni~enwiki, Mibelz, CharlotteWebb, Matthew Proctor, Mack2, JAnDbot, The Transhumanist, SyG, Albmont, Baccyak4H,
Pawnkingthree, Use the force, Chessnerd, Deevrod, Newzild, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Chesslover96, XLinkBot, Lab-oratory, Addbot,
Opus88888, SpBot, Tassedethe, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, TaBOT-zerem, Legobot II, MrsHudson, Adrignola, FrescoBot, RedBot,
Lotje, CarlesMartin, Auxysfox, EmausBot, ChuispastonBot, Ihardlythinkso, ClueBot NG, Frietjes, Green Rain, ChrisGualtieri, Dylanvt,
DocFido, Lugia2453, Wikiew, Tjust85, Shreyas61196, King Nook, BirdNinjas, BirdInformator, Bender the Bot and Anonymous: 47
• Benko’s Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King’{}s_Fianchetto_Opening?oldid=752205763 Contributors: Arvindn, Dino,
Sonjaaa, ZeroOne, Circeus, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, JulesH, Höyhens, SmackBot, Ppntori, Shalom Yechiel, Eastfrisian, CapitalR,
ShelfSkewed, Cream147, Thijs!bot, The Transhumanist, Rothorpe, Spinach Dip, Rei-bot, Voorlandt, MaxBrowne, OTAVIO1981, Swedish
fusilier, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Chesslover96, Addbot, Ronald Reuel, Lightbot, Zorrobot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Spaideris, Xqbot, MrsHud-
son, Adrignola, BukMer, Citation bot 1, Double sharp, Bounce1337, EmausBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Helpful Pixie Bot, Mrjulesd,
Kaigew and Anonymous: 21
• Zukertort Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zukertort_Opening?oldid=727891440 Contributors: Dino, Sjakkalle, Quale,
Bubba73, Sandstein, Cobblet, SmackBot, EdGl, Tedickey, JaGa, Randy Kryn, Addbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Spaideris, MrsHudson, Ribot-
BOT, Citation bot 1, A412, RjwilmsiBot, EmausBot, Phoenixthebird, ChuispastonBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Aguada, Toccata quarta,
Phobos4798, Kevin12xd and Anonymous: 8
• Réti Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/R%C3%A9ti_Opening?oldid=726044800 Contributors: Dino, Cyrius, No Guru,
Neilc, Sonjaaa, ThreeE, ZeroOne, Nsaa, Ronark, Jacobolus, Fenya~enwiki, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, FlaBot, YurikBot, Cobblet, NeilN,
David A Bozzini, SmackBot, Silly rabbit, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, MTSbot~enwiki, VanWiel, SyG, Baccyak4H, SwiftBot, TXiKiBoT,
SieBot, Randy Kryn, Sun Creator, Rossen4, Addbot, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Spaideris, Xqbot, MrsHudson, J04n, BarryNL, Adrig-
nola, BukMer, Citation bot 1, HRoestBot, MastiBot, EmausBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Green Rain, Helpful Pixie Bot, Toccata quarta,
Chessmesiter and Anonymous: 37
• Irregular chess opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irregular_chess_opening?oldid=744233137 Contributors: Lir, Dominus,
Eric119, Jod, Frieda, Dysprosia, Jmartinezot, Lord Emsworth, Andris, Neilc, Sonjaaa, ZeroOne, Giraffedata, Themindset, Sjakkalle,
Melanogaster~enwiki, Quale, Bubba73, Quicksilvre, Krakatoa, Cobblet, SmackBot, Xaosflux, Chris the speller, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel,
Ligulembot, Cream147, VanWiel, DumbBOT, Thijs!bot, EdJohnston, MaxBrowne, AlleborgoBot, Sun Creator, BOTarate, DumZiBoT,
Addbot, Legobot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, AnomieBOT, Citation bot, Xqbot, MrsHudson, Adrignola, Citation bot 1, RedBot, RjwilmsiBot,
EmausBot, ZéroBot, Ihardlythinkso, Whoop whoop pull up, Frietjes, Jkmaskell, Mrjulesd, Bever, Sam Sailor, Monkbot and Anonymous:
13
• Anderssen’s Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anderssen’{}s_Opening?oldid=641771837 Contributors: Arvindn, ZeroOne,
Rishiboy, Sjakkalle, HaZe~enwiki, Quale, Bubba73, YurikBot, Krakatoa, BOT-Superzerocool, Łukasz M. P. Pastuszczak, Sim man,
Shalom Yechiel, Rigadoun, MTSbot~enwiki, Eastfrisian, CmdrObot, Thijs!bot, JAnDbot, The Transhumanist, Csbarrett, Voorlandt, Sun
Creator, Chesslover96, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Ptbotgourou, Csigabi, Xqbot, MrsHudson, GrouchoBot, Adrignola,
BukMer, Bounce1337, EmausBot, ZéroBot, Zeelur, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Helpful Pixie Bot and Anonymous: 14
• Ware Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ware_Opening?oldid=641760479 Contributors: Hoho~enwiki, Nickptar, ThreeE,
ZeroOne, CanisRufus, Circeus, Sjakkalle, HaZe~enwiki, Quale, Bubba73, YurikBot, Willie on Wheiels, That Guy, From That Show!,
Colonel Tom, TimBentley, Sim man, Red 81, OTAVIO1981, Sun Creator, DumZiBoT, Chesslover96, Addbot, Luckas-bot, Citation bot,
Xqbot, Wzdew, Adrignola, BukMer, Citation bot 1, EmausBot, ZéroBot, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Helpful Pixie Bot, Ugncreative Usergname
and Anonymous: 11
• Sokolsky Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sokolsky_Opening?oldid=754044643 Contributors: Arvindn, Camembert, Lir,
Michael Hardy, Dominus, Eric119, KW~enwiki, Webhat, Dbenbenn, Andris, Neilc, Sonjaaa, Samboy, ZeroOne, VishalB, VivaEmily-
Davies, Dave.Dunford, Jacobolus, Sjakkalle, HaZe~enwiki, Quale, Bubba73, Falphin, Russavia, Bgwhite, Roboto de Ajvol, The Rambling
Man, Krakatoa, BOT-Superzerocool, Cinik, That Guy, From That Show!, SmackBot, Roberto Cruz, Chairman S., Bluebot, Colonies
Chris, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, Rigadoun, MTSbot~enwiki, Red 81, JAnDbot, SyG, TXiKiBoT, JhsBot, OTAVIO1981, Hsf-toshiba,
Rhododendrites, Sun Creator, Masugly, SilvonenBot, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, Citation bot, Xqbot, MrsHudson,
Adrignola, BukMer, Citation bot 1, I dream of horses, Double sharp, Bounce1337, EmausBot, ZéroBot, Alexlatham96, Ihardlythinkso,
Frietjes, Helpful Pixie Bot, Makecat-bot, GretDrabba, Monkbot, Vishwathg, Marektrokenheim and Anonymous: 17
• Saragossa Opening Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saragossa_Opening?oldid=678372161 Contributors: Zundark, DavidWBrooks,
ThreeE, ZeroOne, CanisRufus, Sjakkalle, Quale, Bubba73, YurikBot, Krakatoa, BOT-Superzerocool, Cobblet, FrozenPurpleCube, Smack-
Bot, Moez, TimBentley, Sim man, Shalom Yechiel, Red 81, SyG, TXiKiBoT, MaxBrowne, Gorpik, OTAVIO1981, Sun Creator,
Chesslover96, Qgil-WMF, Lab-oratory, Addbot, Lightbot, Luckas-bot, Yobot, AnomieBOT, Citation bot, ArthurBot, Xqbot, MrsHudson,
Adrignola, BukMer, Citation bot 1, Balajiganapathi, HRoestBot, EleferenBot, ZéroBot, Alexlatham96, Ihardlythinkso, Frietjes, Helpful
Pixie Bot, Royalblue64, Alexander Earlheart and Anonymous: 14
13.1. TEXT 319
13.2 Images
• File:Ambox_important.svg Source: https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b4/Ambox_important.svg License: Public do-
main Contributors: Own work, based off of Image:Ambox scales.svg Original artist: Dsmurat (talk · contribs)
13.2. IMAGES 321